March 2010

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 2nd 2010. For newcomers, I suggest you look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site and bookmark all the other sites I have listed there because once in a while the big ones go down and for some reason as I’m uploading I can’t upload any more until they increase the bandwidth, even though it’s supposed to be automatic. So if you have these other sites listed you can always download the latest shows without a problem. [Official sites listed above.] I always mention that this is the tin can moment where I rattle the tin can. It never rattles much because there’s not much in it. So it’s up to you to keep me going. The ads on this show pay for the air time. I have nothing to do with the advertisers at all. They pay RBN directly for the air time; it’s pays for their staff, equipment and transmission of the program. It pays their bills as well. So it’s up to you to keep ME going and support me by buying the things I have for sale at cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site or donating to me. Go into the sites and you’ll find out how to do it. [Ordering and donation option listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, who don’t like using computers and they play them on their CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. And that’s that part done.

 

I’m sure the audience out there is pretty well educated in what’s going on in the world today, outside the general, little releases we get from the media and all the diversions too, supplied by the same media. You know we’re going through a big transformation in society and the world in general and a whole new way of living, a world where we’ll be living in communes. They talk about communes and Super Cities and so on, they’re talking about, really, this new world order, the age of AUSTERITY for the masses, which means POVERTY basically, although there will be different levels of poverty as we all go down the tubes, until eventually those who think they are middle class or higher will also go down the tubes with us, but they will be the last ones to go. That really is the long-term agenda, a 50 year plan for this part of it, and in the meantime they must take us down in a post-industrial, post-productive society. We’re all consumers now. Even though we might work, we are passing things around that are imported from elsewhere. That is a service economy. A service economy is likened to a dog being put into a swimming pool and it can only swim for as long as its strength holds, then it drowns. That’s where we’re going. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. It’s interesting to see how the big maps that were drawn up during World War II, where the world was to be divided up into regions, have all really come to pass. The big bloc, like the Soviet bloc, has turned in to the EU bloc basically, as they change hats from RED to BLUE basically. Suddenly we’re all going into these big regional blocs. It’s the same with Pacific Rim Region and a whole bunch of countries coming under the domain of China, the strongest country in that area. That was set up BY the West. Modern China was definitely set up by the West to be the main manufacturer for the whole planet AND the United Nations calls it the role model for the world. The Americas still have to be totally integrated and they are working hard with Latin America. People, they know darn well that the US has had troops going in and out of various Latin American countries for almost 40 years to not really stabilize it as much, but to keep it in a certain mode so they can integrate them eventually when the time comes under the NAFTA Agreement. Main trading blocs were what was discussed during World War II.

 

It’s interesting that Karl Marx also talked about these blocs and they would all be under the dominion of a world government. Well, that’s all we are going through. I say all, it means everything but that’s all we are really going through as we are deceived and lied to by the countries that signed on to it and that is your governments. Every government that signed the agreement at California for the United Nations in 1946 basically sold their sovereignty right out to the United Nations. The big foundations and big power brokers, the guys who funded Hitler and funded the Soviet Union all through its empire days, are the guys who also set up the United Nations. I mean, why think small, eh, when you want the whole darn planet? That’s what they did. Everything was done by deception, whether it’s people supposedly voting to join the EU and saying NO 10,000 times and then having it rammed down their throats anyway, to the fact that they said when the elected a President, he’d be a kind of referee. He’d sit there and referee between the different countries, which is all a joke as well because it’s now in the papers that the President Van Rompuy, as they call him, is trying to take over and be the chief chutzpah. This article here is from the Telegraph.

 

War in the EU as Herman Van Rompuy makes ‘power grab’

Open warfare has broken out at the top of the European Union with governments accusing the new president, Herman Van Rompuy, of making a power grab.

By Bruno Waterfield in Brussels / 26 Feb 2010

 

National leaders are concerned Mr Van Rompuy, who had been expected to take a back seat role, is attempting to expand his position.

 

Germany and France backed his candidature on the understanding he would act as an EU “chairman” rather than a high-profile leader. (Alan: Silly them.)

 

But the introduction of the Lisbon Treaty has triggered bitter in-fighting between Mr Van Rompuy, Baroness Ashton, the foreign minister, and the Commission over who is in charge of representing Europe on the global stage. (A: I said, our only chance, really, for the people of the world, is when they start to see this world power coming into play and there is only one throne for Europe and one for this and one for the United Nations, eventually. That’s when the big psychopaths start to fight with each other. They can’t stand another psychopath winning, you see. They’re all very competitive people. They’ve got to be KING and this is really what this is all about, to be honest with you.)

 

Diplomats are increasingly worried that amid the turf wars there is a danger of Brussels “mission creep” as squabbling EU chiefs try to enlarge their empires at the expense of each other and national sovereignty.

 

National governments, led by Germany, are incensed by an attempt by Mr Van Rompuy to take on new powers he claims were agreed at an informal summit two weeks ago.

 

There has been particular anger over a letter he sent to EU leaders following the chaotic Feb 11 meeting in Brussels that was dominated by the economic crisis in Greece and talk of a European bail-out.

 

Despite the fact that the meeting only lasted three hours, with Greece the main topic of discussion, Mr Van Rompuy insisted that eight to ten specific points were agreed, a view that has been disputed by most EU leaders.

 

One of the points of the classified letter, seen by The Daily Telegraph, gives Mr Van Rompuy the right to lead the EU’s negotiating team at G20 summits, usurping the role of national governments and the Commission. (A: Isn’t that something? But again, there is nothing that surprises me at all when you really understand these characters that get picked to go to the top and they ARE picked to go to the top, not by the public either. Nobody had heard of this character before he was shoved in front of everyone’s face. But he was obviously the man who the bigger powers had selected to do the job and be the man. So he’s got bosses like they all do. Everything is done by deception but it’s no different from the political farces we go through.)

 

You know, if you want to control a country, you don’t control it by politicians; they come and go. You control it by the selecting the bureaucrats and making sure that each bureaucracy has its particular ONGOING mandate. They can work for 50, 60 years on one mandate in one division of a government and they are not responsible to the public. The public generally doesn’t even know that such divisions exist on specific, individual divisions of government. For instance, here’s an example. At the end of World War II, part of the Lend-Lease Agreement, that was basically bailouts for all those European countries FROM America, one of the stipulations the US put on that was Europe would integrate. It was far, far more than just economic free trade; it was literally integration. That was the mandate and that’s been reiterated through every NATO document ever since. It was for total integration, but they always lie to the public and call it free trade, etc.

 

They set up bureaucracies. During the whole time from 1946 onwards – 1948 was the official date that they had in their own papers for these organizations within bureaucracies working full-time on it – all that time, right up until the 1990s they denied that they even existed, these departments for total integration. The only ones they presented to the public were the bureaucracies dealing with the trade aspects of it only, but not total political integration. So bureaucrats and bureaucracies are more important, really, than the politicians. Politicians are there to take the mud slinging and catch the tomatoes and the eggs and fill their pockets and do what they are told and go on their merry way afterwards, on the boards of directors and getting payoffs. That’s what they are there for. REALLY, that’s what they are really there for.

 

You cannot put people who are just basic lawyers or basic whatever into jobs and suddenly they are the head of the environmental department or the judiciary department or something else when they’ve had no experience before. That’s still run by the bureaucrats and that’s why every politician is appointed OVER a department, is also appointed a particular bureaucrat FROM that department that TELLS them what to do… tells them what to do. That’s how it’s really run… so government is a show. That’s also why the United Nations mandate has never faltered and never altered its course since it was set up and always gets what it wants with its 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 100 year plans for different parts of it.

 

Here’s a CNN poll.

 

CNN Poll: Majority says government a threat to citizens’ rights

(A: No kidding. I’m glad they’ve noticed something.)

Posted: February 26th, 2010 / From CNN Deputy Political Director Paul Steinhauser

 

Washington (CNN) – A majority of Americans think the federal government poses a threat to rights of Americans, according to a new national poll.

 

Fifty-six percent of people questioned in a CNN/Opinion Research Corporation survey released Friday say they think the federal government’s become so large and powerful that it poses an immediate threat to the rights and freedoms of ordinary citizens. Forty-four percent of those polled disagree.

 

The survey indicates a partisan divide on the question: only 37 percent of Democrats, 63 percent of Independents and nearly 7 in 10 Republicans say the federal government poses a threat to the rights of Americans.

 

According to CNN poll numbers released Sunday, Americans overwhelmingly think that the U.S. government is broken – though the public overwhelmingly holds out hope that what’s broken can be fixed. (A: I’ve often used the analogy that it’s like a Tower of Babel. It’s rotten from the foundations and it’s held together in its crooked way with so much bandages and scotch tape and all the rest of it that you can’t fix something that’s crooked from its foundation. It’s faulty from the very foundation, very basic.)

 

The CNN/Opinion Research Corporation poll was conducted February 12-15, with 1,023 adult Americans questioned by telephone. The survey’s sampling error is plus or minus 3 percentage points for the overall survey. (A: It says here.)

 

There was an article which kind of shows you where we’ve gone as society too. It’s from a Sunday feature from the BBC. I don’t know if it was showed last weekend or what because I don’t have the exact date on it here.

 

From Gameboy to Armageddon

Last broadcast on Sun, 21 Feb 2010, 21:30 on BBC Radio 3.

 

War games are as old as military history but something has begun to change as war and play converge to create what some call the ‘military entertainment complex’. (A: Good term isn’t it… but it’s always been that way.) Ken Hollings pushes the button on this latest phenomenon.

 

Men have always played at and with soldiers. Gaming has been an essential part of warfare and by the 19th Century it had been developed into the sophisticated “Kriegspiel”, derived from the still influential theories of Von Clausewitz and played at military colleges in both Europe and America. These war games then became real games for table-top strategists by the early 20th Century. (A: I’ll come back to this article after the following break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article, “From Gameboy to Armageddon,” and it’s talking about war games and how Hollywood is totally integrated with the military-industrial complex. It really has always been that way. They used Hollywood for World War II. They churned out HUNDREDS of these awful movies where every G.I. was called Joe for some reason. Literally, hi Joe, I’m hit, oh, I’ll get over there Joe, alright. Everybody was Joe. Of course the bad guys could never shoot straight in these propaganda wars, just to make the guys going into it thinking they were pretty safe. But it says here…

 

A remarkable synergy developed between colleges of war and devisers of such games, particularly in America. And in the think tanks of the RAND Corp gaming theory was used intensively to plot the future of war and nuclear destruction.

 

But from the late 1970s computer strategy games started to form a powerful loop between gamers and warriors. With the creation of the SIMNET, the military began to develop hugely powerful simulators and now convergence is taking place between military and the entertainment industry. Some say we are living in what Stanford Professor Tim Lenoir has called ‘the military entertainment complex’, with military functions increasingly taking place online, using simulation for training and in the treatment of soldiers suffering from post traumatic stress disorder. But is this new realm of war truly a revolution – the shape of things to come – or just more virtual bangs for real bucks?

 

Well, it’s more than that because war games and simulation were used even during World War II. I think they first used them for the gunners on heavy bombers. That was the first real sort of gaming idea where the planes would come in; it was all virtual reality, only it was done with screens and film and now they’re using computers. The whole idea was to make people desensitized to KILLING PEOPLE. Normal folk don’t normally kill people. They had to find ways of desensitizing you so you kill automatically in a Pavlovian reflex basically. That’s why they invented the video games in the first place, by the military complex. Then they first used them with the military, now they are into society. They have been for 20-odd years and for a good reason. It’s because they wanted THAT generation to grow up and go INTO the military to finish off this part of the new world order and they’ve been very, very successful at it, in fact.

 

Here’s another thing that ties in with this. I’ve got laugh at the media when then come out with these ridiculous articles. This is from The Check Up, Washington Post.

 

Study links violent video games to violent thought, action

(A: Well gee, who’d have thunk, eh? Who’d have thunk?

Like they just found this out… my you-know-what.)

WashingtonPost.com

 

A study in the March issue of Psychological Bulletin, a journal of the American Psychological Association, shows that playing violent video games increases violent thinking, attitudes and behaviors among players. And it does nothing to promote positive social behaviors. (A: Well, my goodness. It’s just astonishing isn’t it? It takes a scientist to… thank goodness they are there to tell us this stuff because we have no common sense; we can’t see it for ourselves, obviously.)

 

Psychologist Craig Anderson of Iowa State University and his team analyzed existing studies of 130,000 people from the U.S., Europe and Japan. His findings held for players in Western and Eastern cultures, for male and female players and for players of various ages. They also contradict some earlier studies, whose findings the current authors say are tainted by “selection bias” — the method by which they selected studies to analyze.

 

The new study notes that while violence in movies and TV shows has long been examined for its potential impact on viewers’ proclivity for violence, video gaming, a much newer phenomenon, has not yet been so fully explored. (A: That’s nonsense because we are guided through what they call entertainment of all kinds, as to how we act and behave. When little Johnny has been playing on these video games and he’s sitting on the floor with his mouth open, totally enraptured as he’s killing off whatever he’s killing off, because that’s what it’s all about, and mommy says to him, Johnny come and have your dinner and he has a temper tantrum or really has an outburst, it’s because HE’S IN A BATTLE, you see. He’s going from killing and fighting for his life into obeying mom. It doesn’t quite mesh and this is well understood and always has been.)

 

In its review of data, the new research found that exposure to violent video games was associated with aggressive behavior, aggressive cognition and aggressive “affect.” It desensitizes users and is associated with lack of empathy and a lack of “prosocial” behavior.

 

In an accompanying commentary, Christopher Ferguson and John Kilburn of the department of behavioral applied science and criminal justice at Texas A&M International University note flaws in Anderson’s analysis, including what they say is his own selection bias. (A: Then they go on to bash another scientist as they bring out their new studies with their new scientist and it’s an in-house kind of thing. Basically, they come up with the same old stuff, which is kind of… it might be and it might not be bad for causing aggression and so on and so on. I can’t be bothered reading the rest of it because these kind of articles bore me to tears. Common sense should prevail and it’s something we’ve been taught not to have anymore… or ignore, I should say.)

 

Six months ago, perhaps or a bit longer, Prince Charles came out with a speech. Now, Prince Charles and his daddy, [Alan speaking with an elitist accent] his fAAther, my fAAther and I, and his mum, my mAAther and I… he came out and… They tried to find a job for him to do years ago; they said he was a Prince without a cause or a purpose because mummy did all the work. They put him in charge of the environment and architecture for cities, that kind of stuff. Here is his latest thing and we’ve all to become slum dwellers, for the good of the planet. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about Prince Charles and how we should really listen to him when they put him up there on the pedestal and he opens his mouth and says something, because it’s really in line with the big agenda. He was the first one, publicly, to be put in front of the media at least, to talk about the public/private partnership deals that were to come along and that’s all we have now is public/private partnerships.

 

In this two-part video that someone sent me, it’s a documentary from, I think, the BBC. He talked about how we can learn a lot from slum dwellers… for conservation and all that kind of stuff. This was followed by the investigative journalist who went across to India to this place that Charles had mentioned at Mumbai, which is a big up-and-coming city. It’s got the largest slum city in the middle of it. It’s a shack town, a shanty town in the middle with, I think, 1 million people per square mile… crammed together like you wouldn’t believe. He goes over there, this reporter, and he sees the children defecating in the streets and all this kind of stuff. They’re living amongst open sewage, running through the streets and stuff like that. This is what Prince Charles advocates because, you see, there is very little crime there and the folk get on so well, apparently, and their consumption level is awfully low and they don’t give off much greenhouse gases because I guess they’re so darn poor. Anyway, it’s worth seeing. I’ll try and track up a link to that if I can find it somewhere up on one of the servers out there to show you. It’s a fantastic two-part documentary on Mumbai.

 

Here’s an article from the greenies, you see. As I say, you’ve got to listen to Prince Charles when he makes a statement; it means this IS going to be part of the agenda. That’s what it means when he says this. This is from ProspectMagazine.co.uk, a greenie magazine on the same topic after Charles had his say, you see; press the button and they all fall into action.

 

How slums can save the planet

Prospect Magazine / Stewart Brand / 27th January 2010 — Issue 167

 

Sixty million people in the developing world are leaving the countryside every year. (A: What he doesn’t mention here is that’s Agenda 21. We’re all to get off the countryside and crammed into the big cites as we die off and we are more and more sterile every year, up until the year 2050.)

The squatter cities that have emerged can teach us much about future urban living.

(A: So, squatter cities are to teach us, right.)

Dharavi, Mumbai, where population density reaches 1m people per square mile.

 

In 1983, architect Peter Calthorpe gave up on San Francisco, where he had tried and failed to organise neighbourhood communities (A: Now, communities is commutarianism. That’s what George Bush Sr first mentioned. That’s to be the new way, commutarianism, a sort of blend of communist China and the Western values merged together, but more towards the communist China side.), and moved to a houseboat in Sausalito, a town on the San Francisco Bay. He ended up on South 40 Dock, where I also live, part of a community of 400 houseboats and a place with the densest housing in California. Without trying, it was an intense, proud community, in which no one locked their doors. Calthorpe looked for the element of design magic that made it work, and concluded it was the dock itself and the density. Everyone who lived in the houseboats on South 40 Dock passed each other on foot daily, trundling to and from the parking lot on shore. All the residents knew each other’s faces and voices and cats. (A: I guess they had no dogs there, which tells me something. Anyway…) It was a community, Calthorpe decided, because it was walkable.

 

Building on that insight, Calthorpe became one of the founders of the new urbanism, along with Andrés Duany, Elizabeth Plater-Zyberk and others. (A: They will all have funding from the big foundations, you’ll find, if you do a search, I’m sure.) In 1985 he introduced the concept of walkability in “Redefining Cities,” an article in the Whole Earth Review, an American counterculture magazine that focused on technology, community building and the environment. Since then, new urbanism has become the dominant force in city planning, promoting high density, mixed use, walkability, mass transit, eclectic design and regionalism. (A: It’s the complete United Nations agenda here.) It drew one of its main ideas from the houseboat community.

 

There are plenty more ideas to be discovered in the squatter cities of the developing world, the conurbations made up of people who do not legally occupy the land they live on (A: In Agenda 21 you’ll have no private property. The state literally will basically own everything or they might have public/private with sort of chain-store type rental places and skyscrapers owned by a handful of people.)—more commonly known as slums. One billion people live in these cities and, according to the UN, this number will double in the next 25 years. There are thousands of them and their mainly young populations test out new ideas unfettered by law or tradition. (A: They don’t pay taxes either, by the way.) Alleyways in squatter cities, for example, are a dense interplay of retail and services (A: If I find that link for the one on India – and I’ll put it up on my web site at the end of the show if I can find it – you’ll see what they’re talking about, how they all get along, etc. I’m not kidding; there are just as many rats as people. You’ll see them all over the place… and open sewage that they step over all the time. Their water pipes go through this strange one-million complex place; the pipes literally are in the sewage troughs. So when there is a leak in the pipes the sewage gets into your drinking water. And by the way, they only turn the water on for 2 hours per day, for everyone.)—one-chair barbershops and three-seat bars interspersed with the clothes racks and fruit tables. One proposal is to use these as a model for shopping areas. “Allow the informal sector to take over downtown areas after 6pm,” suggests Jaime Lerner, the former mayor of Curitiba, Brazil. “That will inject life into the city.” (A: I’d say it would infect it into the city, but that’s my opinion.)

 

The reversal of opinion about fast-growing cities, previously considered bad news, began with The Challenge of Slums, a 2003 UN-Habitat report. The book’s optimism (A: …ohh.) derived from its groundbreaking fieldwork: 37 case studies in slums worldwide. Instead of just compiling numbers and filtering them through theory, researchers hung out in the slums and talked to people. They came back with an unexpected observation: “Cities are so much more successful in promoting new forms of income generation, and it is so much cheaper to provide services in urban areas, that some experts have actually suggested that the only realistic poverty reduction strategy is to get as many people as possible to move to the city.” (A: It’s amazing how they come out with the United Nations agenda isn’t it?)

 

The magic of squatter cities (A: …if you can stand the smell of sewage everywhere… and watch where you put your feet…) is that they are improved steadily and gradually by their residents. To a planner’s eye, these cities look chaotic. (A: [laughing] you’ve got to see this two-part video, if you think it looks chaotic… The rats are looking for a clean bit to sit on, you know, everything else is feces.) I trained as a biologist and to my eye, they look organic. (A: Well, it’s certainly organic matter.) Squatter cities are also unexpectedly green. They have maximum density—1m people per square mile in some areas of Mumbai—and have minimum energy and material use. People get around by foot, bicycle, rickshaw, or the universal shared taxi. (A: By the way, Mumbai also has its own little mafia because even there is a class structure, in the shanty town. There is even a millionaire living in the middle of it who has all these sweat shops throughout it. The little boys that you’ll see in the video all work for him, and sleep in the shops as well because they have nowhere else to go. Probably that will come out of their wages as well. But it’s fantastic to watch the exploitation and how these characters, these prostitutes here, these sellouts, under the guise of environmentalism that would never, ever sleep a night in a place like that, are wanting to push this stuff on all of US. No kidding, eh? It’s just a joke, such a joke. What a farce.)

 

That’s what they give us. How wonderful it is in the slum where you’re living with flattened tin cans all stuck together for a wall and stuff like that, and you’ve got 20 folk in a room living. Just a wonderful future they’re bringing in for us but, I tell you, it’s low consumption, it’s low carbon output, you know. Dear, dear, the rubbish they peddle. Mind you, they say that perception becomes reality and the more propaganda they give us, they could make us believe anything I suppose. It reminds me of the old days too, in the Middle Ages where the Kings would have their massive castles on top of the hill and the peasants all lived down below in mud shacks with thatched roofs and straw on the floor to cover the mud. I guess that was good sustainability, according to the elite that run the world today. Mind you, it’s a new feudal system, as Carroll Quigley said, so it’s really the same OLD feudal system isn’t it?

 

Tuesday from the Telegraph. I’ve mentioned so many articles about what they do to your food and what they make popular and whenever something has been made popular, AVOID IT LIKE THE PLAGUE. Whether it’s bottled water that was made the massive fad, then you found out that the bisphenol-A was in it and a whole bunch of other things that basically sterilized you, which was there on purpose. They knew it all along. Here is another one, fruit juices, right.

 

Carcinogen antimony found in fruit juices

A chemical linked to cancer has been found in fruit juices and cordials drunk by millions of people every day across Britain (A: And America too.), scientists have revealed.

By Daily Telegraph Reporter / 1 Mar 2010

 

Scientists have found levels of antimony, which can be lethal in large doses, in commercial juices and cordials that exceed the EU limit for drinking water and raise concern about leaching from packaging.

 

The University of Copenhagen found that bottles of fruit juice and squash contained up to 2.5 times more of the substance as is deemed ‘safe’ in tap water, under EU guidelines.

 

In some cases the levels of antimony were ten times higher.

 

Researchers studied antimony levels in various juices, mainly red fruit juices, packaged in PET bottles, glass bottles and Tetra Pak cartons.

 

Studying antimony levels is of interest because of concern about the impact of increased exposure on human health and the environment. (A: I guess the environment is first and then human health is secondary.)

 

Of particular concern is antimony trioxide, a suspected carcinogen that is used in the production of PET. (A: Then they looked at all these different drinks from 16 different brands and they found that pretty well all had these high concentrations of this carcinogen in it.)

Remember too, I think it was Dr Day that attended one of these big conferences – I don’t know if it was related to the United Nations – back in the 60s or 70s, and it was discussed about ways to kill the people, and it was said that well, if you’re going to die of anything at all why shouldn’t it be cancer? And that was the idea, to step up the cancers. It was about the same time, the 50s actually, where they came out with all the polio vaccines that contained the simian virus 40 that’s only function is to cause cancers.

People will never, ever take that leap. They can climb the ladder, you know, but they can’t take the last few steps. They have to cross the major steps to realize that they don’t just talk about depopulation, they DO something about it. How, if you were in charge of the world, would you do something about it? Would you ask for volunteers? Well, of course not. They simply went ahead and did it folks… and that’s why everyone is dropping down, all age groups, with cancers. That’s why too, Monsanto was given the complete go-ahead, not just go-ahead, they CREATED Monsanto to PUSH all of these pesticides, these incredibly toxic pesticides which are soaked up by the plant and it’s through all of its cellular structure AND they are ALL carcinogenic. It’s a sad thing to say. I’m not being a fear monger; I’m just telling you the facts. THAT’S what’s happening.

They KNOW what’s causing it, just like they know what’s causing sterility in the Western world. They know these things. Do you understand, when cancers started to skyrocket, just like autism and all the rest of these things with the inoculations and the food, it’s NEVER BEEN DECLARED A CRISIS. When something takes off on a graph like a rocket going into outer space, it surely should be a crisis and these ALL go off like rockets. But there’s no, oh no. It’s now the NEW NORMAL. It’s the new normal, you understand.

Depopulation by, it wasn’t just by preventing birth, it was also do with dying, increasing the death rate. It was all part of the United Nations studies back in the 50s and even at the very beginning of its set-up in fact, they had a Department of Population Control. I’ve read so many articles over the years from the big boys books themselves who worked for the United Nations like Julian Huxley when he talked about, for example, they’ve got to bring humanity off their pedestal and bring down this idea that we are somehow more special than any other species. In other words, dehumanize us, dehumanize life itself and trivialize life itself, in fact. He also talked about stepping up the death rates and stepping up the abortion rates and so on. Not because there was going to be too many people, you understand, it’s too many of the WRONG people.

If you believe in evolution, you will believe that academia and all those who are running this world right now, through all their think tanks and all the prostitutes that work for the big foundations and live off your tax money, they actually believe they are more evolved than the rest. The old man and woman who used to work in the factories are the old type; there’s no use for them anymore. They are a step behind in evolution. Same ideas as the Marxist theory that when they came into power, to kill off those who were not up to working in a capitalist system. First you have to have a capitalist system and then you bring in Marxism during industry. If the people don’t even need money, they are self-sufficient, you must kill off those populations and that’s what they did with the Ukraine. That’s WHY they claim they did it. It would take too long to bring them up through the various phases, or STAGES in this supposed pseudo-science called Marxism, so they had to be killed off. The same thing is going on today. Those who are left behind in this new system, the ones who would normally work in factories and do a laboring or semi-skilled jobs, there is no use for them now. So they kill them off.

Here’s another article.

 

Study explores child end-of-life scenarios

(A: I read the other day too, about new laws in Britain and the US and elsewhere to do with euthanasia and here they go, for CHILDREN now.)

Some parents had considered hastening deaths

By Elizabeth Cooney, Globe Correspondent | March 2, 2010

 

(A: Then they give you… it’s almost as though they were doing a TV documentary on it and there’s the crying mom there, you see, to get the emotion fixed so that the point can get fixed in your mind that this is what goes with this emotion.)

 

When Christine Reilly’s little boy was being treated for cancer, she told his doctor she could handle almost anything.

 

“The only thing I will not be able to tolerate is him looking at me and saying, ‘Mommy, it hurts,’ ’’ she recalled yesterday.

 

Michael died when he was 5 years old of alveolar rhabdomyosarcoma, which was diagnosed when he was 9 months. His pain was well controlled, especially at the end of his life. But Reilly, who lives in Whitman, said she can understand why a parent would contemplate ending the life of a dying child sooner if that would ease the child’s unrelieved suffering. (A: I’ll be back with more on how to do it after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I’ll put these links up on my web site at the end of the night, if XplorNet graces me with more than my usual twice the dial-up speed for supposedly high-speed satellite internet.

 

I should take the phone call. There is a phone call from Ireland and it is Brian. Are you there Brian?

 

Brian: I am, Alan. How are you?

 

Alan: Not so bad.

 

Brian: That’s good. I know that you’ve talked a lot about the scourge of pedophilia in our society. I don’t know if… you are probably aware of this terrible case in Scotland, your home country.

 

Alan: It’s all through Britain now. I read the articles about the Dunblane shooting and how he, Hamilton himself who did the shooting, was a homosexual pedophile, well known to the police and how a LORD, a British Lord at the House of Lords in England, had known of Hamilton personally, because it’s a pedophile ring, and he also got the license for the handgun that Hamilton used in the shootings. It’s a fascinating journey into this strange culture, sub-culture that’s kept out of the mainstream because I think it’s one important person after another and lots of the aristocracy that are involved in this. People have a hard time believing that there are such organized, national and international pedophilia rings but it is true. They actually exist.

 

Brian: It’s just opened a whole can of worms because it’s all the way up to the top. We are talking top politicians.

 

Alan: I noticed too that Tony Blair and Mandelson – Mandelson is well know for his proclivities – covered up and awful lot of this stuff and covered up the Lords, etc that were involved in these cases. What’s also interesting in Scotland is how they’ve got everything sewn up with the woman who is in charge of the whole police commission up there, who has also worked with the law office that deals with a lot of these characters. It seems everyone comes from one law office and gets into these jobs, they all know each other and they all cover for each other, as well, we can see there.

 

Brian: Another disturbing factor is Ali’s uncle was found dead in very mysterious circumstances in a burnt-out car. This is back in 1997. I think he found out a few things.

 

Alan: Didn’t they also lock up the guy who was leading this investigation on behalf of the people; didn’t they also arrest him recently as well?

 

Brian: Oh yeah. There was a journalist, Robert Green, and if your listeners go on to YouTube and type in ‘Robert Green and the Hollie Greig case’, you’ll get these. He gives a talk that explains in detail what he uncovered. I think a week or two later he was arrested in Aberdeen for handing out leaflets and flyers.

 

Alan: Can you believe that, getting arrested for that?

 

Brian: Yeah. For ‘breach of the peace’.

 

Alan: ‘Breach of the peace’ for handing out flyers, exposing some big wigs.

 

Brian: BBC Scotland and a lot of the media have been silenced.

 

Alan: Well, the BBC I’m not surprised at that when you see who works there. This stuff is truly rife amongst the upper classes especially. It’s just like the Vatican; Malachi Martin talked about it. In the Vatican, since the 60s, a clique, a very powerful clique that stood up and covered each other when they were caught. It’s the same with pedophilia and child pornography and these characters are in to it, very powerful people and into very shady, evil stuff, disgusting stuff, and are covering for each other too, in that whole system over in Scotland, and England, right up to the House of Lords, so you are quite right. Thanks for calling.

 

That’s the end of the show, that’s the music coming in. From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 3rd 2010. For the newcomers to the show, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com, scroll down and bookmark all the other sites I have up there. You can always use these if the big ones go down. The .com site goes down; sometimes it goes down. This way you can always get the latest shows. These are the official sites [listed above]. The tin can moment is very brief. This is when I really blow my own horn and say I need your cash basically. You must support me because I don’t take money from advertisers or sponsors or other people. The ads on the show are paid by the advertisers directly to RBN for this air time. It pays them for their staff, equipment and the transmission of this show and their bills. So you have to support me by going into cuttingthroughthematrix.com, see what I have for sale – the books, CDs and DVDs – and help me out that way. You can also donate to me as well. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me by writing to [address above].

 

If you want to understand what’s happening in this big world of ours, you can certainly use mainstream just to keep you up to date on the parts of the big agenda that are unfolding, although they are always presenting what’s happening as happenstance, decisions made suddenly in Parliament or government by whomever, and nothing is further from the truth. We have been managed for, pretty well since before World War II by those who already ruled the banking industries of all countries by centralized banking systems and international bankers who put their own boys into office. We are simply going through the next phase of their plan. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. It’s hard for most people to believe that their future has been mapped out for them, collectively that is. It’s the same for every other country. We are IN a global society. We’ve been owned, basically, for a long time but with new owners. There have always been owners of society down through the ages. Even in the small tribal groups you always had someone at the top who eventually became through muscle and relatives, the kingpin, who stayed in with hereditary lineages. They eventually got armies and kept everybody under control so that they could live better than the tribe could.

 

One of the basic fears of humanity is poverty… poverty, sickness, lack of friends, lack of acquaintances, lack of relatives, and lack of HELP basically. That becomes exaggerated and we turn into pretty well, monsters, in a sense. All down through the ages, you’ve had psychopaths who get to the top, unfortunately, in this system because they are the most cunning and ruthless. They are quite happy at the top. They know they are psychopaths at the top. They call themselves different terms, of course, but they are psychopaths and they do believe in the Darwinian version. If you take Darwin’s theories, the psychopaths are the natural ones to be at the top. That’s what Darwin basically was stating with his whole theory of evolution, survival of the fittest. Well, if the psychopath can manipulate millions of people or even a few thousand people then he deserves to lead. That’s what they truly believe amongst themselves AT the top.

 

They, strangely enough, are the flaw in human nature. Psychopathy is not called a mental illness; it’s called a personality disorder by those, basically, that are ordinary people. They don’t call them survivalists by the Darwinian code; they call them people with disorders. We are used to the ones at the bottom getting caught by police for various misdemeanors and so on, or smashing windows and grabbing jewelry because they fancied it at the time. The clever ones can basically restrain themselves and their impulse for having immediate self-gratification. They learn that from their parents as well, growing up. So when they are born into powerful families of inbred psychopaths, you know that they always have bad things in store for the general public, off of whom they live.

 

They also bring in systems with them, system that we all have to live by. We are so used to hearing about democracy and government and communism and Nazism and all these different systems, but all these systems really were brought in by psychopathic personalities that are very good at getting followers to sacrifice themselves on their behalf. That’s a good thing about groups; you can always use the group. The psychopaths hire teams of think tanks to study groups. They’ve got so much data on groups and large populations. They know exactly how to tweak the emotions so’s that the public will go into a war mode and sacrifice themselves for enemies, or for terrorism, or sacrifice themselves for sustainability, or whatever the cause happens to be. The ordinary folk love causes because part of living is always having a goal, an objective, a reason for living. The psychopaths tend to give us theirs. So we are living in artificial systems following the psychopaths’ dreams.

 

They knew in the post-capitalist era and the post-productive era, when they created China to be the manufacturer for the planet, and believe you me, China did not pull itself up by its own bootstraps. It was set up by the West, modern China, through all the different treaties that were signed. They ALLOWED the big industries to move over to China. Your governments did that on behalf of the international bankers. Now we are in post-production; we are called service economies. Those who invest are basically investing on services and resources; that’s what the big one is. This is the next phase, post-capitalist, where they used to invest in companies and bring up companies that produced things. Now we are post-production so they are investing in, basically, resources and things that we need to live.

 

That also means that we have to cut back on all the things that we NEED to live. It always starts with the ones at the bottom first who get hit the hardest. That’s part of the agenda FOR depopulation as well. I said, when 2001 came along – I think it was that night on a radio show – you are going to see rationing coming in. All the types of things you see in a war scenario will be introduced. Restrictions on travel, ID cards, all that stuff and right down to, eventually, you will see people moving. Mass exoduses of people, just like refugees, only it will be internally and there will be no one bombing them from the air. This is the big, big plan as they go into this new sustainable economy.

 

In the process, as they flood the Western countries with immigration, to make, TO GIVE THE APPEARANCE that we ARE, a real appearance, that we are now overcrowded, AS the native populations are declining by the United Nations’ own statistics. They bring them in under the guise that they’ve got to increase the population because the native ones are not having enough children to pay off the national debts. I’ve read the articles on the air from the big high chutzpahs that said so. Also it’s to destroy the existing cultures… until there is a NON-culture. The culture that is coming OUT of ALL of these cultures is basically a dog-eat-dog culture because survival is coming to the surface once again. Winners and losers, in fact that’s why Jacques Attali in one of his books called Millennium: Winners and Losers in the Coming New World Order call it that and he should know since he worked at the United Nations. It’s winners and losers.

 

The cohesive bonds that used to hold cultures together are gone. People don’t help each other out anymore. Governments also discouraged that for a long time by creating SERVICES that are now AUTHORITIES over the public. People really won’t help each other out in times of stress or trouble and that’s IDEAL for controllers, for totalitarian tyrannical controllers. They LOVE that kind of scenario.

 

There is so much fallout that goes along with this. We’ve seen it happening in places like Britain before it comes elsewhere, although it is catching up in Australia, Canada and elsewhere especially since they give you national health services. They initially run well, maybe 30 or 40 years ago, but then they start bringing them down until they are dysfunctional. They still keep the authority part of the National Health Service but they don’t give you much of a service. Here is an article for those in the States that wonder about Obama’s… It’s not Obama’s; let’s stop even talking about Obama. The guy is a figurehead like they’re all figureheads at the top. Hillary was touting that stuff long before Obama was even heard of. They want to bring in a health care system in the US based, basically, on sustainability. What they mean is how much money they are willing to put OUT on a post-industrial, non-productive society, to do with a new type of economy. That’s what it’s all about, and to bring DOWN the populations. This article is from Britain to give you an idea of where you are going. From the Guardian.co.uk.

 

NHS trust’s litany of failure, neglect, insensitivity and ineptitude

Healthcare Commission announced report on Mid Staffordshire death rate.

(Alan: This is just one hospital that they are giving you for an example.)

Denis Campbell, health correspondent guardian.co.uk, Thursday 25 February 2010

 

The Francis report found the hospital has too few doctors, especially in A&E.

 

A lack of compassion among staff. Patients left lying in their own urine and faeces. Others falling, sometimes sustaining a serious injury or even dying as a result, unseen by ward personnel. Meals not provided or put out of reach. Uncaring staff rejecting requests from patients and relatives for help. Lamentable hygiene standards. Family members having to clean, feed or help their loved ones get to the toilet. Too few doctors generally, especially in A&E. Reluctance among patients to ask hard-pressed staff to provide proper care, and fear among staff about the consequences of not meeting targets. (A: That’s how they run it now in this bureaucratic, socialist system. Targets, targets, targets go before the care itself AND the patients are scared to ask the staff, who are hard pressed. They’ve cut the staff back to the bare bones with a few qualified nurses and the rest of them are generally nursing assistants. That’s coming and starting already in the States. Don’t believe Obama – oh, I used that Obama word again – or The Plan isn’t going ahead. They always put it in actually BEFORE they pass in into law. I talk to enough people in the States to see it happening as they close down whole wards in big, major hospitals in the States.)

 

Robert Francis QC’s (A: Queen’s Counsel, a solicitor or lawyer.) damning report paints an extraordinarily detailed picture of failure, neglect, insensitivity, chronic ineptitude and poor decision-making at Mid Staffordshire NHS Foundation Trust. Many people who went into Stafford hospital expecting to be well looked-after instead “suffered horrific experiences that will haunt them and their loved ones for the rest of their lives”, Francis said. QC’s (A: It says here that relatives are actually taking home the bed linen, changing their own relatives in the hospital, taking the bed linen home that is soiled and cleaning it themselves. That’s how great Great Britain is. The RAND report that this present government in the States is going to copy is basing all of its advice on copying the British system because I have the RAND report here. Incredible.)

 

On continence and bladder and bowel care, he found: “Requests for assistance to use a bedpan or to get to and from the toilet were not responded to. Patients were often left on commodes or in the toilet for far too long. They were also often left in sheets soiled with urine and faeces for considerable periods of time. Considerable suffering, distress and embarrassment were caused to patients as a result.”

 

The situation was so bad that some families resorted to changing beds and washing soiled bedding at home. “Some staff were dismissive of the needs of patients and their families”, Francis writes. “The omissions described left patients struggling to care for themselves; this led to injury and a loss of dignity, often in the final days of their lives. The impact of this on them and their families is almost unimaginable.” (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, letting that guitar wail for a bit because I feel like wailing a bit tonight myself. We are in an awful situation as we go down the tubes, basically, in this managed society, this socialist society where experts will rule our lives. They are already doing it from birth to the grave and shortly they will be telling us where to live and how to live. They are already telling us how to live. Now we are all being taught to be sustainable, meaning cut back and cut back until you are living like the third world.

 

Last night I talked about Mumbai and India as a model, a model slum basically, that Prince Charles advocates that we can learn a lot from because the people seem so happy living amongst all the sewage and stuff, and eating very little. They are awful cheery. There is very little crime but he didn’t mention that there was also a mafia running even in that kind of circumstances, a mafia running up to the top dog. These millions of people are crammed into about 1 square mile in the center of Mumbai. Mumbai itself is putting up massive skyscrapers and some are just to house ONE family… skyscrapers, maybe 54 floors just for one family. These are the BRAHMANS, you see, that own the industry in India and get all the grants coming from the various countries, through different means through their governments. We all put money into economic development into different countries and the Brahmans are the rulers of that system and have been for thousands of years.

 

The people in the open cesspits they call sustainable, that Prince Charles was advocating. It’s astonishing. They want us to really LEARN to get on together, crammed together, living on top of each other with maybe 20 to a house or something like that. That’s what they are advocating, this kind of lifestyle. Incredible. I found links for those shows and you should really get them quick before maybe someone pulls them; who knows, how things are these days. I find each time I mention something and explain it to the public, they are pulled very quickly. A lot of articles I’ve read too, over the years from the newspapers and science magazines often get pulled that very night after the show. So grab them quick and maybe copy them for future use.

Slumming IT in Indian Slum

youtube.com

 

We are living, as I say, in dire times and the public truly have no idea of how fast it’s going to plummet and the ORGANIZATION, the incredible massive organization ABOVE US ALL that’s interwoven, dealing with every minute part of society to make it all happen they way we are talking about right here. It’s all intermeshed together.

 

We know the population is being taken down over the years. The West was pretty quiet when the Western governments were supplying methods to bring down the populations of third world countries. We don’t mind so much when it’s always over there, whether it’s a war or anything else that’s going on. It’s always over there and it never occurs to them that if your governments are in a GLOBAL society and they are sterilizing people through inoculations and free tetanus shots in India and Africa, then perhaps they are also doing the same kind of thing to YOU back home. Of course they have been because they envisaged this present era at the beginning of the 20th century when they set up the League of Nations with its Department of Population Control that became the United Nations with its Department of Population Control.

 

They mentioned using inoculations to sterilize AND bring on diseases so that people would have to die earlier. They are very, very economically inclined, these characters. They LOVE doing their sums. They are great with pencils. They are pretty useless at the top with anything else, you know, but they love using pencils and adding things up and subtracting them. When they get too lazy for that they can hire massive organizations to do it all for them. We can’t imagine, you can’t imagine the kind of cash that the big foundations dole out every year to what they call the activist groups, the CORRECT activist groups because they are the ones they have set up themselves, these non-governmental organizations that champion all the causes towards our own imprisonment. You have no idea of the money that is spent. It’s in the TRILLIONS, across the world. This is the PARALLEL GOVERNMENTAL SYSTEM and no one votes them in, folks, but they have their advocates on every government board… ruling over YOU.

 

Here is another COINCIDENCE. Coincidence, we’re supposed to believe in coincidence theories.

 

Weed killer ‘castrates’ male frogs, study says

By Azadeh Ansari, CNN / March 1, 2010

 

(A: They’ve done a thousand studies on this kind of thing and it’s always as though it’s a BRAND NEW discovery each time they mention it.)

 

Recent studies have raised concerns about the potential health risks of atrazine, a herbicide widely used on farms. (A: It’s the most promoted, actually.)

 

(CNN) — Atrazine, a weed killer widely used in the Midwestern United States and other agricultural areas of the world, can chemically “castrate” male frogs and turn some into females, according to a new study. (A: Another NEW study. I think they’ve done about 25 before.)

 

New research suggests the herbicide may be a cause of amphibian declines around the globe, said biologists at the University of California-Berkeley, who conducted the study. The findings are being published this week in the journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. (A: These studies are handed to the big boys who have all this data and who started these agendas because it lets them know how much saturation there is in the ground and how it’s affecting humans. That’s what these studies are actually for. I hope you realize that.)

 

Researchers found that long-term exposure to low levels of atrazine — 2.5 parts per billion of water — emasculated three-quarters of laboratory frogs and turned one in 10 into females. Scientists believe the pesticide interferes with endocrine hormones, such as estrogen and testosterone. (A: But it also affects guess what? Higher animals too. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article about another way to basically alter male and female with the use of chemicals. These things actually TRIGGER, they can switch on and off your endocrine system. They can switch them on and off, literally, and they can switch them off forever OR on forever. So it’s a whole field in itself. It’s part of CHEMICAL WARFARE. What I’m reading here is not a mistake. It’s not a mistake. It’s chemical warfare. You’ve all heard of chemical warfare. It’s a very old area of science and this is chemical warfare. Of course you’ll all put it down to coincidence I’m sure. They’ve known this stuff forever. It’s the same with the bisphenol-A in the plastics and all the rest of it. They make it a FAD that everybody is walking around with a plastic bottle, trying to pretend they are good yuppie, you know. Same thing. Anyway… it goes on to say in this article…

 

“The effects of atrazine in the long term have been shown to demasculinize or chemically castrate [frogs], combined with complete feminization of some animals,” said lead researcher Tyrone B. Hayes, a biologist and herpetologist at the University of Berkeley.

 

“We need to reconfigure how we evaluate chemicals in the environment and the impact on environmental health and public health,” he said. (A: That’s already being taken care of as I said, because they know exactly what it’s about and they will take his finding and add it to their own to make sure they’ve got enough saturation. Maybe we’ll have to get more saturation for it, you know.)

 

Hayes found that 10 percent of the exposed genetic male frogs developed into functional females who copulated with unexposed males and produced viable eggs. The other 90 percent of the exposed male frogs expressed decreased libido, reduced sperm count (A: Doesn’t that sound an awful lot like what’s happening to the men today… from the United Nations own statistics. Hmm?) and decreased fertility, among other findings.

 

Syngenta, a Swiss company that is the largest manufacturer of atrazine, has challenged the validity of Hayes’ study. (A: Of course they always do. And they get a guy who worked for the company to refute it, who lives in Canada, a Dr Keith Solomon it is.)

 

“We haven’t seen these kinds of responses that Dr. Hayes reports,” said Keith Solomon, an environmental toxicologist at the University of Guelph in Ontario, Canada, who has served as a consultant to Syngenta. (A: Then it goes on and on and on and it gives you the different areas that they use this stuff in and the different studies that have previously been done as well in 2006 and before it and so on and so on, and how much is in the ground water, and obviously it’s in your food. It’s IN your food obviously because plants soak up moisture from the ground, as you all know, but it also soaks up the chemicals that are put on them too, hence, also the cancers that are going on. If you go down to the bottom you’ll see another organization, NRDC, health environment program. They did their own research too. They say…)

 

But Jennifer Sass, a senior scientist with the NRDC’s health and environment program, believes the research by Hayes and the other University of California, Berkeley, biologists is valid.

 

Sass also is skeptical of Syngenta’s claims.

 

“Their tactic is to flood the scientific literature with negative data to negate the other studies,” she said. “It’s only their studies that show that atrazine is not an endocrine disrupter.” (A: And that’s what they call it, endocrine disrupters. Epigenetics as well; they trigger your gene sequencing and your hormones to be turned on and off.)

 

So there’s another way that they are getting you through chemical warfare and they know it folks. But you can’t argue with big bucks and you can pay off the FDA and everybody else as they do with every other big pharma company. You think they are out there to protect you. I’ve read the articles here containing the emails from big pharma to employees, or guys on the board of the FDA saying who their friends are and who is hostile to them, so they can get various drugs and chemicals passed. I’ve read them on the air, their own emails. They were disclosed during hearings.

 

The big nonsense that they are pushing is sustainability and austerity for the new system that we’ve all to serve as the elites live off of us, as they’ve always done, and to eradicate all the middle classes, basically. They are using the climate scam to do it and it doesn’t matter how much data comes out to the contrary, they must convince at least one generation, who have no knowledge of past weather since they aren’t very old. Most of the older folk can’t even remember what the weather was like 4 years ago unfortunately. That’s why they PICKED this great scam. They’re using the climate change, as they call it now, rather than just global warming, to push it all ahead. Here is another report that came out…

 

U.S. Climate Data Compromised by Sensors’ Proximity to Heat Sources, Critics Say

Joseph Abrams / – FOXNews.com / February 26, 2010

 

(A: I’ve read this before. This is another newspaper with the same thing.)

 

A critical cog in the machinery that drives the theory of global warming may be compromised, as temperature sensors across the U.S. appear to be exposed to heat sources that some critics say is corrupting their information.

 

The predicted temperature changes (darker red indicating greater change) due to global warming, based on data that scientists, policymakers and the public are now questioning. (A: They show you the pictures.)

 

A critical cog in the machinery that drives the theory of global warming is a small white box not too far from where you live. Inside the box sits a thermometer that tracks the local temperature, which in turn becomes part of a data trail for the monitoring of climate change on Earth.

 

But there’s a problem: Nearly every single weather station the U.S. government uses to measure the country’s surface temperature may be compromised. Sensors that are supposed to be in empty clearings (A: That’s like wood lots and so on.) are instead exposed to crackling electronics and other unlikely sources of heat, from exhaust pipes and trash-burning barrels to chimneys and human graves. (A: But they are also encased in concrete, concrete jungles, the cities… where everything is reflected, all the heat is reflected back off the concrete.)

 

The National Climate Data Center (NCDC) uses this massive network of sensors to determine daily highs and lows at the 1,219 weather stations in its Historical Climatology Network (HCN). The network has existed since 1892, but only in the last decade has it come under intense scrutiny to determine whether the figures it measures can be trusted. (A: I mentioned before too, in a previous article that over 1,250 or more stations had been CLOSED DOWN, in the COLDEST REGIONS so they weren’t factoring all THAT into their nonsense as well. They know what they are doing. If they want the right kind of data they just make sure the circumstances comply and they will get the right kind of data. Just close down all the ones in the cold areas. They had over 1,000 – 1,500 across Russia that are all closed as well, in the northern parts of Russia and Siberia, all gone.)

 

There are a couple of callers on the line. I’ll take them before I rant on any more. There is Debbie from Texas. Are you there Debbie?

 

Debbie: How are you?

 

Alan: I’m hangin’ on here with the skin of teeth.

 

Debbie: Good. I’m glad to hear that because you are one of the only times in my day when I don’t feel completely alienated from the entire world. I’m in Texas and I have called in one time before. My question to you tonight is Rick Perry just won the primary here last night. He’s a republican. He’s our current Governor. We had a really good Tea Party person that was going against him and she barely got 18% of the vote. I feel like the vote may or may not have been rigged. I don’t know but it’s just absolutely impossible for me to understand or believe that Texans can not even remember that Perry has stood for all the… He tried to make the Gardasil injections mandatory. He attended Bilderberger this last year. He tried to land-grab land that has been in my family and my friends’ families for many generations in order to put the Trans Texas Corridor through from Mexico to Canada with the North American Union. It’s hard for me to understand how 50% of the voters could not remember that.

 

Alan: You know yourself though, that everything really, really is rigged. You see the fact that he went to the Bilderberger meeting, it’s the same with everyone who becomes a President or a Prime Minster of any country. If they go to the Bilderberger, they are the guy who’s going to get picked in any election that comes up. That’s just the facts. Every single one of them in the last 10 years, like 15 years I can remember, went to the Bilderbergers and they always got into whatever position they ran for right after it.

 

Debbie: Right. Honestly, I’ve been listening to you and Alex Jones for several years. I just finished The Next Million Years by Charles Galton Darwin. He states there specifically that the further income disparity increases, the less likely that democracy can be effective or ever rule. In fact, here we are. We’re in communism. My question to you is what do we DO? I mean, I feel very hopeless now. I just don’t think I’ve felt this hopeless before.

 

Alan: Well the thing you can do, really, is to start to concentrate on yourself, number one. Don’t wait for any group or any big… See, there is going to be no big change at the top. There hasn’t been since World War II, even before World War II. This is an agenda you are living through. They had even the end of the industrial era mapped out before World War II started. They knew when they’d be starting to pull out… I’ve got books from the Council on Foreign Relations/Royal Institute of International Affairs going back to 1938 talking about building up China to be a manufacturer of the planet basically, at their main meeting in Australia that year, 1938 I think it was. We are simply living a script here. They have already brainwashed a young generation coming up right now from Kindergarten right through school into the greening and self-sacrifice.

 

It’s typical of mass movements which THEY create. The only successful movements in this world that succeed are those that are officially approved and CREATED by those who already rule to bring in the next phase of their network. You can’t compete with that kind of money or organization. I’ve got foundations here… There is one there, it’s the United Nation Foundation, just created last year I think it was. This foundation was given a BILLION dollars to start off with by the Ted Turner Fund. You cannot compete with the money they dole out to their radical front organizations and NGOs. You can’t do that. You cannot change this system from within. They’ve also taken care of any possible rebellion. They’ve been building up an internal army for 25 years in preparation for what’s to come.

 

So you’ve got to take care of yourself. That’s the first thing. And if you CAN get a few people around you of like mind, who will certainly help each other, won’t run off in tough times or give up when the going get tough. Self-preservation is going to be awfully important as we go through the next 10 years or more. It’s not going to get better.

 

I’ve read so many articles from the top themselves, from governments and from all the different foundations and think tanks that work for governments, that are simply an appendage…. The governments are an appendage of the foundations actually. They’ve got it all mapped out for the next 100 years, including the declining population and the ideal population for the West by the year 2050. They will not change their course or their track. This new economy is based on sustainability and food. They will eventually be dishing out food and money to every region, as they call it, and you will have to take down your population as they cut back on the money and the food and so on that you are allowed. The United Nations was set up to do that, to be the distributor of all food on the planet, to different regions. This is their agenda. THEY MEAN WHAT THEY SAY because they know they have no opposition. All they have to do is to humor the public through all of this, as they always do, and it’s coming into being as we live. We see it happening.

 

It would take something massive, even a military coup, to alter the direction in which we are going right now. Even Russia, Putin, he said America is becoming the most dangerous nation to the whole world because it’s bringing in a form of communism across the planet. He said it’s a strange thing; they dismantled the Berlin Wall only to put it around the whole coastline of America. He’s right too because, under communism the state was in charge of all goods and means of production and all food and everything. When the bank bailouts happened, now they’ve got the say in the banking. They are working together of course, with the banks, FOR the banks I should say, and you now have the same system of interwoven government and the means of production. There’s no higher means of it than the money system itself; without money there is no production of any kind. But it’s also to do with this whole brand new system coming in based on sustainability and the reduction of populations because they don’t NEED the masses anymore. They don’t need factory workers in the West. They don’t need laborers in the West; they can always bring in laborers from any third world country that will be far cheaper for them and if they die off in the process, as they’re getting worked to death, they will bring in more.

 

That’s the same techniques as the REAL Nazi death camps were. The Nazi death camps were based not just on bringing people in and killing them. They worked them almost to death and then they killed them when they were no more use to them. That was all set up by IG Farben, an umbrella group comprised of IBM and all the big internationalists that still run their big plants across the planet today. It’s the same techniques that are being used. These guys have so many professional, full-time organizations and think tanks working on every part of their scheme that, to be honest with you, you can’t fight it by using democracy. It won’t work.

 

Debbie: It’s just… so really, the actual answer is to go individually ahead and try to create a small individual community around you that can help you insulate and weather through. That’s the only way.

 

Alan: That’s it. That’s all you can do.

 

Debbie: Okay.

 

Alan: That’s all you can do. But you have to make sure that you have no… See, once you get into a political agenda, someone is sent in and they take it over. It’s the same with any organization you set up to combat this; it’s infiltrated. I know some of the 9/11 Truthers in Canada and some places and they were taken over very quickly by hard working people; that’s what they do. They send in hard workers that do all the volunteering, they end up being at the top of it, and then they’ve got them all into climate change and standing up for the government has got to do something about climate change. They completely change where you are heading. What you need are people who are trustworthy, that will truly help each other out in times of stress and know that their self-preservation will depend on each other.

 

Debbie: Thank you so much for that encouragement and God bless you Alan.

 

Alan: Well you take care and don’t be too disheartened. We are all going through it. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Before I take the next caller, I’m going to put up a bunch of PDF links for you tonight where you can go right into a lot of the big foundations and organizations that are working with this global agenda. You can see for yourselves just how far ahead they are in every aspect of your life and what they are bringing to pass for their planned future and the kind of funding the get from it. I’ll give you an example of the Winslow Foundation. Here is what they handed out to NGOs alone for the year ending 2001.

 

Winslow Foundation

Also known as Windie Foundation c/o Drinker Biddle & Shanley, Princeton, NJ 08542

Phone 609-716-6511 | Fax 609-799-7000 |

 

Finances for tax year ending 12/31/2001

 

Total Assets $30,994,490.00 (A: This is what they had to dish out to NGO groups. That’s just ONE foundation… amongst a thousand of them.)

 

Now there is Kevin from Ontario on the line. Are you there Kevin?

 

Kevin: Well, I’m all there this time I think.

 

Alan: Well that’s good news. That’s because spring is coming.

 

Kevin: Spring is coming and I’m going back home for a week next week so I guess my sanity is slowing coming back to me. You know, they are really planning on this whole big order out of chaos. I think the revolution is starting to trickle above the surface here. There is one fella that was on this chat program called Pal Talk that was, I opened up a room the other day and I don’t know where this guy came from, never seen him before. He said the first thing that’s going to go down, when you know that the whole martial law system and the revolution is really going to start is when the communication systems go down and with this whole cyber attack nonsense that’s going on, I think they are getting ready to do that in the near future.

 

Alan: They might, but to be honest with you, I’m not even worried about that. I don’t go by… All that stuff is in the mainstream anyway, that kind of stuff. We are always under cyber attack by our own government agencies. [Alan laughing.] I mean, that’s the only cyber attack that goes on.

 

Kevin: I’m expecting that all communications are going to go down and they are going to, with the exception of maybe a couple of mainstream media news channels, of course they are going to leave those up there to brainwash the rest of the sheeple out there. But they are going to claim it’s a huge coordinated attack by Iran and China or whatever, just to give them a reason to go war and declare martial law.

 

Alan: They don’t even need that to go to war, to be honest with you. All they have to say now… See, when you read the report that was put out by the New American Century policy group, back before 2001, they published it about 1997 by Wolfowitz. They had all the countries that they had earmarked for looting, starting with Afghanistan to be followed with Iraq, then Iran, then Syria. We’ve still got Syria to go yet. We’ve actually gone along in that perfect order right up until now and once they are finished with Iran they will go into Syria as well. The whole world is to come under their dominion, you understand, and the big boys are the first in. We build the new refineries for them by our tax money and then it’s handed over to the big boys. I’ve even read the articles from mainstream where that’s happened. This is all planned out and they don’t even need to give us much of a scare now. They will use scares ONLY if we start going to sleep, to be honest with you. If they think we are just too jaded and we are fed up with the movies we are watching and all the porno, they will give us a big scare then just to get us back on track. When we are terrified we turn to them, like the abused always do to the abuser, and we ask them for help. That’s the technique.

 

Kevin: I’ve noticed a lot of these truth chat rooms I’ve visited, they’ve been growing in number. I do see a revolution is coming and go to [inaudible]. I think he’s getting impatient for a revolution to start pretty soon there.

 

Alan: Oh, there are people out there that are; but as I say, the big boys expect that themselves. Come what may, the fact is we are going through hell and we’ve got more to go. You always do before you start seeing the light at the end of the tunnel. But that’s the way it is. Thanks for calling.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks, I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix on Thursday 4th March 2010.

 

For the newcomers out there, look into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website. Scroll down and you’ll see all the other official sites listed. Bookmark them for future use because sometimes the main ‘com’ site goes down. The ‘tin can’ moment comes right after this because I shake the tin can. It’s quiet because there’s nothing much in it and it’s up to you to keep me going because this is one of the, maybe the only show out there where I don’t get paid by the advertisers.

I could if I wanted to but then I’d have to bring people on as guests and so on and you’d be listening to maybe an ad for a whole hour without realising it but I’ve decided to go the other way. The ads you here on this show are paid by the advertisers straight to RBN for the airtime. That pays their staff and their bills and equipment and all the other stuff that we hate doing ourselves.

So you can keep me going by going to www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website, see what I have for sale, the discs, the books, and so on and you can pay from the US to Canada with personal cheque. You can also use an International Postal Money Order from your Post Office if you wish, and I stress ‘International’. I don’t want you to walk out with the green one. That’s internal only. You can also use Paypal for purchasing or donating. If you want to purchase send a separate email to me with your order along with the Paypal donation. You can use cash. That gets through as well and there’s Moneygram and Western Union. Outside the Americas, same deal, Western Union, Moneygram, cash or you can send a Paypal donation/order. It’s up to you. For those who get the discs burned and passed to them to play on their CD players, they don’t like computers, which I still think are a fairly temporary thing, at least as far as freedom of speech goes, you can get in touch with me [listed above].

And that will get to me.

I’m always talking about reality. It’s something that people think they’re in but seldom are and even people who should know better often fall back into the red herrings that are put out there for them to chase after. You know, 10 years ago, or 15 years ago, people in the US especially who were rather vigilant, a lot of people were still vigilant whilst the rest were sleeping and consuming, they had so many ways to keep in touch with each other. Today the ‘patriot’ community would hang out the white flags if the Internet went down. I’m not kidding you. They don’t need anything else happening, just the Internet going down and out comes the white flags outside their windows. It’s all over for them. Astonishing, astonishing how we adapt until we’re utterly helpless and we can’t think of anything else to do. We forget all the other ways of communications that have been around for such an awful long time and yet people are going frantic when they read things like ‘Obama can shut down the Internet in a national emergency’.

 

Well, so what?

If you’re so dependent on the Internet, and you think that is freedom, then you’re already gone. You’re already gone. The Internet is out there for the elite to serve themselves, not to serve you.

 

Back with more after these messages.

 

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix just reminding people to use their heads and not to be run by fear. There’s an old saying. “If you can’t handle the truth, don’t look for it’ and it’s very, very true because the truth can be rather harsh and if you allow yourself to be afraid of it then it’ll floor you. It’ll put you into a neurosis or a static state where you’re sitting shivering under the kitchen table and that’s not where you want to be. Don’t let yourself be sidetracked by people who just scare the bejesus out of you and leave it at that.

 

Handle the truth, handle the truth and if no-one’s sitting outside your door right now in some black government truck or whatever ready to blast you to smithereens, then don’t worry about it. You’ve been living this long and this New World Order has been going on before you were born. It was happening before your parents were born. Every part and every stage is just a part to the next phase; all pre-planned of course, including the takedown. But you’ve got to be able to handle the bad news and you don’t panic at the first headlines that come out there that Obama can shut down the Internet and then you hang out the white flags in front of your apartments or your houses because it’s suddenly all over because you can’t type to someone anymore. What a shame, I wonder what your predecessors would have done? There’s no Plan B, C, D or E.

 

It’s just astonishing how people have become addicted to the Internet and they can’t figure out any other way to communicate to each other if anything should happen; astonishing. To me that’s astonishing. Bad news will always come along, always come along and the most you can do is take what’s relevant, what isn’t so relevant to you and prepare day by day, week by week and so on for yourself and those that you love basically to get through bad, bad times. That’s the best you can honestly do because we’re up against the most organised system that’s ever existed on planet earth, totally integrated with each other through academia, through countless think tanks, foundations and organisations, all cooperating with the governments and we don’t put the government officials into power, the big boys do.

See, ‘democracy’ never ever existed. It was a great con while it lasted and democracy to an extent can give you, while they’re using you of course, because people are always used, and Charles Galton Darwin was quite right when he said in his own book that “people have always been slaves in one form or another and we’re simply creating a more sophisticated form of slavery”. That was democracy with its taxation and during a productive period where you’ve go to build up the economy, use your tax money for projects abroad, or wars as they take over the planet, they allow you to drive old ‘junker’ cars with rust on it and so on. The cops stay off your back during that period. You get your cheap cigarettes and your cheap booze and you get your cheap entertainment. No-one bothers you. You can live in an old shack somewhere and there’s no official coming up to measure it and saying : “You can’t live there. It’s not good for the local surrounding area and the plants and the wildlife.”

You didn’t get that then. It’s only after your usefulness is over for that part, and they’ve completed their mission, they’ve taken all your industry from you, they don’t need you anymore and that’s when they say: “My goodness, we’re pulling your old junker off the road because there’s a hole there and carbon monoxide might get through.” And here you are talking to a cop through your open window. What’s that space there that you’re talking through?

And then they crush your car and all the rest of it. Then up go your smokes because they don’t want you to smoke anymore and so on and so on.

 

If you notice, China’s going through their industrial phase and the peasantry there, just like the peasantry everywhere else, is allowed cheap smokes and lots of fun and that kind of stuff too and they can drive their old junkers without being annoyed by squads of cops on the roads.

 

This is a system we live through, a system, and believe you me, a lot of people do crack up with the information that’s thrown out there and they cannot discern what is real, what is fake or what’s meant to immobilise you with fear and terror. They can’t distinguish eventually.

 

I read an article just a few days ago where a couple with two children had committed suicide and killed one of their children and shot the other one two or three times but it survived, the baby, because they believed the mainstream media that was telling them it was going to be a hopeless future of global warming and desert, desertification, no forests and all that kind of stuff. That’s what drove them to that, listening to that stuff. They were right into environmentalism but they believed every bit of propaganda that was pumped into them.

It’s the same thing too when you get into trying to fight the evil that’s all around the world. You’ve got to discern what’s real, what isn’t, what you can do about something, what you can’t and you don’t allow yourself to be crushed and panicked by the stuff that’s thrown out to you on a daily basis. Remember now, our perception of things have changed drastically, drastically since they gave us the Internet, again mainly to monitor us and classify all of us with our daily activities. We must be predictable in a totalitarian society, that’s why we’ve got it.

 

It also gives you news from all over the planet and the world isn’t changing. You might hear about a tsunami here or an earthquake there but that has always happened down through history, but when you hear this stuff coming out you think; ‘oh my God, the world’s collapsing, it’s caving in on itself. Everything’s going crazy. Blah, blah blah, blah, blah because you’ve got access to more data and information than you ever, ever had before.

If you were in the Middle Ages it wouldn’t matter if there were 10 volcanoes going up and 15 Pacific islands sunk under them, you’d never have heard about them so you wouldn’t have been worried about it.

The media makes a great deal about this kind of stuff trying to scare the bejesus out of you and for a lot of people it works.

 

I’ve gone through, as best I can, a lot of this agenda by giving you the official documents from the official people who were helping working it into being and you know, most people would rather look at something else than look and study the dry material that comes from governments, or it comes from their main helpers and think tanks, that outline their whole agenda in phases; 5, 10, 15, 50 year plans, a 100 year plan. I give you all these links and so on for the PDFs that they churn out of the think tanks for the governments. We see how it’s being implemented stage by stage by stage. We’ve gone through this. I went through this, years ago, and I keep doing it up to the present, but people are so easily sidetracked by really, really, purposefully put out there, trivia that sidelines you off into ‘terrorland’.

 

Now government has counterintelligence out there. They have their teams that will hack your computers and so on but most of their job is in counterintelligence and they will leak stuff out there to the public. I read about it before about the budget for some of the military colleges and so on that are dealing with this and their budgets, are putting out false information and they’ll put them out under different names, different organisations that don’t even exist and then it’s repeated off in mainstream news or patriot news and people prattle it and before you know it’s blown out of all proportion and it’s working very well. Everyone’s mind is collapsing with it and they’re crippled with terror and fear.

 

Always be wary of the data that you allow to come into your brain. You are the guardian of your own brain, no-one else is and believe you me the brain is such an important thing. Governments have put billions of dollars of research into how to control your brain, from basic psychology, basic through psychic driving and repetition of terror, over and over and over again, using slogans of terror. And they’ve also used the electromagnetic fields and things like that.

 

I’ve read the books by Brzezinski that he churned out in the ‘70s on the ‘technotronic era’ and how they would try and control whole continents with their emotions or their behaviour by the use of technotronic techniques. These are the things that have been put out from the top that are real because your money, your tax money went into it.

Here’s an article here. Now I mentioned this years ago about television, just basic televisions to show you that right from the very beginning they knew about what they could do to your mind, apart from all the rubbish they put on there. Here’s a patent here, a US patent. This one here is January 14th, 2003. It’s one of many I’m sure and it’s one of the more recent and I’m sure there’re much, much older ones in the same area.

 

“Nervous system can be manipulated by electromagnet fields”

 

(A: From monitors)

 

“Physiological effects have been observed in a human subject in response to stimulation of the skin with weak electromagnetic fields that are pulsed with certain frequencies near 1/2 Hz or 2.4 Hz, such as to excite a sensory resonance. Many computer monitors and TV tubes, when displaying pulsed images, emit pulsed electromagnetic fields of sufficient amplitudes to cause such excitation. It is therefore possible to manipulate the nervous system of a subject by pulsing images displayed on a nearby computer monitor or TV set. For the latter, the image pulsing may be imbedded in the program material, or it may be overlaid by modulating a video stream, either as an RF signal or as a video signal. The image displayed on a computer monitor may be pulsed effectively by a simple computer program. For certain monitors, pulsed electromagnetic fields capable of exciting sensory resonances in nearby subjects may be generated even as the displayed images are pulsed with subliminal intensity.”

 

(A: That’s one of many of the things that governments have been working on for an awful, awful long time and you’re all stuck staring at that screen all day long and you wonder why you’re getting terrified.)

 

I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks, I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

 

That patent I just read was actually applied for in 2001. As I say, whatever’s applied for through the patent office, to me, is generally obsolete because the big boys at the top, much higher up than the military-industrial complex, believe you me, already have that stuff working very effectively.

It’s interesting too with the articles I’ve read in the past, to do with Microsoft even, with their helmets and their computer interfaces where these helmets with their little sensors can manipulate or just basically probe your brain at the cortex of your brain and work in conjunction with your thoughts. Supposedly that’s what they’re working on and at the same time Microsoft in one of its own little releases admitted they were using some laptops for instance or working on laptops that had the same kind of technology built into the frame around the screen so you wouldn’t need the helmet.

So this stuff is old, but apart from that, about 2 years ago I think it was I read an article from the Pentagon on its weaponised forms of killer viruses. Not to kill the computer, although they can certainly ‘fry’ it, but to actually work the signals of your body in such a way that your blood vessels could narrow so quickly because they understand the language of what turns on and off your system via the eyes; just the eyes themselves even and they can actually cause a stroke. That was a Pentagon paper release.

 

So be careful with all of this stuff. Be careful too on how much time you spend in front of the box there, whether it’s the TV or the computer.

When you see teachers across the US manipulating the laptops that are given to the children, because they’re free; they’re free and everybody grabs them. You know if there was cyanide dressed up as a new age bon bon, a sugar bon bon candy and they said it was free, everybody would take it. That’s how far gone the public are.

A mouse has got more caution approaching a trap trying to get the cheese than we have anymore. Just say it’s free and we run like a herd, gone. Next thing you know, the teachers are looking into the children, watching them at home. How long has that been going on for? How long has that been going on for? Do you think that government doesn’t do the same thing through your computers?

Apart from the stuff they have admitted to, the screeds of stuff I’ve talked about on the radio from their own findings from universities that are given access to your computer data amongst the various intelligence agencies that are given complete access to all your data on a daily basis as they study you.

 

That’s just that. They’re doing other things as well obviously. Technotronic warfare, it was called ‘technotronic’ and now it’s under the field of neuroscience.

 

I’ll put this patent link up for you to look at yourself after the show. All these articles I always put up on my site when Xplornet, the satellite upload characters, allow me twice dial-up speed for high speed. That’s what they call high speed and if you use too much of it, what they claim is too much, they put you right down until you’re below dial-up speed. That’s the wonders of modern technology but it’s also the wonders of what they can do to you if they don’t like you very much.

 

Now, we’re run by think tanks. Governments don’t come to the public to see what the public want. That’s an idea that we’re given with democracy, they somehow come to ask us what we want. I don’t think that ever really happens except when governments allow NGOs in that work for the foundations that demand things and get what they want. They’re allowed inside it but we are run by think tanks and special think tanks on a very high level staffed with academics that are pulled out often out of a university before they even qualify because they’re brighter than the rest in their particular area and particular speciality.

 

An example is the ‘Foresight’; another one that advises the governments, including Britain, and they’ve just released their report, the Foresight’s Report and the site here says:

 

“Foresight’s role is to help government think systematically about the future.”

(A: Did you know that? Did these characters come forward and say “vote Labour” or “vote Liberal, and you’ll also get Foresight and get Rand along with them?” They never mention that do they? Why don’t they go up for election? You see, democracy’s a farce. Politics is a complete farce. So here’s one of them, one of the many governments are working with.

“Foresight’s role is to help government think systematically about the future. We use the latest scientific and other evidence combined with futures analysis to tackle complex issues and help policymakers make decisions affecting our future.

Our work makes a critical contribution to meeting important challenges of the 21st century…”

(A: And here they go)

“…such as food security…”

(A: Because there’s going to be rationing coming down the road)

“ flooding…”

(A: That’s another thing)

“…and obesity.”

(A: Obesity comes in with this and of course they won’t tell you why that’s lumped in with this and then they have their toolkits there and the networks. The links are here. You can look into them. But you look down, you scroll down just to see what they’re really up to. They did…)

“…a two-year study involving over 300 experts in subjects ranging from ecology, economics, planning and geography, outlines that a new approach to managing the UK’s land will be vital to meet the challenges of the 21st century.”

(A: There’re a whole bunch of things down here from land use, global food and farming measures, global environmental migration, because they expect people to start moving out if they start to think there’s going to be a…All they have to say is “it’s going to be dry for the next 20 years in a country”. That’s all they have to say. Hype it up, they’ll make them believe anything and mass migration will occur. That’s how stupid the people are.)

Back with more after these massages.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through the Matrix, bringing some reality back into life by showing the simplicity of the techniques that are really used because most things are really pretty simple. There are sciences which deal with managing ‘the masses’ as they call them, the great masses and then categories of different people within the masses, their own ‘sub-masses’ and so on. These are old, old sciences, well understood and taught in academia.

 

They’ve always said, you see, in a true democracy it would always be hard for a true democracy to stand for any length of time because countries that are not democratic can put things into gear very quickly and get a whole nation mobilised into whatever they want them to do, very quickly, because they’re obedient in that totalitarian society, whereas a democracy has to coerce and cajole and humour the public to go along and they need a lot of propaganda over a long period of time to make it happen.

 

That’s why the Club of Rome in their book, ‘The First Global Revolution’ said that of all the systems they looked at, Communism, Socialism – which is really Communism or Collectivism – and so on, the most they favoured was Collectivism for the future and that is what we’re going under now. They said the world would be ‘post democratic’ and we are.

That’s when you must get in the heavy hand of government because people will obey and that’s why they chose a war scenario. A ‘war on terror’ fitted the bill and a ‘war of man against nature and the environment’ was the reason for it as well. That would also fit the bill. They said that themselves in their own book and I’ve quoted it so many times and I’m pretty well sick of it, but we are easily managed.

 

Getting back to the totalitarian systems, it’s far easier for them. That’s why the UN picked China for the model state for the world to emulate, not just with their one child per family policy, mandatory abortion and all the rest of it, far more, but their whole way of living over in China. They’re a ‘mass man’ in China; ‘mass people’ and in totalitarian regimes you must give them an exciting future. It’s always something in the distant future but you’re all working together towards it. That’s exactly what they’ve brought in to us in the West now. We’re all in a warfare scenario. We’ve all to pull together. We’re all one working towards a common cause and we must all sacrifice. That’s what totalitarianism lives on, feeds on. That’s its modus operandi.

 

This article here shows how they can do things much quicker in China because remember, they’re still technically Communist.

 

This is February 24th 2010. It’s the women’s page from ‘Spotlight China’ newspaper.

 

“The ACWF Advocates A Low Carbon Life among Women”

(A: And it says. Now here you go. It’s so socialistic the terminology they use. You have to read it for yourself to see how they phrase things. Remember that Lenin himself said that “we shall win by the use of slogans”, the repetition of slogans, psychic driving. It says:)

 

“The All-China Women’s Federation, the Civilization Office of the Central Communist Party Committee, and the National Development and Reform Commission have jointly pushed for Energy Conservation and Emission Reduction Community Action by carrying out a “Low Carbon Family and Fashionable Life” activity this year.”

 

(A: “Low Carbon Family and Fashionable Life” is a slogan which they use over there. It’s in quotation marks. Listen to all the organisations. The National Development and Reform Commission, the Energy Conservation and Emission Reduction Community Action and societies and so on “by carrying out a “Low Carbon Family and Fashionable Life” activity this year.” Slogans, slogans, slogans gets them right into action.)

“Activities are to be held by women and within households nationwide to promote a low-carbon lifestyle, to spread low-carbon awareness, and to encourage families to live a green life of low energy, low emission, low expense and low cost. Each household is encouraged to live a green life…”

(A: Oh, so they’re going from red to green, which is the sacred colour of Communism. Red is for the revolutionary part.)

“…so as to form a life style and a consumption pattern that conserves energy and protects the environment. Families are to contribute their efforts to the development of an economy based on green energy, low-carbon output, and recycling.

The activity is to be carried out in China’s 31 provinces, autonomous regions, municipalities, and Xinjiang Production and Construction Corps.”

(A: I don’t know what that is – “and Xinjiang Production and Construction Corps.”

“Launching ceremonies will be held at the capital of each local administrative region.”

(A: You realise that all this is synchronised together. Just do this and it’s done. You just shout from the top and they all just run into action.)

“The launching ceremony in Beijing will indicate the start of the activity. The activity will make an appeal to all families to live a low-carbon lifestyle. Posters will be put up. Banners will be hung high. Leaflets will be distributed among the participants.”

They’re also pushing for a low-meat diet and to grow more veggies, which of course is the agenda here as well, GMO of course, GMO of course. But it’s got all the different tips at the bottom what the women have to do. It’s great too how they split. You see the societies which are totalitarian need to split the men and the women up. They split them up and they create an organisation out of one and an organisation out of the other. They also split the children from the parents psychologically and through their education, they sever the ties and they get the more upgraded education/indoctrination and they’re also separate with their own mandate to follow out.

That’s the beauty of having a totalitarian regime. It’s so quick and easy to do. Here we’ve to live in the West with lies and politicians that pretend to shout to each other or at each other and all the rest of it and go through the motions. Then the representatives that you think you elected come back and tell you that they can’t do much because they must vote with the party and all that stuff.

We go through these silly, ridiculous routines all the time. Meanwhile the bureaucracies are running the countries as they always have and the politicians come and go, come and go and come and go and they sign whatever’s put in front of them. “Sign this” – “Right ok.”

 

That’s real life. That’s what life is really all about. We’re cajoled and conned and humoured.

 

Now, the International Monetary Fund, I’ve said this so many times again too, was set up, along with the United Nations, to become a global power. Everything was to be centralised, first through nations under the communistic techniques, centralise all power, centralise all money power and then between the countries you make treaties. You centralise them into regions and then you centralise them into the United Nations. That’s what the whole deal was if you read your books about the founding, the setting up and the purpose of the United Nations with all of its many branches.

 

“IMF chief pushes for more power, new global currency”

That was Saturday, February 27th, 2010 from Raw Story.

 

“The International Monetary Fund wants more power to police the global financial system and a bigger role in emergency financing, managing director Dominique Strauss-Kahn said Friday.

In a speech to the Bretton Woods Committee, a finance reform think tank in Washington, D.C…”.

(A: There’s another private think tank.)

“…he claimed that a stronger IMF also warrants a new global reserve currency that would serve as an alternative to the U.S. Dollar.”

(A: They keep repeating this and they’ll get what they want.)

“Strauss-Kahn said such an asset could be similar to but distinctly different from the IMF’s special drawing rights, or SDRs…”

(A: As they call them, Special Drawing Rights

“…the accounting unit that countries use to hold funds within the IMF,” ABC News reported. “It is based on a basket of major currencies.”

“One day, the Fund might even be called upon to provide a globally issued reserve asset, similar to — but in important respects different from — the SDR,” he said.

Strauss-Kahn added that “having several suppliers of reserve assets would limit the extent to which the international monetary system as a whole depends on the policies and conditions of a single, albeit dominant, country.”

(A: And he goes on and on and on with more and more and more.)

“Both China and Moscow support such a plan, but U.S. leaders have vehemently insisted that empowering the IMF’s special drawing rights, or establishing another fund with a global pull similar to the Dollar, is not necessary.”

Well, they have to say that to keep the pundits in the US voting, you know, and that’s the reality of it too. Centralisation’s the key to all totalitarianism and the worst totalitarianism is global; global. When you’re all global and living under a tyranny, you have no other country to compare yourself with, you understand that?

 

In the past people knew how bad it was in different countries and you could always say, “My goodness, we don’t want to end up like them.” So you had something to give you an example. Once you’re all global, you have no examples left. You’ll think that anything is normal, anything at all. We already do.

Look at all the things that have been crammed down our throats since 2001 for the new century. That’s why they picked 2001, the new century. The century of change they called it for 50 years in academia before 2001, the coming century of change. “Change is good, change is good, quack quack, vote for me.”

People don’t even know what they’re living through.

Now, totalitarianism is the new method you see, under Collectivism or Communism or Socialism, you call it what you want. It’s all the same thing really and you find here that the head of the economic union, the president they’ve just put in there, that the people didn’t put in, in fact he’s selected secretly apparently, like everything else they do there, in this beautiful new Sovietised European Union, this region, he’s now fining people who criticise him.

When politicians can’t criticise and put a show on to each other, as they criticise each other, without getting fined then you know you’re under a straight-faced totalitarian regime.

 

This article is from the ‘European Voice’ 2nd March 2010.

 

Farage fined €3,000 for ‘insulting’ Van Rompuy

 

“European Parliament President Jerzy Buzek has fined Nigel Farage, leader of the UK Independence Party MEPs, €3,000…”

 

(A: €3,000 is not to be sniffed at.)

 

“…as punishment for “un-parliamentary and insulting” comments he made about Herman Van Rompuy, president of the European Council.”

 

(A: This is the same council by the way where one of the top guys said about a year ago, a year and a half ago, he said that if you criticise the EU, if any citizen criticises the Economic Union and the Parliament that was akin to heresy. Heresy was the word they used in the newspapers. It says;)

 

“Buzek’s office confirmed that the president had fined Farage the maximum he could by withholding ten days worth of daily attendance allowances at €300 a day under the Parliament’s code of conduct rules.”

 

(A: Gee, that’s not bad eh. €3,000. Now you know why they don’t do much in that parliament.)

 

“The fine was imposed hours after Farage refused to apologise formally for his comments, which have been heavily criticised by other MEPs. This was despite a direct request to do so by Buzek.

 

The outspoken British MEP described Van Rompuy to his face as having “the charisma of a damp rag and the appearance of a low-grade bank clerk,”

 

(A: Which is true, which is true, that’s what he looks like. He’s got about as much charisma as H.G. Wells did. H.G. Wells when he talked to the Fabian Club he used to get laughed at by the people there. Mind you, the Webbs were even worse, Sidney and Beatrice Webb. You should see who their offspring are by the way. It would surprise you, but that’s another story. It says;)

 

“The remarks that Buzek said violated the Parliament’s rules of conduct. Farage also labelled Belgium “pretty much a non-country”.

 

“I cannot accept this sort of behaviour in the European Parliament,” Buzek said, adding that he was “disappointed” by Farage’s conduct and his refusal to apologise.

 

(A: Well as I say, when politicians can’t say what they want, because that was standard fare for the circus for the public in Britain and here’s a British member of the European Parliament over there doing what you normally do in Britain but it’s ‘verboten’ because you’re in a new system now, a totalitarian system. The members of the European Parliament have no powers anyway. They can’t even vote on laws or anything. They’re there for show. It’s worked out that they get an average I think it was of 20 minutes per year each to speak. That’s the farce to keep the public happy. Your politician might get 20 minutes out of the whole year to say something after blowing his nose and so on.)

 

Now things are getting so bad now and it’s so beautiful too that they know how far gone we are at the top psychologically as opposed to people 50 years ago when it came to common sense and stuff, to do with perception management, that as we go down the tubes, the shops close down and this kind of thing is happening all over the Western world, what are they doing to pretend that things are still ok?

 

This is from the Mail Online. It says;

 

“The deli that’s for window shoppers only: Fake shopfronts built to cover up High St stores that have closed down”

4th March 2010.

 

“As High Streets are decimated by the recession – fake business facades have been installed to create the illusion that shops are still occupied.

 

North Tyneside Council is trialling the new window treatment that at first glance gives the impression that units are occupied.

 

The crumbling facade of a vacant clothing store in the centre of Whitley Bay has made way for a smart shop front with the question ‘Delicatessen?’ and close by ‘This retail space could be yours…’

 

The same approach is being considered for empty premises in North Shields and Wallsend.”

 

(A: So that’s Britain’s answer to depression and bankruptcy, is to con the public by making things appear normal so that you’ll feel better because you see, we’ve been taught to be consumers. If it still appears like things aren’t run down and things are still moving then we’ll feel ok. This is way beyond Pavlov. I hope you understand the minds that are dreaming all this stuff up for us. And if they fool you with that and treat you like children, they know they can fool people and that’s why they’re doing it. We become children. What else is an illusion? It says;)

 

“We need to ensure that the remaining businesses continue to survive and that means ensuring our High Streets look as attractive as possible to both shoppers and potential business investors.

 

This is a simple and cost effective approach that keeps the retail unit available for potential new uses and in the meantime also contributes to the street scene.”

 

(A: Ain’t that wonderful eh? Ain’t that wonderful? And here we are watching and living through all this farce and people are worried as I say about the Internet going down. What will they do? The world has come to an end, a complete and utter end. Makes you wonder eh?)

 

Now, a totalitarian regime, and the one we’re in is definitely totalitarian with all its Communist rules, what to say, what to think, what not to think, with even the techniques they use to inhibit you from thinking about certain things. They put ‘fail-safes’ in the mind. This is how they describe it in psychology, how they can condition people. They’ve got a fail-safe there. They actually used techniques that they’d studied by people who were deeply religious. Someone who is deeply religious who was going into an area of thought that could potentially be a sin, they veered away from it. The same techniques are now used about what’s politically correct and that’s what they’re using and I’ll explain this after I come back from this break.

 

I’m Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through the Matrix, talking about how Socialism, Communism, whatever you want to call it, works or any totalitarian movement really, how it really works on a mass level and indoctrination is very important and they know exactly how to bring in new ideas, how to promote new ideas until we ‘parrot’ them all and the media’s always on board with them at all steps of the upgrading and that’s what they’re doing. They’re upgrading you all the time right down to what you think, what you say. You’re not allowed to discover anything for yourself and formulate your own opinion anymore. That’s ‘verboten’. We’re all standardised. We’re all the same. It’s like that China article I read recently. That’s what we are.

We’re all the same and here’s where it’s going now with their indoctrination and their inability to allow individuality or self-expression to come out at all. This again is where the whole world is going because Britain is the flagship for this.

 

Mail Online, 4th March 2010.

 

“Heads will be forced to list children as young as five on school ‘hate registers’ over everyday playground insults.

 

Even minor incidents must be recorded as examples of serious bullying and details kept on a database until the pupil leaves secondary school.”

 

(A: That’ll never leave the database.)

 

“Teachers are to be told…”

 

(A: These are the same teachers in Britain who are so happy to drug the children. Now not all teachers are bad, especially the older ones that lived through and saw this stuff coming in, but a lot of the young ones are all ‘gung ho’ because they’ve been brought up thinking it’s quite normal to drug children.)

 

“Teachers are to be told that even if a primary school child uses homophobic or racist words without knowing their meaning,…

 

(A: …“without knowing their meaning…” Now, these children are watching movies and stuff all the time and if you want to hear stuff you get it all through the movies and so on and they parrot them, all the swear words and even all the sexual stuff. So if they parrot this stuff “without knowing their meaning…)

 

“…simply teaching them such words are hurtful and inappropriate is not enough.

 

Instead the incident has to be recorded and his or her behaviour monitored for future signs of ‘hate’ bullying.

 

The accusations will also be recorded in databases held by councils and made available to Whitehall and ministers to help them devise future anti-bullying campaigns.”

 

(A: So just saying something is now considered bullying.)

 

“The scale of the effort to stop children using homophobic or racist language was revealed after the parents of a ten-year-old primary school pupil

 

(A: They always give you one example that’s blown out of proportion.)

 

“…in Sommerset, Peter Drury, were told that his name would be put on a register and his behaviour monitored while he remained at school.

 

The boy was reported after he called a friend ‘gay boy’. His parents fear the record of homophobic bullying will count against him throughout his school career and even into adulthood.

 

In another incident last year, a six-year-old girl Sharona Gower, was reported for ‘racist bulling’ at her school in Tunbridge Wells in Kent.”

 

It’s such a farcical thing because, you see, every nationality that comes into this school, there’re enough of them, from enough places, they all form their own cliques right away, their own little gangs, that’s what they do but you’re not allowed to speak about it and you’re not supposed to have any opinions for yourself. You’re supposed to take the standard politically correct opinion for everything.

That’s the world we’re into – Totalitarianism – brought by the leading country for world democracy; Great Britain.

 

Now I don’t know if there’re any callers because my page didn’t go up tonight to see but I’ll be back tomorrow night again, so from Hamish and myself, from Ontario, Canada, and before I say this, before I say “it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods, go with you” I should also say, take the data, be empowered by the data, overcome your fear and you’ll feel much stronger.

 

Back tomorrow night.
Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix on Friday the 5th of March 2010.

 

For the newcomers, you should look into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website and you’ll find hundreds of audio talks I’ve given over the years for free download. When you’re there, bookmark all the other sites I have up there for future use because when the big one goes down or doesn’t allow me to upload anymore, which sometimes happens for a while, then you can always download the latest shows by having the alternate sites.

There’s www.alanwattsentientsentinel.eu which is the European site. It has all the same audios for download and it has the addition of transcripts of a lot of the talks I’ve given for print up and you can choose from a variety of the languages of Europe. I put all these sites up because I was having so much trouble with main servers, even though it’s an unlimited bandwidth and upload and all the rest of it, they weren’t uploading and it would take weeks for them to find out this mysterious, miraculous problem that only I seem to have. So that’s why they’re all up there for future use.

And this is the ‘tin can’ moment; the empty tin can. If you listen it’s quiet. You don’t hear it rattling you see and that’s because I need you to donate to me, or buy the books and so on I have for sale, to keep me going along. If I take money from advertisers then I’m technically ‘compromised’ in a sense. I’d have to bring on people to basically sell products. And that’s what they are; one hour ads sometimes. That’s how most shows make their money. The ads on this show that you hear are paid directly by advertisers to RBN which pays for this airtime and staff and their board operators, their bills and the transmission of the show as well.

 

So it’s up to you to keep me going and you can do so by going into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com, getting the books and discs etcetera I have for sale or donating. From the US remember, personal cheques are good to Canada. You can also use International Postal Money Order from the US to Canada, and you’ve got to stress ‘International’ when you buy it. You can use cash, send cash or you can use Western Union or Moneygram and Paypal as well. If you want to order the books you can also send a separate email along with the Paypal donation and I’ll get them to you. Outside the Americas, it’s the same deal; Western Union, Moneygram, cash or Paypal for both ordering or donating with a separate email along with it for a purchase and I’ll get it out to you.

Those who just get the discs burned and passed to them, and I’m surprised how many are doing this now, they’re off computers. They play them on their CD players.

You can get in touch with me [listed above].

And that’s that spiel done there and I won’t toot my horn and all that kind of stuff.

 

Anyway, we are really going into, we’re already in a totalitarian regime. We have been for a long time. It’s just that the media didn’t announce it to us in such a manner and only a few people really in the world, for the last fifty-odd years or more, have been aware, and I should say outside of those who are actually doing it, only a few people have been aware of what was really happening.

We don’t care much when we’re living through the good times and having fun, as has been promoted especially from the sixties onwards, ‘just have fun’ and meanwhile the big boys were just rampaging ahead with organisations, foundations and NGO’s.

 

Back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

 

Everyone in this system is used in turn to always achieve another step up the ladder of the agenda and very often they’re disposed of afterwards. Only a few get higher up. It depends how prominent they are, how needed they are by those that run the system that we’re really into now. And now most countries have felt pretty well a much fuller impact of whole ‘greening’ and cutback in the new economy and so on than the US has. The US has been hammered, mind you, and the old districts and areas in the cities that used to be manufacturing are really literally being flattened, I mean literally.

However, there’re still a lot of people in other cities who live in a service economy where they pass the bucks around and it hasn’t really hit them yet as to what’s happening but in Europe it’s really banging away there as the new system, which is not democratic and I’ve explained that so many times, that the big think tanks that work for the United Nations, like the Club of Rome has said, that democracy was really in the way of what they called ‘progress’ which means their plan. That’s what they mean by progress. So they’re not even messing around anymore when they can fine members of parliament, in the European parliament for just contradicting Mr. Rompuy at the top. You get massive fines. If he can’t really give a ‘slanging match’, or have a slanging match, with the politicians then what…That’s the only fun you got out of them was the name calling and stuff because they weren’t good for much else. But now they get fined for doing it so they’re dictatorial. That’s the new system we’re into and to understand the system I keep emphasizing, you can’t understand the system if you’re living off daily new fear; new fear.

 

Every day the mainstream will churn out new fears for you. You’ve got to understand the history of this. You’ve got to understand how far back it goes. You’ve got to understand the big banking institutions and their foundations and NGO’s that have been working steadily; private organisations working steadily parallel with government. They are a parallel government, to bring in this new totalitarian world system with a so-called redistribution of wealth, which means just taking form the people who are able to live without cockroaches in the Western world and take all their extra cash off them and send it off to the Third World.

And it doesn’t go to the people in the Third World either.

 

It’s a means of impoverishment across the board. That’s really what it’s all about; flattening us down, getting us used to less expectations in life and the ‘creme de la creme’, as they say at the top, will simply be the new ‘nomadic class’. They’ll serve the higher world bureaucracy. They’ll be nomadic because they’ll travel from international city to international city, working for the world society. The rest of us will stuck within our penned enclaves under the guise of terrorism and eventually you won’t be able to move out, in fact, of your own area when the proper regional ID’s come out.

That’s how the Soviet system worked and that is what they’re emulating right down to a ‘T’.

 

Wherever they go, the US is used; as I say, that’s why the US hasn’t been flattened as badly yet as the rest of the world and Europe, because the US is still putting up the military and the machines and using the taxpayer’s money to furnish it all to standardise the last few countries in the world who aren’t too happy about going under this world dictatorship.

Once it’s done though, they pull the last of the stops out. They’ve already pulled a few out but there’re some to go yet. It can be done so easily. It can be done overnight if they want another crash in fact and they’ve already put into bills, through the present administration in the US, they’ve put into bills new means of quickly bailing out the banks, when, not if, but when it happens again. So they can pull it when they want to.

 

Wherever this modern army goes, it’s just a mercenary army as far as I’m concerned; I don’t see any idealism in it at all on behalf of the troops, but wherever they go; and we’ve seen this in various countries like Bosnia and elsewhere, they leave all this depleted uranium behind them and there’re birth defects all over the place.

 

Here’s another article out of Iraq here and it’s from the Mail Online. It’s called;

 

“The curse of Falluja: Women warned not to have babies because of rise in birth defects since U.S. assault .”

 

This is the 5th of March.

 

“A higher number of children are being born with birth defects in an Iraqi city where U.S. forces may have used chemical weapons during a fierce battle in 2004.

 

Children in Fallujah are being born with limb, head, heart and nervous system defects. There is even a claim that a baby was born with three heads.”

 

(A: I’ve known of two. Occasionally that happens.)

 

“The number of heart defects among newborn babies is said to be 13 times higher than the rate in Europe.”

 

(A: And then it shows you some photographs of children with limbs missing and all the rest of it.)

 

“The city, 40 miles west of Baghdad, was the scene of some of the fiercest fighting of the Iraq war in late 2004. U.S. marines led Operation Phantom Fury to recapture it from insurgents.

 

British troops were involved in manning checkpoints on the outskirts of the city as the Americans went in. The U.S. has admitted that it used white phosphorous in the attack, but only as an illumination device.”

 

(A: Ha, ha, ha…yeah right!)

 

“Under international law it is illegal if used as an offensive weapon.”

 

(A: This is to get you off the track of the depleted uranium that they coat the shells, the heavier shells with which has an awful long ‘half-life’ and all the rest of it. It’s there forever basically as far as we’re concerned. It says here, it does mention depleted uranium weapons against insurgents such as ‘bunker buster’ bombs. They love these terms, don’t they?)

 

“Both types of weapons can contaminate crops and water supplies.”

 

Well you see they knew all this before they did it because they already had the evidence from wherever else they’ve been before. So it’s obvious they want to bring these people down. Another side effect of this too is that it causes, in alot of the population, sterilisation because it’s radiation you see. It causes alot of cancers of ovaries, testes and all the rest of it as well. So this is the agenda. Take down the Third World as they call it or countries that are not too happy about being dominated by someone else from outside.

It makes perfect war sense if you’re all out for war. It makes perfect sense as to what they’re doing.

 

Now, I’ve talked about ‘land for debt’ swop for years because that was a United Nations idea. They promoted it at first. In fact, they’ve already got alot of land, under the U.N., under land for debt swop through the I.M.F. banks.

 

Here’s an article here where Greece has been told by Germany to sell Corfu, the island and other ones to pay off its debt. It says:

 

“We give you cash, you give us Corfu!” German MPs suggest Greece sell its islands (and the Acropolis) to pay its debts.” (5th March)

 

(A: This is something you would think is a joke but it’s not.)

 

“They’ve often been accused of hogging the sunloungers and taking over the beaches.

Now, as if to confirm their boorish reputation when it comes to grabbing a place in the sun, the Germans have suggested they buy up entire Greek islands.

 

Corfu has been suggested as one target although a (slightly) more practical suggestion is one of the country’s thousands of small and unpopulated islets.”

 

(A: I wonder just how unpopulated they are.)

 

“Selling an island would help Greece pay off its huge national debt, say German MPs.”

 

(A: Most of the German MPs over there, work for the German banks. They’re big too those banks.)

 

“The suggestion by Marco Wanderwitz and Frank Schaeffler added fuel to the feuding between the countries over how Greece will tackle its deficit.

 

‘The Greek state must sell stakes in companies and also assets such as unpopulated islands’ said Mr. Schaeffler, a finance policy expert in the Free Democrats, the junior partner in Angela Merkel’s coalition.

 

Mr. Wanderwitz added that Athens should provide ‘collateral for any money it receives from the European Union to help it out of its debt crisis

 

Now, you’re going to see this happening more and more all over the place, including the U.S. I think it’s already happening in Britain where they’ve sold off sea ports and the towns that go with them to private corporations and that’s also how they do it; by selling to private corporations you see.

 

Remember, this is the new feudal system we’re living under and Carroll Quigley, in a book that people must read, ‘Tragedy & Hope’ and his more telling one as to the ‘whys’ of things and who’s behind it all, which is his own group in fact, that he worked for, ‘The Anglo American Establishment’. He said that the new system that was coming in is a feudal system where the new feudal overlords will be the CEO’s of international corporations.

 

Now, I’ve talked before too of how pre-pubertal sexual shenanigans, let’s put it that way, was promoted through schools and it was an old idea that was worked out by people like Lord Bertrand Russell a long time ago in experimental schools. The idea being that if they could encourage really obsessive, you might say, thoughts of sex before puberty and actually help and encourage them to engage in these acts then the more partners they have, the less chance they would have of mating for life with anyone or having children. They don’t want children being born you see. That’s always been a part of it.

 

Now here’s an article here. I’ve read so many in the past I’ve lost count. It’s the school’s system. It’s their job to do this and promote this stuff and do it again. It’s Mail Online.

“Parents’ anger after class of seven-year-olds is shown ‘graphic sex cartoon’ at school.” (5th March)

 

“A mother has taken her seven-year-old daughter out of school…”

 

(A: Seven-years-old)

 

“…after she was made to watch a cartoon showing a couple chasing each other around a bed and having sex.

 

Seven and eight-year-old pupils watched the controversial Channel 4 sex education DVD, ‘Living and Growing’ at their village primary school.

 

A voice-over on the DVD describes the sex as ‘exciting’.

 

Lisa Bullivant, from Legbourne, Lincolnshire, was so upset by the ‘graphic’ content she took her daughter out of East Wold Primary School and placed her with another school.

 

Mrs. Bullivant said: ‘The cartoon was very graphic. My daughter was frightened and children have unfortunately been copying what they have seen.”

 

(A: Exactly, of course they do. That’s what it’s all for. Why do you think there’s way more of it going on? Why do you think much music shows nothing but sex, sex, sex, sex, sex – just do it? And little children emulate it.)

 

Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix, just showing you the techniques. That’s all I do really over the years is to show you the techniques that are used and tell you what’s going to happen and sit and wait until it happens. Then tell you what’s happened because this is an agenda we’re living through and it’s a scientifically designed agenda. We’re all going through it and so much of it is aimed at the young to do with sustainability and ‘don’t have children’ and you can even offer yourself up for suicide if necessary and also be sterilised. ‘Come forth and save Mother Earth.’

 

Meanwhile, like Julian Huxley said, this society, and I’ve read it from his own book before, can basically have more sex than they ever had before and rut like rabbits but they’ll have no children. They’ll be sterile basically and that’s what they’ve been encouraging, pre-pubertal sex.

 

Now here’s an article that ties in with the last one, from the Telegraph.

 

“Extra small condoms for 12 year-old boys go on sale in Switzerland”

 

(A: It’s going to be all over Europe too. They’re moving out from there. It says, March 3rd:)

“Called the Hotshot, the condom has been produced after government research showed 12 to 14-year-olds did not use sufficient protection when having sex.”

(A: Well, you wonder why they’re all doing it. Well. I don’t know where your heads have been to ask that question. If you’ve watched television or movies at all over the years, and watched it getting worse and worse plus the much of the music that’s everywhere and the videos, that’s all it’s about; sex, sex, sex. Listen to the words if you can understand them in what they call music now. It says;)

“The study, conducted on behalf of the Federal Commission for Children and Youth, interviewed 1,480 people aged 10 to 20.”

(A: Then it goes into a whole list of links here showing you that pregnancy rates are skyrocketing and yah de yah de yah in the young age groups. Then it says;)

“It showed more 12 to 14-year-olds were having sex, in comparison with the 1990s.”

(A: So these studies you see really show those at the top that their plan is working. That’s what they’re really for. It’s not for me to complain about. It’s to show you that their plans are actually working. Now to 12 to 14-year-olds are having sex, in comparison with the 1990s. And of course they were having more in the 1990s than the 1980s etc etc.)

“The Hotshot condoms, which cost 7fr60 (£4.70) for a packet of six, have been created by Lamprecht AG, a leading condom manufacturer in Switzerland.”

And they’re also moving out into Britain and elsewhere where they’ve got, I think Britain’s got the highest very young teen pregnancy rates in the whole of Europe.

So, when you destroy the cultures and all the rest of it, you’ve no morals to stand by and you replace them, as I say, with the new values and it’s the values of the state, exactly again like Huxley said they would be. The state would give them their values. These are the new values and when they’re not bonding to anybody, lots of ‘acquaintances’ you might say but no bonding, then no-one stands up for anyone else when the big boys come for you. That’s really what it’s about too.

H.G. Wells said they’d have to do that back in the 1920s. When government can talk directly down to you with no interference from groups, or even families standing around you, then you will do what you’re told. You will obey.

 

Now, there’s a caller from Louisiana, Larry. Are you there Larry?

 

Larry: Hi Alan. Can you hear me ok?

 

Alan: Yes I can.

 

Larry: They don’t just coat the shells with depleted uranium. A 105mm gun, which is a 4” cannon has a 9LB solid, what they call ‘teardrop penetrator’ in it. I know because I put them on in ’82 in the Federal Republic of Germany. So when it passes through a target, an enemy vehicle, a tank, when it passes through about half of it is aerosolised and the other half comes out on the other side and cools off. So you can see what a mess using tons of that kind of ammunition would do.

Also, when they gave it to us the next day they took all of our, what you call ‘radiac meters’ for reading radiation, Geiger counters and all that. They took it all away from us and said that we didn’t need that stuff anymore.

 

Alan: Oh really?

 

Larry: Yes, really.

 

Alan: I saw an interview on television about U.S. soldiers who were assigned to recover damaged tanks and every one of them said when they went up to them they were coated in a whitish powder, sometimes inside, sometimes outside it as well from these shells and they thought nothing of it. Of course they were told everything was safe and every one of these guys, including the guy who was narrating, had multiple tumours. They all had cancers.

 

Larry: Well here’s what they told us in ’82. They called us down for a briefing and the ‘penetrators’ themselves did not belong to the United States Army. They were shuffled into Germany under secrecy and quietness so the Green Party wouldn’t gripe about more nukes in Germany and they told us that if the round burns, the tank burns, you must be 2km upwind because if you take one breath from the smoke of burning depleted uranium you will get sick anywhere from 2 weeks to 20 years.

 

Alan: Yes, in fact we had troops coming back to Canada from Iraq in Gulf War I actually it was and I think it was in one of the magazines here; ‘Life’ magazine in Canada and they showed you one of the troopers with his son. The trooper himself had multiple problems. He had these terrible skin rashes and cancer setting in but so had his son. So had his son and some of the wives were actually, I guess it’s the transmission of fluids between the usual married couple, we getting massive irritations down below as well and they put it down to genetic alterations in the sperm.

 

Larry: The same thing happened to the Japanese in Nagasaki and Hiroshima and their children came out with short arms and short legs.

On another subject, I’m down in Louisiana, just to change subjects a little bit but it’s interesting, the Dept. Of Motor Vehicles no longer has a manual for you to go take the driver’s test. You have to buy the manual or go to a school. So I looked it up and I found the manual online and it says right in it that you have to surrender your driver’s license to any military officer or agent.

 

Alan: Hold on, hold on there and we’ll come back with you after the break, will you? That’s a good topic.

 

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix talking to Larry from Louisiana who’s mentioning the updates and changes in the driving courses and licensing and so on. Carry on Larry.

 

Larry: Yeah, in Louisiana, the book you have to study now to take the written test says right in it that you must surrender your driver’s license to any military officer or agent. So I guess if a Russian private asked me for my driver’s license then I’ve got to give it to him.

 

Alan: You’re right on, right on with that.

 

Larry: It also says that driving is a privilege, not a right.

 

Alan: Oh, so you’ve become British after all eh? Ha, ha ha. Yeah, they’ve had that stuff in Britain forever. And the same thing, you buy the manual and all the rest of it. I think also that Russia has it, something to do with NATO as well. So the NATO troops will come in with all those Soviet Bloc countries, ex Soviet Blocs. They’ve already had them in Scotland by the way. They’ve had the exercises in Scotland where tourists were getting stopped by foreigners who couldn’t speak English and it really scared the bejesus out of them and it turned out they were from Czechoslovakia or somewhere. That was in the major media too. So that’s coming to America big time.

 

Larry: Yeah it’s coming to a country near you. Ok Alan, well I appreciate your show. I listen to you all the time. Have a good one.

 

Alan: You too, take care.

 

Now we’ll go to Diana in California. Are you there Diana?

 

Diana: Hello

 

Alan: Hello

 

Diana: Hi, sorry I didn’t hear the first part of the show. Anyway, my question is, I wonder if you could talk about SSRI’s the anti-depressants and anxieties and people who’ve been on them, perhaps the withdrawal. The reason I ask is because I’m very close to a person who is on Paxil for 8 years, literally took 4 times the dose that he should for 9 years. So anyway he went ‘cold turkey’ and got off it. We went through 2 years of incredible massive withdrawal but in one of your talks you talked about it lodging in long bones and it may never be able to go away and I think that at one time you also mentioned that it alters the chemistry in the brain. So I was just wondering if you could elaborate on that.

 

Alan: Well these drugs, these particular drugs are again more potent than the old types, the old valiums and the libriums and stuff that they used to throw out there at the public. Remember too that Big Pharma is to be part of the New World Order and Huxley and all those guys talked about it as going to be that way. So this is all part of it. They started back in the ‘60s big time with the tranquilisers. At one time ¾ of the housewives in Britain were on them. They were just throwing them out like candy. But those particular drugs, the valium related, those ones are the ones that’ll lodge in the long bones in the marrow basically and can take up to 5 years to leach out of your system and you can have withdrawals and panic attacks for 5 years as this stuff is leaching out of you.

Now the other ones that they’re talking about here are again they’ve been well studied. I had a video on an inquiry on my website in the archive section, and if I can find it I’ll put it up; a link to the video of a government enquiry into people, adults who lost either a wife or a husband, or even one guy who lost his wife and the children, because his wife turned guns on herself and the children, and people were doing crazy things because it can cause a sudden drop into dark depression very, very quickly and obviously they’re not rational during that time and they do crazy things. Also these drugs will interrelate with anything else like any other drug or even alcohol, which is a drug.

 

Diana: So it interrelates with alcohol?

 

Alan: Yes. All these drugs do and what happens is your liver has to break up all chemicals and drugs which come into your body so that it can be broken down and goes back into the stream taken out by the kidneys for excretion but things, especially the valium types and a lot of these new heavy anti-depressants will do a similar thing. You see they tend to switch on and off, certain chemicals in your brain. Or actually even hormones themselves as well and that’s what I was talking about last night ‘epigenomics’. You can switch things on and off, well your liver will often take a certain drug, store it up for a while and when alcohol comes into the body it’ll put that drug on hold. It’ll stop it cutting it up and processing it. It’ll go through the alcohol first and as soon as the alcohol’s dying out of your body, then it pumps all that drug right into your bloodstream as though you’ve taken an overdose and then people go crazy. They can go into a rage. They can go into a rage or a dark depression or suicidal or even homicidal rage and that kind of stuff came out at some of these meetings that were held.

 

Diana: Yeah, if you could find that link that would be great because it would be a great help to me.

 

Alan: I’ll try to put it up at the end of the night. It’s in my archive section but I’ll see if I can find it.

 

Diana: Thank you. So you were talking about alcohol. I was saying that this person that I know when he was taking the Paxil for so long, in his mind, I don’t know if it’s true or not, but he started drinking very, very heavily and he felt that the alcohol somehow helped. Now he can’t explain how or why or whatever but the Paxil is now gone. It’s been done for 5 or 6 years now but the alcohol remains. Are you saying that the alcohol will go into the liver, get processed through but when the alcohol’s done the Paxil or whatever chemical will come back up and reactivate in his body?

 

Alan: It’s almost like you’ve just taken an overdose of it and you can go crazy on it. And these things as I say all affect various chemicals in the brain, the serotonin levels etcetera. Something people should not interfere with at all. I’ve noticed they’ve put the similar drugs in to even painkillers now. Certain painkillers are using this as well and all animals and even insects for fight or flight and normal fight or flight survivalism, actually increase their serotonin levels for fight and flight making them more normal and aware. This stuff is suppressing it and so you’re not really all there at all times at all or having normal responses to situations while you’re on them.

 

Diana: Yeah, he used to explain it as if he were looking at the world through a thick plexiglass.

 

Alan: Yes, exactly.

 

Diana: Green and that it didn’t emotionally affect him but my observations after the fact was that the withdrawal was like it almost amplified and exaggerated all the emotions that you and I would consider normal.

 

Alan: That’s what it does.

 

Diana: There was something else I was thinking about too. His memories after going cold turkey, everyone don’t do that, there’s ways that you can do it safer but it’s just how he chose to, his memory at first would come back in these explosive tiny little clips and as time has gone on the memories are coming back more fuller, more complete and less emotional and if got to wondering that obviously it affects memory. Do you have any data on that or info?

 

Alan: They’ve done surveys on them because they looked at some of these particular drugs when the military, not too long ago last year they were talking about drugs coming on the market that’ll help to eliminate painful memories and they’ve even made movies about it. Some high blood pressure medication long term will do the same thing. What it does is give them a flattened response; they can remember the event but they have no emotion attached to the event.

 

Diana: So coming off it would do the opposite. It would over exaggerate.

 

Alan: It might but they might still not have any emotion to something that happened a year ago or 6 months ago or they’ll have a distorted memory of what actually happened because the emotional response was flattened during the actual event itself.

 

Diana: Right ok. I guess my last question would be, and I’ve read 4 or 5 books on this but I haven’t really found it…No-one really has any conclusive answers as to after so much time or so much whatever, it’s gone, it’s done, it’s finished and you’re back to normal. There’s nothing on this. Is a person permanently damaged for life?

 

Alan: They don’t have to be. It depends on the individual. I think some people can…You’ve got to remember too that the younger you are when they put you on it the more immature you will be. When you’re drugged as a teenager, and you’ll find this too when they’re using amphetamine groups as well, the speed for children, they won’t have normal responses and they won’t meet events and crises in their lives with normal emotions. Therefore when they come off it when they’ve been on it for 5 years they’ve really missed 5 years of maturation.

 

Diana: That’s exactly what he said. He feels like 10 years have just gone missing entirely. It so frustrates and gets him. Wow, ok I think that’s all I have. Thank you very much.

 

Alan: Thanks for calling.

 

It’s an awful thing because I talk to so many youngsters who’ve been on various drugs. It’s amazing what they’ve done to them and the damage it’s done to them personally and some have really come through it with enough character and determination and have really helped themselves get on. Other ones will still have problems with memory lapses and various things. This is the combination of pharma and government. You’ve got to understand that this is really all one thing now. The drug society has been approved long ago, back as far as the ‘50s and even before with some of the authors that worked for the big foundations that worked with the United Nations and the League of Nations before it.

 

Now there’s Sean from Utah. Is Sean there? Hello Sean

 

Sean: Hi. I just wanted to call and mention the fact that I called a couple of weeks ago and mentioned when you were talking about the whole abortion thing and I’d made the comment that they have the pill that allows you to take a, it used to be the ‘day after’ pill, now it’s the ‘5 day after’ pill. I made the point that if they have this ability to produce this 5 day after pill then they would probably have the ability to make the same pill to make your hormones shut down completely. You know, I didn’t have the Internet for so long so I haven’t been catching up on your show so I didn’t mean to get off topic there but people need to realise that the fact that it’s never about, you know they talk about abstinence, but people are really confused about that. It sounded like I misrepresented my point.

 

Alan: I know what you mean though. Abstinence certainly has not been promoted. In fact, promiscuity through all culture industry, what you’ve got to understand, is that the culture industry is an industry and their job is to control and guide culture. Actors in Hollywood often refer to themselves, amongst themselves, as the culture creators and they’ll say in major speeches, ‘we are the cultural leaders.’

They give us all the porno stuff. Really a lot of the movies today are just violence and sex, especially the stuff for the youth and the music again is part of the culture industry and that’s all they show. As Julian Huxley said; the head of UNESCO, the first CEO of UNESCO, he said: ‘We’ll be able to get the children basically very promiscuous but they’ll have no offspring so that’s ok and they won’t bond for any length of time with any particular partner’.

In other words they want a society where we’re all on our own. You’ve got to understand, the U.N. has also put out articles on their own websites to do with a type of corn and a type of wheat they were experimenting on and rice which would grow its own drug inside it causing sterilisation in those that ate it and it would be very ‘handy’ in Third World countries. This is from their own website.

You’re under total attack here because it’s an agenda. These guys don’t sit with a department on population control, which means ‘depopulation’, without actually putting it into action and from the very foundation of these characters, going back even to the Fabian Society, which is heavily involved in them, they talked then about ways to kill off the people ‘humanely’, in other words, in ignorance. As long as it happens and you’re ignorant of the causes then they haven’t done too much damage to you psychically. Your mental abilities are still ok.

So they can’t fulfil their quotas without killing us off with cancers, sterilising us and all the rest of it because they don’t ask for volunteers. They just go ahead and they actually do it.

That’s a hard hurdle for people to cross. They can’t believe this. But hey, these are the same characters having wars across the planet and have killed millions already.

What makes you think we’re any different back home?

 

Sean: Yeah, I agree. I feel that that’s the point I wanted to make. Look at the culture. Look at everything that is promoted. It’s the total opposite, you know, it’s just not normal.

 

Alan: Everything that’s promoted is to bring in a degenerate society where the old culture that was cohesive and made you stand up for each other is destroyed. That’s the purpose of it and it’s worked very, very well.

 

Sean: I’m glad you’re bringing these things up Alan and thanks for all your hard work.

 

Alan: Well thanks for calling. You take care.

 

And there’s Jason in Ohio.

 

Jason: Hey, hello.

 

Alan: Hello.

 

Jason: How’s it going?

 

Alan: Not bad.

 

Jason: I’ve got a few questions. I emailed you. I’m not sure if you got it yet but there’s an H.G. Wells book that talks about the creation of a ‘sports culture’. Which book was that in?

 

Alan: I can’t remember if it was a companion to ‘The Open Conspiracy’. There was a whole slew of stuff. You’ve got to understand that just like today, by the way, H.G. Wells didn’t do all this stuff on his own. He didn’t just churn out books by himself. He had a building given to him by The Royal Institute of International Affairs and subsidised too by the Fabian Society and he had a whole range of people working on different aspects and so on. Whenever you see an author churning out book after book after book, you know they’re one of their boys because humanly you can’t do it, it’s not possible. Anyway, he churned out a whole bunch at the same time as he did ‘A Brief History of the World’ in two parts and he churned out also ‘The Open Conspiracy’. Now there’s a short edition and a long edition to ‘The Open Conspiracy’. I’ve seen the short edition. I haven’t seen all that’s cut out of it but I’ve seen a lot of stuff that’s definitely missing from it and it’s the same thing with his second edition of ‘A Brief History of the World’ you know. They put two volumes into one so it was abridged. So whenever you see ‘abridged’ you know they’ve taken a lot out of it. You have to get the original editions to get the whole thing.

Because they were very open back in those days in what they were planning. It was even more far-fetched to the average person living then than it is today. Their plans would seem so far-fetched. You have to go into the original books and you will find them out there in used book stores and even junk shops, but thanks for calling.

 

Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

 

Here’s an article from Canada. It’s about the new money that’s coming in, the new currency, literally paying with plastic it says.

 

“Paying with plastic will take on a whole different meaning next year as the Bank of Canada begins introducing plastic dollar bills.

The federal government announced in its budget yesterday that it is “taking steps to modernize Canada’s currency and protect against counterfeiting…”

 

Which is nonsense of course. Because, in fact, I don’t know if you saw that Mumbai video, the link I put up there. You should see it I put it up a couple of days ago there of the people living in Mumbai, the poor folk that are living on garbage dumps, recycling plastic and believe you me they know their plastics. One guy goes through all the different kinds. He says there’re hundreds of them and he names a lot of them.

 

They know exactly what they’re doing so it’s not for that reason, it’s for other reasons. Obviously they haven’t told us yet. It says it’s less easy to copy but you see that’s nonsense. They’re also changing the coins as well with a new composition of steel. They don’t even use brass or anything anymore. Now we’re going to, you know, steel. I can’t even see it being steel. It’ll be something even cheaper than that. Anyway, that’s the money changing.

They say that some countries are already using it. Australia is using it they said; New Zealand, Mexico and Vietnam. So, that’s kind of news to me. Plastic money and it’ll probably have a little chip in it or something like that no doubt just to track and trace if they want it.

 

Now Canada also put out its final ‘Cap & Trade’ PDF from the government. I’ll put that up tonight as well. You can look into it; www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com if Xplornet gives me the speed to upload all the show after I’ve done the broadcast of the show on the Internet and you can go in and it’ll be up there and it’s quite interesting to read through it, very interesting indeed.

 

What’s also interesting too, the link I put up the other day to that Brown, that Lester Brown advisor to the government with his ‘Brown Report’. You should read through that, the PDF, it’s ‘Plan B’ actually.

 

There’s a ‘Plan A’ and a ‘Plan B’ for the governments to follow and one of them is right down to the calories that you take. You see, you’ll be all on bicycles apparently, eventually as we go through the years. I guess through the snow in Canada we’ll have maybe skis attached to the bicycles. I don’t know. Anyway, bicycles are the way of the future and they say that they can even measure your caloric intake and how many potatoes you would need to pedal a mile something. Half a potato apparently will do you so your food really is going to be rationed right down to what they claim you need personally according to your work, your exercise or your travel by bicycle per day. I’m not kidding. This is where all these scientists and big money went into this report. Big, big money and the taxpayers paid for it all by the way, through the government.

 

This is what’s coming down and people will not believe it until it happens, even then they won’t believe it you know. Most folk…I use this analogy that when you see people getting shot either by the Soviets or the Nazis or whoever when they’re lined up in trenches and shot then another row’s put up there to get shot, you’ll see the rows running. They’re told to run into the trenches and they do. They see their people getting shot, they run and they do what they’re told.

 

What would happen if you didn’t do what you were told? I’ve often wondered. I mean, you’re going to get shot anyway. But people are obedient to authority and what goes through their minds to the last is, “that’ll never happen to me. That’s impossible. Not me. At the last second something will change.” That’s why people cannot believe what’s happening.

 

Utter denial.

 

From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 8th 2010. For the newcomers to the show, you should look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com, scroll down and bookmark all the other sites I have up there. [Official sites listed above.] Remember, you are the audience that brings me to you. I rely upon you to keep me going. I don’t take money from advertisers and therefore it’s up to you to keep me going. The ads you hear on this show are paid by the advertisers directly to RBN for the air time, their staff and equipment, bills and transmission. So you must keep me going if you want to hear me at all. You can do so by buying the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale on all the web sites or you can donate to me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me by writing to [address above]. That’s that.

 

It’s an amazing time to be alive, really, isn’t it, when we are going through such rushed changes in the world. Rushed only because they are being implemented; they were planned a long time ago. Bureaucracies and international bureaucracies – and we have them today – all networking together, take many, many years to get bureaucrats and lawyers and all the rest of it, working on guidelines and systems to bring in this new system. It literally took pretty well 50 years of negotiations between governments to bring in this world order that we are now being rushed through, including the takedown – the austerity part, which is poverty really – to bring down the first world countries and, supposedly, bring up the third world countries. We are supposed to meet somewhere, with a happy medium, in the middle. Really, all you have to do is go into the writings from the United Nations, especially at its start up, and you’ll find out that they had it all planned back then, including the takedown and including even the world health care system where every citizen is guaranteed the most BASIC, MINIMAL health care possible. I’m not kidding about that; they actually said that. That’s where we are heading today. It’s not because governments are broke. How can you be broke when you can go off and fight wars? How can you be broke and still tax the public for NEW taxes for spreading across the planet? Of course we are not broke. We can’t be broke until we don’t have a penny left in our pockets, obviously. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix just saying, how on earth can these countries keep taxing us and taxing us and taxing us with new schemes and global schemes to supposedly share the wealth across the planet? Which of course is nonsense because it’s just part of the old Communist Manifesto, a system devised by those who play the dialectical game. You’ve to have two sides apparently fighting each other to have compromise and bring in the new. That’s how it works. Marx himself said that one of the planks of the Manifesto was to basically redistribute the wealth across the world, from the rich nations to the poor. That’s what we’ve heard all through this carbon nonsense to do with carbon trading and the meeting they had at Copenhagen, which is really just a continuation of the Kyoto Treaty, a METHOD to bring all of this to pass.

 

At the Copenhagen meeting they say that they failed to get an agreement on just how much every country would pay, but that’s not quite true. The countries all agreed to the most important thing of all and that was to sign every other bill that comes along with the NEXT meeting. That’s what they really agreed upon and that was very important, but it’s not good enough right now. They want the cash right now to get it all going, an interim fund, as they call it. The head of the International Monetary Fund came out the other day and suggested how it’s going to happen. Meanwhile, mind you, they are churning out a paper later this week on exactly how it will be done… and all the governments will sign on to that. Then you’re going to cough up more cash and more cash in the meantime.

 

What is the International Monetary Fund? It’s classified, supposedly, as an organization which is based on a foundation that acts like a bank, with its own investments across the planet. Well, I’d love to know exactly what investments they’re talking about because, really, it’s comprised of the world’s international banking families, the same ones that lend to all the other countries. They lend to these countries through YOUR countries and here is how it works. They will have some country, say in Africa or somewhere, who want a loan. Canada is then approached. The government of Canada, that you didn’t think was a banker, it hasn’t been in any constitution or anything that your government is actually in the banking business, but it seems to be. They then sign the loan through the International Monetary Fund, or they borrow the money from the International Monetary Fund to give the loan to Africa. But they sign the taxpayers of Canada down as the guarantors. That way, every two or three years, they get a famous pop star to come out and say, well, the third world can’t pay back their loan, what will we do, they are so poor. So then the government goes through this farce and charade and say, well, that’s true, we’ll forgive them their debt. And no one thinks anything beyond that. They don’t realize, no, Canada borrowed that money that they gave to that country and the taxpayers of Canada are going to pay off that debt and the International Monetary Fund just loves this scam. They’ve been doing this since World War II… since they set it up, this organization.

 

Then when your country is in trouble, the International Monetary Fund comes in and they take over everything to do with economics in your country. The first thing that goes down the drain is health care. They always cut health care; slash it to save cash while they get their pennies back. They’ve done that in a few countries and in each place they’ve done it, you’ve had outbreaks of TB because people can’t afford the medications and all the rest of it, or they are simply not available. This sort of thing happens with this wonderful International Monetary Fund that goes under the umbrella of the United Nations.

 

Well, here is what they said about this new interim ROBBERY that’s going to be paid by all the governments in lieu of the carbon taxes until they can get them all going. This article is from the Associated Press.

 

IMF suggests how to raise climate change funds

By TOM MALITI (AP) – Google.com News / AP

 

NAIROBI, Kenya — The head of the International Monetary Fund on Monday proposed a plan for the world’s governments to pool together to raise money needed to adapt to climate change (Alan: Changeable weather, I call it.), a rare step for an organization that normally does not develop environmental policies. (A: Well why not? They’re into everything else. Check them up. You’ll be surprised; they’re in to everything. When Thatcher was in, in fact, they were brought into Britain because Britain owed so much money and the International Monetary Fund was deciding where to slash and burn. Who suffered? Well, the British people as they coughed up more and more taxes.)

 

IMF Managing Director Dominique Strauss-Kahn said the Fund is concerned about the huge amount of funding needed and the effect that will have on the global economy. He added that the proposal may help efforts to reach a binding agreement on climate change later this year. (A: This is when they sign all the next bunch of taxes on carbon.)

 

Strauss-Kahn proposed that countries adopt a quota system similar to the one the Fund uses to raise its own money, which could bring in money faster than proposals to increase carbon taxes or other fundraising methods. (A: In other words, you see, we all pay money already through various United Nations agreements TO the International Monetary Fund, for nothing. We get nothing back at all except more debt eventually as they loan it out to other countries that default.) He only provided a broad outline of the plan, as the organization will release a paper later this week with full details. It is unclear how the proposal will be received. (A: Most folk will just go and play and watch their videos and Muchmusic, I guess.)

 

The IMF raises funds from its 185 members mainly through a quota system that is based broadly on each country’s economic size. The United States is currently the largest shareholder. (A: I love how they say ‘shareholder’. Ha.)

 

“We all know that (carbon taxes and other fundraising methods) will take time and we don’t have this time. So we need something which looks like an interim solution, which will bridge the gap between now and the time when those carbon taxes will be big enough to solve the problem,” (A: This is going to SOLVE the problem by, it’s not just spraying the skies. What they are going to do is spray the skies with cash; I guess that’s how this is going to solve the problem. Maybe they’re going to create a screen of dollar bills across the sky to stop the UV from coming in or something. Who knows… some farce like that.) Strauss-Kahn said. “And that is exactly what the IMF proposal is dealing with.”

 

He said a climate change accord reached last December estimated $100 billion a year (A: per year!) will be needed by 2020 to fund programs, including those to help poor nations (A: You know, the IMF have kept the poor nations poor since they got in the business of keeping them poor… and they will continue to do it because they don’t want them, number one, to BREED. They have made that quite clear. Bill Gates, most of his cash that he gives out to all the charities is for ABORTIONS in those countries, and STERILIZATIONS. They don’t want them breeding, according to Kissinger, who came out with that bill, when he was in the US right next to the President at the time. He says the third world nations were the most dangerous things to do with the state of the nation so they’d have to bring down the populations of those countries. Now, they’re not going to make them prosperous and fertile at the same time.) deal with droughts, flooding and food shortages expected to be caused by (A: changeable weather.) climate change.

 

Nations failed to reach a binding deal in Copenhagen in December, but agreed on a voluntary plan to control greenhouse gas emissions (A: Another buzzword that means nothing.) which are blamed for the gradual heating of the Earth that scientists predict will worsen weather-related disasters. (A: Even though it’s all BOGUS.) The accord, however, included collective commitments by rich countries to provide billions of dollars to help poor countries adapt to climate change, a major demand the poor nations had made.

 

It’s astonishing. I just heard in Chicago, the bankruptcies and defaults on homeowners are up to 34% in some areas, NOW. It’s still going on. So I guess that’s a rich nation. That’s what’s coming too, just more gouging of the public as they equalize the world into standardized poverty. Standardized poverty, because that’s what it’s all about.

 

Here is an article about the fat cats in the carbon-trading scheme already. This is quite an interesting article. I’ll put these links up at the end of the show on my web site, cuttingthroughthematrix.com. It says…

 

EU’s ‘carbon fat cats’ get rich off trading scheme: study

Mar 5 / Breitbart.com

 

Europe’s system for industrial carbon quotas has enriched the continent’s biggest polluters, with ten firms together reaping permits for 2008 alone (A: Just 10 firms…) worth 500 million euros, a new report revealed.

 

Dominated by steel and cement makers, the same “carbon fat cats” stand to collect surplus CO2 permits that — at current market rates — could be worth 3.2 billion euros (4.3 billion dollars) by 2012, it said. (A: So they put 500 million in and they come back with 4.3 Billion dollars. That’s not bad profit, eh? Good work if you can get it, right.)

 

This is roughly equivalent to the entire EU investment in renewable energy and clean technology under its economic recovery plan, (A: Which is a farce as well. How can you recover when you are going to cut back all the energy consumption and put up the occasional windmill?) according to Sandbag, a non-profit group in Britain that analyses carbon market policy.

 

“Emissions trading is meant to be the central policy for cutting CO2 levels,” said Anna Pearson, Sandbag’s top policy analyst.

 

“The fact that companies are able to make large sums of money for doing nothing highlights that the trading scheme must be reformed and EU climate change target strengthened.” (A: So they’re all for the climate nonsense and the CO2 nonsense and the big cash nonsense. They just don’t want the other fat cats getting fat off it. It’s a free-for-all. And by they way, all these characters in these big corporations were GIVEN all their carbon credits that they are going to trade with each other, NOW are trading with each other, they got them all for FREE, as a GIFT by the EU Parliament to get it started. Isn’t that just wonderful? How would you mind winning the lotto every day? What would you think of that? That’s the reality of it, the FARCE of it all. The farce of it all, eh.)

 

Then we find out too, the London Met office, that’s the ones who deal with the climate change nonsense as well for the government and for the BBC and all that stuff. They have always been wrong and were reported last week that some of their contracts might NOT be renewed but they will be renewed because of all the fake predictions they made and all the scares they made that never came true. Plus the fact they were all in on these fake emails and going along with them too, quite happily to get more money.

 

Met Office gets £12m bonuses

(A: After they were disgraced, right.)

Staff at the Met Office were awarded more than £12 million in bonuses in the last five years, it has been disclosed.

By Louise Gray, Environment Correspondent / 27 Feb 2010 / Telegraph.co.uk

 

Forecasters were lambasted after their predictions of a barbeque summer turned into a washout. This was followed by forecasts of a mild winter which has turned out to be one of the coldest on record. The Met Office could be dropped by the BBC for the first time in 90 years when its contract expires in April. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about the bonuses that the Met Office is getting, the ones who give out FAKE reports and so on, along with the University of East Anglia. They were involved with the scam emails and all the rest of it BUT they also give reports for the BBC and of course, they won’t be let down because the BBC looks after its old established friends. It says here they MAY be dropped for the first time in 90 years from the BBC when its contract expires in April. But it’s not to be, obviously, because they’re getting a bonus, so they’ve done something right and that was to scare the bejesus out of the public. That’s what the BBC is all about too, apart from altering the culture into total degeneration. It says here…

 

However, staff members, including television presenters employed by the Met Office, received average bonuses of nearly £1,500 each in the past year.

 

The bonuses were revealed in a parliamentary answer by Kevan Jones, the Defence Minister.

 

He said staff at the weather forecasting service were handed a total of £12,329,000 between 2004 and 2009. In the last year alone staff received a total of £2.72 million or £1,485 per staff member. (A: That’s not a bad boost in your salary, but lying does pay when there is a big agenda at work here.)

 

So that’s the nonsense for them. They’re rewarding the guys that are in on the scam because this whole world agenda to bring us all down into a new austere, austerity type of existence that is all based on the con game of global warming. All the lies that they’ve put into that will not go out the window; they will keep them going even if the world turns into an ice age, it will keep going.

 

Here is another article too, as the big fat cats pay themselves, as we’re all plundered with the bankers, the same bankers, by the way, that work with the IMF who want us all to pay the interim carbon taxes, in the billions of dollars. Here’s the HSBC, which is 80% or maybe 85% owned by the British government.

 

HSBC boss Michael Geoghegan paid £800,000 a year

to move to Hong Kong

HSBC will pay Michael Geoghegan, chief executive, an extra £800,000 a year in “allowances” (A: How is that! Can you imagine allowances for £800,000 a year?)

and “benefits in kind” (A: Also benefits as well.)

for moving his family from London to Hong Kong.

(A: These were the banks that were getting bailed out after screwing all the public out of all their savings and everything.)

By Philip Aldrick, Banking Editor / 4 Mar 2010 / Telegraph.co.uk

 

The “allowance” element, of £300,000 a year for “family disruption”, (A: Oh, my goodness, family disruption… maybe they missed their high tea or something.) is likely to infuriate shareholders who recently rejected the bank’s plans to award Mr Geoghegan a pay rise of almost 40%. The allowance, “in recognition of the additional costs of living” in Hong Kong is almost equivalent to the estimated £350,000 salary increase planned. (A: Isn’t that a coincidence? So if he can’t get his pay increase they just give it through this way, this method; it’s just the same anyway.)

 

His “allowance” does not include housing, children’s education or travel costs. Those will come under “benefits in kind” (A: That will pay for his housing and all the rest of it and his children’s education.) and are expected to be in excess of £500,000, which HSBC said “are normal within this location”, compared with the £57,000 he received in 2009. (A: Ah, dear.)

 

HSBC a reminder not all emerging markets are equal Mr Geoghegan has taken over from Vincent Cheng as chairman of the Hong Kong bank. Mr Cheng received £663,000 of “benefits” last year. The only other executive HSBC expatriate, Sandy Flockhart, received £437,000 of benefits.

 

According to the bank, Mr Geoghegan declined an agreed pay rise but has received assurances that he will get one next year. (A: Along with this as well, they get this on the side as well. Not bad for some. Good work if you can get it, isn’t it? And the old school tie works wonders in the British Commonwealth, still today. It’s fantastic.)

 

Meanwhile, the public and what they’ve got to face… good news as well…

 

Fuel bills will pay for eco-upgrades

More than 10,000 homes a week will be given ‘eco-upgrades’ under Government plans to make every home in Britain environmentally friendly.

By Louise Gray, Environment Correspondent / 03 Mar 2010 / Telegraph.co.uk

 

Ed Miliband, (A: Oh, what a character this is too. He’s got relatives all over communist Soviet Russia, the old ex-communist regime, that actually worked for them and here he is running the British government.) the Energy and Climate Change Secretary, said seven million homes will have insulation or renewable energy devices like solar panels fitted by 2020.

 

Energy companies will work with local authorities to carry out the ambitious refurbishment programme “street by street” and “house by house”.

 

Mr Miliband admitted households will pay around £50 per year to subsidise the nationwide scheme through fuel bills (A: In other words, they’ll start this in 20 years time but they’re going to start taxing you for it now. [Alan laughing.]) but insisted that this would be outweighed by savings in the long term. (A: They always give you that rubbish.)

 

But Peter Vicary-Smith, chief executive of Which?, said the Government are not in a position to guarantee bills will not go up even further. (A: Of COURSE they are going to go up. They love to get something on the books and then they just steamroll it from there.)

 

“Whilst we support efforts to help people save energy, we’re concerned that consumers could end up footing the huge bill for this new strategy,” he said. (A: Of course they are going to pay for it. That’s what we are FOR, what the cattle are for. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You know, I often warn the US of the coming socialist health care system because it’s all been done before and the flagship for everything is Britain, the UK. That’s where everything is tried in advance and then it’s passed on to every other country. Don’t forget that when they set up the League of Nations and then the United Nations, the United Nations said itself that they would use the British Commonwealth system, which they used to call The Empire, all the countries within that Commonwealth, they’d use that as the nucleus basically, to build a new world order with free trade and free travel of labor. But of course it was required labor only that they had in it then, not just anybody that wanted to travel. That’s the embryo for the whole thing and it’s being copied to the letter.

 

So the US has got some things to look forward to yet. They are starting to get the poverty of Britain as they all lose everything they ever owned. They are becoming a bit apathetic in those areas that used to have some cash and factories before the same governments that you keep re-electing made sure they all went off to China through the GATT Treaty. They knew exactly what was going to happen. They knew exactly that they were turning it into a service economy, a non-productive economy. They knew they were setting up China to BE the manufacturer, since the West had been training the Chinese engineers for 30 years before they even had a factory to work in. Now they have all the ones that used to be ours, that moved lock-stock-and-barrel, paid by the taxpayer, by the way, under the GATT Treaty. We paid them to move all the international corps that lived in the US, Canada and Europe. We paid them to move to China. We paid for their set up and the retooling. We paid for 10 years until they start making their profits, or declare that that are making enough profits. Not a bad deal.

 

What happened at that time? Where were all the public when that was happening? Again, they were watching Muchmusic and movies and having a good ole time to themselves. That’s where they were. Just like that’s where they are now, most of them.

 

Here’s what the US still has to look forward to, the British system of socialized health care, where they tax you an incredible amount of money for very little in return. This article is from the Mail Online.

 

Neglected by ‘lazy’ nurses, man, 22, dying of thirst

rang the police to beg for water (A: Before he died.)

By Emily Andrews / 6th March 2010 / Mail Online

 

A man of 22 died in agony of dehydration after three days in a leading teaching hospital.

 

Kane Gorny was so desperate for a drink that he rang police to beg for their help.

 

They arrived on the ward only to be told by doctors that everything was under control.

 

The next day his mother Rita Cronin found him delirious and he died within hours.

 

She said nurses had failed to give him vital drugs which controlled fluid levels in his body. ‘He was totally dependent on the nurses to help him and they totally betrayed him.’

 

A coroner has such grave concerns about the case that it has been referred to police.

 

Sources say they are investigating the possibility of a corporate manslaughter charge against St George’s Hospital in Tooting, South London.

 

Mr Gorny, from Balham, worked for Waitrose and had been a keen footballer and runner until he was diagnosed with a brain tumour the year before his death.

 

The medication he took caused his bones to weaken and he was admitted to St George’s for a hip replacement in May last year. The operation left him immobile and unable to get out of bed.

 

His 50-year-old mother says that he needed to take drugs three times a day to regulate his hormones. Doctors had told him that without the drugs he would die.

 

Although he had stressed to staff how important his medication was, she said, no one gave him the drugs. (A: That’s socialist health care.)

 

She said that two days after his hip operation, while Miss Cronin was at work, he became severely dehydrated but his requests for water were refused.

 

He became aggressive and nurses called in security guards to restrain him. (A: The guy is fighting for his life.)

 

After they had left, he rang the police from his bed to demand their help.

 

Miss Cronin, who is divorced from her son’s father Peter, said: ‘The police told me he’d said, “Please help me. All I want is a drink and no one is helping me”.

 

‘By this time my son was confused due to his lack of medication (A: You also get delirious through dehydration.) and I think the nurses just ignored him because they thought he was just being badly behaved. (A: That’s how you are supposed to be in a socialist system. You do what you are told and you shut up, you see, or they will give you a drug alright but it will put you to sleep.)

 

That evening, Miss Cronin visited him. She said: ‘I told Kane to behave himself because I thought he had been causing trouble – and I feel so bad about that now. I thought maybe he was having a bad reaction to the morphine he was on but in fact it was because he had not had his medication.’

 

The next morning she visited him before going to work. ‘He was delirious and his mouth was open,’ she said. ‘I gave him a drink of Ribena. (A: That’s a sort of fruit juice.)

 

‘I told three nurses there was something wrong with my son and they said, “He’s fine” and walked off. I started to cry and a locum doctor who was there told me not to worry. (A: I wonder if they found any that speak English.)

 

‘Eventually the ward doctor came round, took one look at Kane and started shouting for help.’

 

Miss Cronin was asked to leave her son’s bedside. ‘He died an hour later,’ she said. ‘I didn’t even realise he was dying. I didn’t even have a chance to say goodbye.’

 

The death certificate said Mr Gorny had died because of a ‘water deficit’ and ‘hypernatraemia’ – a medical term for dehydration. (A: He hadn’t been given any fluids since he’d been in.)

 

I’ve read articles before from that wonderful system that they are going to bring across the world, and they are actually doing it, with a guy who actually died in one of the waiting rooms, after 3 days, as well; he couldn’t move and they forgot he was there and on and on it goes. So many cases, one after another. Why? Because you see, socialism, as it is now today, is designed NOT to help the public. You’ve got a POLITICAL agenda at work when the government runs your health care. They will make sure that the abortion wards go great guns because that’s what the political agenda is, to reduce the population. Sterilization and that kind of thing… fast, fast, fast, no problem at all. But if you want major surgery for anything you might wait years… and generally you just die waiting for them. Then even if you get the operation done, you’ll probably die, like this poor guy died here, because they won’t give you anything to drink and you go delirious and then you’ll just drop dead, as they’re all saying to your relatives that you are fine.

 

That’s the system of totalitarian control because, really, Britain is under and always has been under a form of totalitarian control with bureaucracies and governments all working together. IT’S DISGUSTING! Disgusting. And heads never roll. They never roll for any of this stuff. Remember I read that one a few months back, apart from the guy who was left in the room and they forgot that he died, but there is also another one where a guy had a – it was in Canada here – he had a coronary and the wife drove him to the hospital and they wouldn’t admit him because she had driven him to the hospital and the paramedics were just across the way from the door. They were told they’d have to go and call an ambulance before they could admit him quickly. That’s socialism, again.

 

There’s no common sense. See, there is no humanity is socialism. It’s all paperwork and rules. Eventually you get the lazy staff, the same as you had in the Soviet system. In the Soviet system, I read that one last week too, where relatives in Britain were taking the soiled linen of their relatives, from the hospital, home to WASH it and coming back and changing their own relatives because the staff were too darn lazy to do it. That’s exactly how the Soviet system was. You had to bribe them to change someone lying in urine and feces. You had to bribe the staff to do it. GREAT, Great Britain, eh? The flagship for the world… that the whole world order is to be based on… the BIRTH place of the world order. DISGUSTING!

 

I also have some articles here which will show you, articles that are very much in vogue. They have terms and buzzwords in bureaucracies and the foundations which work with them too. One of the buzzwords now is ‘reinventing.’ They’re always reinventing things. Now, when Bush Jr came out with ‘the new freedom’, you see, he was reinventing ‘freedoms;’ that was the new definition. If you go back even further, with ‘The New Deal’ under FDR; the new deal was a LEGAL declaration to the public, that the old Constitutional system was DEAD and here is ‘the new deal.’ That was a legal declaration, reinventing government.

 

I’m going to put some articles on reinventing Britain, the department of government arts propaganda. It’s from the Arts Council. It shows you how the government – and I’ve told you before – through its Arts Council and its Department of Culture PAYS the novelists, the screen writers, and all the artists and painters and all the rest WHAT TO DO. They live off the government purse as long as they go along with the agenda because we are just monkeys. We mimic what we see, what actors and actresses do. We are brainwashed by the propaganda industry of the culture creators. So I’ll put that up, Reinventing Britain, from the Arts Council.

 

Reinventing Britain: Cultural diversity up front and on show

Date: 1 April 2003

 

And how they fund the POLITICALLY CORRECT ARTISTS, again, from the Arts Council.

 

Funding State of the Arts

Arts Council England

 

I’ll also show you Reinventing Europe by the BROTHERHOOD. It’s actually called, the document, The Brotherhood of Lawyers and they go into the history of how they worked, for CENTURIES, to get Europe united and how they are doing it and there is a lot of documentation AT their site and links from their site. It’s their own site. I don’t go into conspiracies. I’m giving you the stuff that they put out themselves.

 

The European Brotherhood of Lawyers:

The Reinvention of Legal Science in the Making of

European Private Law

Kent Academic Repository – http://kar.kent.ac.uk

The definitive version is available at www.blackwell-synergy.com

Harm Schepel*

Law and Social Inquiry 32 (1) pp183 – 199 March 2007

Not Published Version

 

Reinventing the Commonwealth, there’s another one too, to show you they are all on board with this world agenda, globalization, and how the whole world is going to benefit from globalization, as we all go down the tubes into austerity and poverty.

 

Publications: REINVENTING THE COMMONWEALTH

Supported by the Royal Commonwealth Society

Kate Ford, Sunder Katwala

9 November 1999

http://fpc.org.uk/publications/reinven-commonwealth

 

There is another article too, on Marxism Australia. I’ll put that up from their own site to show you how they are alive and well.

 

Why socialists are internationalists

Josh Lees 5 March 2010 / Social Alternative sa.org

 

They are alive and well in Canada too because, you see, they don’t know it themselves, the little followers and the bottom, that their bosses are all in bed with the internationalist bankers and always have been. Who do you think put Karl Marx up? He didn’t work a day in his life when he lived in London.

 

Also, Obama…

 

Obama administration plans to close

International Labor Comparisons office

By Alec MacGillis / Washington Post Staff Writer / Wednesday, March 3, 2010

 

That’s what you always had to compare your wages with other countries, and say, my, we’re doing pretty good here aren’t we? Well, you see, now you won’t as they start bringing down the wages and you will eventually be down to the same levels as the wonderful model state for the United Nations, which is China, by the time they are finished with you. So I’ll put these up on my web site and you can download them yourself and have a little deco; a deco is a peek if you don’t understand that word.

 

Another article here too, is about the degradation in society. You find that when everything is going down the tubes and the public become despondent and even workers become despondent. That’s why you see these things happening in hospitals and so on, as they fire all the qualified staff and bring in nursing assistants. You get one staff nurse on who is run off her feet and things just go down the tubes. By the way, that’s slated for the US as well. It’s actually happening in a lot of hospitals in the US, especially the ones that get a lot of government aid for the poor areas.

 

Paramedic who told colleague ‘not to bother’

resuscitating 30-stone (A: weight) man is jailed

By Daily Mail Reporter / Mail Online / 5th March 2010

 

A paramedic was jailed for 12 months today after being found guilty of telling a series of lies when he failed to resuscitate a 30-stone man.

 

Jurors heard that Karl Harris, 45, told his less experienced colleague there was ‘no point’ in attempting to resuscitate Barry Baker after the pair were sent to his home in Brighton, East Sussex, in the early hours of the morning.

 

The 59-year-old patient, who lived alone, phoned 999 after experiencing breathing difficulties at 4.14am on November 29 2008 and died after suffering a cardiopulmonary arrest.

 

Jurors at Lewes Crown Court took just over four hours to find Harris guilty of a charge of perverting the course of justice today.

 

What did he actually do? He told the other guy that was helping him, there’s no point, don’t bother; I’ve seen this before, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah and they didn’t bother lifting a finger to see if they could resuscitate the guy. So that’s the sort of stuff that happens, again, when you’re all on this guaranteed paycheck by the state, otherwise known as socialism. It goes down the tubes. Mind you, it depends who you are too. Plus, by the way, when you are in the hospitals in the socialist system and you have a heart problem at all and you are put into a cardiac ward, they label you. They list you A, B, C and so on, on your chart to see, if two go into cardiac arrest at the same time, if you happen to be B or C, then you won’t get resuscitated. ‘A’ they must do it because he’s of more VALUE to the society and community than you happen to be. I’m not kidding. I’ve read that article about 2 or 3 years ago on the air about that as well.

 

You have no idea what’s coming down and the schmucks that really think they are going to get a better deal out of this, the ones who are poorer, are going to get the fright of their lives. They aren’t even going to get the care that they can get NOW for free; not even that. Under Obama’s plan a lot of these hospitals will be closing their doors all together and renting them out for elderly care and stuff like that. They’re already doing that in some surgical wards in the States. Even the walk-in clinics in the States are going to get cut back and cut back and cut back. That’s IN the RAND report for Obama. And they still call America one of the richest countries in the world. That’s why they’re going to tax the bejesus out of you until there is nothing left at all.

 

This article here, I mentioned that Reinventing the Commonwealth; it’s quite an interesting article. There are two there but this one here I’ll read.

 

Publications: REINVENTING THE COMMONWEALTH

Supported by the Royal Commonwealth Society

fpc.org.uk/publications/reinven-commonwealth

Kate Ford, Sunder Katwala / 9 November 1999

 

(A: Supported by the Royal Commonwealth Society, that’s again, the leaders all belong to the Royal Institute of International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations. This was back in 1999.)

 

This major new report sets out the new reform agenda for a 21st Century Commonwealth. This final project report, launched in South Africa, builds on the Centre’s influential report Making the Commonwealth Matter to look at how the Commonwealth can take forward the agenda of the Durban CHOGM to create a modern, effective and relevant organisation which can help its members to thrive in the 21st century. Read the Introduction to the report below.

 

This project was supported by the Royal Commonwealth Society

——————————————–

CONTENTS

 

1. Introduction: Reinventing the Commonwealth

 

2.A Prosperous Commonwealth: Making globalisation deliver for people

 

3. Democracy and good governance: Making shared values effective (A: That means making a whole new culture for the world, because obviously your values differ depending on where you live.)

 

4. The People’s Commonwealth: Enabling Civil Society

 

5 .Making the Commonwealth Matter

 

6. The ‘image thing’: Getting the Commonwealth across (A: To the rest of the world, basically.)

 

Conclusion: The ‘Kitemark Commonwealth’

———————————————

As the Commonwealth seeks to reinvent itself for the 21st century, this report sets out a radical reform agenda to turn the Commonwealth into an internationally-recognised standard for good governance (A: There’s that governance again. No more government, you see.) and growth. The ‘Commonwealth Kitemark’ could offer members a vital edge as they compete for investment and trade. But Commonwealth countries will have to live up to their shared values and deal with abuses to make reform pay off. Defining a ‘new Commonwealth consensus’ (A: Again, everything is CONSENSUS building. That’s why it never goes out to the general public, only to top politicians to see if they’re on board with all of the agenda. That’s how things are really done quietly in this world. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and we’ll go to the phones now and there is Joe from California. Are you there Joe?

 

Joe: Alan, thank you for taking my call. I started listening to your show a couple of months ago and it’s really been eye opening. I want to thank you for everything that you’ve been doing here. I’ve been downloading lots of your past shows too. I just wanted to… there are so many things I’d like to talk to you about. One of which you’ve sort of addressed with this carbon credit nonsense that’s been going on and this scam they are trying to pull on us here. I keep hearing about all these derivatives that have been plunging us into this economic mess, these credit default swaps and so forth and so on, whatever they call them. Do you have any idea who is owed all this money?

 

Alan: What it goes down to, who’s running the whole thing, remember it was Al Gore and Lord Rothschild had set this up. In fact, Al Gore was the first one to set up a derivative company and even his own carbon taxes are paid right back into his own corporation. It costs him nothing; actually he benefits off it. But all the money, before it gets to the International Monetary Fund for the carbon trading schemes, goes through the bank in Switzerland, the Rothschild’s private bank. Lord Rothschild talked about that; I read the article FROM the newspapers, mainstream, about a month or two months back. Lord Rothschild said that these carbon taxes for the entire planet will go through and be held by his bank for a period of time. Of course, that means if you’ve got billions going through every day from all over the world, that’s an awful lot of interest that he collects on it. Then it gets sent off to various other sources, the International Monetary Fund and all the rest of it, that’s supposed to put it through the United Nations departments and distribute it, supposedly, again through the Economic Development Corporations in the International Monetary Fund at the United Nations TO the different countries. Of course it’s not going to get there because they’ve already said they don’t want to bring up the third world countries. In fact, they are forbidding the third world countries from even using coal to start any kind of industry. Remember, they don’t have much industry or they are just starting off and so they don’t want them to be high industry. In fact, I read an article, again, about two or three weeks ago, where some little hospital there is allowed one solar panel, that’s what they’ve advocated, that will run maybe a cell phone to recharge it or they can use it for one other thing that will last about an hour before the batteries go out. This is the farce of it all. It’s going in to set up more bureaucracies over the world for world governance, that’s what it’s called… governance.

 

Joe: I just wanted to thank you again. I’ve been telling people to listen to your podcasts and recordings, especially the dates where you talk about this carbon credit scam that’s been going on, that they are trying to perpetrate on us. It’s just…

 

Alan: It’s the big stick. You see, a threat of global annihilation and we have to pay through the nose. It’s really a form of bringing total control over the entire world into a new system all together. Professor Carroll Quigley said himself, it’s a kind of new FEUDAL system with private corporations and governments in bed together, a type of new fascism you might call it.

 

Joe: And it’s all based on fear.

 

Alan: It’s here actually and that’s what all the climate scam and fear is all about. It’s all lies that have been exposed over and over, but it doesn’t matter; they are not going to change their agenda. They’ve put all their eggs in one basket and are going through with it. The world will be standardized into utter poverty. That’s it, yeah. Thanks for calling, Joe, and call again.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 9th 2010. For the newcomers to the show, you should look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com. Scroll down and bookmark all the other sites I have listed there for future use because once in a while the big ones go down. I had two go down last night and I haven’t figured out why yet. This happens once in a while so if you have the other sites bookmarked you can always download the latest shows and listen to them for free. [Official sites listed above.] Remember too, that you are the audience who bring me to you. I don’t get paid directly by advertisers like most hosts do; that’s how they get their money. This way I don’t have to bring people on the show as guests who will inform you of certain things but at the same time the selling technique and that’s all fair and well in this system. But I’ve got a free hand this way. The ads you hear on this show are paid directly by the advertisers directly to the station RBN for them to broadcast their air time and for their equipment, staff and their bills, and everyone has got bills. So you’ve got to keep me going by buying the things I have for sale at cuttingthroughthematrix.com or you can donate to me. There are the books, CDs and DVDs; some of the disks have 50 shows on them, going way back. The books are different. They are written in a non-linear fashion to try and break through the conditioning of the system which indoctrinates us from school onwards. And we do, we’re actually very predictable in the way that we think, through our logic. Just like a computer with their programs and their language, it’s a science. So I try to break through that by showing you how it’s done, in the book form. [Ordering and donation option listed above.] I do depend upon you to keep me going and to get through these times. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

 

We find that we are going through such massive changes right now. I don’t know how many people really are suffering or feeling the affects of them. Even the ones who are feeling the pinch as money is devalued, and they call it inflation, they still survive, still play, they still surf the net and do whatever they do to pass the time. In other words, their routines aren’t disrupted enough to make them really sit up and take notice. I wonder how many really know what’s really happening in the world. Even the things I talk about here, by showing you the big plans, the agenda and the organizations, by USING their own information to inform you, I wonder how real it is to most people out there? How REAL it is? I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning before the break there, that even though we go over this stuff, to a lot of people it’s still pretty remote. They don’t see their lives changing so drastically. What it is, is they are adapting with the incremental changes that are coming along, albeit those changes are faster than they used to be. At one time it would take maybe a few years before the next big jump in taxation or globalization or things like that so they don’t really notice. For those who sometimes email me and say well, this will never happen and that could never happen, don’t forget you all slept through the giving away of all the industries of your country and the whole of Western Europe to China, and adapted to that without a single problem, most of you out there, except for the people who used to work in the factories over in the West. So you can adapt, really, to anything.

 

Most folk still think that there is a big hierarchy up there where somehow there is an altruistic force at work where people that you’ll never meet but you hear about sometimes in the newspapers are out there for your own good. They are out there to really take CARE of you and make sure that you can continue to play and do the things that you like to do. But I try to get through to the ones who’ve got more savvy and more understanding and who know that this is really REAL. They understand the implications of what’s happening. They understand that there truly are dastardly people out there who have very ominous and dark plans for the whole planet. That’s what I try to put it out here too; it’s to show you how real this is. Not to petrify you and put you into a state of immobility, but to get you to make some changes in your life so that you can at least hopefully come through the worst of it, at least in your own lifetime. What happens after we are gone, who knows.

 

We know where they want to take the world, the massive depopulation. We know they don’t want children born, especially of the working class type people. They will keep that going in China for quite sometime maybe, because they’ve got plenty of people to choose from. As we are TAUGHT in the West to consume less and less and less, and forced to as well, by the way – force is coming along very shortly – then they will need less workers in China too. That ties in perfectly with the plan that goes up to 2050 where they actually say at world meetings that the population of China will drastically, drastically drop to 2050 and beyond. Right now it’s actually dropping because there are fewer people having children and there are way more men than there are women because of their policies on abortion, etc. So that’s already leveling out. Once 2 parents produce just 1 child, you are literally halving the population in a generation. That’s the whole idea of it.

 

It’s not because the world isn’t big enough. It’s not that there are too many people either. It’s that those who rule the world believe in evolution and they believe that all those who are dependent, who have been MADE to be dependent I should say, upon the state, especially over the last 50-60-70 years, are really now obsolete. We are post-industrial. They also say we are post-democratic… so they don’t even bother to give us much of an idea of democracy anymore, now that we are all, really, under a form of martial law under the guise of a war on terror. Of course, the war on terror was intended from the outset to GIVE this global alliance the right to do what they are doing right now. It also is designed to teach the public to adapt to a war type scenario, where you don’t have the rights that you used to have, even the right to complain.

 

At least we used to bitch to each other once in a while when things were bad. Most folk don’t even do that any more. I can remember when people would start complaining to each other about the price of gasoline at the pumps and stuff like that. Now it can go up 20 cents and no one says a thing, or for anything else that mattered that you buy at the stores. Everything is going up and up and up… so we adapt very, very well, all through sciences, all understood at the top, and the public at the bottom generally haven’t a clue. The unfortunate thing about us too, is that we’ve lost contact with our continuity of where we came from, where we are, and where we are going. We don’t really care what happens to the next generation down the road. That’s how selfish everyone has been taught to be.

 

Remember, that’s exactly what some of the big players that helped devise this system a long time ago wrote about, like Lord Bertrand Russell. He said, we shall encourage egocentric behavior, egosyntonic behavior, selfishness and hedonistic behavior. That splits up the connectiveness between people and generations and families and friends and all the rest of it. That has happened already. We even see that in the movies that they churn out because we adapt to what we see in the movies. We copy it. We mimic it in fact. There are hardly any characters in there that anybody could possibly bond with. They are all, we used to call them hard men, guys who were just the big muscle men, the hard men. Everyone is into themselves. That’s really how it’s even portrayed in movies today. The old way is out; the new way is in. We copy what we see like monkeys.

 

The media itself is, of course, is probably to blame, from our point of view, but on the other hand, it’s only if you believe that the media is really there to inform you as to what is really going on in the world. I was thinking about it the other night, where I was thinking about all the big world meetings that have been held and how we can get access to their documents that they turn out after the meetings to do with integration, globalization, the transfer of wealth, the transfer of labor between countries, migration, all that kind of stuff, Agenda 21. You can see how it actually works and you live through it working, in fact, and even then a lot of people are oblivious to it or they don’t really care as long as they can play. That’s really what I mean, it truly is play.

 

People don’t want the bad news. They hope to get through this life without anybody touching THEM. They hope to get to a pensionable age, retire, go fishing – if they are allowed to with a permit – and then die quietly in their sleep. That’s what most folk truly, truly hope for. The young don’t thing about that at all. They think they will live forever; we all do when we’re a certain age. That’s what the military depends upon. So everybody and every generation in turn is actually worked upon in their kind and targeted by media and propaganda. As I say, the media’s job is not to inform you. The media is there to give you trivia really and to give you a very VAGUE outline of the world meetings and what they are all about, they say. And yet you can still go into these world meetings from their own sites and find out what they are really about and you say, my God, are these journalists just illiterate or what or do they read this stuff? Well of course they read it but their job is NOT to get you worried about anything. You’re not supposed to worry about anything. If you worry, you might get active and do something about it and complain and all that kind of stuff. So they give you very vague outlines about what’s really going on.

 

They also want to make you think that everything is just being debated in your lifetime, right now. Whereas, these big meetings are just SHOWS for the media and the public themselves. All the organization, all the drafting up of agendas, all the signing of them is done YEARS before they have the actual show meetings for all their NGO groupies. I’ve got to laugh, too, at the media and how they turn out trivia, utter trivia and diversions and nonsense, as though we had no brain at all. Perhaps, unfortunately, a lot of folk have no brain.

 

Remember too, that Russell and all these boys said that they would train the public that they couldn’t think for themselves; they’d HAVE to go and ask the experts how everything is done. That HAPPENED in so many areas that it’s just astonishing. That folk are so stupid they ask the experts; they believe them. All you have to say is ‘expert’ now, ‘an expert says’ and you don’t even need the name of the expert. It doesn’t matter; it’s like priesthood.

 

Here is a beauty right here, as though it’s something brand new.

 

Teenage boys watching hours of internet pornography every week are treating their girlfriends like sex objects

(Alan: Well, WOW, who’d have thunk? Who would have thunk about that? Thank goodness we’ve got the media to tell us, which should be rather obvious to everybody who’s alive right now, EVERYBODY who is alive right now.)

By Penny Marshall / 8th March 2010 / Mail Online

 

The English verb to chaperone comes from the French noun ‘chaperon’ – protector – and it is first recorded in Jane Austen’s novel Sense And Sensibility, published in 1811. (A: So someone is writing a little treatise here, some novice, I guess.)

 

Then, the reputation of a young woman was considered so precious that she was protected at all times if in male company by the presence of another woman: a chaperone.

 

In Jane Austen’s world, a young woman and a young man were rarely, if ever, left alone together.

 

Two hundred years later, with sexual and feminist revolutions behind us, (A: All promoted from the top.) we’re in a world where there are few, if any, boundaries in place to ‘protect’ a woman’s honour. (A: This is how they start off this spiel here.)

 

Women are free to behave as they wish, sleep with whomever they wish, and the vast amounts of sexual content on TV and in films attests to that. (A: Actually, they COPY what they see on TV and they attest to what they see.)

 

In fact, many women would argue that the very idea of being ‘chaperoned’ is restrictive and demeaning.

 

And yet among today’s teenage girls, the chaperone has made a surprising and – as we shall come to see – disturbing comeback.

 

Today’s chaperone is called, in teenspeak, a ‘third wheel’. And she is not being forced on girls by concerned or controlling adults worried about honour and etiquette.

 

The third wheel (the verb is ‘to third wheel’) has been re-invented by the girls themselves because they want protection from the sexual demands of their boyfriends. (A: The offshoot of it is, is that the boys are wanting them to do the same things that they see on the porno movies, you see; let’s cut to the chase here. However, I’ve got to mention too, that this is media. Media is show business. I hope you understand that. ALL media is show business, including what you think is your news. I’ll explain about this article and how it’s show business. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about how trivia is put out there for us to swallow, as though we’ve no brain to think for ourselves or to use our own observations but unfortunately, a lot of folk can’t actually and they do swallow up this trivia.

 

This article I’m reading here is about young guys who want their girlfriends to do all the same things that they see on the porno – whatever you call them; I don’t call them ‘stars’ – and they want the same things going on in their sexual encounters that they see. But the woman who does it is Dr Linda Papadopoulos, one of these TV psychologists. I lump them in with the psychics and all the rest of it. In other words they make their money off show business. They probably have a big following. They’ve got to have something that grabs you and sex always grabs people. But it doesn’t take someone with half a brain to understand what’s been happening, who have lived long enough to actually live through a lot of the things and see what’s going on. Of course, everyone copies what’s in the media. Their topics are what have been on yesterday’s news, on the trivia section, or the Hollywood star section or whatever. They can’t think for themselves. They are GIVEN their topics to think about, so even when they expose something, which should be obvious, there is generally another reason behind it too.

 

It isn’t going to stop because that was one of the big tenets of the new world order boys from the 1930, 40s, 50s, 60s and 70s was destruction of the family unit, the promotion of sexual promiscuity, even starting with pre-pubertal sex. I’ve read articles from the media; it’s being taught in schools now, getting younger and younger all the time. So it’s WELL on track. As I say, these articles are just scratching the surface and titillating a few pervert senses. That’s all they are really there for.

 

Meanwhile, as we are overwhelmed with immigrants, we find that there are quite a few articles in the papers today about the immigration in different countries. Everybody has been screaming for years about immigration and yet again, one of the main reasons for immigration, massive immigration that’s been foisted upon the free trade negotiation teams across the world for globalization, was that it would DESTROY EXISTING CULTURES OF THE WEST. That was one of the main reasons for it, in fact. The other reason they give the general public is that they need immigration because your own population is dying off, they are not producing children. They are busy getting their girlfriends to copy porno, but they are not having any children, apparently, so they need all the immigration coming in all the time in order to pay off the national debts of countries. That’s the excuses, the official excuses we are given for it.

 

At the same time, remember that free trade is not free. It’s really SELECTIVE international corporations and FREE MOVEMENTS of labor that goes with the same charter for globalization. The GATT Treaty is not the free mobilization, either, of immigrants. It is SELECTIVE immigrants, those, gradually, who will be needed by international corporations ONLY. The rest of us will all be stuck within our safe and secure borders, patrolled by guys in black outfits and machine guns watching over us and we won’t be able to move from where we are. That’s what’s coming down the pike.

 

Here is an article from the Globe and Mail.

 

As countries shut out migrants, Canada warned it will become the new safe harbour (A: for immigrants.)

As jobs disappear, host countries are lowering immigration quotas to trim welfare rolls and quell potential anti-immigrant feeling.

(A: This is on Reuters as well as in the Nation, from the Globe and Mail.)

By JOE FRIESEN / December 16, 2009 / From Wednesday’s Globe and Mail

 

The worst recession in a generation has already played havoc with the job market, housing prices and the banking system. Now it’s doing the same with something else: the worldwide movement of people.

 

The world’s wealthiest nations, from Japan to Spain to Australia, are cutting immigration targets to protect fragile labour markets and encouraging itinerant workers to leave. Only Canada has refused to adjust immigration levels in response to the downturn. (A: I love the terminology, a downturn, it’s a darn disaster for the public but it’s a win, win, win for the globalists because this is what they planned a long time ago. They knew that before they signed the GATT Treaty. Well, if all the factories leave, what will happen to the workers? Let me think now… let’s get another panel to work on that one.)

 

This outlier status has led to concern among border officials that the country’s sympathetic refugee system and generous social programs will make it a prime target for migrants rejected elsewhere. (A: It already has been for years.)

 

A government intelligence document described as sensitive and not for public distribution (A: I love how governments are there, you know, for open democracies…) warns that more migrants from Africa, Asia, Eastern Europe and Latin America could opt to come to Canada rather than Western Europe or the United States. The report refers to both legal applicants and those who try to enter illegally.

 

“We’re planning for the economic recovery. (A: What… ‘We’re planning for the economic recovery’… I can’t believe what I’m reading.) Cutting immigration levels is a short-term measure,” said Alykhan Velshi, spokesman for Citizenship and Immigration Minister Jason Kenney. At the same time, Mr. Velshi said, Canada must guard against those who would try to enter illegally. (A: We say a lot of things in Canada.)

 

Asylum claims in Canada increased dramatically in 2008, and were on pace for another increase in 2009 until visa restrictions were slapped on travellers from Mexico and the Czech Republic, he said.

 

“Individuals who may not be fleeing persecution are drawn to Canada because of our overly generous asylum system,” (A: ‘Asylum’ used to be a mental place, where you went when you were crazy. Now, apparently, it’s for refugees.) Mr. Velshi said. Human trafficking rings in Canada and the Czech Republic, for example, were encouraging people to make refugee claims in Canada, he added. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just reading about immigration and how they’re starting to talk about it for the first time. Before, nothing was apparently a problem. Suddenly it’s a problem. Of course, it’s all part of the big ID thing that’s coming up for everyone, that’s really what’s behind a lot of this of this stuff. This article is still about immigration but it’s about Australia this time. It says…

 

Six out of ten Australians don’t want more people – poll

Australian News.Net / Monday 1st March, 2010 (ANI)

 

Melbourne, Mar. 1 (ANI): More than 60 percent of Australians participating in a poll have said that the federal government should not go ahead with plans to increase the country’s population from 22 million to 35 million by 2050, largely through immigration.

 

According to AAP, a majority of the 1000 people surveyed by Essential Research late last month thought the environment was too fragile to cope with more people, and there was not enough space for them. (A: So I guess they are catching on. They’ve got to use the ‘environment’ to get something through.)

 

The government wants to boost the population because it means more young taxpayers to pay for the high costs of an ageing population. (A: The same old rubbish they’ve been foisting on the public across Europe for about the last 20-30 years.)

 

The public, however, aren’t buying the economic argument either. Just over half of those surveyed thought more people would not help the economy.

 

The poll also found that just over half the respondents – 51 per cent – approved of the government’s plan to means test the rebate for private health cover. A third of respondents opposed the plan.

 

Everybody who set up these national health services across the world, through the British Commonwealth system, they were never set up, number one, to cope with the people they have today, the amount of people they have. They definitely are not meant to cope with the amounts of immigrants who also come straight in, often with extended families and they go straight for treatment. Not only that, when you have a government health system, you also have massive cutbacks and where do they cut back first? It’s in the health care system. Of course they always scream they never have enough money because they’ve always got other wars to go and fight and steal oil and stuff. So you could never, ever get anything back from the government; they give you a token, eventually, of health care. That’s what, of course, they’re going to bring to the US as well.

 

Where is it all going, with this sudden, sudden noticing of immigration by government? This is from the Wall Street Journal.com.

 

ID Card for Workers Is at Center of Immigration Plan

By LAURA MECKLER / MARCH 8, 2010 / Wall Street Journal

 

Lawmakers working to craft a new comprehensive immigration bill have settled on a way to prevent employers from hiring illegal immigrants: a national biometric identification card (A: Then it goes on to say the little bit that’s all important…) all American workers would eventually be required to obtain. (A: I love that. 3 words there, snuck in there, that’s all-important.)

 

Under the potentially controversial plan still taking shape in the Senate, all legal U.S. workers, including citizens and immigrants, would be issued an ID card with embedded information, such as fingerprints, to tie the card to the worker.

 

The ID card plan is one of several steps advocates of an immigration overhaul are taking to address concerns that have defeated similar bills in the past. (A: Now, they’ve tried to get the ID card bill through under a hundred different guises, so this is the latest one.)

 

The uphill effort to pass a bill is being led by Sens. Chuck Schumer (D., N.Y.) and Lindsey Graham (R., S.C.), who plan to meet with President Barack Obama as soon as this week to update him on their work. An administration official said the White House had no position on the biometric card. [Alan laughing.] (A: Oh, boy… don’t you love show business? Show business is wonderful, with these characters that rule us.)

 

“It’s the nub of solving the immigration dilemma politically speaking,” Mr. Schumer said in an interview. The card, he said, would directly answer concerns that after legislation is signed, another wave of illegal immigrants would arrive. “If you say they can’t get a job when they come here, you’ll stop it.”

 

The biggest objections to the biometric cards may come from privacy advocates, who fear they would become de facto national ID cards (A: So someone is still thinking, thank goodness.) that enable the government to track citizens.

 

“It is fundamentally a massive invasion of people’s privacy,” (A: Well, what’s left to invade folks? What’s left to invade? As I say, we adapt and we adapt to every totalitarian part of this big agenda that is rammed down our throats. Most folk sleepwalk right through it. I’ve read article after article after article about them going into all of your data on your computers, legally. It doesn’t matter if it’s legal or not legal; whatever they do is legal, as far as the government is concerned, their agencies. When they first gave you computers, they made sure there were backdoor entries through all the windows programs and so on. They are for that very purpose. It was not so you could just go and play. It was definitely to put you into a vague state of mind, but it wasn’t for your own good. It was to make it easier for them to watch every single person, in a totalitarian society. Any change in your behavior, a sudden change in what you are viewing is of interest to those who manage you and rule you. They want you to be predictable. Everyone must be predictable, in a totalitarian society. So this goes on here…) said Chris Calabrese, legislative counsel for the American Civil Liberties Union. “We’re not only talking about fingerprinting every American, treating ordinary Americans like criminals in order to work. We’re also talking about a card that would quickly spread from work to voting to travel to pretty much every aspect of American life that requires identification.”

 

Mr. Graham says he respects those concerns (A: Yeah, right!) but disagrees. “We’ve all got Social Security cards,” he said. “They’re just easily tampered with. Make them tamper-proof. That’s all I’m saying.” (A: Which is all rubbish too because you know darn well that there are countries in the world that can copy any darn thing that’s made… anything at all. Anything.)

 

U.S. employers now have the option of using an online system called E-Verify to check whether potential employees are in the U.S. legally. Many Republicans have pressed to make the system mandatory. But others, including Mr. Schumer, complain that the existing system is ineffective.

 

Last year, White House aides said they expected to push immigration legislation in 2010. But with health care and unemployment dominating his attention, the president has given little indication the issue is a priority.

 

Rather, Mr. Obama has said he wanted to see bipartisan support in Congress first. So far, Mr. Graham is the only Republican to voice interest publicly, and he wants at least one other GOP co-sponsor to launch the effort.

 

So here you go. As I say, they are on a roll now to mention immigration but won’t stop or slow immigration. It’s really to get everybody ID’d. That’s the real thing about it. Eventually the ID card will be like the Soviet Union, or Nazi Germany. You’ll have to show your pass at different places, checkpoints to go anywhere outside your designated area. That is the world that’s coming down the pike. Most folk won’t mind, they will adapt to it. They’ll have a bar there and they’ll have their little strip joints there. Most folk live in the cities now and shortly everyone will live in the cities because that is the agenda. They are already going in to demolish all the old factory towns, the suburbs, and turn them back into wilderness areas. That means that everyone else must move into the already overcrowded cities.

 

There is so much, so much that’s going on, as I say, that sometimes you almost despair of it all. But at the same time, this has been going on all your life. Even our behavior is modified as we go along. People don’t even know that most of the things they do themselves have been authorized and promoted from the top, even their hobbies. I can remember when they brought yoga in. I can remember when the whole new age thing was being pushed, from the top down, not from the bottom up. It was promoted through music, definitely to get the young in to it. That’s what you always do; you get the next generation, the ones that really matter, indoctrinated and going along with the new way. It doesn’t matter about the old folk; they will die off. That’s what they’ve done every 20 years or so, again, go for the youth for the next phase, the next phase, and the next phase.

 

The new age came in and I can remember when the Maharishi was doing his rounds all over Europe… and raking in the cash. Again, promoted and getting lots of air time on TV and the BBC and all the big boys. That, obviously, is something which is a mandate. You just don’t get all that promotion. If they want to ignore you, they will ignore you. Eventually there were objections because people realized he was pushing a RELIGION. It was Hinduism under the meditation and the yoga and all the rest of it. So then they came back eventually after a couple of years and introduced new scientific techniques for reducing stress and stuff like that. Now of course, I think half the world’s population goes to yoga classes and they don’t realize its all part of a religion. Our behavior is constantly modified but it’s by design. They had to destroy all the old religions to bring in this new one and including all the promiscuity and all the rest of the stuff that goes with it. No one bonds in a promiscuous society except for a few minutes and that’s it.

 

Also, you’ve got to always remember too, how we are managed and manipulated. A good example is China. China never really has been a country acknowledged for its individualists. It’s not an individualistic type country. It’s a place where the GROUP, the people are the ones that matter. In fact, you can hide in the group. You can lose yourself in the group. You have no real responsibility except TO the group and the group will make sure that it will handle problems around you, for you… in a sense, the trade-off is you lose yourself in a group. It is the same in the military; it’s all the same techniques that are used.

 

There is an article here about how they are now creating on the internet and being allowed to by China’s government, which means it’s mandated by the government, A FORM OF HARASSING people who put up certain types of videos on the internet which really upsets anybody in any country. They give you an example here, to get it all going, about a woman who has got a video up and actually kills a kitten with her high heel shoe. They show you how the people are now searching for the person, they find her, she loses her job and so on. However, they are encouraging more and more of this.

 

Remember, I’ve talked before about the technique of SOCIAL APPROVAL and SOCIAL DISAPPROVAL that was first perfected by the guys at the United Nations and used in China. At one time they used to, for instance, have to send the militia out to grab a woman who was having a second child. That was illegal. They would drag her off to the abortion clinic. They don’t have to do that now and I’ve read the articles from the Chinese papers. The local people will actually do it for you. Your neighbors will take off the woman; they will drag her to the abortion clinic, because she is ANTISOCIAL. That’s the creation of APPROVAL and DISAPPROVAL in psychological indoctrination terminology. So this is part of it too because if they can use this technique on the public to get them to harass people on the internet, they will eventually use the same technique – it is the same technique actually – they can use it for any POLITICAL dissident as well. That will come… someone who is described as antisocial, doing antisocial acts or whatever. I’ll put this link up on my site at the end of the show.

 

China’s Cyberposse

By TOM DOWNEY / March 7, 2010 / New York Times

 

It’s from the New York Times about human flesh search engines in China. That’s what they are calling them, where they hunt people down on the internet, like massive posses, and really go at them. Of course, they give them something viable at first to get it all going, something that we’d all object to, but really, it’s a big experiment to see if they can now use this kind of thing on the internet, to target dissident people. That’s really what it’s for. The folk who are following all this and into it, the MOB always have no brain of their own; they don’t realize they are being used. The MOB never does. The mob, mind you, never, ever benefits from anything, but the mob never knows that. They are always used… ALWAYS, ALWAYS USED.

 

Part of the big Agenda 21 agreement, many parts of it have already been implemented, that’s the Agenda for the 21st century that all countries signed on to under the United Nations. It was for not only massive depopulation but also massive deindustrialization, the returning of urban areas back to the so-called wilderness. The remaining people, as the population is reduced, going into the cities which will be gradually, again, destroyed and the outskirts will get smaller and smaller up to the year 2050 when they get their ideal population left, I suppose; that’s what they’re all about. Part of it, too, is to start getting us trained not to have the energy that we’ve got now, the energy supplies, or electricity, people’s businesses, and all the rest of it as well. Britain of course, being the flagship for a lot of this stuff that’s going on in the world, we’ve all to copy Britain. There is an article on part of it. It’s from the Telegraph.

 

How will David Cameron keep the lights on?

Neither of the main parties seems to have any idea how we are to meet the looming shortfall in power, warns Christopher Booker.

By Christopher Booker / 6 Mar 2010 / telegraph.co.uk

 

As the election approaches, two issues should transcend all others.

 

One, obviously, is what the parties propose to do about the £178 billion deficit in government spending. (A: Well, I won’t go there.) But another, equally terrifying – as this column has warned for years – is what is to be done to avert the fast-looming crisis in Britain’s electricity supplies. With 40 per cent of our generating capacity due to disappear in the next few years, (A: 40% of their generating capacity… you thought it was all about carbon output and all that nonsense. No, they train you into poverty. That’s what it’s for.) as 14 of our major nuclear and coal-fired power stations are forced to close, (A: They are forcing them all to close down.) how do the parties propose to keep Britain’s lights on and our computer-dependent economy functioning? (A: That’s already happening in Canada too. They had a Pickering power plant in Ontario and they said they were not going to upgrade it or keep it going, which means we are going to get less and less power, as we get trained and trained and trained. That’s what the Smart Meters are for too, eventually as a quota system on the Smart Meter that will cut you off when you go over your allocated quota. Who put that into being? Who was the guy who started it, kicked it off for Canada? Mr Maurice Strong… at the United Nations. They brought him in FROM the United Nations into Ontario. He was put at the head of the project to privatize all our systems, which we paid for by all our tax money, and of course his pals got the present for peanuts. Also it was to start brining down our consumption of energy, as they called it, to TRAIN us into austerity. That was 20 years ago.)

 

The energy policy of the Conservative Party appears to rest on four main pillars. The first is that electricity companies should not be allowed to replace those coal-fired power stations which help provide us with 35 per cent of our electricity unless new ones are fitted with a system to pipe off their CO2 emissions and bury them under the North Sea. (A: Can you believe this nonsense?) The Government has allocated some £4 billion for four new plants to pioneer this unproven technology (A: I love this. There will be quite the bubbles under the sea.) (to be paid for by all of us through electricity bills), but the Tories say that no new plants should be permitted unless carbon capture is already in place.

 

The only problem is that two recent studies have shown why carbon capture and storage on this scale is simply not physically possible. Two academic petroleum experts in Texas, Michael and Christine Economides, have shown that it is impossible to inject such huge quantities of CO2 into underground aquifers – 20,000 tons a day for a 1 gigawatt power station – without fracturing the surrounding rock, making further injection impossible. (A: Well, if you put gas into something it’s going to blow it up.) This finding is confirmed in a study by the Grantham Institute at Imperial College. (A: It’s beautiful isn’t it? Simple physics, but they spend millions improving it. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. We’ll go to the phones now and there is Dave from Arizona there. Are you there Dave?

 

Dave: How are you?

 

Alan: Not so bad.

 

Dave: You know, it’s funny, the Agenda 21 thing, it kind of goes along with the housing market crash, bad economics and so forth. If you think about it, now people are going to be so burned by the experience of owning a house that they probably won’t want to own one.

 

Alan: Well, the agenda is eventually that all private property as we know it, with the small landlords and so forth, will all be abolished. It’s to be the big, multi chain landlords only; big corporations that will be in bed with government, these public/private partnerships and that’s what’s to rule our lives so that you can never have property again. They have said in their manifestos, the communists, and of course the United Nations a well, the same thing actually. The abolition of private property is a main tenet of their organization because it gives you… People fight for property; they’ll fight for the land; they will fight for their home. But when you don’t own anything, there is less impetus or reason to fight for it. You’re quite right.

 

Dave: Kind of like the vision that you get from reading 1984. It’s like a small dumpy apartment. It’s like a dirty, toxic city. It’s like one screen constantly on.

 

Alan: Yes. And you will be watched wherever you go. You’ll see Big Brother’s face on a screen when you walk in the lobby. You’ll come up to your apartment and he’ll be at the top of the stairs. He’ll be in your room. This is all part of the techniques that totalitarian regimes have always used.

 

Dave: One more thing, it’s kind of an ode to the Western male. It’s kind of like, I think the average… the first marriage/divorce rate is around 45%.

 

Alan: It’s probably even higher. I know that promiscuity, even in marriage… and why should they stop being promiscuous when they are married. See, it doesn’t stop there. Not when they’ve been conditioned to, it’s no big deal; as is often said today. Dropping your pants is no big deal; both women and men say it today. So, why should they stop when they are married? It doesn’t stop now. In fact, that was also part of what Wells hoped would happen and he knew it would happen. He said, if we could encourage most of the women to go into the work force and they will spend most of their day with other males and only maybe a couple of hours at night with their own husband. So that would help to abolish marriage.

 

Dave: Right. Especially when you look at the role models for women.

 

Alan: Yes. I know.

 

Dave: You know they’re all sluts.

 

Alan: Well, that’s it. Someone sent me some of the Grammy Awards for the best female ones. They were all dressed like prostitutes. What was interesting too, is they all had storm trooper guys dancing around them, with a SWAT team and stuff. So it’s like it’s very COOL now to be under martial law. It’s sexy, I guess; that’s the whole thing. And a lot of Masonic imagery too flashed in front of your face, through all the stuff, to get the youth really fascinated. That’s what it’s all for, the occult, it’s to fascinate the youth. It intrigues them. Sex and violence now in totalitarianism, apparently, is very sexy and you can get awards. It’s also part of the destruction of the age groups. The communists said they’d have to abolish the bonding and transmission of ideas between old and young and the best way to do it was to create a young generation, a youth image. That’s what we have now. Now people are terrified to get old. They will spend fortunes to look young. Anyone who is older is obsolete. You don’t get listened to; you have nothing to say to the public. You’re out of the picture. That’s the message we’ve got today.

 

Dave: They miss out on the wisdom of the older people.

 

Alan: Absolutely. And you don’t learn anything that way, when no wisdom is transmitted. Easy to manage.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 10, 2010. For newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, scroll down and bookmark all the other sites I have up there for future use because sometimes the big ones go down. Actually any of them can go down but at least you’ll have other ones to draw from and get the latest shows from if you have these bookmarked. [Official sites listed above]. I always start the show as well, get the little plug for donations and so on, over at the beginning of the show rather than pester you like a professional salesman all the way through it. So here I go. I need you, the audience, to support me. I don’t take money from the advertisers to put in my own purse. That doesn’t happen. I don’t even know who they are. The ads you hear on this show are paid by advertisers straight to RBN to pay for this air time, their staff, technicians, equipment and their bills. So it’s up to YOU to keep me going. You can do so by going into any of my web sites, see the books, CDs and DVDs I have for sale. I write in a non-linear fashion because, I think that Confucius said, people don’t really think so much, or are changed or altered by words or letters but more by symbols. I try to explain to you that there are other ways that languages are used UPON you without your knowledge, always in plain view, of course, for those who are taught the arts.

 

You can also get the disks I have for sale; there are CDs and DVDs. There are a lot of shows I’ve done, maybe 50 shows at a time on disk for sale and that saves you a lot of time searching for them and downloading them yourself and you can get a permanent copy that way. So go into any of the web sites and see what is for sale. You can also donate to me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] From Canada to the US you can use a personal check. I think it’s the only country left where you can use a personal check to another country, because we’re not really another country, now we’re all one. PayPal is for donations generally but you can also purchase the books and so on with the use of PayPal, just send a separate email along with the PayPal donation. For those that get the disks burned of the shows and passed to them, because they are wise and they don’t bother with computers, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

 

What I do on this show, really, is to act more like an observer, sometimes impartial and sometimes not so impartial. It’s hard to be impartial when you see the techniques that are used upon the people, the general public, whom the elite call the masses. But at the same time, it’s interesting to stand back and really observe all the factions playing the game, as it’s called, the big game to see who dominates the planet. Really, the game depends upon these opposing partners, you might say, of left and right because they all work for the same ends and the fact that they’ve got so much in common, there is hardly a difference between them. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning how it’s good sometimes to stand back and look at all the things that are happening. Only then will you make sense of any of it. Most folk don’t stand back. Most folk don’t even know there is much going on, to be honest with you, because their own personal lives don’t seem to change that much, even though they are changing. They are adapting. They are adapting very quickly, the old Darwinian saying, you adapt or die. That really stands well because most folk simply adapt into whatever their masters decree. It doesn’t matter what their masters are called, what system they pretend they are called, or what faction they pretend they belong to, it’s all the same old goal of who runs the world.

 

We’ve had the rise of different factions in society, or classes, in the past and now it’s simply the rise of academia and it has been for an awful long time, and Science, the scientific dictatorship, as Huxley called it himself, and Russell and others. We’ve been run this way for an awful long time. A good book to read is The Organization Man. That was written about how organizations came out of academia and from the universities and all their special courses and took over, basically, the system of enterprise. Everybody had to be a TEAM PLAYER. It showed you how loyalties are created, even using military tactics. When you join the military you submerge the individual; in fact, you lose the individualism within yourself and you give it over to the group. That’s a basic thing. When people become very afraid in society you’ll find they want to join a group. The groups are generally provided for you to join, led by the same kinds of psychopaths who smell which way the wind is blowing and they see the opportunity and they are very quick to grab it and parrot whatever the mass wants them to say. That is a standard in history as well.

 

What you can do when you stand back and watch all of this is to simply look at the media, and a brief scan will do it for you; you don’t have to sit all day looking through countless nonsensical articles and recycled news. There is a lot of recycled news out there. You can actually find PATTERNS. The elite themselves and the think tanks that work for them use all of these patterns. Everything is based on patterns. The RAND Corporation, of course, is one of the biggest so-called non-profit organizations that advise governments on the patterns of human behavior. All through the Cold War they ran us all on Game Theory, on the premise that everyone is basically selfish and psychopathic, like the guy who invented it, therefore you would only do that which furthered your own advancement and to your own benefit. Therefore, we were selfish little consumers that could be predictable by running us all through computers and eventually come down to the mass equation. Nothing really has changed from there.

 

If you just sit back a little bit and see what’s being taught in the schools, for quite a few years now, to do with environmentalism and the reduction of consumption and saving the polar bear and save Willy and all that kind of stuff, it’s all to do with this planned society we are really going into now, big time. Those children are now coming up through the schools into high school and they’re parroting all their ‘little red book’ stuff, just like Mao Tse Tung. The Chinese would parrot the red book all the time, en mass. That’s what you have coming out of school. You don’t have individuals in school. School is meant to put you into the mass behavior of consensus and since you haven’t developed your personality, you’re too unsure of yourself to become an individual, so you want to join another group as soon as you’re let out of school. That’s what a lot of folk do. That’s also predictable. They use teenagers and they use the young people in their 20s to further the causes of their indoctrination. These are all sciences that are taught, as I say, at university, high university levels and are used upon the public all the time, every generation.

 

The sustainability idea and the age of austerity that we’ve now to go in… they love this ping pong method. Consume, consume, consume through the Bernays era and give them austerity when it’s bad. It’s BAD to consume; you are anti-social behavior. SOCIAL DISAPPROVAL is used when required. Social approval is given when you’re very austere and you are bringing in your old plastic bags, that are full of holes, to get your groceries from the store. These are the simple techniques of TRAINING THE MASSES or the herd, as they like to call it. They actually do call it ‘the herd’ too, by the way… including in medicine. I’ll be talking about that later.

 

Another part of it too, going through cartoons and movies now, is that the elderly ruined the whole planet. Those who are hitting 30, 40, 50, and over are certainly doomed; they ruined the whole planet by consuming. That’s the big lie, you see. Because the public will do whatever they are told in ANY era by those who are the masters. If they told us to be austere 50 years ago, we certainly would have been. It would have been back in the 20s when folk were traveling around living in trucks and tents, if they wanted that. But they gave us a little age to build up especially the US and some of the Western countries so they could pay the taxes to bring IN the new world order and conquer the world and then turn us all into this austere global plantation. Something that HG Wells and the masters that HE worked for wrote about copiously back in the early 1900s, this new world of depopulation, the killing off of the unfit, the elderly, and the useless eaters as Russell called them, and others. That’s really what it’s about. All this killing off the useless eater stuff is stepping up and the mantra is in the mouths of the very, very young via their cartoons and their indoctrination in school.

 

This article is from the Telegraph to show you how it goes. This is just from one day’s looking around. This is Britain. Now, Britain is the flagship for the world. That’s why Obama and all his… well, it’s not really him; he’s just a front man for the guys who really run the show behind him. That’s why they’re rushing through the health care system; they’ve got to get this new system in for the socialized control of human life. That’s what it’s about. So Britain started it off. Well, here they are way ahead and they have to catch up in the US now that we are all global. It says…

 

Patients’ medical records go online without consent

Patients’ confidential medical records are being placed on a controversial NHS database without their knowledge, doctors’ leaders have warned.

By Kate Devlin, Medical Correspondent / 9 Mar 2010 / Telegraph.co.uk

 

At present 1.29 million people have had their details (Alan: This is their health details. Their entire medical histories…) placed on the system. (A: A governmental system.) A further 8.9 million records are due to be added by June.

 

Patients’ confidential medical records are being placed on a controversial NHS database without their knowledge, doctors’ leaders have warned.

 

Those who do not wish to have their details on the £11 billion computer system are supposed to be able to opt out by informing health authorities.

 

But doctors have accused the Government of rushing the project through, meaning that patients have had their details uploaded to the database before they have had a chance to object. (A: That’s the name of the game. It’s kept all quiet, right.)

 

The scheme, one of the largest of its kind in the world, will eventually hold the private records of more than 50 million patients. (A: Remember, they have EVERY person’s DNA because they pick the heel of every baby born and have done for about 40 years now. They have that all over the British Commonwealth countries. I get reports from Australia where people try to get theirs back from the government facilities in which they are held. They admit they do hold all this stuff. Why do they want that? Because, you see, they believe that through DNA they can tell, and your family history which is also in these databases, if you are prone to certain illnesses and will be a burden on society SHOULD YOU BREED, or your children will a burden to society. This is all part of EUGENICS.)

 

But it has been dogged by accusations that the private information held on it will not be safe from hackers. (A: Of course not, that’s not the point of it all.)

 

The British Medical Association claims that records have been placed on the system without patients’ knowledge or consent.

 

It follows allegations that the Government wanted to complete the project before the Conservatives had a chance to cancel it.

 

In a letter to ministers published today, the BMA (A: British Medial Association.) urges the Government to suspend the scheme.

 

Hamish Meldrum, its chairman, writes: “The breakneck speed with which this programme is being implemented is of huge concern.

 

“Patients’ right to opt out is crucial, and it is extremely alarming that records are apparently being created without them being aware of it.

 

You see, we are post-democratic. I’ve mentioned that before too and I’ve given you the articles and the books that first mentioned that they favored collectivization, a form of socialism, a type of socialism. They don’t believe in democracy anymore, it hampers them; you can’t get anything done with democracy, too many conflicting parties. That was the Club of Rome, from their book, The First Global Revolution. That’s what they said and they are the advisor to the United Nations. Every country signs agreements with the United Nations every year on everything. So that’s one article.

 

So here are your records, all your records are going there with your DNA and your family histories, will you be a burden on society, will your offspring? This will lead eventually to who should mate and who should not mate. Marriage is almost out of the picture now because people don’t bother so much about marriage; it’s almost an obsolete thing… because it’s been so heavily attacked. That HAD to go too. That was part of the planks of the Fabians Society’s agenda. The Fabians, of course, put the Prime Ministers into Britain pretty well every year now. Blair is a Fabian and so is Brown; they are both members of the Fabian Society. You have to look into it. So was HG Wells and many others.

 

It’s also in The Register. I’ll put that link up as well, after the show, if XplorNet blesses me with enough speed to upload to the show. I love high-speed satellite. The high-speed part is when they take the money off you and the slow part is trying to get any service. Anyway…

 

Summary care records – you might die, but they never will

(A: The records will never die. They will always have that on you.)

Once you can opt in, you can never opt out

By John Oates / 9th April 2009 / theregister.co.uk

 

Now, where does that go from there? Well, okay, remember the elderly and the chants and the mantras in the cartoons? The youngsters, they are going to punish all the elderly now. It’s their fault, they had the good life. They had the good life, apparently. I don’t know where in Britain they ever had the good life but apparently they HAD the good life. Of course the youngsters will believe that and that’s why they have to be austere. I’ll read about what they plan to do with the DEATH tax, while you are still alive, in Britain for the elderly after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just showing you how articles can lead together to form a pattern and to show you where it’s all going, too, for those that want to think. This article here, after the last articles I read, goes on a step further to do with a death tax to fund care for the elderly. So the British government has not ruled this out; they want this death tax to continue, or to go ahead. This is from The Times Online.

 

Labour refuses to rule out ‘death tax’ to fund care for elderly

From The Times – March 11, 2010 / David Rose, Health Correspondent

 

The Health Secretary refused yesterday to rule out plans for a “death tax” to pay for care for the elderly.

 

Andy Burnham would not commit the Labour Party (A: That’s the so-called left wing.) to a single policy option before a long-awaited White Paper on the future of social care funding is published this month.

 

But after a debate on the issue with the Conservatives and Liberal Democrats, he set out in detail what a “compulsory” model of public funding could look like.

 

The model — endorsed by most patient groups (A: There is a big massive organization that’s used as a front of course, like everything else is.) and believed to be favoured by ministers — would involve every adult in England paying towards the cost of a new National Care Service, a universal system to provide free services (A: How can it be FREE services when everybody has got to pay for it through their taxes? I love how they double-speak everything.) to the elderly at the point of need, much like the NHS. (A: The National Health Service, if it was working properly and they weren’t cutting back all the cash from it, from all the government coffers all the time, you wouldn’t need anything else… but that’s not mentioned here either.)

 

The Tories (A: The conservatives.) have attacked the idea as a £20,000 “death tax” (A: That’s what EACH person is going to pay for this, an EXTRA £20,000 just before, when you get to a certain age.) which would be deducted from a person’s estate when they died.

 

Instead, they propose a voluntary system whereby people could pay an optional, one-off payment of £8,000 towards insurance to cover the cost of future residential care. (A: By the way, if you don’t have a living will in Canada and in the British Commonwealth countries, and we are just dominions of London basically, then they seize your property if you go into care if you are elderly. They seize your home and everything else and sell it and they say that will pay for your care… even though you’ve paid all your life through taxes into the health service, because that’s what runs it all.)

 

Critics say that the optional scheme would have low take-up, and would not generate the necessary funds to cover the costs of an ageing population.

 

Mr Burnham denied that a single amount would be charged to everyone under a compulsory system, and said that a range of options were still being considered, including a 10 per cent levy on the value of a person’s estate, or paying a means-tested amount in installments over the course of retirement. (A: In other words, they come into your home, they value everything you’ve got, that’s the ways and means idea, and they tax you from that.)

 

So we are taxed, taxed, taxed, taxed, taxed PLUS it’s really going to upset everyone below certain age groups thinking, because they don’t think they are going to get old either, and they will blame the elderly for it. So this is just a bash the elderly idea. After all, what does the UN say? The United Nations says that a good global citizen is a consumer AND producer. If you are consumer ONLY, meaning you are retired, you are useless eater basically. Isn’t that the case of it? It’s quite something how all this kind of thing works together.

 

While that’s all on the go, you’ll find there are many, many articles working hand and hand with this because some countries are chosen to spearhead CERTAIN AREAS of the global agenda. For instance, Holland puts an awful lot of money into the so-called New Meat type society where they clone pieces of meat in some kind of fluid and this is how they hope to get away from the animals that like to fart in fields. Apparently the farting is called The Fart Tax in some countries like Australia and New Zealand. They farmers pay for the so-called methane offshoot and they actually do call it the fart tax. So Holland is going to get past that supposedly by just cloning chucks of meat, that are apparently very jellylike because there is no tone to the muscle or anything, but that’s what they’re going ahead with. Holland also, being a very advanced socialist country, they tried lots of experiments back in the 70s. Each European country was doing its own experiments to find the best type to bring into the ONE, when they amalgamated. Holland was actually paying the guys to stay home to look after babies so that the mothers could go out to work.

 

So they are very, very, very advanced socially there and here they are with another part of their socialized agenda. They already have euthanasia for the elderly. Doctors kill you off now. Here is the next step to it. Everything is a STEP. Once something is in the books and people say, ah, well, and you know, you adapt to it. They just take the next step up the rung on the ladder and here ya go.

 

Holland proposes giving over-70s the right to die

if they ‘consider their lives complete’

By Mail Foreign Service / 10th March 2010 / Mail Online

 

Remember the Nazi plan. They brought in what they called the hygienicists. They actually had hygienics staff, as they called them, that went around hospitals killing off the different people that they thought were unfit to live. Of course, it only took 2 doctors at that time to decide. They just gave you the injection and that was that. So Holland is going the whole gambit with this and this is a pilot for the rest of the world to follow. How do you get rid of the useless eaters? After all, if they keep living, they’ll keep using up their pensions and the government really, they don’t want to pay out those pensions. They just want the money that you paid into them because they’ve got all these other projects to go, like massive pay increases for the government employees and stuff like that, and wars to fight across the world, to conquer, and they don’t really want you to live too long after you retire. They want to put that cash in the kitty for valuable purposes like giving it to artists that make wonky looking pieces of metal all welded together and call it art, stuff like that, the important stuff, you understand. So they’re going to start killing off the elderly. I’ll read this when I come back from this break.

 

I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, just tying a few things together to show you the patterns of how things really work. Remember, you can sell ANYTHING to the public if you word it in the right way. ANYTHING AT ALL can be sold to the general public, who listen with half an ear and simply adapt to whatever they hear. Now, if you want to kill off people for a financial reason, you’ll never say so. You’ll simply have other excuses for doing so, and that’s what you’ll hear, you see. This is from The Mail Online.

 

Holland proposes giving over-70s the right to die

if they ‘consider their lives complete’

By Mail Foreign Service / 10th March 2010 / Mail Online

 

(A: Now, that’s the way they word it. That’s gives you your premise right away. The RIGHT to die, everyone will sign up for everyone else’s right so… that sounds, well, ah, oh, if they want to, you know, why not. That’s Joe average; that’s how Joe average talks.)

 

Assisted suicide for anyone over 70 who has simply had enough of life is being considered in Holland.

 

Non-doctors (A: This is a new category here, just like the Germans had.) would be trained to administer a lethal potion to elderly people who ‘consider their lives complete’. (A: They are probably taxed into the completeness, I guess. Maybe that’s what they mean by it.)

 

The radical move would be a world first and push the boundaries even further in the country that first legalised euthanasia. (A: You could put this to a marching band and have cheers in the background as I’m saying it.)

 

The Dutch parliament is to debate the measure after campaigners for assisted suicide collected 112,500 signatures in a month. (A: Probably from the same organization, Campaigners for Assisted Suicide, right. And the top guys will make their money off this organization too, by the way. You can create an organization to get anything through.)

 

Euthanasia has been available for the terminally ill in Holland since 2002 in cases of ‘hopeless and unbearable suffering’ certified by two doctors, (A: Just like the Nazis.) but this would be a far bigger step.

 

Supporters say it would offer a dignified way to die for those over 70 who just want to give up living, without having to resort to difficult or unreliable solitary suicide methods. (A: Argh… they are so humane, these Fabianists. They’re so humane and that’s just like George Bernard Shaw said when he called on the scientists to find a ‘humane’ way of gassing the unwanted people, he says, to get rid of them, the useless eaters, this Fabian founder along with Wells and others.)

 

They might include widows and widowers overwhelmed by grief, (A: Probably so fed up watching the same rubbishy programs on TV and stuff and hearing the same news, taxes, taxes, going up, up, up, up.) those unwilling to face the frailties of extreme old age (A: ‘unwilling to face the frailties of extreme old age’… hmm…) or people determined to ‘get out while they’re ahead’ (A: There’s a good one. So they’re telling the winners here to go and kill themselves too, get out while you’re ahead.) and meet death on their own terms. (A: Administered, obviously, by some other people.)

 

The assistants who administered the deadly cocktail of sedatives would need to be certified, (A: I’d say, mentally…) campaigners said.

 

And they would have to make sure that patients were not acting on a whim or due to a temporary depression, but from a heartfelt and enduring desire to die. (A: Well, the lawyers won’t like this because, you see, you can’t come back if you change your mind at the last minute, can you? There are no court cases there, so they are kind of out of the picture there.)

 

But critics say there is scope for the elderly to come under untoward pressure from unscrupulous relatives. (A: You know, the will stuff: Oh, we know you have that jewelry tucked away in the back shelf and in the tea tin; we want to know where it is and it’s time you split it up with us, or else.)

 

Many religious groups oppose any form of suicide on principle.

 

And the Royal Dutch Medical Association – which played a key role in supporting the nation’s euthanasia law – fears patients would use the policy as a way of getting around their own doctors. (A: Who want to make a killing for pharma and get fatter on it too.)

 

Although Switzerland allows assisted suicide in cases where someone is not terminally ill, the Dutch measure would go further.

 

In July 2009, British conductor Sir Edward Downes, 85, and his wife Joan, 74, died together at the Dignitas suicide clinic outside Zürich ‘under circumstances of their own choosing,’ in the words of a family statement. (A: Then they go on to give you an example, you see, where someone decided to go and it’s all done all nicey, nicey and stuff like that. Then they give you other examples where…)

 

In 2008 former rugby player Daniel James, 23, died at Dignitas. He had been paralysed from the waist down when his spine was dislocated in a training accident.

 

Then they try to tie it in and show you how it’s been done elsewhere, so what’s the big deal, eh, what’s the big deal, just go ahead and do it. But of course, who is it they are after here? It’s the ELDERLY again. All these articles I’m reading are about the ELDERLY. Getting back to what I said at the beginning of the show – for those with a short attention span – what are they teaching in schools? It’s the OLDER generation that had the good life. They reaped all the benefits, plundered the planet themselves and they are the cause of all this global warming and stuff like that. All the brainwashing they’ve had is blamed on the elderly. Who dreamed up all this stuff? VERY OLD MEN like Al Gore. Of course, they don’t think about that part do they? [Alan laughing.] And who benefits from it all? The guys who own the carbon trading business like Al Gore. [Alan laughing.] Oh, dear, you have to think for people too sometimes, eh.

 

Just to give you a few quotes here, remember John Holdren who helped to write a book with a couple of other real freakish nutcases on totalitarianism. This is what he wrote in one of the books…

 

“The population at large could be sterilized by infertility drugs intentionally put in the nations’ drinking water or in food.”

 

This guy is now the SCIENCE ADVISOR to the US, the whole of the US. People, you tell them this and they say well, no and they will pop their bubble gum in your face and that blank expression, like so what. This guy that said this IS IN POWER NOW. Of course, he didn’t really mean that, nah, nobody would do that, of course not. That was from EcoScience: Population, Resources, Environment, 1977. “Sterilized by infertility drugs INTENTIONALLY put in the nations’ drinking water or in food.” They can also get the food to make it themselves by GMO manipulation.

 

“If I were reincarnated I would wish to come back to earth as a killer virus to lower human population levels.”

 

…Prince Phillip, the guy with the red nose who loves the wine cellar in Buckingham Palace.

 

Here is another one by HG Wells.

 

“The world community of our desires, (A: Now, who is ‘our,’ eh? Well, it’s the Fabians and the elite.) the organized world community conducting and ensuring its own progress requires the deliberate collective control of population as a primary condition.”

 

That was in the book The Open Conspiracy, 1935.

 

And Lord Bertrand Russell, who was also a big boy for the think tanks and he planned a lot of what we are living through now, by the way. He was one of the key leaders. In The Scientific Outlook, 1931, said…

 

“Just as the sun worship of the Aztecs demanded the painful death of thousands of human beings annually, so the new scientific religion will demand its holocausts of sacred victims.
Perhaps by means of injections and drugs and chemicals the population could be induced to bear whatever its scientific masters may decide to be for its own good.”

 

There you go.

 

“If voluntary birth reductions do not work a nation might have to resort to the addition of a temporary sterilant to the staple food or to the water supply.”

 

Paul Ehrlich who wrote along with Mr Holdren there, Stanford University biologist and author of The Population Bomb.

 

Of course, the beautiful woman that women are taught to cheer, Margaret Sanger, who loved the Nazis and wrote to Hitler and also loved the communist regime. She loved both of them because they were both socialist. She is the founder of Planned Parenthood, the abortion clinics across the world, she says…

 

“The most merciful thing the large family does to one of its infant members is to kill it.”

 

It’s the most merciful thing you can do. She also said that children were WEEDS, this wonderful woman.

 

What do they all have in common? Utter HATE FOR GENERAL HUMANITY. Hate drives the world. It’s not love. It is hate, you see, and you’ve got to understand that these characters are the ones who lead these mass movements. That’s why they win, by the way. You see, hate generally does win. You can certainly go into the arena, like the Christians did with the lions, and praise God and all the rest of it. But those in power and those with the money, since we are living in the physical world, tend to end up always dominating it… over and over again.

 

So that’s really just tying a few articles that have come out in the last day or two together to show you what’s REALLY going on. That’s how you get FED your indoctrination, is through bits and bytes, simultaneously from different sources. You don’t consciously work out a conclusion on anything. In fact, most folk don’t really think they are having any conclusion, but their conclusion, the final conclusion has been made FOR them and before you know it they are parroting, well, I guess it’s true that there are just too many people in the world; statistics say and statistics say. I think it was Theo Roosevelt that said, there are lies, there are damn lies and then there are statistics. In other words, you call it a scientific survey and everybody suddenly perks up and believes it as the gospel truth.

 

Now, I’ve read the articles on Kissinger and his bill that he put through years ago for depopulation. He said that overpopulation was the major enemy to the state. Now he was talking about the world state, not just the US. BIG money suddenly went in to programs, again, with the corporations and all these guys getting massive funding to abort across the world, sterilize and all the rest of it… and at home as well. It’s not so much that they believe it’s overpopulated, they believe it’s too much of the WRONG KIND of OBSOLETE people, the ones who haven’t evolved enough to come through, to go on, who are fit enough to go into a future with them, you see, at the top. They also don’t NEED masses of people to serve them anymore, not with intensive farming and corporate farming and robotic machinery and factories and stuff like that. Eventually they will even thin out China as they cut down and cut down over the next 50 years and they’ll only have enough to produce for who is left. Of course, we know who’s going to be left. It’s not going to be THE MOB down below, who are just simply used with this technique of money and taxation to fund all of this into existence. A new system will come in, in your lifetime, to do with money all together and you will serve the world system.

 

I’ve read also about how the US has quite a few military installations with the HAARP projects, standing waves where they can actually cause earthquakes and so on. I’ve read from the United Nations site, from the treaty. There is a whole bunch of them, because they keep signing them year after year all through the 70s updating them. They admit they can cause earthquakes, famine, drought, floods, tornadoes and the various other catastrophes. They actually said that the atom bomb was obsolete because of it, with weather warfare techniques. Earthquakes are definitely one of the bad ones which you can cause with it too, very quick, as opposed to simply drought or flooding. This article is from the Austrian Times Online.

 

US military behind Haiti quake, says Innsbruck scientist

AutralianTimes.at / March 9, 2010

 

Innsbruck political scientist Claudia von Werlhof has accused the USA of being behind the Haitian earthquake in January, it emerged today (Tues).

 

Werlhof said that machines at a military research centre in Alaska used to detect deposits of crude oil by causing artificial earthquakes had intentionally been set off to cause the Haitian earthquake and enable the USA to send 10,000 soldiers into the country.

 

Ferdinand Karlhofer, the head of the Innsbruck Political Science Institute where von Werlhof works, has slammed her comments. He said such conspiracy theory had no scientific basis and her claim would damage the reputation of the Institute abroad.

 

Well, they do have this. They have signed all this into international treaties in the 70s. They wouldn’t do that unless they already had it and it actually worked. They are doing FAR MORE than just that. They are doing the spraying of the skies for about 12 years straight, and across the states and Canada with testing before that but now it’s STRAIGHT. So there is massive weather manipulation but there is also, definitely, earthquakes, which are part of the standing wave idea; you have to go into the standing wave technology and you’ll see that that CAN be done. In fact, if you go into the guy who first came out with it, he shook a skyscraper in New York where his lab was. He basically smashed all the windows when he first tried it out and all the buildings around about him lost all their windows as well. That was Nikola Tesla. They can actually do it either… and actually they can triangulate this too by bouncing it off the ionosphere, the power standing wave, and bring it down on any country they wish. They also use it in concert with other sites that they have set up, like in Australia in Pine Gap. They have them in Iceland, Greenland, Norway, and across the world now. So they can triangulate them and put incredible energy power, right through the whole planet if need be, and cause an earthquake on the other side, if need be too. That’s all in the treaties and you have to wade through them, all these different treaties to see how that goes.

 

The US, as I say, was the driving force. It’s a beautiful system when you use one country to bring all this in but it pretends to be different from all the rest. You see, the US had to be the driving machine to bring IN the new world order. They had to give the people a little better standard of living than the rest of the world for a while, make them proud so they wouldn’t bitch about paying their taxes, they would supply the manpower for military might, and they could also, with its massive population, a wealthier population, tax them more for going into research and development for new kinds of weaponry and all the rest of it. Well, now that that’s done and they are finishing off standardizing the world, they are pulling the rug out from under the people back home. They have to sink INTO the very system which they helped to create.

 

Remember, taxation now is going global, global taxations, so they don’t need to keep one happy country happy any more. This is from the New York Times.

 

U.S. Nears a Crossroads on Trade

By SEWELL CHAN / March 10, 2010 / New York Times

 

(A: This is a free trade deal.)

WASHINGTON — After a year in which global exports declined 12 percent in the biggest contraction since World War II, trade policy is heating up again.

 

But the question is whether the United States is prepared to lead the way or whether protectionist pressures will make it all but impossible for the Obama administration to engage fully with the country’s trading partners.

 

“If you’re serious, as the Obama administration is, about being a leader in the multinational (A: That means INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM.) system, you can’t not provide leadership in the international trade arena,” (A: They’re wanting to drop ALL tariffs from all imports, meaning, whatever business is left, if you have any manufacturing left, it will go under.) said Robert Z. Lawrence, a professor of international trade and investment at the Harvard Kennedy School.

 

On Wednesday, the director-general of the World Trade Organization (A: United Nations.), Pascal Lamy, met with the Treasury secretary, Timothy F. Geithner, and with the United States trade representative, Ron Kirk, to discuss American misgivings about the long-stalled Doha round of trade accords, which began in 2001.

 

The Obama administration is also dealing with disputes with Mexico and Brazil over American restrictions on trucking and subsidies for cotton growers. (A: They want them to do away with all subsidies and allow free, unbounded trade to put what’s left in the US under. So apparently, in the Bush era, they didn’t sign that last treaty for the last step of it. The rest of the countries did and they want Obama, and of course Obama is put in place now to make sure that’s done. They had to keep America SEEMING kind of America, when the Bush Administration was in. Now it’s time to show you are truly international and a global leader. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. There is a caller from South Carolina, Nicholas. Are you there Nicholas?

 

Nicholas : Hi Alan Watt.

 

Alan : How are you?

 

Nicholas : I’m all right, man. I’m just one more of them kids they brainwashed, one of the millions, when we were growing up we’d been vaccinated and indoctrinated for our whole lives, but we’re working on it down here. I just wanted to let you know that your books that you send in the mail are listed as Hazardous Material, man. I swear to God, I got one in the mail today and there are big stickers all over it. It was sent to Washington to be inspected.

 

Alan : It’s happened to others too. [Laughing] I had one that went to New York and the guy wrote back and he said I think it went through to Guantanamo Bay first because of the mess it was in when he got it.

 

Nicholas : Yeah man. It’s got a big airplane on it and it’s crossed out; it says surface transportation only because apparently your book might blow up an airplane. It says it was sent to the United States Postal Inspection Service, Dangerous Mail Investigations. It’s got an inspector that signed off on it. It was examined pursuant to government code and cleared for processing. I swear to God.

 

Alan : There ya go.

 

Nicholas : The books are listed as Hazardous, dude. That means you’re doing something good, I guess.

 

Alan : I must be. A lot of folk find that too. They have these amazing packages arrive with all these weird stickers on them. [Laughing]

 

Nicholas : You are on the hot list dude. You’d better watch out, man. [Laughing]

 

Alan : It’s something else. Once we’ve amalgamated, I guess they’ll have to come up here and whisk me off to the nearest torture center and deal with me there. And I’ll come out like the movie A Clockwork Orange. I’ll be all changed and all different, very politically correct and I’ll be very kind and nice to my masters.

 

Nicholas : Is that right? [Laughing] I just wanted to let you know you’re doing the right thing, man. Take care. We keep listening.

 

Alan : Thanks for calling.

 

Nicholas : Alright, good night.

 

Alan : Bye, now.

 

Folk have no idea the stuff that goes on here, the harassment I get, just with the internet and all the rest of it, which they are allowed to do in cyber wars. They are allowed into computer systems and different things and give you a hassle. Then, uploading with the XplorNet, they were told, obviously, from the government to cut my speed down to about twice dial-up and give me a hard time, hoping just to shut you down, get you fed up. But I have persevered so far.

 

Just to finish off tonight, with all this nonsense about global warming. In the Baltic they’ve got massive icebreakers getting stuck in the ice packs there. There’s that much there this year. Here’s an article from the Weather Network.

 

Weather News: Freak Storm Brings Snow To The Beach

TheWeatherNetwork.com / March 8, 2010

 

March 8, 2010- The French Mediterranean coast is usually know for its sunshine, but on Monday it was snow that had people talking.

 

It’s a rare sight to see…a snow covered beach.

 

A freak storm hit southeastern France on the weekend bringing around 40 centimeters of snow to some areas. Palm trees are even sagging under the weight of the snow.

 

Residents are taking full advantage of this rare opportunity though. Several people were found sliding down hills on makeshift snowboards. Students are also enjoying a snow day.

 

So there ya go. That’s what’s sort of going on with the global warming. We are getting more snow than ever, more cold temperatures than ever. Britain has had its worst deep freeze for MANY, many, many years, as they were signing the Copenhagen Treaty. Inside the building, where they were signing the Copenhagen Treaty, there was a snowstorm and some of them had to get rescued out of that too. Nevertheless though, reality has got nothing to do with the agenda and the agenda goes forth. We are going to be taxed into the grave, but mind you, they are going to help us now with all the subsidized money, to end our lives before we get to that point. We can go much earlier than we’d perhaps planned. I’m sure they’ll even have people who will come around and convince you, specialists will CONVINCE you, do you really want to go on living? Haven’t you had enough by now? Haven’t we made it hard enough for you by now? Isn’t it time to just shake your head and give up, now that your pockets are empty?

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 11, 2010. For the newcomers, I always suggest you look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com and scroll down the front page – I know it’s a mess – and find all the official site I have up there. Bookmark them for future use because once in a while I get problems uploading to the main .com site. [Official site listed above.] I always mention at the start too, that way I get the sales pitch over because most folk will repeat it all throughout and it gets monotonous, and I don’t like salesmen myself. Anyway, you are the audience that brings me to you. I don’t accept money from advertisers. The ads on this show go directly from the advertisers, the payment, to RBN for the broadcast, their equipment, and staff and for the actual transmission of the show. So you have to keep me going by going into my web sites and see what I have for sale. There are books, CDs and DVDs of a lot of the talks I’ve given over the past; sometimes 50 on a disk. They are quite cheap comparatively, for this day and age. You can also donate to me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] As I say, you’ve got to keep me going. Most folk listen, thousands listen, and few give out. I don’t use subscriptions either, which helps people pretty well know how much money they will bring in, in a month. I don’t have any of that. I live on a shoestring and it’s bit by bit as I go along. There are also a lot of people who get disks burned and passed to them because they don’t like using computers and they play them on CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

 

What I do on this particular program is talk about the big system in which we live, the one that we think is all quite normal. Even when we think it’s becoming abnormal, or we think we’re being taken over by some foreign entity, really, it’s always been this way. BIG GANGS RUN THE WORLD and money runs it all, so naturally the gangsters are all to do with money. Every country revolves around cash, EVERY single country on the planet. The last few remnants of those who didn’t need money are being stamped out right now. They call them ‘primitive’. They call them ‘fixed societies’ and ‘stagnant societies.’ They are very self-sufficient but no one can be allowed to survive in this world without the big boys’ DEBT system. Debt is slavery, of course, and then you rule as the master. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I love talking about reality as it’s presented to us and how we are conditioned to actually see it. The old priests in ancient times knew how to get between what you saw or heard and your brain that receives it all, from your eyes or your ears. As long as you can get IN BETWEEN them, you can alter perception and train people that whatever you tell them is normal and it becomes normal, especially after a single generation. Then you just leave it to the parents and they will teach the same thing to their children. So it’s an ongoing process. It’s a simple thing to do, really, if you have enough power or imagination or technique on how to do it.

 

We are run the same way. Schooling itself has many functions, none of which is really to give you an education to survive in life. They might give you basic skills to get you into the system and to be taxed because that’s really what you are there for, to be taxed as a useful idiot. That’s what we are really. Slavery has always been here in one form or another, as Charles Galton Darwin said himself in his book, The Next Million Years. It’s that way. He said at the time that he wrote his book, we are perfecting a new, more sophisticated form of slavery. Well, that’s been done and we take everything for normal. We think, most folk think that we vote people into office, into governments across the world. They really do believe that, never knowing that since everything runs on money, and every Prime Minister or President has to go to their central bank every year, which is not their own; it’s not their country. Even the Federal Reserve is federal in name only. It’s a private consortium. Then if they must borrow money to carry on their government every year, then who runs the government? It’s the same guys that put them in and they all work for the bankers. If they didn’t they wouldn’t last very long. Then they go off with policies that are detrimental to the general public. So they don’t ever represent the general public at all, either.

 

Stalin wrote about the necessity to pay your soldiers, your police and your bureaucrats very well regardless if the rest of the public were starving, which they often were at times within the early Soviet Union. It was the same in China when it went through its communist revolution and millions starved to death. Stalin had complete faith in the bureaucracies because they made sure that THEY always had enough of everything. That’s something that Orwell put in his book, 1984, those bar stewards at the top lacked for nothing. That’s always been the way. So even when we are going down and they’ve given your economies away, or your jobs away to China – which is really what they did when they signed the GATT Treaty – they KNEW what would happen to the US, for instance. They knew that eventually the dollar would go as well and it wouldn’t become the main trading currency of the world. That was all discussed long before they signed the GATT Treaty. They don’t do things by accident at the top. After all, the bigger prize is completely global; it’s a WORLD enterprise. So you can use countries along the way down through the centuries and then put it into your final one, controlling the entire planet and make money whatever you want it to be.

 

They always take care of their own bureaucrats and employees. The defectors from the old Soviet Union, like Bezmenov and other ones who are up on the internet giving talks, very good talks, they all said that they came over to the West NOT because they were suffering financially. They lived at the same standard of living, with the same articles and stereo systems and giant TVs as the Western bureaucrats did. They left for ideological reasons.

 

Here is an article from The Washington Times. It’s one of the many that comes out over the years. The same thing happens in every country, when Britain does it, or France, or wherever.

 

Gov’t workers feel no economic pain

Washington Times / March 11, 2010 / David M. Dickson

 

The recession and the ongoing jobless recovery (Alan: Jobless recovery… I like that.) devastated much of the private-sector work force last year, sending unemployment soaring, but government workers emerged essentially unscathed, according to data released Wednesday by the Labor Department.

 

Meanwhile, the compensation for state and local government employees continued to easily outdistance the wages and benefits for workers in private business, a separate Labor Department report showed.

 

Private-industry employers spent an average of $27.42 per hour worked for total employee compensation in December, while total compensation costs for state and local government workers averaged $39.60 per hour.

 

The average government wage and salary per hour of $26.11 was 35 percent higher than the average wage and salary of $19.41 per hour in the private sector. But the percentage difference in benefits was much higher. Benefits for state and local workers averaged $13.49 per hour, nearly 70 percent higher than the $8 per hour in benefits paid by private businesses. (A: So that’s just going over the usual stuff as governments must take care of those that work directly underneath them; it’s an essential thing for all governments to do, even when their countries are going to the dogs.)

 

Everyone has heard of Mark Baard, who has worked for the Boston Globe and other papers. He’s got his own web site up and I’ve read from his previous site before. This article is from the Sci-Tech Heretic, the site that he’s put up.

 

Scientists: Vaccines provide “herd immunity”

By using “herd,” the scientific community belies its insensitivity, if not its outright contempt, for the rest of humanity.

2010 March 10 / by Mark Baard / blast magazine.com

 

(A: ‘Herd’, I’ve mentioned before, that’s what they say. I first heard them use that term during the phony SARS outbreak in Toronto. They said it was ‘herd’ immunity they hoped to get into the ‘herd.’ That’s all of us. He goes on to say…)

 

Dose the kids, protect the “herd.” That’s the language hardhearted epidemiologists are using to describe how vaccinations work to protect human populations:

 

“An unusual study done in 49 remote Hutterite farming colonies in western Canada has provided the surest proof yet that giving flu shots to schoolchildren protects a whole community from the disease. Although previous studies have demonstrated what scientists call ‘herd immunity,’ none have been so incontrovertible, because they were done in less isolated places with more sources of flu passing through. (A: It’s true enough too, that they have done studies with Mormons in Utah I think it was, and others who didn’t get all their different shots, etc and they found that they were the healthiest people of all with almost NO rates of autism. It’s the same with the Amish as well. I’m talking about the ones who REALLY follow their religion and their way of life.)

 

The scientists are, however, using the same, (A: The name, the ‘herd’.) precise language of that obnoxious prig, the 4th Earl of Chesterfield, Philip Dormer Stanhope. (A: He was the one who first used it about the general public. There is a link to his statements and for the full text there as well.)

 

He gives you links as well to where you’ve seen it in the mainstream papers, The New York Times for instance, MSNBC.com. So I’ll put this up with the other topics of tonight on my site at the end of the show.

 

Here is another interesting one from Mark. It’s again from Sci-TechHeretic.

 

Nanny State’s next stop: your bum

2010 March 11 / blastmagazine.com / by Mark Baard

 

(A: No kidding, ‘bum’, I said it, oh, I said it. Something that’s not said much on TV. Well, actually it probably is on TV. I think I’ve heard it. I don’t watch TV but I heard it’s got a lot to do with bums these days, generally masculine. Anyway, I actually titled this one; I always put different titles from the media and I said that “It’s the New Enviro-apartheid” and you’ll understand this when I read it.)

 

And you thought recycling was a bitch: How long before they’ve got us sorting our poop and pee, Stateside?

 

Toilets that catch urine and feces, separately, are catching on with do-gooders throughout Europe, according to a recent study. Told that their waste could be sorted, (A: Sorting your waste…) and converted into fertilizer (yes for food, and yes, for human consumption), they were only too happy to oblige.

 

Men also say they are willing squat over the bowls to pee, in order to hit their marks in the so-called “NoMix” toilets — something that’s difficult to do, standing up. (A: Then he goes on with more of the actual story. These toilets are being sold across Europe now. It’s some get-rich-quick guys who got caught in on the act.)

 

More of the disgusting story:

 

“NoMix-toilets have drawbacks, most importantly phosphate precipitation causing blockages, or the necessity to sit to urinate (practical issues reviewed in 21). Nevertheless, NoMix-toilets are increasingly installed.”

 

There ya go. That’s enviro-apartheid. Even your poop and your pee can’t go together anymore… and make money off it as well. I wonder if they’ll ask us to sort it out and deliver it to them, perhaps for free too? Or they’ll give us special cans for it, like the garbage guys do? But whatever way it is, we produce everything. Marx was quite right; we are the only ones who produce, the laboring class. Not that I’m all for Marx but that’s a truth right there. I guess we’ve got to replace something, that’s the only thing we’ll be manufacturing shortly, the stuff they take away in your poop bin.

 

Schools are, ah… they’re, argh… they’re a disgrace! I could go on forever about schools and the political agendas that we have of indoctrination now and what they’ve done throughout the years as they’ve changed more and more and more into social politics and indoctrination for the kind of society that the elite want them to live in, how they want them to behave, what type of people they want and so on. There is a technique they use in some of these teaching groups, for the teachers too and for different peoples. I can’t remember what it’s called but, for instance, if they want you to know what it’s like to be blind, they will blindfold the whole class and have you stumbling across, groping each other and some people today probably enjoy that. However, this article is about going a step further. It’s from The Mail Online.

 

Primary schoolchildren in tears after they are told they will be removed from families as part of Holocaust ‘game’

By Daily Mail Reporter / 11th March 2010

 

(A: Boy, it’s just politics going everywhere. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article about the lengths they go to, to indoctrinate children and scare them. Fear is a very good tactic. You tend to remember through emotion and fear is the one that really embeds itself especially when it’s associated with a particular occurrence. So they know what they are doing, of course, at the top. This is…

 

A group of stunned primary schoolchildren began crying when their teacher told them during a bizarre Holocaust game that they were to be taken away from their families.

 

The pupils, aged 11, became upset after a number of them were segregated and told they were being sent away or might end up in an orphanage.

 

The ordeal was meant to give the youngsters at the Lanarkshire school an insight into the horrors faced by Jewish children during World War II. (A: Why not Gypsies as well? And the Slavs and all those other people? There were a lot of dissenters as well who were just Germans who ended up there as well, the same sort of thing.)

 

The exercise was intended to give the pupils at St Hilary’s Primary School an insight into the horrors faced by Jewish children during World War II

 

But the exercise, which was sprung without warning on the children at St Hilary’s Primary School in East Kilbride last Thursday morning, reduced several to tears.

 

Deputy head teacher Elizabeth McGlynn segregated nine pupils and told them they were to be sent away. After 15 minutes they were told it was all an act but that the role play would carry on up to lunchtime.

 

One angry parent, who has lodged an official complaint about the exercise, told how the ‘barbaric’ role play upset the children.

 

In a letter sent to council bosses, the unnamed mother said: ‘Mrs McGlynn told the children they would probably have to be sent away from their families and that their parents had been informed about this and knew all about it.

 

‘When one child asked if that meant they might have to go to an orphanage, they were told that might be a possibility.

 

‘At that point many of the children became very distressed. (A: Well, no kidding.)

 

‘One boy kicked his chair over, one was angry and demanded to speak to someone in charge but most were crying on a scale ranging from mildly to severely.

 

‘Their ordeal lasted between 12 and 15 minutes before the children were informed that it was all an act but that the role play would continue until lunchtime.’

 

One girl said her classmates began crying when Mrs McGlynn told them she had a letter from the Scottish Executive saying nine children had to be separated from their classmates.

 

She told the shocked youngsters those who were born in January, February and March had lower IQs than other children, (A: There’s a nice thing to say.) ‘due to lack of sunlight in their mother’s womb’, and that they had to put yellow hats on and be sent to the library.

 

The mother added: ‘When I asked why on earth they thought it was appropriate to deliver a role play situation to the children in this way, Mrs Stewart informed me that they didn’t inform the children beforehand.

 

‘This was because they wanted the children to experience an “accurate emotional response” to this scenario in order for it to be reflected in their story writing.

 

‘Mrs Stewart then invited me to come up to the school and see the excellent work that had been produced as a result of the exercise.

 

‘I declined and my position and opinion on the method used to extract emotive story writing from the children was cruel, barbaric, traumatic and totally, totally unethical.

 

‘My daughter and indeed no child needs to feel the terror, fear, panic, segregation and horror that a child of the Holocaust experienced during one of the worst atrocities in history to be able to empathise with them in order to produce good story writing.’

 

A South Lanarkshire council spokeswoman, who confirmed that a role play activity took place, said: ‘The council can confirm that a parent handed in a letter to Education Resources on Monday, March 8, 2010, and this will be responded to shortly.’ (A: That’s your bureaucrat talking, you see.)

 

So, there ya go. I read one quite a few months back too, where in a school the children arrived to see what they thought was their teacher lying dead in a pool of blood and the whole thing was a similar scenario as well. This is the new teaching, all these new agers, the ones that do the strip roles as well. I put that up a couple of weeks ago, the strippers display of the male and the female, with the lap dancing and all that. This is the modern way because, you see, we are being degraded generation by generation. Every 20 years or so we plummet and we see them growing up and becoming teachers and this is the kind of stuff they end up doing, with all their new agey nonsense.

 

Again, don’t forget for a minute that the governments and departments are very interested in these little experiments that they do on the children. It will be much higher than just a school doing this, or just a couple of teachers. I will be much, much higher than that. It’s always the way. We are always being experimented upon.

 

Then as we go into the absurdity, again, of how we should live and how we should eat, and that previous article from Mark Baard, how we should pee and poop. New York is talking about putting a bill through to ban salt in restaurants. Remember, they banned the fatty stuff a while back there in the push for the trans fatty acids and all that kind of stuff. Well this is the next step for it. Eventually, you’ll go in there and you’ll get a leaf of lettuce, probably, and some chemical mayonnaise to stick on it, that they will tell you is good for you, when they have eliminated meat all together. This is step by step by step of the takedown. This article says…

 

Chefs Call Proposed New York Salt Ban ‘Absurd’

Wednesday, 10 Mar 2010 / By ARUN KRISTIAN DAS / MyFox New York

 

MYFOXNY.COM – Some New York City chefs and restaurant owners are taking aim at a bill introduced in the New York Legislature that, if passed, would ban the use of salt in restaurant cooking.

 

“No owner or operator of a restaurant in this state shall use salt in any form in the preparation of any food for consumption by customers of such restaurant, including food prepared to be consumed on the premises of such restaurant or off of such premises,” the bill, A. 10129 , states in part. (A: So it’s for take-out as well. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the nanny state that the US is becoming, copying Britain of course, in many of its ways. They’ve actually gone a step further in banning salt, or trying to ban salt from restaurants in New York. It says…

 

The legislation, which Assemblyman Felix Ortiz , D-Brooklyn, introduced on March 5, would fine restaurants $1,000 for each violation.

 

“The consumer needs to make their own health choices. Just as doctors and the occasional visit to a hospital can’t truly control how a person chooses to maintain their health, neither can chefs nor the occasional visit to a restaurant,” said Jeff Nathan, the executive chef and co-owner of Abigael’s on Broadway. “Modifying trans fats and sodium intake needs to be home based for optimal health. Regulating restaurants will not solve this health issue.” (A: You know what you’ll find is, when they cut all this stuff out, you’re rushing out to the fattiest food places you can for a decent meal because you crave it. Your body needs a lot of that stuff.)

 

Nathan is part of the group My Food My Choice, which calls itself a coalition of chefs, restaurant owners, and consumers, called the proposed law “absurd” in a press release issued on its Facebook page.

 

Ortiz has said the salt ban would allow restaurant patrons to decide how salty they want their meals to be.

 

“In this way, consumers have more control over the amount of sodium they intake, and are given the option to exercise healthier diets and healthier lifestyles,” Ortiz said, according to a Nation’s Restaurant News report.

 

But many chefs and restaurant owners said they are tired of politicians dictating what they can serve and what people can eat. They have opposed the city’s anti-sodium and anti-transfat campaigns.

 

“Chefs would be handcuffed in their food preparation, and many are already in open rebellion over this legislation,” said Orit Sklar, of My Food My Choice. “Ortiz and fellow anti-salt zealot Mayor Michael Bloomberg of New York City seek to undermine the food and restaurant business in the entire state.”

 

The American Heart Association (A: aah, here we go.) encourages Americans to reduce their sodium intake and has advocated the reduction of sodium used by food manufacturers and restaurants by 50 percent over a 10-year period.

 

So, it’s an ongoing process, this takedown, you see, the nanny state. They’ve gone further in Britain where they want to weigh you; they are weighing your children already and sending the parents’ reports if they claim you are one pound over weight and you’re a bad parent for allowing this to happen and all this. It’s amazing too, how everybody has to be the same as everybody else. We all have different sizes, frames, some are thin, some are wide, etc, but we are all supposed to fit into this standard bureaucratic pattern with an ideal weight for height and all that stuff. It just doesn’t work that way. But it doesn’t matter with bureaucrats; they are fanatical nutters and not very imaginative people. They are not very bright people, really; they are told what to do and they go ahead and do it and they try to fit square pegs into round holes, stuff like that.

 

We’ve all heard about how the vaccines make people sick. There is so much data on it, which is countered by the massive, well-financed propaganda from the big pharma companies, who do a lot of paying off of the politicians. Don’t believe for a minute that politicians don’t take payoffs. It’s a big GANG at the top and payoffs are quite normal in their routine lives. This article is from the Mail Online. It’s interesting.

 

Vaccines ‘are making our dogs sick as vets cash in’

By Alison Smith Squire / mail online / 6th March 2010

 

Vaccines given to dogs are making them ill, a pet charity claimed yesterday.

 

Profit-hungry drug companies and vets are ‘frightening’ dog owners into inoculating their pets more often than necessary, according to Canine Health Concern.

 

Some puppies have developed conditions including autism and epilepsy after a raft of injections, it warns.

 

Catherine O’Driscoll, from the charity, said: ‘We are not anti-vaccination. What we are saying is that currently our pets are receiving far too many.

 

‘The latest scientific research shows that after the first course of injections as a puppy most dogs are immune against these diseases for at least seven years, if not for life.

 

‘Every year pet vaccination companies hold National Vaccination Month, a national campaign when pet owners whose boosters have lapsed by 18 months or more are terrified into having their pet jabbed.

 

‘While the vast majority of vets might simply not be aware of the latest scientific research, we are concerned that for a few undoubtedly doing multiple jabs is a way of making more money from worried pet owners.’

 

Of course it is. People used to go into law to bring in the big cash, but there is so much competition. If you don’t do that you go into the MEDICAL industry where it’s a big rip-off and it’s easy cash as well; good status and big money. Every year someone turns 40 and gets sick basically, these days, maybe even younger, so you are guaranteed a constant flow of customers. You don’t have to MAKE a business, you don’t have to make a market, it’s already there; they come to you. Now lots of them are going into veterinary science because small vets are worth a fortune. Its $800, generally, when you walk through the door, after hours in emergency, before they do anything to the dog. So just to walk through their doors, after hours, they then call it emergency time, it’s $800 and people will spend everything they have to save Fluffy and they darn well know it too. They make a killing off it, literally, an awful killing off it. Big pharma is in on it too. The same pharma companies that make vaccines and medications for the humans are the same ones that make it for the animals as well.

 

‘While the vast majority of vets might simply not be aware of the latest scientific research, we are concerned that for a few undoubtedly doing multiple jabs is a way of making more money from worried pet owners.’

 

Puppies are vaccinated against distemper, hepatitis, parvovirus, leptospirosis and parainfluenza up to three times by the age of four months.

 

They may also be immunised against coronavirus, rabies, Lyme disease and bordetella or kennel cough. Booster shots are given every year or every three or four years.

 

But some have suffered dramatic changes in behaviour or been diagnosed with cancer within months of the injections, Canine Health Concern says.

 

In a letter backed by 17 vets and other pet experts, the charity has called on the Veterinary Medicines Directorate, which monitors animal vaccines, to issue new advice on their use.

 

Mrs O’Driscoll, who believes cats and rabbits could also be at risk, added that a simple blood test would determine whether an animal needed a booster shot.

 

Richard Allport, a Hertfordshire vet who has signed the letter to the VMD, said he was ‘constantly’ seeing animals that had developed ‘worrying symptoms’ after vaccination.

 

(A: But then of course, they have the other big, well funded animal charities who are all given cash grants by the pharma who say that the vaccinations are vital. So you see, it’s the same old stuff. Money… money wins in the end regardless of what’s staring you in the face as evidence. It’s just amazing.)

 

You know too, they came out with the heartworm disease. Heartworm, heartworm… it’s carried by mosquitoes and so on. They certainly do have it in some places like Pennsylvania and so on. But even up in Sudbury, when I had my previous dog, I found that there wasn’t a single vet that would even see your dog unless it had all the latest vaccinations. That was mandatory before they would look at your dog. I just shopped around until I found someone who would treat the dog for what the dog was in for and they told me quite honestly, this young couple just starting off, they said, you don’t need the heartworm shots up here because this whole area, in the North, has never seen a single case of heartworm. Yet every other vet was telling you it was vital, because of the big bucks that they get from it. That’s how things really, really are.

 

Apart from that too, you know the dog food that they make the dog food from, I’ve talked to some people who are in the manufacturing of this stuff. They tell me it’s the worst possible stuff they are adding to that reconstituted food that they give you as dog food, the pellets. It’s grains they are using in there which are actually banned for human consumption, very cheap. It kills a lot of dogs off. It’s often full of pesticides. A lot of that stuff comes from China, lots of it. That’s bucks for you, profits and loss and all that. Profit for them and it’s always your loss.

 

Now, some countries in Europe have put up a big fight against the genetically modified foods but these guys will bring it in anyway, one way or another. They never give up and after all, they can pay off all the politicians and get their way eventually.

 

First GM potato to be grown in Europe

Farmers will be able to grow fields of genetically modified (GM) potatoes in Europe for the first time after a controversial ruling by the European Commission.

(A: See, you can bypass countries now and go right to the Commission of the EU Parliament. That’s why… I keep telling you, the bankers love centralization, and they own all these companies. It’s one big gang at the top, you understand, for the whole world. But they love centralization; then they don’t have ongoing battles with separate countries and so on, to collect debt or whatever, or to pass laws. They just get them all to amalgamate into one big consortium and they deal with the top boys there. It’s not for our benefit, any of this. It’s for the big boys who already own the planet.)

By Louise Gray, Environment Correspondent / telegraph.co.uk / 3 Mar 2010

 

The decision is the first approval for a GM crop to be grown on a commercial scale in Europe for 12 years and was criticised by environmentalists. (A: They are amazing, these environmentalists, what they do… until they get bought over too, since most of their money comes from the big boys.)

 

But the EC insisted the crop was safe and will not be grown for human consumption. (A: What a lie. They’ll probably say they are growing it for starch, for glue or something. And Canada is one of the biggest growers of all this stuff. We’ve got about a million acres set aside for growing potatoes and experimental stuff. What it really is, see, not enough folk in Europe are dying with stomach cancers there yet, like they are in Canada and the States. So they have to get that going and really up the death rate. Then they won’t have all that pension money to pay out down the road.)

 

The GM Amflora potato has been developed by German chemical giant BASF to produce more starch. (A: Oh, it is… there ya go.) It is expected to be mostly grown in Germany for industrial purposes like the paper industry, but not food. (A: Of course not, of course.)

 

However it is unlikely to be grown in Britain because there is no demand for the potato in industry.

 

Prior to the potato, only MON 810, a strain of GM maize made by Monsanto, had been authorised for cultivation in Europe since 1998.

 

GM crops can also be grown for scientific trials and the UK Government has given permission for a number of GM potato trials recently.

 

However this is the first time GM has been grown on a commercial scale in Europe.

 

John Dalli, EU Health and Consumer Policy Commissioner, said its latest decision was “based on a considerable volume of sound science”. (A: ‘Sound science’ is you put out your hand, the big boys fill it, and you stick it in your pocket. That’s what they call ‘sound science’, with the big mafia gang that runs Europe and the rest of the world. And they always get what they want over injections. ALWAYS. They might wait a few years, but eventually they always get what they want.)

 

That’s true too. Years ago when they were trying out these potatoes on all different kinds of animals, they were all dying of massive cancers of the stomach and colon. Of course, we are no different when it comes to that. There is something in it that causes the problems. That’s why all the acid reducers suddenly blossomed on the shelves of the stores of the pharmacies and folk don’t know what’s wrong with them, but the big boys certainly do. So does your national health service, but they won’t ever admit it to you either.

 

People forget about Iran. Iran was on the list of the boys who were in the New American Century group. These characters go on between and with all changes in Congress. They don’t go out of business; agendas never change. Iran is being taken down the same way as Iraq. Remember that Iraq had years of starvation, thanks to Madeline Albright and a few others of her cronies, as they starved the people right down into the ground. You always do this first before you send troops in. Weaken them, cause and get diseases going, put up the death rate, get malnourishment going, and then you hit them with the hard stuff. So they’re doing the same with Iran. They’re cutting off their fuel supplies to Iran.

 

Shell Halts Gasoline Sales to Iran

Company Is Latest European Energy Firm to Act as U.S. Considers Sanctions

BY GUY CHAZAN AND SPENCER SWARTZ / Wall Street Journal / MARCH 11, 2010.

 

(A: There is also an article where, I think it’s Royal Dutch Shell also, is in on it and another one, Ingersoll or whatever, is in on it as well. They are all cutting off the supplies to Iran. They are already cutting back medications going into Iran as well, the same as they did with Iraq.)

 

Royal Dutch Shell PLC said Wednesday, it’s no longer selling gasoline to Iran, the latest oil company to make such a move during threats of tougher U.S. sanctions (A: They call them ‘sanctions’ …as they starve the folk.) against the Islamic Republic.

 

Shell is not currently selling gasoline to Iran, a company spokesman said. (A: Then it goes on to drivel after that. Drivel is nonsense.)

 

It’s ongoing. We don’t hear much about it right now but this is part of the softening-up process, as it’s called.

 

I said yesterday, the health care bill is an ESSENTIAL part of taking control over everyone’s lives, physically, a physical take over of your lives. That’s why you’ve got to get national health services coming in. Remember, Lenin was the one who said it, that all these things in the West will start off as services and then they would be put up, into credence, with the titles of authorities. THAT’S what they become in most countries in the world, the health AUTHORITIES says this, the health authority says that. They’ve got to bring in a national health care system, which is not to take care of your health; it’s to bring down the health state of the entire nation, as they have done everywhere else they’ve set it up. Once you have your whole policies dictated by POLITICAL agendas, with EUGENICAL agendas in it too, and ECONOMICS factored into it, once they’ve got it on the go they start cutting back and cutting back into bare bones. Whenever they cut back on anything, it is always in the health sector and the National Health Service systems. This article here is from the Washington Examiner.

 

House Democrats looking at ‘Slaughter Solution’ to pass Obamacare without a vote on Senate bill

By: Mark Tapscott – Editorial Page Editor / washingtonexaminer.com / 03/10/10

 

Would House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and her fellow House Democratic leaders try to cram the Senate version of Obamacare through the House without actually having a recorded vote on the bill?

 

Not only is the answer yes, they would, they have figured out a way to do it, according to National Journal’s Congress Daily:

 

“House Rules Chairwoman Louise Slaughter (A: Where would they get a name like Slaughter?) is prepping to help usher the healthcare overhaul through the House and potentially avoid a direct vote on the Senate overhaul bill, the chairwoman said Tuesday.

 

“Slaughter is weighing preparing a rule that would consider the Senate bill passed once the House approves a corrections bill that would make changes to the Senate version.

 

“Slaughter has not taken the plan to Speaker Pelosi as Democrats await CBO scores on the corrections bill. ‘Once the CBO gives us the score, we’ll spring right on it,’ she said.”

 

Each bill that comes before the House for a vote on final passage must be given a rule that determines things like whether the minority would be able to offer amendments to it from the floor.

 

In the Slaughter Solution, the rule would declare that the House “deems” the Senate version of Obamacare to have been passed by the House. (A: We’ll DEEM it passed… how’s that? I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. There is Maggie from Texas on the phone line. Are you there Maggie?

 

Maggie: I couldn’t resist asking you, do you think that this proposed law to prohibit salt in restaurants is serious or is that some kind of a psyops that has been set up? That it’s not meant to be taken seriously but it’s meant to be out there? Because if they were really to do such a thing, it would not only kill the restaurant industry, it would kill the entire New York City entertainment district and since a lot of business is conducted in restaurants, it would kill a lot of business. So do you think they are serious about this or they are just running it by us?

 

Alan: They are running it by us but what they do is they implant, they call it, trial balloons.

 

Maggie: Right, a beta test.

 

Alan: Yes. So they put up a balloon, they see what the response is from the general public, if any, and then they will wait a week or two and then someone else will come up with a similar suggestion. It might be along the same salt line or something else to do with the food and then float that and then see if the folk are talking about it less and less. Once they talk about it less and less and less, it’s time to push it forward, which they can certainly do if they want to. But you must understand too, they don’t want us to be healthy in this day and age. They’ve done all they can to make us all very unhealthy. That would certainly fall in with their plans.

 

Maggie: Okay. Thank you.

 

Alan: Thanks for calling.

 

Maggie: Bye.

 

Alan: Yeah, we don’t really get it. We think we are supposed to be healthy. Well they wouldn’t put fluoride in the water if they wanted you healthy. Stalin used that early on to dumb people down to be a compliant population. They’ve done many other things, with inoculations ever since, as well. Once you start to malnourish the people… you can see very obese people, they are actually malnourished in many things which they need. The things which they are addicted TO are often processed foods and there is no nourishment IN there, so they get on the calories, they pack that on, but they are not getting the minerals and the vitamins and the proteins and enzymes that they actually need. This is well understood, as well. We are not in a healthy society and people, really, are getting sicker and sicker all the time.

 

Going along by the Malthusian documents remember, Thomas Malthus who came out with his Essay on Population and he is now revived as a hero by the Eugenics movement. He advocated ways to kill off the useless eaters, where to build housing for them, in very unhealthy areas. They actually worked out how far people should be bedded together, in the work houses for the poor when they were sleeping on the floor, to see how far a flea or the lice could move from one to the other to carry diseases and kill them off. They had all this worked out to an art back in his day. If you think that killing off the population is a new thing, they have always killed us off when there are too many of us or they simply don’t need us any more. We become the useless eaters. Malthus also worked for the British government that had plantations across the planet. He worked out their diets and what they did was, they put them on a vegetarian diet primarily, restricted the types of vegetables and the stuff they got, so that they could JUST continue their work, they wouldn’t be too bright. You are not bright when you are malnourished, you know. Your mind is very sluggish. So you are obedient, you’re easy to manage and you don’t have enough energy to run away from your little slave camp at night; you don’t have the energy to move or go away. These were sciences from the 1700s and actually before, written by the same bar stewards that run the world today. That’s the real world we live in folks.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 12th 2010. For newcomers, you should always look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Scroll down and bookmark all the other sites I have up there for future reference because when the big ones go down, the .com site sometimes goes down, you can always download the latest shows from the other sites. [Official sites listed above.] I always remind the audience that you are the audience and that depend upon YOU to keep me going. I don’t accept money from advertisers or backers. The ads on this show that you hear are paid by the advertisers directly to RBN for the broadcast of the show and for their equipment and staff and their bills. So you have to help me with mine. You can do so by going into any of my web sites and see the books that I have for sale. Remember, I don’t write in the linear fashion, the computer language that we are brainwashed with. I show you a lot of symbols and so on, which is a language in itself, to show you there are other ways of thinking as well. Also, to show you how symbols work upon you and how you’ve been conned your whole life long, and probably most of you will continue to be conned as they use different combinations of them. We are very predictable. You can also buy CDs and DVDs on the sites or you can donate to me. The disks have maybe 50 shows at a time, going at pretty good prices. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those that get the disks burned of the shows and passed to them, they play them on their CD players and don’t like computers; you can get in touch with me at [address above]. And that’s the spiel over for the first few minutes.

 

A lot of this news that I even read over the air, to me is kind of trivia. It’s is released into the mainstream media, sometimes it’s legalities, other times it’s to take you off into different directions. But the media’s job is NOT to keep you informed. If you were informed about what was happening in the world, we wouldn’t be in the mess we are in. They understand that of course. We wouldn’t have this massive debt. We wouldn’t have a corrupt banking system that’s been on the go long before we were ever though of. We wouldn’t have this big mafia system we call democracy all tied together through the International Monetary Fund and the United Nations. If there had been a true media in any country, this would not have happened. It couldn’t happen… because we would know the scam from the beginning. The beauty of scams like this is, once it’s on the go and you parents accept it, then you will accept it quite naturally as well. All mammals look to the parents to warn them of what’s dangerous to them and humans are no different. What a system. Beautiful. Train one generation and they train the next. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning if the media had ever done its job properly we would never be in the mess we are in. We couldn’t be fooled if we were being given truth all the time. Remember, I read an article last year where some case was brought against, I think it was one of the big TV networks, by some of the staff who were forbidden to show a program that they had done, a documentary, even though they were under contract to do as they wished. It turned out in a court in the US that, the judge said that the media is under no obligation to tell the public the truth. That seldom dawns on the average person who parrots off the media at face value. It’s always been this way. It’s always been this way.

 

When the big bankers started off using London as a test run, they’d already used countries before. Holland was one and then they built up London to take over and then New York after that, although London is still one of the biggest players, probably still the biggest player. They also took over and CREATED the big media chains. Information is VITAL. Knowledge is power. If you want to hold on to power and not share it, then you just give the public nonsense and trivia to follow around. That’s what we are dished out DAILY. Until – and this is the interesting thing which they’ve found at the top as well – the more trivia they give the public, the more the public seem to like it, especially if it’s sort of trivia about the stars. They gave us the stars as well, from Hollywood and the bimbos and who’s having affairs and who is divorced and all the rest of it… as though it was vital to know, vital to our existence to know this stuff, kind of like sports, the same kind of nonsense. The people seem to want more and more and more of it, because, you see, you don’t have to get INVOLVED and make any decisions with this kind of trivia. It titillates the senses but you don’t have to make any adjustments in your life or actually do something, so they kind of like that.

 

Most folk in today’s society are part of the new collective. Individualism was a short-lived thing. People were starting to get a bit of it after the death of feudalism, if you want to call it that or even want to believe in that. That’s when individualism came to the surface for the first time as folk got some freedoms. They’ve found out that it is much easier to go back and use collectivism where we all parrot the same stuff and think the same stuff, we are all educated with the same stuff and so we are all in the same Plato’s Cave. We are all familiar with the exact same cave; anything outside that cave has got to be ludicrous, you see, and you laugh at it because it can’t exist, can it.

 

Yet, as I say, the media’s job is like, it’s an ARM OF GOVERNMENT. It’s an arm of the big banker boys who control everything. The same families that have lent to countries, for centuries, still run the world today. They are doing it even more so as they bring on the big crash, to lead up to the International Monetary Fund, which is their bank by the way, taking over. That’s just a meeting place for the same money lenders to meet, the International Monetary Fund AT the United Nations. Everybody works for them. Everyone. Every Prime Minister and President works for them, across the planet. That’s the reality of life.

 

Your educational system is GIVEN by them to mandate you get the proper indoctrinations, so you’ll never figure it out. Your entertainment industry PROGRAMS you for what’s to come through fiction and at the same time it keeps you bedazzled as well, so you don’t figure it out. You’ll think everything that happens in life and comes up and is passed by law must be quite normal, right down to getting a chip stuck in your head. That will be quite normal too. But it’s much better to get the public to actually WANT it… and that’s not hard to do either.

 

To show you how the media is just an arm of government, listen to this spiel that’s given by this particular reporter here for The Register. I’ve talked before about how Australia was one of the first government to mandate the filtering policy on the internet and yet one of the first people who was censored for using the internet was actually a Christian group who had the word ‘abortion’ in one of their topics. So it wasn’t going after pornography at all, it was going after all the people who were protesting against the corrupt way of depopulation that’s been mandated across the world, which is also an outcome of the promiscuity that was mandated back in the 40s and 50s by Julian Huxley and others as a way to destroy the family unit. This article is from The Register.

 

NZ internet filter goes live –

(Alan: So New Zealand followed. The British Commonwealth countries all work together; they are still ruled from London really.)- gov forgets to tell public

The rise of the secret censor

By John Ozimek – theregister.co.uk – Posted in Government, 12th March 2010

 

New Zealand’s internet filtering system went live last month – but the government forgot to mention this to its electorate until its hand was forced by online freedom campaign, Tech Liberty (techliberty.org.nz). (A: So here is the spiel the paper give out about it, right, which the government forgot to mention this to the electorate.)

 

Thomas Beagle, a spokesman for the group, said he was “very disappointed that the filter is now running” and that its launch had been conducted in such a “stealthy mode”. He added: “It’s a sad day for the New Zealand internet.”

 

In an interview with Computerworld (computerworld.co.nz/news.nsf/security/new-zealands-internet-filter-goes-live) this week, he claimed that the filter had gone live on February 1 but the Department of Internal Affairs (DIA) (A: That’s an internal department.) delayed announcing this at until it had met with its Independent Reference Group.

 

The manager of the DIA’s Censorship Compliance Unit, (A: I like that, ‘Censorship Compliance Unit’, it sounds very soviet doesn’t it?) Steve O’Brien, denied that there had been any subterfuge. The system has been undergoing trials for two years and the media have been aware of this throughout. (A: So here’s one blaming the other, you see. That’s what they do. But what he is saying is also true. The media were aware of this for the last two years… but where did they have their public pointing? The same bimbos you see on your same front pages, and all down the side there, in their bikinis. That’s where they take you, into nonsense.)

 

He said: “The Independent Reference Group has met and the filter system processes were demonstrated as set out in the code of practice, that is that the website filtering system prevents access to known websites containing images of child sexual abuse.” (A: That’s what they said with the Australian one too and it ended up grabbing Christian groups.)

 

While the DIA continues to be coy about exactly which ISPs are joining the filter, Tech Liberty understands that Watchdog and MaxNet have already signed-up to deploy the filter system, and that ISPs Telstra Clear, Telecom and Vodafone have said they will do so. (A: So there ya go.)

 

The government blames the media for not informing the public and the media blame the government for doing it in a stealth mode. THAT’S how it’s run because they both work for the same boss, you see, the guy who prints the money. That’s what central banks are; they have the right to issue, to print up money. That’s what they do. And everyone goes to the big boys for their money, including every so-called head of every government.

 

What’s also come out too, is how they are leaving nothing to chance anymore. Everyone is supposed to know, at a certain level… Put it this way, all the common people, that’s the bulk of the populace, are supposed to know, or be able to find out about everybody else across the planet, in the same class as themselves. Quite a few years ago, they did say, I can remember from the British government and the US government, that SPECIAL people, their information as to where they live, who they really are, all that kind of stuff, would be denied to the public, as far as access through internet went. So you couldn’t find out. But for the common folk, everyone else is supposed to know exactly where you are. Google has come out with a completely mapped Britain now with your house and everything on it. There is also a company, which I should mention before I go on with this article, that’s come out with some kind of phone and somehow or another if you join their little club it allows burglars and everybody else to know when you’re home or where you are if you’re not at home and it will tell you where you are. So now here is Google to tell them how to get to where you are.

 

All mapped out: Virtually every road in the UK will now appear on Google’s Street View

By Sean Poulter and Claire Bates – Mail Online – 12th March 2010

 

Google is extending its Street View service to peer at 95 per cent of homes in the UK, despite criticism that it amounts to an invasion of privacy. (A: Well, you know who the other 5% are. These are the people who really MATTER, you see, the people who DESERVE privacy, as they say. After all, in the British system, everything is a PRIVILEGE. Privacy is a privilege in Britain.)

 

From today, 360-degree pictures will be available of virtually every street from Penzance to Shetland. An extra 210,000 miles of detailed mapping will be made public.

 

The service (A: Ha.) has previously been restricted to major cities. It means Britain will join Spain, France, Italy and the U.S, which already have nationwide coverage.

 

Street View images are captured by a Google car fitted with a panoramic camera on its roof. (A: Why do they even need a car? They can just do it all from satellite.)

 

Pedestrianised areas including Stonehenge and the banks of Loch Ness were shot by a Google tricycle. (A: Ah, oh-ho, big deal, trivia.)

 

The project, launched in partnership with Visit Britain, also imaged the Millennium Stadium, Angel of the North, Eden Project and Warwick Castle. A number of National Trust properties are also viewable. (A: Etc, etc, etc. However, there are also people who are complaining about it because once again, it’s the destruction of your own privacy. If you’re a commoner you’re not in that 5% who’s not on it. Great how they can also make deals with the ‘nobs,’ as they call these people; you know, the 5%, the ones who matter. The government employees up there in the federal governments and so on, they don’t appear because, you see, people might be after them. Well, maybe some nutcase is after common folk as well, apart from the government and the tax man. But that doesn’t matter either does it?)

 

That’s what we are, you see; we are just the herd, as I said last night. I’m going to put an article up tonight too, on cuttingthroughthematrix.com. All these links will be up there if XplorNet obliges me with the speed to put anything up, which they seldom do. This is from the BBC and it’s about statistics and how the media can BEND your perception as regards to actual facts.

 

Safety in numbers

bbc.co.uk – 18 July 2008

(A: This one is worth repeating.)

 

A POINT OF VIEW

 

Alarming stories of a rise in knife crime + lack of confidence in understanding statistics = more fear for ourselves and our children, says Lisa Jardine. (A: I’ll read this. I’ll show you how it goes through the process of the media spinning things out of proportion. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article which is a couple of years old but it’s worth going back over. It is written by a woman who, she says here…

 

My own small research centre runs a Masters in Research programme, and the marks accumulated by students from the various exercises and modules have to be collated and tabulated to work out their degree result.

 

Since each module’s mark represents a proportion of the sum total of those available, this involves calculating percentages – a task which seems to fill several of my otherwise highly competent members of staff with dismay, even though they are accustomed to processing arcane information from documents and archives. (A: But then… They actually use this technique on the media and the stories in the media.)

 

Over the past couple of weeks we have been bombarded with figures by the media, on a range of topics, all apparently calculated to cause the person in the street the maximum amount of concern. Some of the stories based on these statistics have been the talking point at practically every social gathering I have attended.

 

Fear factor

 

In the aftermath of what has felt like an avalanche of shocking news stories, multiple arrays of statistics have been produced, purporting to show a sudden, alarming rise in knife-related murders of school-age young people.

 

These have whipped up public anxiety to near-panic levels with headlines proclaiming an “epidemic of knife and gun crime”, “spiralling out of control”, creating a level of youth disorder which adds up to “a national crisis”. (A: These are the headlines she is showing you.)

 

The first thing to say is that discrepancies in data collection methods make it hard to get a coherent story out of these numbers, though the journalists have certainly tried hard.

 

In spite of the statistics selectively used to fuel an alarmist story, all the available figures from reliable sources like the Home Office (A: That’s the British government’s sort of Homeland Security thing.) and the police seem to be showing that incidences of knife crime have remained relatively steady over the past five years, while violent crime as a whole has actually declined.

 

The 2007 British Crime Survey reported that the drop in violent crime “is part of a long-term trend – crime rates peaked in 1995, then fell by 42% over the subsequent 10 years”. (A: But to read the reports that come out of the newspapers, it’s worse than ever, you see.)

 

A lengthy report by the Centre for Crime and Justice Studies – Guns, Knives and Street Violence published last month – summarises as follows: “The evidence on knife crime contains a number of ambiguities, but combining the various data sets, a rather clearer picture emerges. Despite increased media attention, levels of knife crime have remained fairly stable at around 6-7% of all violent crime.”

 

Then she goes on to show you how it’s done and how the media grab these stories, blow them way out of all proportion until everyone’s terrified. Then, of course, the non-governmental organizations come forward and demand that something be done, get more laws out there, and that kind of stuff. And when they’re not on about that, they’re on about dog bites, dog bites, get more laws to restrict dogs and so on. Then they’re back to knife crime again. It’s just back and forth because the media, apart from keeping you in utter ignorance, is also supposed to keep you on the edge. The big boys in politics, the boys that run the banking system, want everyone to be on the edge, all the time. It makes you easier to control. You never relax. When you’re relaxed you can really think clearly about things. When you’re always on the edge and afraid of things, then you will never, ever think clearly on anything. So I’ll put this link up as well for those who want to look it over and go over it.

 

I’ve got an article here about burglars. It’s amazing. It’s interesting to look at the Soviet Union, the test bed for the Fabian Socialists and the collectivist system to run the world. That’s where they got it, from the Soviet Union. In the Soviet Union, if you said anything about government, even about any particular policy of government, you were called ‘anti-government.’ That’s where the term comes from that WE are now using NOW. It’s being slapped on anybody who is not in Parliament or in your Congress. It’s been slapped on anybody in the general public who complains about any policy. Ah, you’re anti-government. Well, we got that from the Soviet Union. ALSO from the Soviet Union, they would slap you in a gulag, you see, for any, what they called, political crimes. That meant disagreeing about things or objecting even. An objection was a nasty thing in the Soviet Union.

 

However, ordinary criminals were treated with incredible leniency in some places, in prisons. Because under the Darwinian scheme of things and the Pavlovian scheme of things where everyone can be RETRAINED through science, they can REMAKE you… kind of like the character in the movie A Clockwork Orange, they can remake you into the proper kind of man with SCIENCE. Science rules, you see. Science has displaced all Gods off their pedestals. Well, here is Britain, again the flagship for the whole world to follow, doing the same thing. Guess what? Here is a ruling come out from the high court in England that burglars should not be put in prison. I’m not kidding.

 

Don’t put burglars in jail (unless they hurt someone), courts told

By Steve Doughty – Mail Online – 12th March 2010

 

Burglars should not be jailed unless they cause damage or hurt someone when committing their crime, Government advisers said yesterday.

 

The Sentencing Advisory Panel called for judges and magistrates not to hand down prison sentences to ordinary burglars who were responsible for ‘minimal loss or damage’.

 

But even criminals who operate in gangs or steal large sums of money may walk free under the guidelines, which suggest ‘community’ punishment for many offenders.

 

The recommendations contradict last year’s ruling by Lord Chief Justice Lord Judge, (A: He’s actually called ‘Lord Judge’ believe it or not. This is like reading a fairly story when you read these British newspapers. I’ll be back with more on this after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just going over an article which talks about, burglars should be allowed to go free. It says here that…

 

Instead, the Sentencing Advisory Panel said yesterday that ‘any starting point for domestic burglary should be non-custodial’.

 

Damage, harm to householders (A: That’s if they bash you on the head and stuff.) or other factors making the crime more serious should make a jail sentence more likely, (A: Not definitely, right.) it suggested.

 

So there is how far things are going. See, they want this stuff. They want to hype up the problems within society, the revolving door, and turn them back on the streets again to cause more crime. Cops love it too because if they put all the criminals away they’d have to start laying-off the cops. So as long as the criminals are just revolving out, they can keep catching them again for new crimes and putting them back in and they just come back out of the court again, like a revolving door, just round and round and round. So everybody is happy, especially the law society; it keeps them in business. But in society itself, it makes you afraid; when you’re afraid you look to government to make you secure. That’s the oldest technique of tyranny in the book: terrify the public, offer them security AT A PRICE …no freedom, we’ve got to watch everybody including you too, you know. That’s how the game works.

 

While they’re allowing burglars to go free, there is a good article here, in the same country about the guy being put in jail for SMOKING. He was a landlord of a bar, a pub.

 

Jailed smoking ban martyr is freed by a mystery crusader’s cash

By David Wilkes – 11th March 2010 – Mail Online

 

Freedom arrived earlier than expected for smoking ban martyr Nick Hogan yesterday… courtesy of a briefcase full of cash carried by a man in a green Guy Fawkes mask. (A: That’s after that V for Vendetta [movie].)

 

Former pub landlord Mr Hogan became the first person to be jailed in connection with the smoking ban when he was sentenced to six months for refusing to pay a fine imposed for flouting the legislation.

 

His plight inspired a campaign on the internet to raise funds to pay off his outstanding fines.

 

It reached its climax yesterday (national no-smoking day, no less) when a mysterious blogger called Old Holborn (A: That’s a nice tobacco.) delivered the money to Forest Bank prison in Salford – 11 days into Mr Hogan’s sentence.

 

The arrival of the self-styled ‘ libertarian vigilante’ at the Category B prison in his mask, full black costume and hat left other visitors amused or bewildered.

 

In the prison car park, Old Holborn, who wore his costume to hide his identity, flipped open the metal case to reveal enough bundles of used fivers and tenners (A: That’s cash.) to pay the £8,445.15 [Double that for dollars.] needed to secure 43-year-old Mr Hogan’s release. (A: Isn’t that just EXTORTION? Don’t people realize that the legal business is just a MAFIA? Where you can pay the cash and you go free. Pay the cash and you go free… that’s how it all works isn’t it? It’s the same with your taxes if you have a home or something, you pay the cash to the government or they steal your home. We live in an extortion system… but we’ve been trained to see it in a different way. Our perceptions have been distorted through conditioning, so we don’t actually see what we’re seeing.)

 

Old Holborn – who says he is named after his mother’s birthplace in London rather than the well-known tobacco, told reporters: ‘I’m here to free a man in prison under an unjust law.

 

So they put guys in prison who own their own bars, right, and who allow customers to come in, who all smoke. If you were going into a striptease joint, you know what to expect in a striptease joint, right? If you go into a gay bar, you know that you are walking into a gay bar. Well, if you go into a smoking bar, you know what they are going to do, they are going to smoke. So what’s their problem with it? What’s their problem with it? They go after smokers instead. Now, it’s okay to shoot heroin and all that kind of stuff; they actually have government social workers going around in vans dropping off new syringes and stuff like that, to make sure it’s nice and hygienic. In British Columbia they teach young children in primary school how to inject safely… but don’t dare smoke a cigarette. That’s just taboo!

 

Where did all this come from? The United Nations World Health Organization; that’s who started it all off. Who started off the war against obesity? The United Nations World Health Organization again. Everything comes from the United Nations, something that none of us vote for because we are not GIVEN a vote on anything, in this wonderful democracy. I call it derotcracy, you see. It’s ROT, you see. That’s what it really is.

 

For shades of things to come, things to come as they say, rioting is expected as the countries go under with the latest plunder of our pockets by the same bankers, again, who planned it all long ago. Mind you, they got all the military ready to take over countries, shoot the folk that start rioting, and they planned that long ago as well, to make sure of it. Greece is the first country, one of the first countries. I think Iceland had a bit of riots going on as well about the bankruptcies going on and Greece has also followed suit. I expect there will be a spate of them going on. It says here…

 

Greece rocked by riots as up to 60,000 people take to streets to protest against government

By Mail Foreign Service – Mail Online – 11th March 2010

 

Street clashes broke out between rioting youths and police in central Athens today as tens of thousands demonstrated during a nationwide strike against the cash-strapped government.

 

Hundreds of masked and hooded youths punched and kicked motorcycle police, knocking several off their bikes, as police responded with volleys of tear gas and stun grenades.

 

The violence spread after the end of the march to a nearby square, where police faced off with stone-throwing anarchists and suffocating clouds of tear gas sent patrons scurrying from open-air cafes.

 

Rioters used sledge hammers to smash the glass fronts of more than a dozen shops, banks, jewelers and a cinema.

 

Youths also set fire to rubbish (A: garbage.) bins and a car, smashed bus stops, and chopped blocks off marble balustrades and building facades to use as projectiles.

 

Organisers said some 60,000 people took part in the protest. But an unofficial police estimate set the crowd at around 20,000 – including those that took part in a separate, peaceful march earlier Thursday. (A: What’s interesting, if you read down in the article, a lot of the police themselves joined in because they’re also fed up at government cutbacks on their wages.)

 

About 200 uniformed police, coast guard and fire brigade officers, who cannot go on strike but can hold protests, gathered at a square in the center of the city shortly before the marches got under way.

 

‘The police and other security forces have been particularly hard hit by the new measures because our salaries are very low,’ said Yiannis Fanariotis, general secretary of one police association.

 

Joining the protest ‘doesn’t feel strange, because we are working people like everybody else and we are all shouting out for our rights,’ he said.

 

This is really the start of the riots to come. We’ve all to pay through the nose with massive inflation as they print more cash and governments, of course, are going to tax us more and more in ANY possible way they can. Everything is going to be taxed… even the air we breathe is going to be taxed. That’s really what the carbon taxes are all about. You know, it was King James the 1st that was called the first King to tax fresh air, and light. He made a law to get taxes in; he couldn’t get any through parliament at the time. Inspectors went around to the houses counting your window panes and depending on how many that you had and how many windows that you had, they would also give the amount of tax that you’d have to pay up. That’s why in England today some of these very old houses, the old mansions and so on, you’ll see where the windows have been bricked up. That’s how the folk go around it then. They used their savvy and said, well, okay, we’ll sit inside with a candle rather than pay these taxes. You know folk today wouldn’t even do that. They are too dumbed down, drugged, doped with the stuff in their drinking water and their injections to even think of doing that. They also taxed you for, according to the light that would come through your windows.

 

Now we’re going to get taxed on how much carbon dioxide we use, or what goes into any product that we buy. The farce of bags of nothing. They don’t even have the bags to collect it in, just bags of theoretical nothing. Worked out by whom? The bankers’ boys. Who profits off it? The bankers’ boys. Who pays for it all? WE DO, as always, as always. A world where the majority of people just play, play into their graves. Quite something. How disgusting! You know our ancestors would turn in their graves to know what we put up with today. They would DISOWN US, utterly disown us for the wimps that we’ve become.

 

I’ve always said that 50 years after any major event, because that’s generally what they put down for the official secrets act, when government and their agencies do dirty tricks on the general public, that will kill you. Generally it’s the lethal type of thing, like spraying Norwich people, with the British Navy, and allowing the gas to go across the part of the sea into Norwich and then test them down the road to see how many cancers develop, how many problems they’ll have. This is a COMMON thing that governments do. But there is nobody more clandestine, really, than the CIA. Here is an article. It blossomed out today; it’s probably all over the place.

 

French bread spiked with LSD in CIA experiment

A 50-year mystery over the ‘cursed bread’ of Pont-Saint-Esprit, which left residents suffering hallucinations, has been solved after a writer discovered the US had spiked the (A: the town’s) bread with LSD as part of an experiment.

Henry Samuel in Paris – telegraph.co.uk – 11 Mar 2010

 

An American investigative journalist has uncovered evidence suggesting the CIA peppered local food with the hallucinogenic drug LSD.

 

In 1951, a quiet, picturesque village in southern France was suddenly and mysteriously struck down with mass insanity and hallucinations. At least five people died, dozens were interned in asylums and hundreds afflicted.

 

For decades it was assumed that the local bread had been unwittingly poisoned with a psychedelic mould. Now, however, an American investigative journalist has uncovered evidence suggesting the CIA peppered local food with the hallucinogenic drug LSD as part of a mind control experiment at the height of the Cold War. (A: They did it in other places as well. They were doing an awful lot within the United States on their own military.)

 

The mystery of Le Pain Maudit (Cursed Bread) still haunts the inhabitants of Pont-Saint-Esprit, in the Gard, southeast France.

 

On August 16, 1951, the inhabitants were suddenly racked with frightful hallucinations of terrifying beasts and fire.

 

One man tried to drown himself, screaming that his belly was being eaten by snakes. An 11-year-old tried to strangle his grandmother. Another man shouted: “I am a plane”, before jumping out of a second-floor window, breaking his legs. He then got up and carried on for 50 yards. (A: That’s what it does to you. You can break your bones and still go on.) Another saw his heart escaping through his feet and begged a doctor to put it back. Many were taken to the local asylum in strait jackets.

 

Time magazine (A: Time magazine is a great cover for the CIA.) wrote at the time: “Among the stricken, delirium rose: patients thrashed wildly on their beds, screaming that red flowers were blossoming from their bodies, that their heads had turned to molten lead.”

(A: In other words, the CIA and Time worked together on the story because you see that happened in the Middle Ages quite commonly with the ergot of rye, a mold that forms on the rye, which they used for their bread and kept it in a common place, a common silo. It would often happen and they would get these hallucinations. They are using that, that’s how they put it down at the time: it could be the same ergot of rye hallucinations.)

 

Eventually, it was determined that the best-known local baker had unwittingly contaminated his flour with ergot, a hallucinogenic mould that infects rye grain. Another theory was the bread had been poisoned with organic mercury.

 

However, H P Albarelli Jr., an investigative journalist, claims the outbreak resulted from a covert experiment directed by the CIA and the US Army’s top-secret Special Operations Division (SOD) at Fort Detrick, Maryland. (A: Maryland is responsible for an awful lot of stuff.)

 

The scientists who produced both alternative explanations, he writes, worked for the Swiss-based Sandoz Pharmaceutical Company, which was then secretly supplying both the Army and CIA with LSD.

 

Mr Albarelli came across CIA documents while investigating the suspicious suicide of Frank Olson, a biochemist working for the SOD who fell from a 13th floor window two years after the Cursed Bread incident. (A: I love how they fit it together. They love these numbers and stuff.) One note transcribes a conversation between a CIA agent and a Sandoz (A: pharma.) official who mentions the “secret of Pont-Saint-Esprit” and explains that it was not “at all” caused by mould but by diethylamide, the D in LSD.

 

While compiling his book, A Terrible Mistake: The Murder of Frank Olson and the CIA’s Secret Cold War Experiments, Mr Albarelli spoke to former colleagues of Mr Olson, two of whom told him that the Pont-Saint-Esprit incident was part of a mind control experiment run by the CIA and US army.

 

After the Korean War the Americans launched a vast research programme into the mental manipulation of prisoners and enemy troops.

 

Scientists at Fort Detrick told him that agents had sprayed LSD into the air (A: They had aerosolized it.) and also contaminated “local foot products”.

 

Mr Albarelli said the real “smoking gun” was a White House document sent to members of the Rockefeller Commission (A: Well, who else? Who else, eh, since the bankers are in control.) formed in 1975 to investigate CIA abuses. It contained the names of a number of French nationals who had been secretly employed by the CIA and made direct reference to the “Pont St. Esprit incident.” In its quest to research LSD as an offensive weapon, Mr Albarelli claims, the US army also drugged over 5,700 unwitting American servicemen between 1953 and 1965. (A: There are instances too, of servicemen under experimentation who also threw themselves out of windows quite a few floors up and died as well.)

 

That’s how you can trust your governments. You can not trust your governments for anything. I’ve got report after report from different countries of their own governments doing these kinds of experiments on them and WORSE… much, much worse. In Canada it took 50 years before the very FEW survivors of experiments of the Canadian government in the warfare facilities division of the Department of Defence had been spraying all their soldiers, these so-called volunteers were told they were going to test new gas masks. It was nothing to do with that at all. It was to get the stuff through their skin, through their clothing onto their skin, something that goes into your blood stream. They were all dying off of cancers; there are only about 2 of them left so far. Who needs enemies when you’ve got your own government? Do you realize we are all pawns in a bigger game? And the boys who rule us have world agendas and they don’t see the peasants below them in any country any different from the peasants anywhere else. They don’t have any particular affiliations or amiable feelings towards you. They see you as a separate, lower species, less evolved. But we never learn do we? But we’re very handy for keeping it going… paying the taxes for research and development for new weaponry to control all of us.

 

WE PAY FOR OUR HANDCUFFS, OVER AND OVER AND OVER. WE PAY FOR OUR CHAINS. Of course, there’s no stage where it’s enough… you can never say, that’s enough. We never say that. It’s true, you know, if everyone stood up tomorrow and just told every law officer, every court… NO, NO, we are not even going to recognize you and you walk out. What are they going to do? Arrest the whole nation? Or we’ve had enough with these prices or these taxes or whatever. Do you realize they’d all have to go home? …in their silly little costumes they call uniforms? That’s the music so I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix just mentioning the fact, you know it takes two to tango. An old, old saying, two to tango; that’s when people used to hold each other when they danced. It really does. It takes the authorities and it takes the public to tango, where they play and pretend that they are there to take care of us and we play and pretend that they are. We pay up and cough up and they go through the motions with a smile on their face, can we have more cash and we say, we’re kind of broke. Then they pass a law and say, you’ll really have to obey now won’t you? And we all say, yeah, I guess we do. Really, if the public just stood up, which they will never do… Don’t get me wrong, I know they’d never do this. But if they ever stood up and just walked out of courts and walked out of everything ALL TOGETHER, EN MASS, then all the people with all their silly symbols of authority, it would mean nothing. It would instantly mean nothing. Nothingness, absolute nothingness. They’d all feel like goons, with the judges with their big, long wigs on and their cloaks on and whatever they do or don’t wear underneath it, and stuff like that. It takes two to tango.

 

The reason that we’ve been trained to believe we need them all, is for OUR OWN SECURITY AND SAFETY. It’s such a violent, scary world out there that without them there would be chaos. For that reason, we allow ourselves to be coerced and cajoled until we have no privacy whatsoever… none at all. And it’s time the game was stopped really and say enough, everybody say, that’s enough. It’s true enough, which will never happen, it’s pie in the sky fantasy, but if the next time the gasoline goes flying up, or the oil for heating goes up, everybody stops buying it; that’s it. You’ll see them scurry VERY QUICKLY to get the prices down. But we don’t do these simple things.

 

Passive resistance worked in India. That’s what we really need to show across the world. People would really have to be united. The problem is there are so many factions all fighting for supremacy you can’t really get folk even to go along with anything together for their own good. Even if the world was coming to an end… they wouldn’t do it. That’s where the Club of Rome was correct, quite right; there were too many competing and conflicting parties for power, for democracy to work. That’s why they bypassed democracy and brought us the parallel government called the Royal Institute of International Affairs.

 

And talking about them, their brothers in the US and Canada called the Council on Foreign Relations have issued – and I’ll put this up on my site – a series of reports on HOW TO REPORT the science TO the general public on climate change, so that they are all on board giving the same lies together and they don’t start emailing each other about all the nonsense that gets found out by the public. So they are issuing guidelines on HOW to report this stuff TO the public so we’ll all get the same propaganda from the different panels. The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change is working with them and the Council on Foreign Relations are the ones who are advising them on how to overcome problems with brainwashing the public with the propaganda. I’ll put that link up.

 

How to Fix Climate Science Reporting

cfr.org – February 24, 2010

 

Also, next to it, another article. Actually it’s a United Nations article, from the Telegraph.

 

United Nations review of how world assesses risk of climate change

The head of the United Nations (UN) has announced a review of how the world examines the risk of global warming following a series of scandals around the science of climate change.

By Louise Gray – telegraph.co.uk – 10 Mar 2010

 

At the same time as the Royal Institute of International Affairs issued their report. Amazing how they all do it at the same time. They couldn’t be connected could they? No. Who’d have thunk of such a thing? So I’ll put this link up too and you can read it for yourself to see how we get nothing but standardized reporting on the climate, FROM THEM ALL, from now on… thanks to the Council on Foreign Relations.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 16th 2010. For newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, scroll down and bookmark all the other sites I have up there. Three of them went down last week actually, so if you bookmark all these other sites you can always find the latest shows and download them for free. [Official sites listed above.] As always, I start off the show by… I should really push this more often, right through the whole show. If I was a salesman I’d do that but I tell you that you are the audience who bring me to you. I don’t accept the cash from advertisers. The ads on the show are paid by the advertisers directly to RBN and I’ve got nothing to do with that. That pays for this air time, their staff, bills, their board ops and all the rest of it. So it’s up to you to keep me going and you can do so by looking into cuttingthroughthematrix.com. You can buy the things I have for sale, the books, CDs and DVDs; sometimes there are 30-50 shows on a disk. You can also donate to me, if it’s in your heart to do so. It’s a hard thing to get today because everyone expects everything for free. I’m not backed by any big corporation or any foundation or the Rockefeller Foundation or any of these boys. It’s up to you to keep me going and you can do so by going into any of the web sites and buying or donating. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Those who get the disks burned and passed to them at meetings to play on their CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

 

Those who missed me last night, it was a repeat show last night. The clocks turned over and I didn’t. I don’t watch the television up here; I don’t listen to the local radio or anything like that. So I was sitting and waiting for the show at MY 8pm and, my goodness, it was almost over. It was a fast show; I missed the whole darned hour of it. So that’s what happens when you are not keeping in touch with the so-called media. But who cares anyway? Most of it is junk, as we well know. There’s only once in a while that you get something worth knowing. Anyway, who tampers with the time? Who gives them the right to tamper with the time? It’s my time as well. Think about it… I never gave permission for them to change my time. But, that’s what the big boys do. We live in a very different world than the one we are raised to think we truly live in. Very different, completely different, in fact… night and day… and most folk don’t have a clue. We all live in our perfect little conditioning system, our Plato’s cave and everyone around you is in the same cave. They all think it’s quite natural and they don’t know what’s going down, ever. All through their life, they go right through their life never knowing what’s going down. Even the things they are told to object about, by the media, is always a red herring. Red herrings, that’s all they are. The true things the media will never mention, ever. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I have talked over the years about how the big system is controlled and how those who control the system that we live in now have controlled it for an awful, awful long time. They understand the sciences of controlling whole nations, of creating conflicts, taking over countries, calling them empires, until they have their global empire. Basically, it’s run from the top by money.

 

Money, money, money… really, it’s only a few families who deal with it ALL. They lend nothingness really. They lend blank nothings to central banks to print up cash and then demand real estate back in return. That’s really how it works. We all work for the corporation, the world government in a sense. Democracy is all about that. It’s nothing to do with what you think it is. We work for this corporate structure and we are really laborers and tax payers. We build the machines and the aircraft and all the other stuff they need to go and bomb across the planet and we also do it through our taxes.

 

Taxation is a form of slavery. It’s taking your income, which is really a produce of YOUR productivity away from you to work their system. Then they pay it to other slaves who pay it back to other slaves to work in factories and build the planes and the bombs and the high-tech gear and all their death ray weapons and whatever else they happen to have up their sleeves. That’s the real world we live in.

 

The centralization of banks has been going on for an awful long time, centuries. They even tried that in ancient times as well, when the Phoenicians went across the ancient world putting countries into debt and then when they couldn’t pay up they’d use the soldiers that they recruited from another country they had put into debt; they would conquer them and take them over. Then they tried to standardize silver coinage at that time across the ancient world and of course they would run it all. Nothing really changes. These are old techniques, old sciences and as long as the world runs with money – in any shape or form, actually, it doesn’t matter if it’s credits or porcupine quills – it’s the same people who will always get in charge of it and they are the bosses. It’s as simple as that.

 

We know that this system that we are living in now is not meant to go on forever. These guys work in centuries. They planned a century of industry. They planned the century of change, as they call it. This is the century of change we are going through right now. It’s not a nice change. The last one was bad enough at times but at least we were given more pocket money for ourselves and Bernays advertising kept us purchasing all the junk that lasted a little while and broke apart. But now we’re not even going to get the junk; we have to go into an age of AUSTERITY, as they call it. 2010 seems to be one of the year markers for a lot of this to happen.

 

They wanted to have the complete amalgamation of the Americas done by 2010. I have the sites, by the way, for all the amalgamation treaties they signed, starting in 2005 from the Council on Foreign Relations own site. They drafted up the treaties and presented it to the governments to sign into law. The last one is to take place very shortly, in fact this year. That’s supposed to be total integration. So we can see how everything is geared up, as the dollar plummets. We owe so much money we could never, ever work our way out of this, especially when we are now non-productive; we don’t manufacture. It’s not intended that it go this way. We’ve all to tighten our belts and pay through the nose for EVERY SINGLE THING that you normally took for granted. The things that were fairly cheap: food, water, shelter, accommodation, all those things will be very, very expensive as they go up and up and up.

 

Remember, the world, ultimately, is the whole goal. The world is the goal for these boys. Then, at the end of it too, by the year 2050 they HOPE to have taken down enough of the population through disease and cancers, through the food and the inoculations and everything else that you can possibly imagine… and things you can’t imagine… to a nice sizeable figure for them to run. Then, eventually, they start cloning the slaves. What they do amongst themselves is anybody’s guess. They might start fighting, hopefully, because that’s the only chance that we have because the people down below them don’t have a chance, as the snowball’s chance in hell.

 

The world is SO completely rapped up. There is not a problem in this world, a problem to do with their projections and their forecasts where they don’t have multiple think tanks working on EACH ONE and the things that could possibly go wrong. They work it out WAY in advance… years before any part is ever implemented into reality. That’s what think tanks are for. They work like war strategists: if we do this, then they will do that, so how do we counter that? This is all done abstractly through computers and think tanks long before they start the first move on the chessboard.

 

Others too, have come out and spoken about this. From the Wall Street Journal… This was an article from a professor in Russia who is… I don’t know if he is the equivalent of a Brzezinski but that was his job with their version of the NSA over there for many years. He has written stacks of books on geopolitics and so on.

 

As if Things Weren’t Bad Enough,

Russian Professor Predicts End of U.S.

wsj.com / DECEMBER 29, 2008 / By ANDREW OSBORN

 

(Alan: This is the Wall Street Journal, this is not some little tabloid there with the ‘I had sex with an alien and have a two-headed baby.’ This is the Wall Street Journal.)

 

MOSCOW — For a decade, Russian academic Igor Panarin has been predicting the U.S. will fall apart in 2010. (A: That’s when we are supposed to be totally amalgamated. In 2012 the United Nations is supposed to go up to its full height.) For most of that time, he admits, few took his argument — that an economic and moral collapse will trigger a civil war and the eventual breakup of the U.S. — very seriously. Now he’s found an eager audience: Russian state media.

 

In recent weeks, he’s been interviewed as much as twice a day about his predictions. “It’s a record,” says Prof. Panarin. “But I think the attention is going to grow even stronger.”

 

Prof. Panarin, 50 years old, is not a fringe figure. A former KGB analyst, he is dean of the Russian Foreign Ministry’s academy for future diplomats. He is invited to Kremlin receptions, lectures students, publishes books, and appears in the media as an expert on U.S.-Russia relations.

 

But it’s his bleak forecast for the U.S. that is music to the ears of the Kremlin, which in recent years has blamed Washington for everything from instability in the Middle East to the global financial crisis. Mr. Panarin’s views also fit neatly with the Kremlin’s narrative that Russia is returning to its rightful place on the world stage after the weakness of the 1990s, when many feared that the country would go economically and politically bankrupt and break into separate territories.

 

“There’s a 55-45% chance right now that disintegration will occur,” he says. “One could rejoice in that process,” he adds, poker-faced. “But if we’re talking reasonably, it’s not the best scenario — for Russia.” Though Russia would become more powerful on the global stage, he says, its economy would suffer because it currently depends heavily on the dollar and on trade with the U.S.

 

(A: He’s talking about the US breaking up now.) Mr. Panarin posits, in brief, that mass immigration (A: That’s how Europe was done in.), economic decline (A: That was done in Europe too.), and moral degradation (A: Well, there’s no better leader for the world, than Hollywood in the US.) will trigger a civil war next fall and the collapse of the dollar. Around the end of June 2010, or early July, he says, the U.S. will break into six pieces — with Alaska reverting to Russian control. (A: I’ll interject here just to mention an interesting point as well. Jacques Attali, who was the advisor to I don’t know how many French Presidents, he was really the boss in fact, much the same as Kissinger was the boss over Nixon in reality. Attali went off to the United Nations and he’s written a couple of books about the catastrophes coming in the US. He also said the US would be broken up into different small regions with maybe 4 or 5 City-States. So here is the Russian fella saying the same thing.)

 

In addition to increasing coverage in state media, which are tightly controlled by the Kremlin, Mr. Panarin’s ideas are now being widely discussed among local experts. He presented his theory at a recent roundtable discussion at the Foreign Ministry. The country’s top international relations school has hosted him as a keynote speaker. During an appearance on the state TV channel Rossiya, the station cut between his comments and TV footage of lines at soup kitchens and crowds of homeless people in the U.S. (A: Which they have and they don’t put much on the mainstream media, do they?) The professor has also been featured on the Kremlin’s English-language propaganda channel, Russia Today.

 

Mr. Panarin’s apocalyptic vision “reflects a very pronounced degree of anti-Americanism in Russia today,” says Vladimir Pozner, a prominent TV journalist in Russia. “It’s much stronger than it was in the Soviet Union.”

 

Mr. Pozner and other Russian commentators and experts on the U.S. dismiss Mr. Panarin’s predictions. “Crazy ideas are not usually discussed by serious people,” says Sergei Rogov, director of the government-run Institute for U.S. and Canadian Studies, who thinks Mr. Panarin’s theories don’t hold water.

 

That’s strange. As I say, Jacques Attali, a top guy at the United Nations, says the same thing. By the way, I’ve got another site up here, this professor’s own site, where you can see all the books that he has written and all the lectures that he’s given.

 

Igor Panarin

absoluteastronomy.com

 

He’s no little, new character to this kind of game. At the bottom of this article, it shows you the map of how the US, he thinks, will break up. That fits right in, as I say, with Attali. He also mentions that the eastern seaboard of the US would probably join with NATO into the European alliance and become part of Europe. That’s a strange thing too because the Prime Minster of Canada last summer was talking about that. After the American integration, he says, then we’ll try integration with Europe. So that’s right on, right on with that kind of idea. Remember, it’s not the professor’s ideas. That’s his… well, he can guess at it. Well, we all guess, going on what little information we are given, but the fact is the big boys have given us a lot more stuff than to guess on about all of that.

 

I said ages ago, it doesn’t matter if you are up to your eyes in snow with global warming, the global warming will continue because it’s the big one for getting us all into utter slavery and paying through the nose for every darn thing that you need to survive personally in an age of austerity. In other words, you’re going to pay and pay and pay with incredible costs for the items you’re paying for, even food, and massive taxes on top of it. That’s how they’re going to get us down into their AUSTERITY plan, as we’re paying to supposedly bring up the third world countries, which never gets there anyway, the cash, because they don’t WANT the third world countries to start having more children. They want to bring them down, as Kissinger said himself in the 70s. The music is coming in and I’ll tell you more of what’s happening when I come back from this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the fact that even if we are up to our eyes in snow, the global warming agenda MUST continue because they’ve got all their eggs in one basket it seems. They’ve got all the carbon trading all underway, all the rest of it with Mr Rothschild and his bank in Switzerland went to all that trouble with Al Gore to make sure that ALL the money, across the whole planet, all the carbon taxes were funneled through his bank. They are not going to back off now, you see, regardless if Mother Nature doesn’t comply. But then again, Bertrand Russell said, through his experimental schools, they could train children to believe anything. If they say the sky is black, they will say the sky is black. That’s a fact. They can train you to believe anything if they get you young enough.

 

This article is right on line with that because here is the government of Britain, the flagship for the world and we’ve all to copy them, and China by the way, and they’re going right for the children, as always, ALWAYS; the children are totally brainwashed until their parents can’t recognize them very, very shortly after they go into Kindergarten. This article is from the Mail Online.

 

Minister’s (A: That’s a politician.) global warming nursery rhyme adverts banned for overstating the risks

By Sara Nelson / mail online / 14th March 2010

 

Two government advertisements which use nursery rhymes to warn of the dangers of climate change have been banned for exaggerating the threat. (A: No kidding.)

 

Commissioned by Energy Secretary Ed Miliband, (A: Ed Miliband is an interesting character with a long history. His family fled Germany and a lot of them went to the Soviet Union where they got protection and worked for the Soviets and some of them went to Britain. He ended up being a good Fabian over there.) the adverts are based on children’s poems Jack and Jill and Rub-A-Dub-Dub (A: They love children, by the way, these characters.) and assert that climate change will cause flooding and drought.

 

The Advertising Standards Agency (ASA) ruled the adverts – which attracted 939 complaints – made exaggerated claims which went beyond mainstream scientific consensus.

 

One advert read: ‘Jack and Jill went up the hill to fetch a pail of water. There was none as extreme weather due to climate change had caused a drought.’

 

Beneath this was written: ‘Extreme weather conditions such as flooding, heat waves and storms will become more frequent and intense.’ (A: Remember the one I read last year too, where they actually had an ad coming out and they showed that the flooding came across and drowned their little pets. What a great way to use emotion, emotive indoctrination and psychic driving to brainwash a child forever, regardless of what age he grows up to be. All science.)

 

The other read: ‘Rub a dub dub, three men in a tub – a necessary course of action due to flash flooding caused by climate change.’

 

It added: ‘Climate change is happening. Temperature and sea levels are rising. (A: Ahrgh.) Extreme weather events such as storms, floods and heat waves will become more frequent and intense. If we carry on at this rate, life in 25 years could be very different.’ (A: Have you seen all the movies that they’ve been churning out since, oh, for the last 16 years? …on barren futures with few survivors all killing each other for basic survival purposes? Do you think that’s all coincidence? Oh, the Sci-Fi novelists that they have been paying through the Futurist Society by the big foundations to write this kind of junk is to brainwash us all. Most folk don’t know.)

 

The watchdog stated the Department of Energy and Climate Change (DECC) (A: You’ve actually got a department of energy AND climate change.) should not publish the adverts again, ruling that the text accompanying the rhymes should have been phrased more tentatively.

 

Using reports of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) as reference, the ASA determined it was not possible to make such definitive statements about Britain’s future climate, the Times reported.

 

As a result the adverts were found to have broken the code on substantiation, truthfulness and environmental claims. (A: Well, they should just ban the IPCC as well because they are POLITICAL. They have a POLITICAL agenda. Everything at the United Nations is political. That’s what it was set up for.)

 

The ASA said: ‘All statements about future climate were modeled on predictions, which the IPCC report itself stated still involved uncertainties in the magnitude and timing, as well as regional details, of predicted climate change.’ (A: And depending upon the model of computer which they purchase. I added that last bit, which is actually true.)

 

The watchdog found that other elements of the campaign, including a TV and cinema advert in which a father read his daughter a bedtime story about a world affected by climate change, did not breach its guidelines.

 

Mr Miliband said his department had been ‘comprehensibly vindicated’ by the ASA but promised to more accurately reflect scientific uncertainty (A: Well, they WILL reflect scientific uncertainty [Alan laughing]…) about global warming in future campaigns. (A: And it will be very one-sided.)

 

Then it goes on about the leaked emails and all the lies that they told. But as I say, it won’t matter because the big boys that have all the money have already banked on it, soaking us all through carbon. Everything will be priced according to supposed carbon content or the energy that it took to make that particular product. That’s what it’s all about folks. Taxed into slavery. You know something? Don’t look around you for help because the folk out there don’t care: It will never happen to me. That’s the story isn’t it? It will never happen to me.

 

I’ve mentioned before too, there are 3 LEVELS OF REALITY in every area, and all the sciences as well. For instance, doctors getting churned out in medical school are really getting more social engineering as they are churned out thinking that everybody dropping dead of cancer is quite a normal thing. Guys brought out 25 years ago were taught differently and before that, differently again, different statistics. That’s how easy it is to train folk through universities. I’ll be back with more on this topic after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and getting to the bottom of things… I think. Ah, the music has gone down a bit, mind you, I like that wailing bit. I like that wailing guitar because, really, that’s all we can do now is observe and wail, everything else has been taken out of our hands, you might say, over a long period of time.

 

I mentioned about the 3 levels of reality and people getting churned out of universities are given a standardized education to every group that gets turned out. They never know what is taught by the previous bunch. In fact, they are taught that anybody who is older doesn’t know as much as they do, so they take all the propaganda they are given as fact. As I say, cancer today is normal, male sterility in the Western world is normal, everything is normal, autism is normal, one of out of two, that kind of stuff. So it’s so easy to train everyone by use of degrees and licensing, etc and they all believe and parrot the same stuff. We are upgraded, every area is upgraded at the same time with its particular propaganda by the pyramid at the top, the capstone, to make sure they all come into play at the right time, in the same way, all believing what they are told to believe.

 

Technology is just dished out to us piecemeal, as it is made obsolete. Often it’s very obsolete, maybe 2, 3 generations down the road. We are given something, some offshoot of research and development into high-tech weaponry and that kind of stuff and they give you a microwave oven and say, there you are, you can fry your chicken in it or something. Everything is really old. They’d never give anything brand new to the public because everything technically could be investigated, that has to do with science, and improved upon or even altered into something they didn’t like you to have. Everything is vetted, in other words. What the CIA uses is a step above the kind of weaponry that the general military gets. And above the CIA, the controllers have even better weaponry to make sure that the CIA doesn’t get ideas either. Not that they have to worry about them because the CIA works for them, as does all the secret services.

 

Here is an example of old technology presented as the cutting edge, from the Wise Up Journal.

 

Old Technology Presented As Cutting Edge

Wise Up Journal / 15.03.2010 / By Gabriel O’Hara

 

These two mainstream articles below highlight the fact that a false public perception is induced making them believe they know the cutting edge of technology when in fact we are kept in the dark with old technology presented as new. Even basic research is presented as new when in fact the technology has been in use for decades. (A: Sometimes an awful lot longer.) The first article is from 2010 and the second more informative article was published in 2002 by one of the UK’s largest newspapers.

 

Press Association / Yahoo News – 14.03.2010

 

“The claim was made by scientists unravelling the secrets of spider silk, which is stronger and less brittle than steel.

 

“They believe in future it may be possible (A: In the future, right. This is the latest one.) to copy spider ingenuity to create new classes of materials that are both incredibly flexible and strong out of cheap, ordinary elements.

 

“Scientists at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, US, studied the fundamental properties of spider silk using computer models to simulate its structure.”

 

The Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) are no dummies. They are a private re-search university that works with the United States Defense department. (A: Actually it was set up by the Pentagon. Even Noam Chomsky, I think, was there. I don’t know if he worked there but he certainly was there.) It gets multiple grants from the United States federal government and has one the largest endowment and annual research expenditures among universities in the world.

 

Milk is an ordinary item that can be produced on mass. The article below is from years earlier. (A: On the same topic, from years earlier…)

 

‘Spider-goats’ start work on wonder web (A: YEARS before, right.)

Telegraph / 18.01.2002 / By Roger Highfield

 

“A HERD of goats containing spider genes is about to be milked for the ingredients of spider silk to mass-produce one of nature’s most sought-after materials.

 

“Webster and Peter, genetically altered goats unveiled today (A: This is back in 2002.) by the Canadian company Nexia, are the founders of a GM herd whose offspring will produce spider silk protein in their milk that can be collected, purified and spun into the fibres. Females will begin mass-producing spider milk in the second quarter of this year (A: 2002.) for a variety of military and industrial uses. (A: They actually did that and it’s for a sort of Kevlar that the military uses. It’s for bulletproof materials and so on.)

 

“Dragline silk, which comprises the radiating spokes of a spider web, is stronger than the synthetic fibre Kevlar, stretches better than nylon and, weight for weight, is five times stronger than steel.

 

“spider yarn has been spun by the US Army (A: The US Army had already done it as well, in 2002.) and the company Nexia Biotechnologies of Montreal,”

 

Put your shock of spider-goats on hold for a moment to realise this technology is old-hat. They certainly do spin a good yarn when trying to make us believe old technology will be developed some day in the future. When we are told this or that technology is a new discovery and “it is believed one day in the future it may be possible to make it” we believe it because experts in that field said so. This 2002 public announcement was old technology at the time it was revealed too, the same as the 2010 so called discovery. (A: They’ve just discovered it again, eh?) There is a branch of the law called National Security which allows scientific knowledge by military to be kept classified away from the public. The military use billions and billions of the public’s money to do this. Some of these technologies, when obsolete, can be chosen by the publicly unelected higher ups in the military and revealed to us and used in public mission like the triangular F-117 stealth bomber in the late 1980s. (A: You know when they had the stealth bomber, we first saw it with Iraq, it was the latest thing. They had it in the early 70s. They were using it then in some places.) Before that on classified test flights and classified missions around the world who knows what the public thought, that spotted triangular crafts in the sky, (A: I know what they thought because all the magazines, oh, could it be a UFO? That’s the usual stuff. That’s their usual stuff.) including other military pilots not in the know.

 

We are kept in the dark. We’re mushrooms. We’re fed, you know, fertilizer and kept in the dark; that’s what we’re fed. That’s what the media is FOR, by the way. They’ve got such a gall to present an article as new about 8 years later or whatever. There are lots like that actually, lots like that.

 

The BBC has mentioned about these body scanners. Canada, apparently, is getting a whole whack brought in here as well to x-ray people. IT IS AN X-RAY, by the way, and it is harmful. There is no such thing as a non-harmful x-ray. This article is from the BBC.

 

Women refuse airport body scans

bbc.co.uk – 3/3/10

 

Two women were stopped from boarding a plane at Manchester Airport after refusing to undergo a full body scan.

 

The passengers were due to fly to Islamabad on 19 February when they were selected at random to go through the new scanning machine.

 

One, who is believed to be a Muslim, refused on religious reasons and the other cited health grounds.

 

They are thought to be the first people (A: It’s a scary thing, that. They probably are the first to refuse it. The rest will go, ah, moo, moo and through they go.) to refuse to use the scanners since they became compulsory in February.

 

The machines were introduced as a trial at the airport in October 2009.

 

The women were warned they were legally required to go through the scanner, after being chosen at random, or they would not be allowed to fly, an airport spokesman said.

 

It is not clear whether the women were travelling together.

 

Security staff use the X-ray machine to check for any concealed weapons or explosives (A: Then they have a good laugh and snicker as they photograph you and send it off to their pals, you know.) but they have been criticised as an invasion of privacy.

 

So that’s the big story on that really. It shows you too, when the GM food was announced in Canada, 10 years after we were announced as the guinea pigs, by the way. We only found out because of a protest in London over the same stuff. Then they had to admit that Canada, it came out in the papers, Canada made a SECRET agreement with Monsanto and another one, to grow this stuff and test it out on the Canadian public. By that time they had a centralized computer in Ottawa where all health data was fed regularly, on a daily basis, so they knew what affects it was having immediately. They were using us as absolute guinea pigs. About 5 months after that they had a big store set up in a place I was living, a vegetable and grocery store, you would need roller-skates to get around it. It was actually owned by the Rothschild Company, I found out later. I asked the girl if she could tell me which vegetables were GM and what was non-GM and she just stood with that dumb look they give you, like the lobster, you know, like you are from a different planet asking something like that. Well, she didn’t know so she got the manager and he went into the same lobster-look too, like ah, ah and he honestly didn’t know. He honestly didn’t know. He says you are the first person who has ever asked. That’s what stunned me. Most folk are gone. They were never here. They can’t get lost because they’ve never been conscious to get lost. That’s what stuns you isn’t it? …when you are awake, the constant noticing, reaffirmation that these folk literally are not conscious at all. All the CBC had to do was to show a woman selling corn at a road side on two tables and, well, I can’t tell the difference, she says, as she munched on both and that was good enough for the public. That’s all the propaganda they had to do, plus pull out David Suzuki to tell them it was fine, the guy that said people were maggots, the geneticist who loves animals. Ah, and folk think we are all going to stand together against this? [Alan laughing] …and pigs might fly… along with the goats that make the Kevlar.

 

It’s interesting too, there is such a war going on in Latin America getting ready for the total integration of the Americas. The US has put troops down there for many, many, many years, both running the drug trade. It’s interesting. I read an article a while back there from a special forces guy who was the genuine article who eventually went to work for the Coast Guard to try and stop drugs coming into the US and he met one of his buddies from his old unit who was working for the other side, for the CIA, to bring the drugs IN. That’s really what happens isn’t it? Anyway, they got all these guys down in the States now trying to take over the whole drug industry under the pretense of eliminating it. They want to control it all and there are wars going on. So this article here is called Focus on Mexico from MSNBC.com.

 

FBI: No evidence U.S. victims targeted

Killings of 3 Americans in Mexico a case of mistaken ID by drug gang?

The Associated Press / Tues., March. 16, 2010 / MSNBC.com

[Article altered and found on another site.]

 

US employee fatally shot in Mexico

The crashed car of a US consulate employee who was shot to death in Mexico (AP)

KravMaga.com / Monday March 15 2010

 

CIUDAD JUAREZ, Mexico – A US consulate employee and her husband have been shot to death as they drove in the drug-plagued Mexican city of Ciudad Juarez with their baby in the back seat, minutes after gunmen killed the husband of another consular employee and wounded his two children, officials said Sunday. (A: This was on March 14th when this came out.)

 

US President Barack Obama (A: Did his usual, what anybody would say.) expressed outrage (A: They always express outrage.) over the killings, and Mexican President Felipe Calderon promised a swift investigation. (A: Well, we can kiss that goodbye because they KNOW what’s going on down there. They know darn well what’s going on and the drug boys are getting awful… independent drug boys that are not going through the CIA are starting to bump folk off to try and keep their turf. That’s all it’s about. That’s all.)

 

We are such, really, we are mice aren’t we? People are really mice. As long as we can play, or do your favorite little thing, or go to the bar, or whatever on earth you do, it doesn’t matter how much you get taxed or how many bombs they are setting off across the planet and killing folk to enlarge the empire and steal all their property and oil and everything else, we don’t really care as long as our little cave is pretty secure and we can just afford it and have some money left over for the goodies to make life worth living, you see. Even then they keep you under this constant stream of terror. See, this is a war OF terror. Not ON terror. It’s a war OF terror because they realize that only through a terrorist regime can they possibly force the global warming nonsense down, tax you into the ground, cut back on your diet through weighing you and all the rest of it… and this is coming because they are doing it in Britain now. They are fining parents if they claim the child is overweight, even by 1 pound. We take it and take it and take it as long as we can play with whatever we play at, as long as we can still play in our little cave. Here is what they do to you… argh, oh, anyway. This is the Mail Online.

 

Residents of Dorset town left terrified after ‘fake nuclear emergency’ staged following distribution of ‘alarmist’ leaflets

By Tom Kelly – mail online / 13th March 2010

 

To the residents of a small town in the shadow of a nuclear submarine port, it seemed like the end of the world was nigh.

 

Leaflets dropped through their doors warning them to shut windows and stay indoors while a van with a loudhailer patrolled the streets announcing there was an emergency.

 

Rumours quickly spread that there had been a radiation leak from a submarine as elderly residents barricaded themselves in their homes and bombarded the emergency services with pleas for help.

 

But the authorities had neglected to tell them that it was all a drill.

 

The simulation was supposed to help emergency services rehearse for a worst case scenario in Fortuneswell, Dorset, which is within a mile of Portland Port where nuclear submarines can berth.

 

Furious residents last night accused organisers of the Nuclear Accident Emergency Plan exercise of ‘scare-mongering’. (A: Well, no kidding. They didn’t tell them it was a drill. Can you imagine them saying that to you, that this has been a massive radiation leak or that we’ve been nuked?)

 

Particularly alarming was the van sent round by the local water company warning people not to drink tap water in case it was contaminated. (A: It already is; it’s got fluoride in it.)

 

John Morris said: ‘I went outside when I heard the loudhailer announcement. I was handed this alarmist leaflet about nuclear leaks by a bloke who said nothing about it being an exercise.

 

‘When I got the leaflet I thought: “When’s the bomb going to drop?”‘

 

The leaflets were distributed to 1,200 homes in the town. (A: They love these experiments all over the world to see how the little, you know, the ants, US, we are the little people you see, how we behave and react… AS predicted or not, you see.)

 

Vivien Hawkins, 78, said: ‘It was frightening. I heard this awful noise, opened my front door but couldn’t understand what they were saying.

 

‘After that a booklet came telling me to shut all the windows and douse fires.’

 

Another witness, who did not wish to be named, said: ‘All I heard was there may have been a radiation emergency on Portland Port.

 

So there ya go, little experiments all the time on the little people. And we still pretend that there is some kind of democracy and all that rubbish that never, ever was, by the way. There never was democracy. We are corporations. We are OWNED by corporations, we always were. Always were… we are the workers that keep the big boys happy and in luxury. We make everything for them. We build their big homes, which they have in trusts. We pay for the servicing of their limousines and the purchasing and the maintenance and all the rest of it for them. Folk will never get it will they?

 

Here is an article, as they knock down what’s left of any remaining history in the US.

 

Texas Yanks Thomas Jefferson From Teaching Standard

David Knowles / aolnews.com / March 12, 2010

 

AOL News (March 12) — Widely regarded as one of the most important of all the founding fathers of the United States, Thomas Jefferson received a demotion of sorts Friday thanks to the Texas Board of Education.

 

The board voted to enact new teaching standards for history and social studies that will alter which material gets included in school textbooks. It decided to drop Jefferson from a world history section devoted to great political thinkers. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about Thomas Jefferson being demoted from the textbooks and the teachings in the Texas area, by the Texas Board of Education.

 

According to Texas Freedom Network, a group that opposes many of the changes put in place by the Board of Education, the original curriculum asked students to “explain the impact of Enlightenment ideas from John Locke, Thomas Hobbes, Voltaire, Charles de Montesquieu, Jean Jacques Rousseau and Thomas Jefferson on political revolutions from 1750 to the present.”

 

That emphasis did not sit well with board member Cynthia Dunbar, who, during Friday’s meeting, explained the rationale for changing it. “The Enlightenment was not the only philosophy on which these revolutions were based,” Dunbar said.

 

The new standard, passed at the meeting in a 10-5 vote, now reads, “Explain the impact of the writings of John Locke, Thomas Hobbes, Voltaire, Charles de Montesquieu, Jean Jacques Rousseau, Thomas Aquinas (A: Ha!), John Calvin and Sir William Blackstone.” (A: So they’re going to put Jefferson out of it all together.)

 

By dropping mention of revolution, and substituting figures such as Aquinas and Calvin for Jefferson, Texas Freedom Network argues, the board had chosen to embrace religious teachings over those of Jefferson, the man who coined the phrase “separation between church and state.” (A: That was in a letter that he wrote to a Baptist minister who was asking about it… for those who don’t know. It’s NOT in the Constitution.)

 

There is how things go and it’s going along, obviously, as planned. In Britain, I mentioned last week, again the flagship for the world to copy, that they are telling the courts to let burglars just to, don’t put them in prison anymore. Here is another article from the Mail Online from a guy who owns a curry house, a guy from India I guess.

 

Curry house owner foils burglary… and then HE’S thrown in cell when yobs (A: Yobbos, as they call them over there.) complain

By Tom Kelly – mail online / 13th March 2010

 

I’ll put this article up too, to show you how crazy and ridiculous it’s all getting. This is all to intensify the hype in society and the fear and tension. It also makes all the crooks think, who actually walk about in gangs over there now, big gangs, that everything is on, even the law is on their side. That’s what it’s about as well, you understand. It’s quite interesting that when you really see what’s happening. This is NOT by chance. Believe you me, if the big boys wanted this to all end tomorrow and the hoodlums all in jail or at least put in their place, they would to it. This keeps the PUBLIC in a state of terror. It keeps them nervous all the time. When you are nervous, you turn to the abuser who abuses you to protect you and that’s your government, the ones who are doing it all. Folk don’t understand that simple technique and all the pervs out that will understand that very, very well. And there are lots of them at the top of every government. These are the kinds who GET up there.

 

I’ve talked about Land-for-Debt swap and this is the same thing under a different title. It’s from alternet.org.

 

Billionaires and Mega-Corporations Behind Immense Land Grab in Africa

20+ African countries are selling or leasing land for intensive agriculture on a shocking scale in what may be the greatest change of ownership since the colonial era.

By John Vidal, Mail & Guardian / Posted on March 10, 2010 / alternet.org

 

They are up to their eyes with the International Monetary Fund too. The IMF’s job is to make you take out massive loans you can’t pay back and then bankrupt you and then take it over… and give it to their buddies for peanuts. By the way, they’re doing the same thing in Canada. The Chinese are doing it in Canada. The Chinese, they’re not citizens of Canada, working for big corporations that are just grabbing the land here… to feed the Chinese back home. I might talk about that tomorrow night.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 17th 2010. For the newcomers out there, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, scroll down and bookmark all the other sites I have up there because quite often one or two and sometimes more will go down at the same time. If you have them bookmarked you can always pull down the latest shows from the alternate sites. [Official sites listed above.] Remember that you are the audience that brings me to you. I’m probably the only host out there that doesn’t get paid directly from sponsors; that’s how most of them earn their living. The ads you hear on this show are paid by the advertisers directly to RBN for this air time. That pays for their staff, equipment, their bills and the transmission of this show. So it’s up to you to keep me going and you can do so by going into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, see the few things I have for sale; I’d have a lot more if it wasn’t for what I’m doing here on the show. This isn’t one hour per night, believe you me, but you can help me out by buying these books, CDs and DVDs that I have up there or you can donate to me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them to play on CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

 

Earlier on today, I was talking on another radio show, the Alex Jones show, and I mentioned how we are all dumbed down now, not just with propaganda but the children get about 30 injections before they are 2 years of age now. That really is for an alternate purpose. There’s no doubt about it, with autism skyrocketing and attention deficit, as they are calling it now, all the categories sometimes fill half a classroom in classes across the US and Canada. That’s incredible and yet it’s not a crisis, which means, to me, that it’s intentional. If it was outside the control of the big boys or it happened by itself, it WOULD be a crisis. Same with the sperm count dropping like a stone, it would be a crisis unless it’s intentional. That’s how you use your logic and reason. I’ll be back with tonight’s topics after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Just before the break I was mentioning about the amount of inoculations we get and how autism and attention deficit, as they are calling it now, different categories really of the same problem supposedly, are definitely connected to the inoculations and various other things which we are GIVEN.

 

At the very top level of science, they know what they are doing because at the top level you are into the military-industrial complex. They are always way ahead of what anyone else is doing down below. They are way above university level on every particular topic in every science there is. They have INSTANT retrieval to ALL data, medical and so on, and they are always doing experiments on either parts of a country, local populations, and sometimes entire nations. Canada for instance, was the test bed for the GMO vegetables for 10 years before we found out about it. That’s what democracy is all about in reality because it’s a farce and it always was.

 

Another topic I’ve talked about too, to do with the dumbing down of the public, apart from the fluoride in the water and various other things, is the phthalates. Phthalates are a form… it’s actually an enzyme type that comes out of plastic bottles or the tin cans today are all lined with this plastic. They put hot food in the cans and this stuff leaches right into the food. They KNOW what they are doing at the top because this stuff was known to affect the general public AND sterility and various other things back in the late 1800s! So why on earth would they put it in your food or create a fad of drinking everything out of plastic bottles? There is nothing out there that is UNintentional. It’s like the old saying, for everything that happens in politics there is always a good reason and then there is the real reason. Well, it’s the same thing with everything else around you.

 

This article is another side of the phthalates from Rodale news.

 

Chemicals in Plastic Linked to Low IQs in [Children] Kids

A new study links phthalate plasticizers to lowered IQ in third and fourth graders.

By Emily Main / rodale.com / March 15, 2010

 

RODALE NEWS, EMMAUS, PA—A new study published in the March issue of Environmental Health Perspectives finds that phthalates (pronounced “THA-lates”), chemicals used to make plastics flexible and artificial fragrances linger, could have an effect on brain function in children who have been exposed to them. (Alan: They put them in every cosmetic there is for the women too because it affects the male fetus in the womb between the ages of 8-12 WEEKS. It LITERALLY alters them for LIFE. It’s known to cause later sterility. So now it’s going into this. It says…) These phthalate plasticizers, are being eliminated from children’s products in this country due to health concerns. (A: Well, they SAID that in Canada because Canada was the first one. I and others made a big stink about it and they had articles in the major media saying they were removing this particular type of plastic and lo and behold, there was a survey done about 6 months to a year later and it said that they are still using the same stuff. Nothing had changed… and that’s intentional.) But they’re still present in many products children are exposed to on a daily basis, including countless home, medical, and personal-care products, as well as cleaning supplies used in schools.

 

THE DETAILS: The study authors recruited 667 third- and fourth-grade students from nine schools across South Korea, and gave both the students and their mothers IQ tests. The students also supplied urine samples so researchers could determine the level of phthalates in their bodies. Result: A higher phthalate level was strongly associated with a lower IQ test result. The researchers noted that maternal IQ level had a significant impact on a child’s IQ, but after controlling for this variable, they found that phthalates still played a role. Diethylhexyl phthalate (DEHP), a common form of phthalate, was found to be one of the main culprits in terms of its probable effect on brain function. DEHP is most commonly used in synthetic fragrances and soft vinyl products. (A: Then it goes on to say what it means and all the rest of it, the usual hoopla; they’ll have a look into it and blah, blah, blah. But this is intentional, so they have no intention of looking into it, at the top.

 

We are under WAR and people will never, ever catch on to that. Most of them will never catch on until the end, the last second of conscious thought. They will never catch on because it’s too much to accept… that their whole version of reality is being brainwashed into them and is a big lie. To be honest with you too, the psychology that is used upon the general population, psychology and knowledge and sciences which are ANCIENT, is so PERFECTED in this day and age that they know exactly how to handle the public. All you have to do is say IT’S FREE and we throw all our rights out the window, all our privacy, because something is FREE. We rush for it, like Facebook for instance. This article is from the Chicago Tribune. I’ve mentioned this before, all these things that are out there for free on the internet are PURELY for data collection, not for your fun. Your fun is the little temporary side effect, that’s all.

 

The feds turn to social networks to fight crime,

hoping that tweet will give them a jailbird

RICHARD LARDNER / chicagotribune.com / Associated Press Writer / March 16, 2010

 

WASHINGTON (AP) — Maxi Sopo was having so much fun “living in paradise” in Mexico that he posted about it on Facebook so all his friends could follow his adventures. Others were watching, too: A federal prosecutor in Seattle, where Sopo was wanted on bank fraud charges. (A: The feds were watching him.)

 

Tracking Sopo through his public “friends” list, the prosecutor found his address and had Mexican authorities arrest him. Instead of sipping pina coladas, Sopo is awaiting extradition to the U.S.

 

Sopo learned the hard way: The Feds are on Facebook. And MySpace, LinkedIn and Twitter, too. (A: Everything they have given you is part of the MILITARY-INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX. They put REAL companies out there, they register them, but they are RUN and FUNDED by the black budgets that go through the CIA. That’s what they are for.)

 

Law enforcement agents are following the rest of the Internet world into popular social-networking services, even going undercover with false online profiles to communicate with suspects and gather private information, according to an internal Justice Department document that surfaced in a lawsuit.

 

The document shows that U.S. agents are logging on surreptitiously to exchange messages with suspects, identify a target’s friends or relatives and browse private information such as postings, personal photographs and video clips. (A: Then they go on and on and on.)

 

In reality, they are also creating sting operations. All the things that you think of as crime is mainly run by higher police bureaus setting up sting operations to attract people in there, get them to say something, maybe even do something, and then they arrest them. It’s a kind of make-work project you might say for the cops that are put on these boards. But the real job is way above those cops and way above even the FBI and so on, the real information is gathered by the PENTAGON, on EVERY SINGLE ONE OF US. We must be perfectly predictable to live in a totalitarian society… for world peace, you understand… that’s the excuse they always give.

 

Years ago I mentioned on the radio that you’d find that eventually you’d have an army, a military army that would police us for the environment and so on. I’m talking about MILITARIZED force, not just your little greenies with their little swastika outfits on but the real stuff, guys who have been in the military, an actual separate military organization, in uniform and armed and all the rest of it. This article… and I’ll put this up on my web site at the end of the show.

 

Veterans Green Corps Crew Member

sccorps.org / March 17, 2010

 

(A: This is an AD put out by the Green Corp Crew Members. This is a government ad.)

 

Conservation Program Job Description

 

Position Title: Veterans Conservation Crew Corpsmember

 

Position Type: Full-time, temporary, lasting up to 11 weeks

 

Location: Based out of Durango or Salida; Crew members will work in Southern Colorado and the 4-Corners Region.

 

Pay: $310.00 per week (minus $25 per wk meal deduction…Crew leaders are paid a wage range of $460-$540 DOE, DOQ, and certifications).

 

Benefits: Uniform, food, training, worker’s compensation coverage, travel, and an AmeriCorps education award to qualifying individuals.

 

Qualifications: Applicants must have served in the U.S. Armed Forces and have a DD214

 

Southwest Conservation Corps’ Mission:

It is the mission of the Southwest Conservation Corps to empower individuals to positively impact their lives, their communities, and the environment.

 

Veterans Green Jobs Mission:

Veterans Green Jobs provides exemplary green jobs education and career development opportunities for military veterans, empowering and supporting them to lead America’s transition to energy independence, ecological restoration, community renewal, and economic prosperity. (A: Now, why would you need the military? …guys who have been in the military to come and fill these positions? I’ll leave you to think about that for yourself. If you are someone that really NEEDS the mainstream media to tell you why, then they will take you off into a spin forever and good luck to you… If you can’t use your own brain that far, you are gone… you’re gone.)

 

There is an article here and it says…

 

Obama Aides See ‘Extended Period’ of Unemployment

By Rebecca Christie and Mike Dorning, on 03-17-2010 / noonehastodietomorrow.com

 

(A: Now, Obama is just really a continuation of the Bush regime. There are no differences here; they’ve been doing the same foreign policies across the world. The only thing that he really introduced is the mandatory health care which is really a health AUTHORITY because authorities are much more beneficial to the elite than giving you care. They can then TELL you what to do, how many injections to get, and all the rest of it.)

 

U.S. employers won’t hire enough workers this year to lower the jobless rate much below the level of 9.7 percent reached in February, three Obama administration economic officials said today.

 

The proportion of Americans who can’t find work is likely to “remain elevated for an extended period,” (A: Well, I can tell you this now, it’s going to be an extended period for EVER… because this is the new world order. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article. I’ll just dash back for a minute to the Facebook thing. I’ll put another link up as well to show you from their own site that they are selling off your information in BULK, bulk purchases to people and corporations and agencies and so on.

 

While Facebook & Twitter Sit on Sidelines, MySpace Jumps Into Bulk User Data Sales

Written by Marshall Kirkpatrick / March 12, 2010 / readwriteweb.com

 

Back to this article, about the American unemployment…

 

The proportion of Americans who can’t find work is likely to “remain elevated for an extended period,” Treasury Secretary Timothy F. Geithner, White House budget director Peter Orszag and Christina Romer, chairman of the Council of Economic Advisers, said in a joint statement. The officials said unemployment may even rise “slightly” over the next few months as discouraged workers start job-hunting again.

 

There’s no way they are going to bring back employment into the US, the factories have all gone. The factories employed an awful lot of people, and the spin-offs from the factories and suppliers also employed an awful lot of people. They knew back when they signed the GATT Treaty, the General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs, that they were going to move ALL the industry out of the US and Canada and parts of Europe over to China BACK THEN. They KNEW what the outcome would be. Don’t kid yourself that they are only now going through a sudden economic depression because people are dropping the dollar. They KNEW that would happen back then. There are no surprises at the top, for the top boys. But it must always be presented to us as a surprise. Who would have thought, eh? Who would have thunk, as they say? There is nothing done by chance in this system. And they won’t be bringing the jobs back either. I’ll put that link up as well for you to peruse for yourself.

 

Everyone has heard about Bernays who was given the task of creating the consumer society for the US and the Western world. He worked with Presidents of the Unites States as well on very high level operations. He even got a little war started in a South American country because one of his corporations that paid him money for advertising and marketing had a strike going on, so he called them communists. He got the US government to go in with the military and take over the little country so that his fruit corporation that he worked for, or got money for, for marketing, would get back on track with no labor problems. Quite the character, well funded, well versed in the whole art of manipulation of the mass, the masses as they call it. Well you see, it’s gone a lot further since then, this whole idea of the mind and how it works and mass psychology. They use NEURO SCIENCE now. They call it Neuro Science.

 

Neuro science is also linked with EUGENICS because they do believe in superior and inferior types and all that kind of stuff. Here is an article on NeuroFraming. You see, if they can’t spin something off to the public and get us all to parrot about it, in the same voice at the same time and all believe what we are told, they’ve got to lie BETTER. They use techniques of getting it through your mind without you really thinking about it or using critical, analytical processes to think about it so you’ll come to the CORRECT conclusion. They present it to you through NEUROFRAMING. As I say, I’ll put up all of these links on my web site at the end of the show if XplorNet blesses me with the ability to upload at their so-called double-dialup high speed.

 

“Neuroframing” the global warming issue won’t win converts

By John Horgan / scientificamerican.com / March 16, 2010

 

Last week the Garrison Institute, a retreat center just a few miles down the Hudson River from my home, hosted an impressive symposium on “Climate, Mind and Behavior.” An organizer made the mistake of inviting me to the meeting’s wrap-up session Friday.

 

As a brochure put it, the symposium brought together 75 “thought leaders (A: Leaders in THOUGHT and how YOU think.) and practitioners from the fields of neuro, behavioral and evolutionary economics, psychology, policy, investing and social media to explore how to integrate emerging knowledge on the key drivers (A: See how they are using computer terminology on you, DRIVERS for YOU?) of behavior into solutions for solving the world’s most pressing problem: climate change.” (A: If climate change was happening, why would they have to convince us through devious techniques? Hmm?)

 

Basically, this was a brainstorming session on how to market “solutions” to global warming more effectively. (A: Last week I read an article from the Council on Foreign Relations who put out a big mandate to all the reporters for the IPCC at the United Nations and all those reporting on Global Warming, on HOW TO report. Well this is the more advanced type that they’ve come up with at this brainstorming session.) The emphasis on packaging reminded me of the controversial proposal by journalist Chris Mooney and communication professor Matt Nisbet of American University that scientists need to become more adept at “framing” issues such as global warming to win the debate. The Garrison meeting explored whether neuroscience and other fields that probe the physiological underpinnings of human belief and behavior can help environmentalists frame issues more persuasively. Let’s call it “neuroframing.”

 

John Gowdy, an economist at Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, noted that “neuroeconomics” is challenging the conventional economics view of humans as “utility maximizers” (A: That’s what you are…) who make choices based on self-interest and reason. MRI scans show that we assess risks and rewards with brain regions that underpin fear, suspicion, empathy and other emotions, Gowdy explained, and we make choices very differently depending on how they are framed.

 

The psychiatrist Daniel Siegel of UCLA proposed that we all possess two innate, brain-based “maps” for responding to the world. One is a “me-map” that underpins our obsession with our own interests, but we also have a “we-map” corresponding to our concern for others. (A: I’ll go back to the “we-map” after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article about Neuroframing. It’s really how to build consensus amongst the general public by using psychological, INTENSE psychological techniques but also to TEACH those who are going to brainwash us, through the media, on HOW to report things so we will all come to the same conclusions and opinions on things. That’s what it’s about and this is from ScientificAmerican.com. This reporter goes on to talk about how it’s happening.

 

MRI scans show that we assess risks and rewards with brain regions that underpin fear, suspicion, empathy and other emotions, Gowdy explained, and we make choices very differently depending on how they are framed.

 

The psychiatrist Daniel Siegel of UCLA proposed that we all possess two innate, brain-based “maps” for responding to the world. One is a “me-map” (A: That’s when you are egosyntonic, you’ve been TAUGHT that the world revolves around you, basically, and egocentric.) that underpins our obsession with our own interests, (A: By the way, the me-map, who you are, is not who you really are, it’s who they’ve given you to be. It’s like giving you the choice of 10 different sets of clothing to wear; you take your pick and that becomes you. That’s how most folk are today and that’s acceptable. Even the rebels are given their outfits, their uniforms to wear; hats backward, baggy pants or whatever… they are given it. So it all comes from the top, not from the bottom.) but we also have a “we-map” corresponding to our concern for others. (A: That’s the politicians out of the picture there.)

 

The implications of these presentations were spelled out over lunch for me and other journalists (including Scientific American’s David Biello) by Jonathan Rose, founder of the Garrison Institute and the meeting’s chief sponsor and organizer. Environmentalists must frame issues to appeal to peoples’ “we-maps,” asserted Rose, a green New York real-estate mogul.

 

I share the belief of Rose and others at the symposium that global warming is bad (A: So they believe in it; they’re all on board with it.) and we should do something about it. But I’ve always disliked “framing” as a strategy for influencing the global-warming debate. Framing is just spinning, and neuroframing is spinning plus brain scans.

 

First of all, we don’t need MRI studies to tell us that we’re emotional, complicated creatures. Moreover, many people already view environmentalists as self-righteous and manipulative. (A: They’re also liars.) This is a framing problem that neuroframing may exacerbate. The message is that environmentalists will go to extraordinary lengths—seeking guidance from cutting-edge brain science!–to help the dim-witted public see the world in the same enlightened way that environmentalists do.

 

Not all global-warming skeptics are ignorant, irrational idiots. I teach at an engineering school, and about one third of my students identify themselves as global-warming skeptics. They tend to know more about global warming than students who accept it as a fact. Two sources at the Science Times section of the New York Times have told me that a majority of the section’s editorial staff doubts that human-induced global warming represents a serious threat to humanity.

 

This is actually only one of MANY techniques put out by the Council on Foreign Relations. They had it on their own web site and then the United Nations followed suit, at the IPCC, that they are now going giving teaching lessons to journalists on HOW to report it so that we will all believe them much better. You see, we all must come to this consensus. Consensus building is what they call it. There are ways of teaching; children are brainwashed all the time. I can remember at school when we got videos to watch and when it came to animals or wildlife or whatever, they put in this HEAVY music with the voice over, generally of a woman with a deeper voice and she would talk hypnotically. Well, why do you need that to happen with the visual AND music to back it up with ominous sounds? These are the psychological techniques that are used to brainwash us to bring us to the intended conclusion of the masters. You see, truth can be presented as truth. You don’t have to brainwash someone into a particular, predesigned opinion. And we’ve all been brainwashed from school; the trick is to shake it off later on.

 

This international socialist system we are going into, this collectivist system is to suit the masters, of course. Everything always is to suit the masters. Really, we are here as servants of the masters; that’s what they really believe at the top. We always have been, really, slaves in one form or another. Today we are called wage slaves. But we also supply manpower for wars so that the big boys can have more conquests and plunder more countries and private corporations, which they own, take over all the rights of minerals and gold and oil and all the rest of it. It’s always been like that. Democracy was a sham to keep us all happy and stupid while we paid HIGHER taxes than ever before, worked hard thinking it was going to be for ourselves and our future and our children’s, only to have it all taken away from us because they signed the GATT Treaty, NAFTA and a whole bunch of other treaties at the United Nations. That’s what they are doing right now is taking it all away from you. They don’t NEED us all anymore. There’s too many of us. They’ve taken away the industry. We’re not really much good to them except to supply manpower for military. That will soon be over too, once they finish with Iran and then go into Syria because that’s the agenda.

 

Here is an article to show you how they are stepping up the health authority. Remember, this all started with health… Lenin said himself they would start off with health SERVICES in the West that would eventually become accepted AUTHORITIES, with power, legal power and force over the public to comply. This is what is in store for the rest of the world because Britain is the flagship for all these experiments.

 

Warning – your child is unfit: Parents of pupils who fail school fitness tests to get letters from health police (A: This is the mainstream media.)

By Daniel Martin / 16th March 2010 / Mail Online

 

Parents of children deemed unfit are to be sent warning letters from schools.

 

Secondary pupils will be forced to take an annual fitness test.

 

If they fail, their parents will be told they are at risk of heart disease, brittle bones and obesity. (A: They already have that happening. I’ve read articles where mothers really complained because their child is one pound over weight, according to the authorities’ scales and their charts. We’re all supposed to have the same frames and body builds apparently in this standardized system. So they’re already using this.) The scheme was outlined yesterday by the Government’s chief medical officer, Sir Liam Donaldson.

 

He warned that lack of exercise is placing a greater burden on the economy than smoking – costing £8.3billion a year (A: That’s nothing compared to their wars and all the rest of it, isn’t it? Nothing at all.) compared with £5.2billion. But the initiative was criticised by campaigners as yet another example of Labour’s ‘nanny state’ interference in family life.

 

(A: What is the Labour Party? You have to go into the Fabian Society, look at the founders, look at their charters, and look at their mandates. It was all to do with man is just an animal and through scientific techniques they can recreate him into the NEW man, the Superman even if need be. Not us, but Supermen for WAR and that is where the term is first used, Superman. Not just Nietzsche, it was also used by those in the Fabian Societies. The Soviets came up with the same thing, the new Sovieticus man that would be the greater superman, retrained, brainwashed in the RIGHT values from birth, including what to eat and all the rest of it and how to serve the greater good of the greater public. That’s what it’s all about. That’s what the Labour Party is. It wasn’t started up by a work force or working people. It was set up by the ELITE of London… and financed by the ELITE of London. The founding members were also the elite of London. They Astor family, LORD Astor put the funding money up to get it all going and it is a part of the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the guys who gave us this term ‘democracy’, the SHAM of democracy, because they would lead the left wing AND the right wing ALL ALONG this long path to today where we’re now post-democratic, as they call it. They don’t have to con us much anymore; we simply do what we’re told because we’re afraid. That’s what the war OF terror actually is. FEAR, they find, is far more affective than trying to persuade us by neuroframing our opinions into us. Back to this article…)

 

Opposition parties said it also showed ministers’ plans to improve school sport had completely failed.

 

The proposal is expected to be piloted at a small number of schools before being extended across the country. Under the scheme pupils will take so-called ‘bleep’ exercise tests which will see them perform a series of shuttle runs used to measure stamina and fitness.

 

This is going back to just before World War II when they showed how the Nazi movement had the youth all practicing in football fields and doing their ins and outs and all the rest of it, all together. Then they showed you on Pathe News the same thing happening in Britain. This was the socialists’ dream. Britain was always socialist because socialism is the fastest, easiest way to collectivism to make it easier for the elite to RULE YOU. Socialism does not like INDIVIDUALITY. It’s about STAMPING OUT individuality. You’re all working for the greater good, which means you’re all working for the elite basically. That’s what it means.

 

An article here has come out in the papers, one of MANY to do with Iran. I’ve mentioned before, the Project for the New American Century with Cheney, Wolfowitz and all those boys, and Bush, on board with it, and Pearle and different ones behind the scenes as well. They talked about the list they’d have to go through to get “peace” in the Middle East and in the Asian countries. They started off with Afghanistan; it was to be number one, followed by Iraq, was number two. They’d have to go into Iran, number three, and then Syria. It was done by London. It was done by the US in Washington DC. It was also done by the State of Israel. They were all on board together; the terrible trio basically. They’re all in bed together working for the same purpose and same direction. This article is from the Herald Scotland.

 

Final destination Iran?

Published on 14 Mar 2010 – heraldscotland.com / Exclusive: Rob Edwards

 

Hundreds of powerful US “bunker-buster” bombs are being shipped from California to the British island of Diego Garcia in the Indian Ocean in preparation for a possible attack on Iran.

 

The Sunday Herald can reveal that the US government signed a contract in January to transport 10 ammunition containers to the island. According to a cargo manifest from the US navy, this included 387 “Blu” bombs used for blasting hardened or underground structures.

 

Experts say that they are being put in place for an assault on Iran’s controversial nuclear facilities. There has long been speculation that the US military is preparing for such an attack, should diplomacy fail to persuade Iran not to make nuclear weapons. (A: Now, Iran signed the Non-Proliferation Treaty Act at the United Nations years ago with everyone else that signed it. Iran has opened its doors to every inspector that’s ever been in there to show that they are not making nuclear weaponry. But you see, the facts don’t matter anymore. It was the same with Iraq, weapons of mass destruction, yada, yada, ya. They sent in, was it Spitzer, or whatever the guy’s name was, from the United Nations about 5 times. He kept coming out and saying there are NO nuclear weapons here. But that wasn’t good enough because war was the agenda and they don’t care about that. They just want the war to go on. They will keep lying even though the proof is staring you in the face that nothing exists. And they do want war with Iran. They’ve got to destroy the Moslem world and that, really, is the agenda too. You can not have different types of cultures coexisting in a global society. We have to be this new mushy-mushy, wishy-washy, greenie society with a new kind of culture of political correctness. That’s what they are after… where no one gets married, everyone can run around like bunnies in March, BUT, you mustn’t bond and you mustn’t have children, unless you are qualified to do so with the right kind of genes. I’m not kidding about that. It’s sounds very trite but that’s a fact.)

 

Experts say that they are being put in place for an assault on Iran’s controversial nuclear facilities. There has long been speculation that the US military is preparing for such an attack, should diplomacy fail to persuade Iran not to make nuclear weapons.

 

Although Diego Garcia is part of the British Indian Ocean Territory, it is used by the US as a military base under an agreement made in 1971. The agreement led to 2,000 native islanders being forcibly evicted to the Seychelles and Mauritius. (A: It was quite a documentary that was put out by, I don’t know if it was the BBC that put it out, on that particular island of Diego Garcia. These people had been DUMPED there as indentured servants about 200 years before it. So generations had passed. But they wanted this for a military base, probably for today by the way – that’s how far ahead they plan – and they made an agreement with the US. So they cleared all these people out to Seychelles and Mauritius and dumped them in slums. Many of them died off with heartache because they loved the island they had grown up with; that’s about 3 or 4 generations. But who’s to let human emotions and a few paltry people stand in the way of progress, eh?)

 

The Sunday Herald reported in 2007 that stealth bomber hangers on the island were being equipped to take bunker-buster bombs.

 

Although the story was not confirmed at the time, the new evidence suggests that it was accurate.

 

Contract details for the shipment to Diego Garcia were posted on an international tenders’ website by the US navy.

 

A shipping company based in Florida, Superior Maritime Services, will be paid $699,500 to carry many thousands of military items from Concord, California, to Diego Garcia.

 

Crucially, the cargo includes 195 smart, guided, Blu-110 bombs and 192 massive 2000lb Blu-117 bombs.

 

“They are gearing up totally for the destruction of Iran,” said Dan Plesch, director of the Centre for International Studies and Diplomacy at the University of London, (A: That’s what they call diplomacy, by the way, do what we say, give us your country or we’ll bomb you. That’s it.) co-author of a recent study on US preparations for an attack on Iran. (A: So he’s involved in the preparations for it, this character here, Dan Plesch… not a very ‘pleschant’ guy.) “US bombers are ready today to destroy 10,000 targets in Iran in a few hours,” he added.

 

This is also a propaganda piece BY the military to terrify the Iranians and cause internal freaking-out, basically, hoping they will turn on their own government and go into chaos and give us a “peaceful” excuse to go in with the armed troops who will then kill people. This is all psychological warfare too. That’s how things are; otherwise they wouldn’t tell you a darn thing, especially from the guys who are involved in the setting up of the operation. They wouldn’t tell you it until it was underway.

 

Another interesting article I’m going to put up here is…

 

Exploring status quo bias in the human brain

March 15th, 2010 in Medicine & Health / Neuroscience – physorg.com

 

(A: It ties in with Neuro science. That’s what we’re all run by today. If you wonder how people from 30 years ago could be convinced to go on television now and start screaming at each other and air their dirty laundry? It was through neuro science and techniques of neuro science. People think that if a psychiatrist or a psychologist or any kind of quack goes on television and gets his own show, then he must be the best in the world… because they worship what’s on television and they air all their dirty laundry, as though they were talking to people in the same room. That’s how stupid people are today. It happens, too, when you’ve watched all these reality shows and you cannot tell fact from fiction.)

 

The more difficult the decision we face, the more likely we are not to act, according to new research by UCL scientists that examines the neural pathways involved in ‘status quo bias’ in the human brain. (A: Now, ALL these researches are done for the military-industrial complex, believe you me, and these universities are all paid to do it; they always have been.)

 

The study, published today in Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (PNAS), looked at the decision-making of participants taking part in a tennis ‘line judgement’ game while their brains were scanned using functional MRI (fMRI). (A: I’ll cut to the chase with this particular article. What they’re not telling you is, when we have 3 or 4 crucial things happening at one time in our lives, we freeze, shut down and we are ordered about and we do what we are told. That’s what they were testing out, again, to make sure it works. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix reading from physorg.com on, really, this neuro science and how we react when we’re faced with major problems, especially more than one at a time. What they’ve found, basically, is that we freeze; we tend to just not do anything. Rather than make a decision and do something, we don’t do anything and that maintains the status quo. That’s also used by governments upon us in this whole war of terror on the general public. We do nothing, we just say, oh well. You know, bend down at the airport, okay, yeah. We want to see your nude body, at the airports, okay, and x-ray you and okay… do nothing. “When in doubt, do nothing.” Fear is a very good thing for doing that. I’ll put this article up too and you can peruse it for yourself. This is scratching the surface, of course, the releases that they give to the general public. The real HIGH data is kept in much higher sources and never given to the general public.

 

There is Jason from Ohio there. Are you there Jason?

 

Jason: I was just listening to you talk about how there are all these movements going on. Have you heard about the Coffee Party that started up here, by Annabel Park?

 

Alan: No.

 

Jason: Okay. This Coffee Party, there is the Tea Party and then there is the Coffee Party. Ron Paul started off the Tea Party and he started getting all these people to try to take down the systems of control. You were just talking about how society always looks for the common good; the ones that are just completely blind to what’s going on. This Coffee Party states that our founding fathers and mothers gave us an enduring gift, democracy. So they are using this word democracy when we are not a democracy and even if we are, let’s just say. It shows in their Coffee Party fact check that they are funded by… or it says, Democracy in Action is a vendor that licenses internet technology for web sites including ours. Democracy in Action has received funding from Mr Soros. That’s George Soros. It’s really weird. The Tea Party has been high jacked from the neo-cons and republicans, one of the sides of the left/right paradigm. This Coffee party started up from this Annabel Park which she is, she worked for the New York Times. She was also a videographer, an Obama operative. They are basically playing off each other. The Tea Party is playing off of the Coffee Party. Can you comment on that? …the two different sides?

 

Alan: It’s no surprise to me. Every biggie out there generally is funded by the same boys who control power. Rather than let a true grass movement start off, they think way ahead how we will react to different things 5, 10 years down the road when they implement different laws and rules and new ways of living. THEY give us the leaders for those things. Even though Noam Chomsky, who’s been up there for years; he worked at MIT. He admits it in the latest Democracy Now Interview, and that’s also funded party by the Rockefeller Foundation, even though it was completely run by the Pentagon back in the 60s and 70s, and still is by the way. They also had all the most radical, dissident groups at MIT and the Pentagon couldn’t care less about the left and right wing because they control them all. So you’re quite right. Quite right. A true grass roots movement is something they don’t want, so they give you the leaders before one springs up themselves that they can’t control. That’s an old technique.

 

Jason: Alex Jones is starting up a new thing; it’s called the Real Coffee Party.

 

Alan: The Real Coffee Party… I hope it’s not GMO. [Alan laughing.]

 

Jason: Yeah. He’s just starting up this new Coffee Party to try to over throw these two.

 

Alan: Yes. Thanks for calling.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 18th 2010. For the newcomers, I always suggest you look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, scroll down and bookmark all the other sites I have up there because once in a while, actually it’s quite frequently, one or the other ones go down and you have to go to these alternate sites to download the latest shows. [Official sites listed above.] At the start of the show I always do my begging act. This is where I rattle the tin can and tell you that you are the audience that brings me to you. I don’t ask for cash from corporations, foundations, or the CIA or anybody like that. I don’t work for any of those guys. I don’t get money from the advertisers. The ads you hear on the show are paid by the advertisers directly to RBN to put out this show over the air waves and through satellite. It pays for their staff and equipment and their bills, and we all know what bills are. So you have to help me with mine in that case and you can go into cuttingthroughthematrix.com and see what I have for sale there. There is not much really. I don’t have time to do much more with all these shows and all the other things that I do. So it’s up to you go keep me going, purchase the books, CDs and DVDs or you can donate to me. You can get a lot of shows of the past, about 50 to a disk almost, at quite a very cheap rate. How to pay for it, you go into cuttingthroughthematrix.com and you can use [Ordering and donation options listed above]. For those who get the disks of the shows burned and passed to them to play on their CD players, you can write to me at [address above]. Now, that’s out of the way.

 

I’m going to just touch on reality and show you how things work again tonight because it’s very important to use your own brain. I think that Albert Pike was quite right when he said that the people who won’t use their own intellect are nothing more than meat on the table and beasts of burden by choice and consent. That’s true but we’ve also been trained to be that way. We’ve been trained, like Brzezinski said in his book, Between Two Ages, we’ve been trained that the media is an appendage to our brain; it’s there to do our reasoning and thinking for us. That’s the trick of giving us an alternate reality while we are ruled by a tiny clique at the top who plan the future, carry the future out AS they are also telling you that they are going to do this IN the future. That’s the greatest trick of all and most of what you see on the media today is all about that. They tell you they are GOING to do this; meanwhile you’ve been working towards it and implementing it for 10 years or more. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about reality again because eventually you catch on when you study and you chase the media and you chase government documents, that whatever they are talking about at the top and giving out to the public is really a form of conditioning you to accept something that’s already started to be implemented, sometimes quite a few years ago.

 

I noticed a few years ago by talking to different people in the medical associations in the US that they were already setting up the system for this NEW health care system which is to go in line with the United Nations vision of the MINIMAL health care for the entire planet. That literally is what they say at the United Nations, not good health care, not extensive health care, but really the minimal health care will be given to everyone across the planet. We’ve seen what happened in countries across Europe, especially Britain, where it is an absolute mess now.

 

What they do is they start off with telling you that your tax money is going to bring you a beautiful thing, whether it’s a nuclear reactor like they did in Canada, or a gas works or something, a pipeline, whatever it is, they use your money. The state uses the taxpayers’ money, the laborers’ money, the serfs, or the slaves. Call it what you wish, it’s all the same. They build up these big structures, whether it’s road highways or whatever, and then they sell it off to their buddies. Now, that’s the plan even before they announce the beginnings of it to the public. But they always sell it to the public so that you won’t be complaining so much about your high taxation as they build these projects: Well, it’s ours, you see, the public own it and they give you all this utter nonsense and outright lies, and right from the start they know how many years they will ALLOW it to be IN the public domain before they privatize it. That’s what public/private is all about today.

 

It’s the same with the health care system in the socialized countries. They start off with good systems and very efficient too. They last for a few years and then they start to bring in crisis. Crisis in health care is what you hear. Then they privatize it and sell it to their buddies but now it’s public/private. The idea being, we will build them up as always, with our tax money, then they go into public/private which is a form of maintenance. The public will maintain the costs of it while the private part takes the profits. That’s LITERALLY what it is.

 

You see, slavery has always been here in one form or another. That’s what Charles Galton Darwin said. He was quite honest about that. He should know, being up there amongst the elite. It’s always been here in one form or another. When you think back through the major religions across the planet down through the ages, even pre-Christian, they made sure they had the holy days for the slaves so they could have a good booze-up or whatever they were into, like a party time once in a while, maybe 5 times a year. That’s what they looked forward to. That was their little payoff for the slave who generally being kept simple was quite content with that. They trained them that that’s the natural order. If you want to rule people, you must TRY to get one generation trained that this IS the natural order, that this big, tall fellow here with his tall relatives have the right to dominate you. That’s how it all starts and it started a long time ago.

 

Nothing has changed today, except the techniques of control are far more sophisticated. They use the media as an ARM of giving fake realities and conditioning you in readiness for what’s coming down the pike. The health care industry is one thing, so was the nuclear industry in Canada and the privatization that’s going on there. Maurice Strong was brought over quite a few years back FROM the United Nations directly to Ontario TO privatize the electrical system for the whole of Ontario, a massive province as you can well see if you look at a map. He said at the time that eventually, and this is going back into the early 90s, that eventually we’ll be putting big diesel generators in necessary buildings and plants and offices because in the future we will be drastically reducing the energy consumption of Canada and the world. Meaning there would be rationing for fuel and stuff like that. That was YEARS ago and they did privatize Ontario Hydro by the way, the electricity supply system. Here we are today, years and years later going along the same route as they actually implement it all… austerity, cutbacks on energy, this, that and the other. That’s how they rule us. They rule us long after the facts and the machinery is all in place and working. We are announced into the beginnings of it: well, it might come down the road in the future. That’s how we’re kept in the dark.

 

Here’s an article from Old Thinker News. It’s a really good site actually. It’s about the Department of Defence that churns out these reports for their visions of the future for the next 20, 40 years or so. I read the previous ones they churned out and the US ones they churned out a few years ago to the general public to see what… Now, when they give this stuff to the public you know it’s on the cards. They know that this is what they are IMPLEMENTING, not what they foresee happening through different chances conflicting with other parties or whatever they try to tell you. The fact is, this is their vision for the future because in military strategy YOU PLAN the future, YOU PLAN battles, and YOU PLAN long-term battles. You also look at all the repercussions to the battles, what will happen within society, who will stand up and fight back, what types of groups will form, that kind of stuff. Then you find scenarios to deal with those. This is all theoretical, before they start the first move. So in the Old Thinker News, I’ll read most of this article because it’s well worth reading.

 

New MoD Strategic Report Extends Vision to 2040

Foresees the rise of a global elite that “sits above the level of individual states and influences the global agenda”

Old-Thinker News | March 18, 2010 / By Daniel Taylor

 

In 2006, the United Kingdom’s Ministry of Defense published the DCDC Strategic Trends 2007-2036 report, outlining possible scenarios for technology, society and world politics. Among other issues, the 2006 report accurately envisioned a “revolutionary middle class” that would revolt against economic hardship and burdens of debt, and described a future population implanted with brain chips. (Alan: This is your tax money at work here.) A new report from the MoD titled Global Strategic Trends – Out to 2040 was published in February of this year, and extends the Ministry’s strategic vision to 2040.

 

Amidst the 168 pages of the report, these are a few highlights. The newest MoD paper, drawing influence from its predecessor, describes rapid changes in society that threaten to “radicalize” individuals who seek to maintain traditions and beliefs, while a global elite “…sits above the level of individual states and influences the global agenda…” (A: That’s already been happening for a LONG time.) By 2040 the MoD envisions a “global society” plagued with tensions brought about by globalization, and high technology exaggerates differences between haves and have nots. The MoD report states,

 

“The social tensions caused by intrusive global culture are likely to be most acute amongst those who seek to maintain their indigenous and traditional customs and beliefs, and feel threatened by changes. This is likely to lead to an increasing number of individuals and groups, many of whom form around single issues that differentiate them from wider society, becoming marginalised and possibly radicalised.” (A: When they say this kind of stuff they know it’s going to happen because it’s already happening; it’s been happening for years. But they’re going ahead with their agenda so they know there’s going to be more of it. These aren’t just reports, this is their agenda.)

 

These issues, along with the public response to economic hardship are driving the strategic vision of governments in the western world. In 2008 the Army War College (A: That’s the US report.) released the report Known Unknowns: Unconventional Strategic Shocks in Defense Strategy Development. (A: All these links I’ll put on my web site at the end of the show.) “Widespread civil violence inside the United States would force the defense establishment to reorient priorities in extremis to defend basic domestic order and human security,” (A: That’s like mass slaughter in other words.) states the report. The western world has seen an unprecedented build up for domestic unrest as the machinery of governance (A: There is that word again. Governance, you don’t have government, you have governance and it’s global of course.) built for anti-terrorism is turned inward. (A: That’s what I said at the beginning, all this anti-terror stuff was nothing more than a ruse to prepare for what’s coming down NOW. That’s why they built up the massive internal armies and security systems and layers of defense systems to deal with the people INSIDE the country. So I’ll read that last part again for those who are hard of thinking.) The western world has seen an unprecedented build up for domestic unrest as the machinery of governance built for anti-terrorism is turned inward. (A: So that’s an ADMISSION of why they created it in the first place.)

 

Additionally, the latest Global Strategic Trends report peddles the climate change fear that more and more people are rejecting as an excuse to impose draconian measures on their lives. Indeed, the MoD report foresees a move away from “freedom of choice” (A: This is a very important part…) to more “sustainable” practices in response to climate change. (A: That’s the big shill. That’s the big con, climate change.) Chillingly, the paper states,

 

“The developed world is likely to experience a degree of transformation as it moves from a consumerist society based on freedom of choice to a more constrained, sustainable societal model that provides financial and social rewards to encourage greener practices and discourage waste.” (A: Greener practices… Now, George Orwell said that those that own the means of production and the distribution of production, when you hear that term used, you are IN AND UNDER A TYRANNY when they control the distribution of production; you are now in austerity. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading a new Ministry of Defence Strategic Report Extends Vision to 2040. This is the latest one that’s been turned out. Just before I go onto the global elite, from the same report, I’ll read this part again because, as I say, George Orwell said those who have the control of not just the means of production but the DISTRIBUTION to the people of production, then you are under tyranny. That’s what we’re under now. You see, oh, you can’t have that water; you’re getting too much water; that’s our water; that’s the world’s water; but WE run it for the world… or you can’t have that food; that’s the world’s food but WE run the food system for you, these public/private partnerships. That’s what it’s all about. Tyranny is tyranny. It doesn’t matter how they disguise it, it is always the same thing. It’s ALWAYS the same thing. I’ll read this last part again.

 

“The developed world is likely to experience a degree of transformation as it moves from a consumerist society (A: What have you’ve been hearing for years now, oh, there is too much waste, too much waste, too much waste, right.) based on freedom of choice to a more constrained, sustainable societal model that provides financial and social rewards to encourage greener practices (A: What does greener practices mean, eh?) and discourage waste.” (A: And what good is financial and social rewards if you have nothing to spend it on? It means it’s for the rich, you see, because you won’t have much to spend, and what can you buy if you’re not allowed to?)

 

“Emergence of a global elite” (A: That’s already here. All this stuff is already here. That’s what I’m trying to say, whenever they come out in these think tanks, it’s already been done, long ago actually.)

 

The state will remain the predominant player in world affairs according to the MoD report, but “…the emergence of a global elite, a powerful network of individuals and institutions that sits above the level of individual states (A: That’s NATIONS.) and influences the global agenda, is also possible.” (A: Well, that’s ALREADY been here. It’s been here before I was born, or your mum or your dad.) While the report foresees the rise of a global elite (A: What a joke.), the existence of a global elite is a well documented fact. (A: So, here they are double-speaking again. They are admitting it on the one hand and saying one is going to rise.) One method of influence that the global elite wield is through large foundations. (A: I’ve been talking about this for years and years and years. The parallel government, as Professor Carroll Quigley called it – he was the historian for the Council on Foreign Relations – they don’t report to the general public, they just tell governments what to do… and they get things done without going through parliamentary systems of haggling.) As the MoD report states, these operate above individual states and influence the global agenda.

 

In an interview with the Seattle Times, UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon was asked, “Some say the emergence of super rich philanthropies like the Gates Foundation has undermined the effectiveness of the U.N. and its member organizations, like the WHO.” (A: I’ve said before, that’s how they set up the United Nations, to RUN the parallel government with all these philanthropies. And here is what Mr Moon says…) Moon responded,

 

“On the contrary that is what we really want — contributions from the business community as well as philanthropies. We need to have political support, but it doesn’t give us all that we need. NGOs (A: Non-governmental organizations that are run by the foundations.) and philanthropies and many foundations such as Bill Gates Foundation — they’re taking a very important role…” (A: So why not just throw away our governments and let these guys get on with it? It will be cheaper, right, because they’re already doing it; they’ve been doing it for your whole life long… foundations.)

 

In May of 2009 the so called “Good club” met in New York at the home of Sir Paul Nurse, president of Rockefeller University. According to the London Times, (A: The link is on there too.) the meeting was so secret that, “…some of the billionaires’ aides were told they were at ‘security briefings'”. David Rockefeller Jr, Bill Gates, Warren Buffett, George Soros, Michael Bloomberg, Ted Turner and Oprah Winfrey were all in attendance. The Times reports, “Over dinner they discussed how they might settle on an “umbrella cause” that could harness their interests.” The Times interviewed a guest at the meeting, who said that the group wanted to meet in secret because they didn’t want their statements ending up in the media, “painting them as an alternative world government.” (A: What was all that meeting about? DEPOPULATION. Good old Oprah, the world socialist that wants to depopulate. The one who LOVES the people in Africa, wants to depopulate. You know. That’s why she wants to pay and get them all sterilized.)

 

In defense of the secrecy, the guest said that, “They need to be independent of government agencies, which are unable to head off the disaster we all see looming.”

 

“To be disconnected may be considered suspicious”

 

By 2040 – and likely before then – many futurists and scientists are projecting that technology will have advanced exponentially, bringing the much anticipated “singularity” closer. The MoD hints at some of these possible developments, including the emergence of an internet of things, (A: That’s what they’re calling it now, an internet of THINGS.) radical life extension technology, (A: But not for the ordinary folk.) and surveillance of personnel via mood sensing devices.

 

Computing will become pervasive everywhere in the environment. According to the report, “The virtual networks will consist of communications servers linking individuals and objects, (A: I’ve got articles on that. Objects they are calling it now.) many of which will be networked through individual Internet Protocol (IP) addresses.” Ultimately, as stated in the paper, it may become difficult to “turn the outside world off,” (A: That’s the whole point of it, you see, if you can’t think for yourself you’re a zombie.) and “…Even amongst those who make an explicit life-style choice to remain detached, choosing to be disconnected may be considered suspicious behaviour.” (A: You see, if you don’t go along with it you are SUSPICIOUS.)

 

It’s like these movies, like They Live and stuff, where one person can see and they say, oh, he’s a thinker, he knows, get him. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, going through the nonsense that the Department of Defense throws out when really it’s almost like they’ve been listening to me for years because everything that I’ve been talking about and explaining how the world really works is admitted pretty well in this report. Even though they are trying to say this is all coming, it’s already been here. It’s been here before I was born.

 

If you go back into the writings of some of the would-be tyrants of the 1700s and 1800s you will find the same things were discussed even then, of how they could run parallel governments, the secret ones running the real show, while the show for the public would be put on like a Punch and Judy show. That’s what you have in politics, isn’t it? When the politicians yell across the floor at each other and call each other names while the real boys get things really done in secrecy. That’s, again, what Professor Carroll Quigley said in Tragedy and Hope and his other book, The Anglo-American Establishment. That’s also what the Club of Rome, another private foundational group that is the premiere think thank for the United Nations said in their own book, The First Global Revolution. They said that they looked at all the different systems of governing the public and they favored collectivism the best because they can get things done then; in democracy there are too many squabbling parties looking for power. That’s what technocrats are for too, according to Quigley when he said that THEY are the ones who work behind the scenes and really are the movers and shakers who get things done and are not answerable to the public.

 

This article in the Old Thinker News concludes and it says,

 

Furthermore, life extension technology will “have a significant impact on global society,” and “…initial access… could be highly unequal and only be available to wealthier members of society.”

 

What they are really saying there, you see, this new kind of wealth is through privileges, a system of privileges. That’s how the feudal system was based and Quigley also said what they are bringing in is a new feudal system. In the old feudal system you had Barons all the way up to the big Lords and so on, and you got more privileges with every status climb that you got; that’s also coming in.

 

They already have life extension technology. I can remember that lovely man David Suzuki who called people maggots. Actually, the interview when he said that, it’s up on YouTube and he became the champion of the United Nations for the wildlife and all the rest of it, the little furry animals. He said on national television in Canada during a show that we now have the technology to make a person live to 500 if we want to. Well, why not 1,000? He just picked an arbitrary number, you see. They can switch off the time-gene, the clock gene as they say. That’s old stuff. They can do it. They have done it to some that are still walking around today. We really live in the past. Our present is really ancient past in a sense because the sciences are SO far ahead of anything that you could possibly perceive.

 

I’ll put this link up with all the other links to do with the Ministry of Defence Strategic Report. I wonder how much they paid these characters to turn out stuff that I’ve been talking about for years and years and years, for the British war department. That’s also the Department for NATO, ALL NATO countries including the US, just to let you know.

 

There is an article here too on 9/11, about the panel that went in to investigate it, this supposedly open panel, right. I’m not even sure what paper it comes from, the way it saves on this particular desktop of mine, which is a 1998 computer. It says…

 

‘9/11 panel was warned not to probe too deeply’

Thu, 18 Mar 2010 / presstv.org

 

Leaked info shows the 9/11 Commission was warned against crossing the lines in its probes.

 

Leaked confidential documents have revealed that senior officials from the former US administration had warned a 9/11 investigation panel against probing too deeply into the terrorist attacks.

 

In a letter obtained by the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU), the 9/11 Commission was refused permission to question terror suspects, with the Bush administration arguing that by doing so the panel would “cross” a “line” and obstruct the administration’s efforts to protect the nation. (A: They can do anything to you under the guise of national security.)

 

Citing the need to “Safeguard the national security, including protection of Americans from future terrorist attacks,” the government officials demanded the Commission not make further attempts at conducting a deeper probe into the September 11 terror attacks.

 

“As the officers of the United States responsible for the law enforcement, defense and intelligence functions of the Government, we urge your Commission not to further pursue the proposed request to participate in the questioning of detainees,” the letter said.

 

The warning note dated January 6, 2004 has been signed by former Attorney General John Ashcroft, Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld and CIA Director George Tenet.

 

The 9/11 Commission was set up in November 2002 to prepare a full account of the circumstances surrounding the attacks, which still have an air of suspicion around them.

 

The revelation comes as according to a recent survey, one-quarter of US adults believe that the 2001 terrorist attacks were fabricated.

 

From Wise Up Journal there is an article about global governance as well. It says…

 

Earth Bureaucracy – An Educated Review Of Global Governance

Wise Up Journal / 18.03.2010 / By Gabriel O’Hara

 

It’s time to get an overview when the new full-time president of the European Union said (as shown by the BBC) that “2009 is also the first year of global governance,” and when major newspapers print articles with headlines such as the following (to name a few), Reuters: “EU backs global financial transaction tax”, The Telegraph: “There’ll be nowhere to run from the new world government” and “Copenhagen climate summit: plan for EU to police countries’ emissions”. (A: In other words, it’s showing you the different articles that broke out in the newspapers.) A few paragraphs of those articles are worth a read but first let’s look at documents from the United Nations it’s self on this world governing system.

 

(A: There is a link here too, for the United Nations. It’s got the whole link for the United Nations article here. It’s called…)

 

“Achieving Sustainable Development and Promoting Development Cooperation”

(A: That goes back to the previous article from the Department of Defence. You see, they’ve been implementing this for years, the whole set-up, machinery and actually implementing this move towards greening and austerity and poverty, basically, changing from the consumer society where you can EARN by your own sweat and labor, your own shekels and spend it the way you want to spend it and buy what you want to buy. That’s all to end, you see, in this new system of privileges.)

United Nations / New York, 2008 / ISBN: 978-92-1-104587-1

 

“underlying market mechanisms must be supplemented by global governance (A: So they want the right to run all markets. That ties right in with the ownership or the distribution of goods to all the peoples. The United Nations wants it.) “underlying market mechanisms must be supplemented by global governance (A: That’s all market mechanisms.) to deal simultaneously with the trade crisis, the financial crisis, and the price crisis,”

 

“We need to transform poorly-equipped institutions of global governance into more supranational-type institutions,”

 

– http://www.un.org/en/ecosoc/docs/pdfs/Achieving08-45773.pdf

 

Crises are great for introducing and updating big ideas but Global Governance has been in the pike for a long time. In 2005 before the financial crisis the UN held a summit on the coming update to Global Governance (but the planning goes back much longer than this as we’ll see):

 

“Full and Productive Employment and Decent Work”

United Nations / New York, 2006 / ISBN-10: 92-1-104563-0 and ISBN-13: 978-92-1-104563-5

 

“Two informal sessions were held on issues critical to the follow-up to the 2005 World Summit Outcome that have implications for how the Council will be integrated in the new architecture of global governance.” (A: So he shows you all the way back it goes to different PRE global governance documents they’ve turned out and PDFs are also available here.)

 

– http://www.UN.org/en/ecosoc/docs/pdfs/ECOSOC_BOOK_2006.pdf

 

World Trade Organisation Director-General, Pascal Lamy, in a speech published by the World Trade Organisation on the 9th of the 11th 09 said: “The global economic crisis we are witnessing has accelerated the move towards a new architecture of global governance” (A: So they bring on the crisis to give them the excuse to push it ahead, ALL planned.)

 

In March 2009 at the European Parliament Gordon Brown, UK prime minister, made a very bizarre statement. “Some of you will know that for many years I’ve advanced the case for a global Europe and for the economic reforms to make it happen,” he said (the video can be watched here ). At that time it seemed one of the greatest oxymorons ever spoken, however a few months later the one-world/global governance plan with the EU’s part to play would start revealing it’s self as reality.

 

Then it goes through the different articles about the climate summit and what they really discussed there. It’s not just about greening; it’s all about your CONSUMPTION, folks, and who will be IN CHARGE of all your consumption. That’s really what it’s all about. The new, managed, planned society… including how to bring the world’s population down. You see, the world’s population, all the groups to do with environmentalism were pushing right up into the 70s, the only way to save the environment was to massively depopulate. So they changed their tactic into save the environment, global warming, and all that rubbish, that was their next trick. Who are they doing it on behalf of? Well they all work for foundations, all these NGOs. They are doing it on behalf of the foundations that run the world. That’s who they are doing it on behalf of. They get PAID by them, full-time big salaries and pension plans and all the rest of it. These aren’t little non-governmental organizations with tin cans going around the doors. The parallel government; that’s what I’m talking about.

 

Now, who benefits at the very, very top of this? And whenever you bring up the name of Rothschild, it’s almost like “wow, oh a conspiracy nut” because there is so much written on the Rothschilds and how they took over the Bank of England, the Bank of France, Italy and every other bank across the Europe, and how they run the US banking system too behind the scenes through their various protégés. But the fact is they do run the world and all the carbon trading I’ve mentioned before from their official sites and when Rothschild came out himself a few months ago saying that it will all go through his bank in Switzerland. They are also into making sure that countries comply to pay carbon taxes so that it all goes through their bank in Switzerland.

 

This article here is from The Hindu national newspaper to do with their cotton plantations. Now, for folk who remember and have been listening for a few years, they remember me reading articles where there was a massive suicide rate that happened in India because they were all losing their farms, literally. They had taken out loans, again, through the International Monetary Fund for their farms and then the International Monetary Fund calls in all the loans, make them buy all the GMO stuff as well as the high technology, meaning the pesticides that go with it, then they call the loans in, then they own their land. They couldn’t use their old seed anymore, by different rules and regulations that they had signed. They had to go back to Monsanto and the big boys and the Bayer Corporation who are also into the GM stuff. Well, who was buying all these farms up in India? Guess who it was? It was the Rothschilds and Rothschild’s wife came out on a TV show and talked about it too, how they were really wanting to help the people of India by bringing in more modernistic farming. Well she forgot to mention they were buying them up for pennies on the dollar after they put them under. GREAT strategy isn’t it? You can’t beat these guys for strategy, long-term planning: We’ll do this, they will fall for the mouse trap, they will sign this, then we come after them and they lose their farm. That’s real business. That’s REAL business. Psychopaths work this way. They are great strategists. It says here…

 

Bt cotton ineffective against pest in parts of Gujarat, admits Monsanto

Saturday, Mar 6, 2010 / thehindu.com / Priscilla Jebaraj

 

(A: This is the first time they’ve ever admitted their stuff doesn’t work… on anything.)

 

NEW DELHI: For the first time anywhere in the world, biotech agriculture giant Monsanto has admitted that insects have developed resistance to its Bt cotton crop. Field monitoring in parts of Gujarat has discovered that the Bt crop is no longer effective against the pink bollworm pest there. (A: And others actually.)

 

The company is advocating that Indian farmers switch to its second-generation product to delay resistance further. (A: Well, that’s more carcinogenic than the first probably and it will probably double the kill rate on humans.) Monsanto’s critics say that this just proves the ineffectiveness of the Bt technology, which was recently sought to be introduced in India in Bt brinjal as well.

 

I’ve got another article that ties in with this, again, from The Hindu. The Maldives, a bunch of islands there, where Rothschild is actually put in… It’s amazing. He’s in charge of all the money he’s loaning them to bring in green technology. His wife is in charge of it through another corporation. So they loan the money out to these little countries to ensure that they install this stuff. They’ve got to buy it from the Rothschilds who own a lot of this so-called green technology and his wife is in charge of collecting the carbon taxes. I’m not kidding. So it will all go through his bank. These aren’t conspiracy sites. They’re not tying in UFOs and walking reptiles or royalty that wears alligator shoes. These are regular sites… no nonsense here. No nonsense here. Again, it’s from The Hindu.

 

Maldives signs new pact to cut carbon emissions

B. Muralidhar Reddy / thehindu.com / Colombo, March 16, 2010

 

The Government of the Maldives and La Compagnie Benjamin de Rothschild (CTBR) have agreed a strategic partnership to take-forward the country’s pledge to become carbon neutral by 2020, an e-mail announcement by the Maldivian Presidential Secretariat said. Under the agreement, CTBR will be mandated to secure international finance to fund a carbon footprint audit and master plan for Maldives.

 

Once funding is secured, BeCitizen (A: Another corporation, that’s Rothschild’s wife that runs that.) will undertake a two-month assessment of the Maldives’ “carbon footprint,” detailing emissions from all sectors of the economy, including transport, housing, tourism, energy production and waste management. (A: That’s everything including the food.)

 

The statement said that the pact was signed on Monday, during a meeting between President Nasheed and Baron Benjamin and Baroness Ariane de Rothschild at Chateau de Pregny, the Rothschild’s Geneva residence.

 

Environment Minister Mohamed Aslam signed the agreement on behalf of the Maldives; Baron Benjamin de Rothschild signed on behalf of CTBR, and Baroness Ariane de Rothschild signed on behalf of BeCitizen, the Rothschild’s environmental advisory arm.

 

What a deal eh? What a deal when you’re WAY up yonder and you dictate to countries and groups of islands and all the rest of it what YOU must do so that YOU rule their entire lives from birth to death. And they will pay and pay and pay to be alive. Where does it all go? For every breath you take? It will be paid TO the Rothschild’s private bank… thanks to Al Gore and Mr Rothschild, with the big bank in Switzerland. Slavery is truly established, reestablished itself and now it’s bringing back the old face. Not the little pampered one, where you’re allowed to keep a few pennies and shekels to buy little goodies that they dangle in front of you, made by the same companies that are owned by the same characters. It’s alive and well. I’ll be back with more after this break.

I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. There is a caller on the line, Johnny from British Columbia, Canada. Are you there Johnny?

 

Johnny: Hi. I’m calling from Victoria and what disturbs me most, more than anything else really, is the chemtrails, all the aerosol spraying going on.

 

Alan: It’s incredible isn’t it? It’s incredible. I watched it for the last 2 weeks; I lost my voice 3 times. You’re dead on. It starts off with a blue sky in the morning here. Because I’m at the top of the jet stream, it loops right here. They dose it heavily so it carries all the way down to Buffalo into New York. So I get a lot of stuff here. Sometimes there are a dozen planes. By the time the afternoon comes, it’s just an eggshell mush. Continue John.

 

Johnny: I look on the Weather Channel and it shows like a sun with no clouds, right. Then I leave work today and my colleagues are like, oh, enjoy the sun out. I’m like, can’t you see, there is no blue sky out there; it’s just haze. It’s just almost day after day, maybe a couple of days a month there won’t be any spraying. But it seems like it’s incessant. My question to you is, what do you think the main purposes are behind the spraying? I’ve heard that it could be multi-purpose, like weather modification, or that it could be used for mind control, or that it is used to bring our immune system down. What is your…

 

Alan: One thing is for sure, absolutely positive, it will destroy your immune system because these are chemicals. I’ve had them tested here when I had the yellow rain – they actually gave me yellow rain one day, for a weekend it was – and there was barium in it, highly carcinogenic stuff, aluminum oxide, traces of arsenic too and various other things like that, different metals and compounds. That stuff leaches out of your system when you urinate. It takes a lot of your natural electrolytes and chemicals with it. You become depleted in certain areas. Everyone is completely depleted now in blood tests when it comes to vitamin D and various other things as well, and zinc, very low in zinc. Zinc is ESSENTIAL for a good health system. Everyone is depleted and I get that from guys in the labs and so on. That’s a fact. They all know this at the top.

 

It also ties in with weather modification, absolutely. It also ties in with Brzezinski’s mind control, technotronic weaponry because you go back to the age of Teller with the H-bomb, he presented it to the Pentagon, how to spray the skies with barium and aluminum oxide to make it more conductive to HAARP technology. They knew that a secondary signal put on top, piggybacking on the main HAARP signal could actually influence human behavior; make you very passive or aggressive. They tested it out on the people of Maine. There was a lawsuit that came in after a lot of destruction when on, when they got them aggressive. They tried the aggressive frequency and even domestic animals were biting their masters, cows were going crazy, and the suicide rate shot up. These are FACTS. These aren’t theories or guesses; these are facts.

 

So it can do all of those things but it also definitely dumbs us down. People today don’t complain about anything at all. They are walking zombies. Brzezinski did talk about that in his own book, The Technotronic Era. He was up there with the NSA, the head of it at one point, the National Security Agency. They deal with all the electronic warfare technology as well as listening devices and he wrote about it in his own book. Bertrand Russell also backed that up saying, shortly a way will be used on the public where they will come to decisions and be completely unaware of how they come to them or how their moods are affected. This is in place now. It’s so funny, on one level you have meetings in California recently with scientists talking about geo-engineering in the future and outside the guys are protesting about the geo-engineering that’s already going on for the last 12 years. So they’ve already been doing all this stuff. Different levels of reality even for the professors.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 19th 2010. Newcomers should look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. You can download hundreds of talks I’ve given in the past for free. Bookmark all the other sites you’ll see on the front page of cuttingthroughthematrix.com; these are the official sites. Once in a while the other sites go down and that way you can always have some site to choose from. The official sites are [listed above]. The alanwattsentientsentinel.eu site is the European site which is good for transcripts as well as audios. All the same audios are up there for download but the transcripts, you can choose from the various languages of Europe. There has been quite a lot done already because I’ve got some good people working on them. The cuttingthrough.jenkness.com site is very dependable that tends to stay up when the other ones go down. Remember that you are the audience that brings me to you. I don’t work the way normal hosts do; generally they get their income from advertisers. What you hear on this show for advertising is paid by the advertisers directly to RBN for the air time and for their staff and equipment and bills and the transmission of the show. So it’s up to you to keep me going by going into cuttingthroughthematrix.com, see what I have for sale and you can buy the books I’ve written, the DVDs and the CDs that have sometimes 50 shows on them. You can also donate to me through PayPal or any means that you wish. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get the disks of the shows burned and passed to them, they don’t use computers but they can play them on CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

 

I generally sift through a lot of what’s called the media today, everyday in fact, just to see what the top stories are. That’s what they are called, STORIES. It’s somebody’s story. Most of them really are just ‘his stories,’ his or hers; it doesn’t make any difference. They are spinners really. Most of them are trivia. The ones about governments and so on are generally presented in such a fashion that you are left with a particular conclusion that you were intended to reach. So as they expose things from government, they also close the doors on the truth at the same time and you don’t think any further. You think you’ve been told the truth. It’s amazing how most folk cannot reason for themselves now. Brzezinski was correct when he said that shortly the public will be unable to reason or think for themselves; they will only be able to repeat what they heard on yesterday’s media. That’s happened to most people. They truly believe that the media is a sort of appendage to their survival mechanism to do their reasoning for them. What a beautiful system… and it works. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I’ve mentioned over the years that people should read certain books and one of them is The Perestroika Deception, a good exposé of the so-called Cold War but really it was from a KGB perspective, an ex-KGB guy who defected. You realize reading it and the more you understand when you read books like this, you also know that the man is probably sincere of how he saw things but he didn’t know the even higher level of intelligence which was intended to bring the Soviet Union system – the socialization, collectivist type system – in to the West… by permission of those that set it up in the first place and it wasn’t Russia. It was the big bankers of the West. That came out too.

 

A lot of that came out in the Reece Commission. Back in the 1950s, in fact, when Norman Dodd went around to the foundations – the parallel government all belonging to the Council on Foreign Relations and so on – to find out why they funded all these, what seemed to be communistic left wing movements. That came out in the official report from Congress. He was told by the heads – the CEOs of these corporations, these foundations – that their job was to change, RADICALLY change – and RADICAL is the word for it – the culture of the West SO much that they could merge the Soviet system seamlessly with the West. That ties in exactly with what Lenin talked about because the dictatorship was only supposed to last a certain time and then communism would come in and then it would go into another phase – not quite Capitalistic, not quite Communistic – to what they are now terming SOCIALISTIC, a more controlled society worldwide.

 

That seemed unbelievable at the time but a book was published called Foundations: Their Power and Influence, well worth reading because we are going through it all NOW. And it’s only now that you are seeing a lot of this coming into play, what was predicted back then, what was desired back then by the big foundations with their multi trillions of dollars to spend on active non-governmental organizations. This article I’m going to read here falls into this and it’s to do with the oil off the US coastline. It says here…

 

Obama surrenders gulf oil to Moscow

March 19, 2010 / THE WASHINGTON TIMES

 

The Obama administration is poised to ban offshore oil drilling on the outer continental shelf until 2012 or beyond. (Alan: ‘Beyond’ is the word.) Meanwhile, Russia is making a bold strategic leap to begin drilling for oil in the Gulf of Mexico. While the United States attempts to shift gears to alternative fuels to battle the purported evils of carbon emissions, Russia will erect oil derricks off the Cuban coast.

 

Offshore oil production makes economic sense. It creates jobs and helps fulfill America’s vast energy needs. It contributes to the gross domestic product and does not increase the trade deficit. Higher oil supply helps keep a lid on rising prices, and greater American production gives the United States more influence over the global market.

 

Drilling is also wildly popular with the public. A Pew Research Center poll from February showed 63 percent support for offshore drilling for oil and natural gas. Americans understand the fundamental points: The oil is there, and we need it. If we don’t drill it out, we have to buy it from other countries. Last year, the U.S. government even helped Brazil underwrite offshore drilling in the Tupi oil field near Rio de Janeiro. The current price of oil makes drilling economically feasible, so why not let the private sector go ahead and get our oil?

 

The Obama administration, however, views energy policy through green eyeshades. (A: It’s way above Obama obviously. Everything always is. These guys are puppets.) Every aspect of its approach to energy is subordinated to radical environmental concerns. This unprecedented lack of balance is placing offshore oil resources off-limits. The O Force would prefer the country shift its energy production to alternative sources, such as nuclear, solar and wind power. In theory, there’s nothing wrong with that, in the long run, assuming technology can catch up to demand. But we have not yet reached the green utopia, we won’t get there anytime soon, and America needs more oil now.

 

Russia more sensibly views energy primarily as a strategic resource. (A: And it is; it’s strategy.) Energy is critical to Russia’s economy, as fuel and as a source of profit through export. (A: By the way, Russia has got massive oil fields all over Russia and all the old Soviet Bloc countries.) Russia also has used energy as a coercive diplomatic tool, shutting off natural gas piped to Eastern Europe in the middle of winter to make a point about how dependent the countries are that do business with the Russians.

 

As I say, this is way above Obama. They are just front men, these characters, who are TOLD what to do and they get well rewarded when they leave office for doing so. This is the takedown of the U.S. That’s the whole point of it all, is the takedown of the US. I’ve read articles here where the top environmentalists and the big foundation leaders – some of them are on the boards now of governments across Europe and the US and Canada – have said that there can NEVER BE ANOTHER U.S.; the best thing they can do to the US industry is dismantle it completely and flatten all the suburbs and so on and so on and so on. That IS the agenda. That is the agenda. The US has fulfilled its mission. It’s conquered most of the world for the big boys; they supplied the manpower, the troops. It’s paid through its taxation for all of that and its research and development for weaponry. And they are standardizing the world, what’s left of it to standardize, into the one system. So they are pulling the rug from under the feet in the US.

 

It’s obvious too, that according to the dictates of those above or around Obama, most folk won’t be driving within the next 10 years or so. There will be massive penalties for driving, through carbon credits. They’ve said at the United Nations, through Agenda 21, that eventually it will be ESSENTIAL VEHICLES ONLY. ESSENTIAL vehicles only… that’s your military, police, ambulance, bureaucratic limousines, and all the other stuff that they had in the Soviet Union. That’s what this is all about really, is just that.

 

Remember, it ties in with the Reece Commission report. If you think that’s bad, let’s go onto the Mail Online. This is like something out of science fiction.

 

British troops to march on Red Square (A: That’s Moscow.) for first time in history… under a portrait of Stalin

By Mail Foreign Service / dailymail.co.uk / 19th March 2010

 

They were our uneasy allies against Adolf Hitler – and then our sworn enemies for much of the latter half of the 20th century.

 

But now the Cold War is over, and Britain and Russia are set to come together once again to mark their stand together against Nazi Germany – this time, in the symbolic heart of the former Soviet Union.

 

British troops are to march with Russian soldiers in Moscow’s Red Square to mark the 65th anniversary of the defeat of Nazi Germany, officials confirmed today.

 

It is believed to be the first time that British troops have ever marched in the Red Square.

 

However the celebration has already been mired in controversy over the city’s plans to display a portrait of Soviet dictator and World War II ally Josef Stalin in the square for the parade. (A: During the war they changed their slant on Stalin and he was called Uncle Joe. He was ‘good old Uncle Joe.’ After the Cold War started, you always need an enemy to keep the people, the peasants under your thumb and to get taxes from so they made him the big bad bear. It’s a big game, folks. It’s a game on a grand strategy and we are the ones who are supposed to be fooled by it all… and most folk are.)

 

If realised, the plans would break a major taboo in Russia.

 

For many, Stalin remains the butcher who sent hundreds of thousands of Communist Party men to their deaths in political purges.

 

He also callously condemned millions of peasants to die during man-made famines in the early Thirties. (A: That was the Ukraine and in Russia too, some parts.)

 

But for most modern Russians, Stalin is also the victor of World War II and the greatest hero of the Soviet century.

 

As the Soviet Union was brought to her knees in 1991, Stalin remained a symbol of Russian power.

 

It’s a sad thing too… see, ordinary folk really worship power. For all that they worship… see, people who worship things are always afraid of it at the same time. It’s a sadomasochistic relationship. They are terrified of someone who has such power, and they treat them like a God, like an Old Testament God in a bad mood who might just smile once in a while, throw a favor your way or have you decapitated. That’s what they respect, unfortunately.

 

That’s why we are going through the Century of Change under the guise of anti-terrorism which is really a war OF terror on the public because we obey much more easily when we are terrified. This is how the world has always been run, by psychopathic groups. These psychopathic groups that get to the top of each nation eventually intermarry each other as well; that happened all through the history of Europe for instance, and before Europe. They then are internationalists. They don’t care if they preside over a country as Kings or Queens for a couple of hundred years and then hop off to another place that they own for another couple of hundred years. It’s all the same to them which peasants they are ruling over. And the public respect fear. Isn’t that something? Isn’t that something…

 

So here are troops going to march under Stalin. As I say, go back to the Reece Commission and read it folks, read the Reece Commission. In fact, the Norman Dodd report is up on YouTube somewhere; I might have the link. I had it before; I might drag it up and you can watch it again. People didn’t believe him at the time, even the Congress although they accepted it as factual. We live in a double state. When we see things like this or hear things like this, we understand it on an intellectual level but we don’t really want to believe it. Yet we are living through the consequences of it all, the collectivization, the new society, the Club or Rome’s DREAM of a collectivist society based on the Soviet type model. It’s all coming true right now under environmentalism and conservation. Quite something indeed.

 

I’ve read this little article before but it’s time to do it again. The Times of India… It takes the Times of India to tell you what’s happening in the US, to show you that Agenda 21 is underway. It’s about Detroit being demolished around the outskirts right now. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, mentioning previously something that I said about the takedown of America, the US, and how it was planned that way a long time ago and how the big green boys on board the Obama train are all behind it. Then you see they’re following out stuff they talked about maybe 10, 15, even 20 years ago, some of these greenie leaders, environmentalists, who prior to that were preaching solely, really, about cutting the population. They didn’t have the idea then of blaming the weather for all our problems caused by too many people. There were just too many people, that was the basic point they used, the mantra they used to give back in the 70s.

 

This article is about Detroit. Detroit really was the power base for industry in the US, a big, big, massive power base. Remember, if you truly are a nation that can do anything including defend itself, you have to have a big industrial base to produce the machinery for war. What are you going to do if you go to war with some of the big boys that are producing things FOR your weaponry? Obviously they are going to stop giving you replacement parts for your weapons if you are war with them. You understand, we are already international; there are no enemies out there going to take down the US through physical war, unless it’s just a matter of bringing them in to decimate the population and bring down the quota of populace to be ALLOWED to be alive. This article is from India, the Times of India.

 

To save itself, Detroit plans to shrink

AP, Mar 10, 2010 / indiatimes.com

 

DETROIT: Detroit, the very symbol of American industrial might for most of the 20th century, is drawing up a radical renewal plan that calls for turning large swaths of this now-blighted, rusted-out city back into the fields and farmland that existed before the automobile.

 

Operating on a scale never before attempted in this country, the city would demolish houses in some of the most desolate sections of Detroit and move residents into stronger neighborhoods. (A: Now, stronger means denser. They want you packed in like sardines, for the brave new century world we’re into now.) Roughly a quarter of the 139-square-mile city could go from urban to semi-rural.

 

Near downtown, fruit trees and vegetable farms would replace neighborhoods that are an eerie landscape of empty buildings and vacant lots. Suburban commuters heading into the city center might pass through what looks like the countryside to get there. Surviving neighborhoods in the auto industry’s birthplace would become pockets in expanses of green.

 

Mayor Dave Bing, who took office last year, is expected to unveil some details in his state-of-the-city address this month. (A: I read an article months ago where Obama mentioned it because some other fella had come up with the plan for it. Then I went into what architects are being taught these days. And lo and behold, from Australia comes… remember, all architects are up on things at the same time across the world. In Australia they are building machines, they are talking about building massive machines to take down urban areas, HUGE things like sci-fi monsters. I realized, if that’s been taught to guys coming out of the colleges for architects then how long have they been teaching that? And it’s years and years and years. They were already preparing the architects to design these things, and the engineers to design these things… 20 years ago for what’s happening now. Everything is done WAY AHEAD, long before we ever get a sniff of it. But you do get a strong smell of it for sure, a pong you might say, if you go into the writings of the Council on Foreign Relations and its members and all the green foundations that are out there too because they were talking about this 30-40 years ago.)

 

Mayor Dave Bing, who took office last year, is expected to unveil some details in his state-of-the-city address this month.

 

“Things that were unthinkable are now becoming thinkable,” said James Hughes of Rutgers University, who is among the urban experts (A: You see, you have URBAN EXPERTS now.) watching the experiment with interest. “There is now a realization that past glories are never going to be recaptured. (A: You’d better understand what he’s saying there. You are never going back to being able to be self-sufficient again. Remember that word, interdependence, and all the treaties they were signing at the United Nations. That means you will be totally dependent for every thing you need coming from abroad… and we already almost are.) Some people probably don’t accept that, but that is the reality.”

 

The meaning of what is afoot is now settling in across the city. “People are afraid,” said Deborah Younger, executive director of a group called Detroit Local Initiatives Support Corporation that is working to revitalize five areas of the city. “When you read that neighborhoods may no longer exist, that sends fear.” Though the will to downsize has arrived, the way to do it is unclear and fraught with problems.

 

Politically explosive decisions must be made about which neighborhoods should be bulldozed and which improved. Hundreds of millions of federal dollars will be needed to buy land, raze buildings and relocate residents, since this financially desperate city does not have the means to do it on its own. It isn’t known how many people in the mostly black, blue-collar city might be uprooted, but it could be thousands. (A: Many thousands I’d say. That was in the plans a long time ago and here it comes into actuality.)

 

I’ve mentioned so many, many times that we’ve always really been in a kind of feudal system, although Professor Carroll Quigley said the new world order they are bringing in through the Council on Foreign Relations, the parallel government, is based on a form of feudalism and a NEW form of CORPORATE overlords, CEO overlords and that’s how it will be. We’ve really been there for an awful long time. We’ve never had what we thought was democracy. We’ve had showcase elections for an awful long time, but the bankers have always ruled. I’m going to talk about the bankers when I come back from this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the big GANGS – or gangsters, that’s where the word comes from – that run the world. They have amalgamations of gangs as well that work in certain areas where they have to get along. You’ve all seen the old movies of the mafia and how they divide up a city and they have their meetings. They were all semi-enemies towards each other because they were all jealous of each other’s territory, but they’d get together and be a big gang and hammer out the minutes of their meetings for their agendas and how they would continue to do business together. That’s really how the world has always been.

 

When you go back into the old goldsmiths and how they started to give out, basically, checks. The Knights Templars were the first to do it in fact, from London. That’s why they call it the Chancellor of the H Chequer. The Templars actually worked out the debt and profits on a massive chess board, a draft board they called it, an outdoor one with big, long sticks to move the pieces. That’s still there today. They were really a gang. Whether they are called a priesthood or not, it doesn’t make any difference; a gang is a gang. They’ve all sworn their oaths to uphold each other and they are all that matters. They will stand up against anyone together and lie for each other and kill for each other. That’s really what brotherhoods were always all about.

 

It’s the same thing all the way through nobilities as well. They have their own particular gangs and noble knighthoods, etc and awards that they give to each other. There’s got to be an oath you take with each higher position you are given as you are let IN on the bigger secrets, which is generally the handling of the general public and how to souse them even more of their tax money. So at the bottom level whenever they say the federal government is running something, in every country, you always think well, it must be legit, they’ve got appointed people watching things like banks and so on. It never dawns on you it’s just as corrupt because government itself is just another big gang that serves the bankers. They get PAID, after the bankers have got their cuts, they get paid good wages and big payoffs and so on. That’s what it’s about. All work and labor comes from the public. It doesn’t matter if it’s Kings or Queens living off you with armies to force you to give up your pigs, or your sheep, or your goats, or whatever you’ve got there, and your corn. Or it’s a government that you think… It’s even better when you think you elect them and then they up your taxes and take things from you… well, you know, we voted them in. That’s how it goes isn’t it? It’s a great con game.

 

Here is an article from the Washington Times about the bank regulators in the US who during the boom years were giving – and these are the federal employees – they were giving each other massive bonuses as well. It wasn’t just the bank operatives; it was the federal overseers. It says 3 agencies paid out $19 million during the boom despite mistakes.

 

Bank regulators given big bonuses

washingtontimes.com /March 19, 2010 / Matt Apuzzo ASSOCIATED PRESS

 

Wall Street financial firms weren’t the only ones giving big bonuses in the boom years before the worst financial crisis in generations. The government also was handing out millions of dollars to bank regulators, rewarding “superior” work even as an avalanche of risky mortgages helped create the meltdown.

 

The payments, detailed in payroll data released to the Associated Press under the Freedom of Information Act, are the latest evidence of the government’s false sense of security during the go-go days of the financial boom.

 

Just as bank executives got bonuses despite taking on dangerous amounts of risk, regulators got taxpayer-funded bonuses despite missing or ignoring signs that the system was on the verge of a meltdown.

 

The bonuses were part of a reward program little known outside the government. (A: There are a lot of those that go on, little known by the general public.) Some government regulators got tens of thousands of dollars in perks, boosting their salaries by almost 25 percent. Often, though, rewards amounted to just a few hundred dollars for employees who came up with good ideas. (A: I wonder what their good ideas were. It’s really how to deceive the public, their good ideas.)

 

During the 2003-06 boom, the three agencies that supervise most U.S. banks – the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. (FDIC), the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) – gave out at least $19 million in bonuses, records show.

 

Nearly all that money was spent recognizing “superior” performance. (A: These guys were all in on the act that we were going to have a crash. They helped it along. And what they were doing there was rewarding themselves before the dollar became worthless. They made sure they had enough in the kitty for their own futures. That’s what it’s about.) The largest share, more than $8.4 million, went to financial examiners, those employees and managers who scrutinize internal bank documents and sound the first alarms. Analysts, auditors, economists and criminal investigators also got awards. (A: [Alan laughing.] You talk about the fox guarding the hen house. They’re all at it aren’t they?)

 

After the meltdown, the government’s internal investigators surveyed the wreckage of nearly 200 failed banks and repeatedly found that those regulators had not done enough.

 

Well they hadn’t done anything did they… but really, what’s new? This is, I call it tripe. This is the tripe they hand out to the public for news. It’s almost like ha, ha, ha-ha, ha, what are you going to do about it? I mean that’s really what it’s like isn’t it? Isn’t it really? After you’ve been screwed a thousand times in all ways they come out and tell you this just to rub it in your face and mock you. That’s what they do at the top. They mock you because after all, you are down below saying oh, well. Most folk don’t care. They don’t care until the dollar in their pocket is worth nothing. That’s when they care.

 

This article is about the same kind of thing. The Mail Online.

 

RBS boss walks off with a £13m pension pot (A: That’s about $24 million.)

(so if you thought the fat cats had gone, you’d be wrong)

By Becky Barrow and Lucy Farndon / dailymail.co.uk / 9th March 2010

 

(A: I think 80% of that is government owned, by the way. So it’s the London – I call it London; it is the government – it’s the London boys who own the bank.)

 

A top executive at Royal Bank of Scotland will enjoy a pension worth an astonishing £582,000 a year, (A: I wonder how the poor soul will manage?) the disgraced bank revealed yesterday.

 

The huge payout to Gordon Pell, 60, who leaves the bank at the end of this month, is even more generous than that handed to the bank’s former boss Sir Fred ‘the Shred’ Goodwin, which caused a national uproar last year. (A: They’re just going to rub it in your face.)

 

The gold-plated retirement – worth the equivalent of a £13.6million pension pot – will enrage taxpayers, who own 84 per cent of the bailed-out RBS. (A: I love how they say that ‘we own’. That’s why I say, they love socialism. Well, it’s really the public who own the bank. Ha! Well, where are your dividends, eh? You don’t see a penny of it. We’re all slaves you see, under all these gangs. Perception is distorted and the public really are trained to believe the distortion. Quite something indeed.)

 

I’ve mentioned before about how the leaders are hand-picked and told beforehand and coached for maybe a few years before they make them Prime Ministers or Presidents. They’d never, ever let someone in that was the genuine article. Professor Carroll Quigley also said the same thing on behalf of the Council on Foreign Relations. He says, we always make sure the top people are OUR boys, on ALL parties. It’s no different than in the Soviet system where you could vote for maybe 4 politicians but they all belonged to the Politburo, the one party system.

 

It says here…

 

Blair’s fight to keep his oil cash secret: Former PM’s deals are revealed as his earnings since 2007 (A: This is a poor Prime Minister, a Labour guy, you know, for the working people… the Fabianist as well.) reach £20million (A: That’s what he’s earned since he left office. What they do, they pay you off, legally, through the means that’s mentioned in this article here.)

By Jason Groves / dailymail.co.uk / 19th March 2010

 

Tony Blair waged an extraordinary two-year battle to keep secret a lucrative deal with a multinational oil giant which has extensive interests in Iraq.

 

The former Prime Minister tried to keep the public in the dark over his dealings with South Korean oil firm UI Energy Corporation.

 

Mr Blair – who has made at least £20million since leaving Downing Street in June 2007 – also went to great efforts to keep hidden a £1million deal advising the ruling royal family in Iraq’s neighbour Kuwait.

 

In an unprecedented move, he persuaded the committee which vets the jobs of former ministers to keep details of both deals from the public for 20 months, claiming it was commercially sensitive. The deals emerged yesterday when the Advisory Committee on Business Appointments finally lost patience with Mr Blair and decided to ignore his objections and publish the details.

 

News of the secret deals fuelled fresh accusations that Mr Blair is ‘cashing in on his contacts’ from the controversial Iraq war in what one MP called ‘revolving door politics at its worst’. (A: These are his payoffs for being the little war boy for the big boys who rule Britain. That’s how they reward you. They can’t give you straight cash for taking the whole country to war and doing their bidding and making sure that the taxpayer funded it all. That would kind of stink so they call it paying, they give you payments. How about $1 million for a payment for appearing at a speech for instance, at a dinner and giving a half hour speech at the end of it? Do you think that the public paid for that, at the dinner? Of course they don’t. Do you think that they give you 4 or 5 million pounds or dollars, upfront, for a book of your memoirs that no one is going to read, it’s going to flop? These are PAYOFFS. That’s how it’s done. It’s always been done this way.)

 

They will increase concerns that Mr Blair is using his role as the West’s Middle East envoy for personal gain.

 

The revelations also shed fresh light on his astonishing earnings, which include lucrative after-dinner speaking, consultancies with banks and foreign governments, a generous advance for his forthcoming memoirs, (A: Yawn.) as well as the pension and other perks he enjoys as a former Prime Minister.

 

The full extent of his income is cloaked in secrecy (A: Listen to this…) because he (A: This is the guy who is supposed to… This is all done FOR him. I’ll read it this way. It’s been constructed FOR him…) has constructed a complex web of shadowy companies and partnerships which let him avoid publishing full accounts detailing all the money from his commercial ventures. (A: It will also hide all his taxable income as well. It’s done by the big boys that run the system, the guys that put him in there, the little war boy. That’s how it’s done. That’s the real world folks. That’s the real world.)

 

You’ve all been trained to believe that somehow altruistic BEINGS are up there being attentive to you like angels and you never see their FANGS. You never see their fangs. It’s all your perceptions and how they’ve been distorted, PURPOSELY, by SCIENTIFIC INDOCTRINATION and REPETITION and guys in $5,000, $10,000 suits that you think, oh, well they are winners, they are respectable people; they must have got up there because they are RESPECTABLE and decent and honest and hard working and very thrifty. You get up at the top because you are a PSYCHOPATH! Nothing stands in your way and you will do whatever your superiors tell you to do to get up there because they have no qualms about it. Well, Tony, you have to take the country to war in a few years time; what do you think of that? Okay, what’s in it for me boss? That’s how it really works. Well, we can’t pay you off while you’re Prime Minster; we have to wait till you’ve left, like all the rest before you, and then we’ll pay you off. That’s how it’s done. But how will I hide all this cash from the public and the tax man? Don’t worry, our boys own all that stuff; we own the government; don’t worry about all that; we’ll set up all this stuff for you and cover your behind. That’s how it’s really done.

 

Perception is the biggest thing of all. There is a movie that’s just come out. It’s called Order of Chaos. I’ve got some voiceovers in it. That kind of deals with how your perceptions have been indoctrinated into you with scientific indoctrination techniques. And that’s how movies are made. Once in a while you’ve got one that’s got some controversy in it and that’s what starts off the thinking process. Things that upset you at times, you need a bit of upsetting to BREAK YOUR CONDITIONING without going crazy into alien land or whatever. Everything has been covered, even where you go. As I say, waking up is like coming from a tunnel into a field. You walk upwards and then you get into the top of the tunnel and you see the field in front of you and there is a forest on the other side of a field and you want to get into that forest, it looks so beautiful. But you’ve got to walk across this land mine, this field, before you get there. And the big boys make sure there is a thousand avenues that you are going to veer off into, to put you in loops, take you into outer space and back with all kinds of crazy ideas RATHER than say, here are the historical facts which are published, in the right places… boring stuff. Most of you will never make it because you can’t concentrate long enough to go through these boring books so you’d rather believe in the fantasy. It can’t be humans, humans would never do this. READ YOUR HISTORIES OF THE WORLD. It’s been like that since probably day one. That’s the reality of the world. Corruption can be legalized. If you own the governments you ARE the law. [Alan laughing.]

 

There is Lindsay from Georgia on the line. I’ll take his call now if he’s there. Hello Lindsay?

 

Lindsay: Hello. Hey, Alan. Listen, I just wanted to tell you and all of your listeners about the Mark Glenn interview wherein Dr Alan Sabrosky, the former director of studies at the US Army War College, came out and said that the generals in the military apparatus know that Israel carried out 9/11. This is not going to go away Alan. The Arabs don’t control Hollywood and Ben-Hasbin did not do 9/11. Basically, the gauntlet has been thrown down. The liars and the lies that they are telling are no long going to be accepted. When you have a man who was former Director of Studies at the US Army War College coming out and saying that Israel did it… Everything that is happening to our world right now is because of a bigger issue for world domination.

 

Alan: Yeah, I know. I know, but hold on and I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix talking to Lindsay from Georgia about Israel’s involvement in 9/11 and so on. Continue…

 

Lindsay: Okay, Alan, thank you. I’ve got the clips queued up to where he comes out with the revelation. Here it is…

 

Person 1: You have people who try to make this claim that they are loyal to America and at the same time loyal to a foreign government, it is a lie.

 

Person 2: It is and it’s more than that, Mark. What we need to stand up and say is not only did they attack the USS Liberty, they did 9/11. They did it. I am… I have had long conversations over the past 2 weeks with contacts at the Army War College, at the headquarters Marine Corp, and I made it absolutely clear in both cases that it is 100% certain that 9/11 was a Mossad operation, period.

 

Alan: Okay. That will do. I don’t need anymore. I’ve heard this kind of stuff before. I can remember when they caught a bunch of Israelis on an opposite tower on 9/11, at the same time, and they were all Mossad guys under the guise of student visas in the US at the time. This is old stuff and it won’t go anywhere. Honestly, it won’t go anywhere.

 

Lindsay: It won’t go anywhere, however, this is…

 

Alan: I’ve heard so many generals coming out over the years on Patriot Radio saying similar stuff and other stuff too. It really doesn’t work on the general public. It won’t make a darn difference. You’ve got to understand, the US has been run by the same bunch who has run London for an awful long time. Israel is the same thing too.

 

Lindsay: No, no. It’s not London. I’m not saying London or the German death cult is doing this Alan. The man, the former Director of Studies at the US Army War College came out and said Israel did it and the military knows it.

 

Alan: But you’ve got to give the proof of it; you can’t just make the statement. It’s only the proof that makes any difference in anybody’s logical mind.

 

Lindsay: But that’s the point. The proof is already been shown from top… from every which way but loose, Alan.

 

Alan: What does it tell you? What does it tell you if your own government knows the same stuff as you do and you are talking about it right now and does nothing about it?

 

Lindsay: Look, I don’t know…

 

Alan: What does it tell you?

 

Lindsay: It tells me… Okay, you are asking me a question, let me give you the answer. It tells me that they are so afraid of their puppet masters and they are not sitting only in London or only in New York. They are sitting also in Tel-Aviv, also in Paris, France. They are control… I admit, Alan, it does… they are a formidable enemy to humanity and yes they are…

 

Alan: FDR himself said anybody who ignores the New York vote, in politics, is utterly doomed. And it’s always been that way in the US as well. As I say, you’ve got money cliques, these intermarried families, 13 main families running the entire financial system of the entire planet and they are the boys who comprise the International Monetary Fund. These are the guys who set up wars, profit off them absolutely; they buy and sell countries overnight by crashing economies and all the rest of it. This is all well-known stuff; but the thing is, what are you going to do about it? And that’s the end of the show coming in.

 

I’ve heard this stuff ongoing for years and years and years coming out. Everybody knows that money rules the world. There is no doubt about it. I’ve mentioned it a thousand, million times. We’re all working for it like little mice. No one has ever come out with an alternative system. You know something else? No one else would risk it. That’s the problem with human nature.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 22, 2010. For the newcomers, I always suggest you look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, scroll down and bookmark all the sites there for future use because once in a while the major ones, the .com one, goes down. If you scroll down you will see all these other sites and having them bookmarked will give you the ability to download the latest shows when there is a snafu from the major sites. [Official sites listed above.] Remember that you are the audience that brings me to you. I’m probably the only person out in radio land that doesn’t take money. I could, certainly, but I don’t take money from the advertisers or from people selling products to push myself and to finance myself. It’s up to you to keep me going. The ads on this show go directly from the advertisers to RBN for the broadcast and for their staff, equipment, air time and putting it out to YOU. So you’ve got to keep me going by donating or purchasing from my web site, cuttingthroughthematrix.com. There are DVDs, books I’ve written, and CDs with sometimes 50 shows on them. [Ordering and donation option listed above.] For those that just get the disks burned and passed to them of the talks to play on CD players, the WISE people I call them because the internet is really a temporary thing even for me. It was meant to be a small window of opportunity to get the word out before it is totally taken over and we are almost there. So for those that get the disks burned, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

 

I really mean that because the internet truly was never given to the public for their benefit. Nothing ever is. Those who don’t understand history and never study history will never, ever know the reality they are in today. They will follow all the blind excuses and they will follow all the scuttle-butt that goes on the Patriot Radio to chase their tails for endless hours, endless days and endless years even, but they will never, ever know what’s really going on in the world. You’ve got to know your history to know how people are manipulated down through century after century after century and the rotten things that have been done to ordinary people. The fact is, too many players talked about the internet coming up. Before we even heard of the computer, a means of communication to BOND everyone together, but really it was for the government to take over control of your lives. George Orwell knew this when he wrote his book in 1948 called 1984. He knew that government couldn’t be all-powerful until they could talk directly down to you, the individual, number so-and-so, Smith number blah, blah, blah. You would have no family or anyone else to stand up and stop them. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning that if you don’t know your history you’ll never understand the tricks that have been played on populations all down through the many, many, many centuries and how we all fall for it time after time. It only takes really a break from one generation, where you’re allowed to have a few more goodies than any previous generation, for the whole past to be forgotten and the dirty tricks that have been done on the public to be completely erased, along with some brainwashing into being loyal to your county and all that kind of stuff. What IS your country but a bunch of international corporations really and all the people who get appointed and get nice sounding titles to be in charge of those corporations. The country itself is a corporation as well.

 

I kind of like the old hillbillies that lived in the different mountainous areas of the US. They already, from their own history being dumped in the United States as immigrants, pushed into Civil Wars and raided by governments and so on, they tended to retreat into the hills and they kept everybody else away from them. They didn’t fall into the traps of the townsfolk. They didn’t fall into the traps of the government laws and so on. They had their own laws and that was the law of nature. And really that’s the only thing you can depend upon is yourself and your own.

 

Everything else is a con; someone is trying to pull something over you to profit from you because that’s how everything is made. All profit comes from labor. All manufacture comes from labor. As I say, only one little period in history from about the Second World War, the end of that, up until about the 70s, people were allowed to keep a little bit more for themselves, never dawning on them as they bought their houses that the big boys planned to take it away from them around the year 2007 or so. That’s how it’s done, long-term planning and we are managed.

 

We look at all the different sciences around us and people will prattle off about the sciences they are reading and what’s the latest gadgetry in electronics or whatever, or physics, it never dawns on them that the ART of controlling people is a very old science, much, much older than the rest in fact. For every thing that you could imagine that you could possibly do as a people or a group or a whatever, they have about 10,000 different ways to infiltrate, take you down or bend you off into some other direction. These are ANCIENT sciences. Ancient sciences and provocateurs are always sent out into the public, whether it’s a union or whatever else, to stir things up, gets everyone fighting everyone else, and then you all lose in the end anyway. That’s the reality of life. The hillbillies were quite right; you don’t get involved in anyone else’s affairs. You leave me alone and I’ll leave you alone and that was their philosophy. That’s the only thing you could trust is your own reason. Everything else is a con job.

 

The computer, as I say, was given to the public with its usual enticements because everyone has got different drives and they gave the sex drive a big push with that one, with lots and lots of pornography. Before I ever touched a computer that’s all I knew from reading the papers was that there was lots of pornography on it. I avoided the thing. I knew it was really intended to eventually control the general public and make it easier for governments to get right into YOUR home, right into you BRAIN even – and that’s a fact, folks – and manipulate you. I can remember reading an old book by HG Wells where he talked about the “World Brain.” He called it ‘the world brain’, this interconnected system of all knowledge. Remember, he was also a Fabian Socialist. He really meant it was a way to control VAST populations. In fact, HG Wells’ whole theme in all of his books was about controlling the general public and population of the world eventually.

 

I’ve read the Department of Defense’s articles about their projection for the next 50 years. I’ve read different ones from the US military and the British and NATO and we tend to forget that whatever is happening today, obviously, since these think tanks are not new. They’ve had them for over 100-odd years, well over 100-odd years in the British system. Then, 40-50 years ago, they were projecting where we would be today. Do you understand that? I hope you understand that. They KNEW 40-50 years ago that they would be signing a treaty down the road to basically eliminate all tariffs on production and free trade. They knew that stuff then. They knew what the affects of the multilateral agreement on investment would do across the planet. They knew that they would eventually build up China to be the manufacturer of the planet. They also knew that it would mean massive unemployment in the West. And they knew all the reactions that the public would have to that as well, which is generally nothing, actually. They kind of had a slight yawn as they moved into the service economies where we pass things around.

 

They also knew too that they would give us a means of communication, tie us all together because that was the whole key to things. As I say, HG Wells talked about it. George Orwell talked about it. Government can never feel safe and secure until EVERY SINGLE INDIVIDUAL is utterly and completely PREDICTABLE. That means instant retrieval of all information, all data on every person at every minute of the day, every day. That’s what the computer is there for.

 

An article came out quite recently about the new Digital Economy Bill. Remember, Britain is the flagship for everyone else to copy. What’s amazing to me is that the US really is copying Britain. It used to take about 2-4 years before the US would copy Britain with a certain law, this or that law, but they are really on par now. They are really catching up in a hurry. You’ll find the same kind of articles coming out under different names within the United States.

 

Digital Economy Bill approved by House of Lords

The House of Lords approved the Digital Economy Bill last night, handing over the decision making process on several controversial clauses to the House of Commons.

By Emma Barnett, Technology and Digital Media Correspondent / telegraph.co.uk / Published: 16 Mar 2010

 

The spin on this article is to throw you off thinking it’s all about an attempt to make sure the people have copywrite rights and those found infringing those rights or file sharing will get prosecuted. Really, it isn’t until you go into the bill itself, and you have to download the bill to find the real intent of it. What they want to do is to close down all those different internet cafes and different places where you can get Wi-Fi that’s outside the jurisdiction of the government monitoring. Well, I think they’re really into that too; they monitor everything. But it makes it easier for them if they eradicate those because the government wants to put broadband across the whole country themselves. They want to be in charge of it.

 

It makes perfect sense from a security point of view. If you want to maintain power, you’ve got to make sure there is no competition. Government truly… with the psychopaths who naturally gravitate towards government, it’s just like any old God; you know, you can have no other Gods before them. So the eliminate every other God and they are the Kingpin. If you want to control the public you must make sure that you have access to ALL data and there are no competitors on the market. So that’s really what the digital economy is. Then you read this other article here… I love how it’s phrased; it’s beautiful. It’s the Times Online.

 

Government webpage for every citizen

in the race to create a paperless society

Rachel Sylvester, Alice Thomson and Jill Sherman / From The Times / March 20, 2010

 

(Alan: They’ve always got an environmental spin on things… or else it’s to help the poor. It’s the help the poor. So here is the spin…)

 

All public services could be delivered online within four years under an ambitious pledge by Gordon Brown to create a paperless state and save billions of pounds, The Times has learnt. (A: It’s to save money as well… this is from governments that throw it out like water, especially on themselves.)

 

Tens of thousands of public sector jobs could go in Jobcentres, benefit offices, passport centres and town halls if face-to-face transactions are scrapped in favour of cheaper and more efficient online form-filling.

 

On Monday the Prime Minister will announce (A: I love how they just hand out this stuff to the media first, to prepare the public.) plans that he claims could save billions of pounds over four years by making dealing with the State as easy as internet banking (A: That’s number one, right.) or shopping on Amazon. Cash will also be saved on postage stamps, telephone calls and government buildings as the switch to the internet leads to the phasing out of call centres and benefit offices. (A: So it’s all about services, you know, your health care in the socialist system, all that kind of stuff… they are pretending, right.)

 

The aim is that within a year, everybody in the country should have a personalised website through which they would be able to find out about local services and do business with the Government. (A: You DO business with the government, do you? Well actually you do, you see, because they are a corporation and you serve them. That’s what you exist for.) A unique identifier (A: Here you are…) will allow citizens to apply for a place for their child at school, book a doctor’s appointment, claim benefits, get a new passport, pay council tax or register a car from their computer at home.

 

Over the next three years, the secure site will be expanded to allow people to interact with their children’s teachers or ask medical advice from their doctor through a government version of Facebook. (A: Can you believe that? It will probably go through India like everything else. And you’ll need a translator to figure out what they’re saying.) But union leaders and privacy experts immediately warned that the Government’s record on IT projects was already catastrophic (A: Meaning that the government is already, they are SELLING the data. The government sells your data. The post office sells you data.) and there would be key concerns about privacy, data protection and fraud. In addition many elderly, disabled and undereducated people find it difficult to carry out transactions online. (A: Well, a lot of people just don’t WANT to… if they’ve got any sense at all.)

 

You’ve got to understand, this is all planned. It was all planned before they gave you the first computer. All of it was planned before they gave you the very first computer. Remember, their plan also is to go cashless altogether, paperless. Paper is going out the way of the dodo bird in 8 years apparently. They’ll know what your income is. They’ll tax you online, instantly. They’ll know what you’re buying and ask you how you got the money for that because it’s not in your account. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just reading an article from the Times Online, one of many articles on the same topic telling us how wonderful it’s going to be when we’ve all got our number and we can do everything through the computer, but it’s also to be your direct line to the government, which also means, mind you, that it’s the government’s direct line to YOU. Do you understand the real purpose of this?

 

It’s exactly like George Orwell said, when that screen is right there and the face comes on and there is someone talking right to you, Smith number blah, blah, blah, yes you Smith, you’ve been late with your taxes; you’ve purchased something and it hasn’t gone through your account, how did you do this transaction? Blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. That’s all coming down. It’s for your benefit right? Then all the cash you pay into pensions and all the money that is taxed from you for those so-called services and all that stuff, you won’t have access to them unless you do it through the computer. Then the computer is going to tell you, sorry, Smith number so-and-so, you’ve used up too much of your allocations of credits for the National Health Service; we can’t fix you up this time. I’m not kidding.

 

The article goes on to say here…

 

“Roughly £12 billion of taxpayers’ money has also just been wasted on the NHS IT project and there has been a long history of government computer problems.” (A: Well, no kidding.)

 

In an interview with The Times, Sir Tim Berners-Lee, the inventor of the world wide web, who has been advising the Prime Minister on the digital revolution, said it was time for Whitehall to catch up with the rest of the world. (A: Sir Tim Berners-Lee comes from a long line of these guys that worked on the web; so did his Dad, on computers. These are like intergenerational families that work on the same project. They knew where they were going at the beginning. So this character is ADVISING little Mr Brown and anybody can if you have enough dirty dope on him because, believe you me, Brown has got a lot of dirty deeds behind him and people have got the goods on him. But he will do what he is told by the big boys and Mr Tim Berners-Lee is much bigger than Mr Brown.)

 

“I don’t want to go to a government office to do a government thing. It should all be online,” he said. “That saves time for people and it saves money for the Government — the processing of a piece of paper and mailing it back costs many times more than it costs to process something electronically. There will come a point where you don’t need all the physical offices any more.” (A: That means you’re pretty well going to get no services at all folks. It’s bad enough already isn’t it?)

 

Government sources say Jobcentres, tax offices, DVLA local centres, passport offices and housing benefit offices will be phased out over the next decade, to be replaced by a single “digital gateway” (A: They love the gatekeeper stuff, like Bill Gates and Digital Gateways. It’s all the old occultic stuff that they’ve conned the public with. That’s all it is. The occult is nothing but conology. Put something in plain sight and the public don’t know what they’re looking at.) office, where people who are uncomfortable with computers can go for advice on applying for services online.

 

The private sector is likely to get involved (A: Of course it is. It’s a public/private Fascism, you see. It doesn’t matter if you call it communism or fascism, it’s the same thing. The Soviet system ran on public/private from its very inception.)

 

As I say, it’s quite interesting as all this goes ahead and people are addicted now to text messaging and they’ve got to have phones stuck on their ears even when they’re doing their shopping… should I buy the Corn Flakes or the Sugar Puffs? What should it be? …and rubbish like that. They’re prattling off, just prattling, talking incessantly to some voice in the ether, exactly as Marshall McLuhan said they would and they’re oblivious to the reality around them… oblivious! I mean really, they’re ready for the chip. When you have to ask someone’s advice, should I get the Sugar Puffs or should I buy the Corn Flakes or the Wheaties, you’ve got a problem. Do you understand, you can’t even make your own decisions without prattling to someone miles away? You’ve got a problem. You’re already a robot.

 

This ties in with all this too. It’s beautiful how it all ties in, but it always does at the same time.

 

Exclusive: Next-generation super ID card on the cards for 2012

Identity card could come with a raft of new features – and even a free upgrade – under government proposals…

By Nick Heath, 17 March 2010 / silicon.com

 

(A: Britain spearheaded the ID card. It tried to get it out back in the late 90s and people had riots and protests in the street saying it was an invasion of privacy, it was a totalitarian state. And Bang! Along comes 2001 and the twin towers go down, the Jachin and Boaz, and bingo they get what they want. They brought out the ID cards in Britain, under a VOLUNTARY process, mind you. Everything is always voluntary until there is enough on it and they say, well, we can’t keep doing both systems here, it’s too expensive, so you’ll all have to go into the ID system. I said at the very beginning, back in the 90s, that this ID card… I was talking about it because it had articles in the paper in the late 90s about it. They said it had the capacity to do all of your banking and everything. So it’s a government ISSUED card and eventually everything goes through the government with their public/private partnership deal. Well, here it goes. See, they give you the first mouse trap, here comes the next mouse trap – and that’s what they call it, the mouse trap, in marketing jargon.)

 

The government is considering introducing a new generation of ID cards for British citizens in 2012, (A: This is to go worldwide, by the way. These cards are made in Canada.) complete with a raft of new features.

 

More than 7,000 ID cards have been issued to British people since the UK cards were made available in November last year, starting in Manchester before rolling out across the North West and to select groups across the UK. (A: It’s for all the schmucks that want to be trendy that grab it. I’ll tell you what’s going to be on this when I come back from this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article to do with the new ID cards. They get you used to things bit by bit. It’s a very old technique of mouse traps. It’s like laying cheese all the way to the mouse trap. You lap it up and lap it up and you say, well, there is that last bit up there, should I get it, should I chance it; yeah, I will; I’ll be okay. Bang and that’s it, no more YOU… no more brain for sure. This is the GOAL to get everyone ID’d, going through a system of transactions VIA the government for everything and they will monitor everything that you do and eat and buy and all the rest of it. It’s beautiful from a totalitarian tyrant’s point of view. That’s what we’re in, you know, for folk who still think they’re in some kind of strange Trojan horse called democracy. It says here…

 

Speaking at an event hosted by the Social Market Foundation (A: Another foundation, you see. We’ve got foundations for everything… the parallel government. Social Market Foundation… A market is something for animals. Have you ever thought about that? That’s what markets were about. You bought and sold animals, initially, and they were called the stock. So you have a stock market, you know. Now we are all part of the market. We are the stock, you see, since we are the only ones that make anything.) earlier this week, Bob Carter, public key infrastructure and encryption expert for the ID cards scheme at the IPS, told silicon.com that the first generation card “is a tactical card that we have put out very quickly. (A: I’m sure… no thought going into it, right. TACTICAL, that’s a warfare technique isn’t it, that sort of terminology.)

 

“The strategic card (A: So it’s TACTICAL and STRATEGIC.) has a 2012 launch when all of the main things are going to happen. That’s when you will find more features in the product [card].”

 

Existing British citizen ID cards (A: They are doing the same thing for Australia and Canada is to roll out its version too, and so will the US.) are designed to (A: just simply…) simply verify someone’s identity (A: That’s all.) using a government issued card reader, (A: A government issued one.) a device which reads the biographic information and the digital photo and two fingerprints stored on the ID card’s embedded RFID chip, and allows an official to check those details against the person presenting the card.

 

The proposals currently under consideration could potentially see ID cards used to perform new tasks – such as authorising online transactions using chip and PIN and verifying the holder’s identity over the internet – which are not possible with existing British ID cards today.

 

So isn’t that wonderful? You’ll get your own personal government issued ID card with all your data on it. It’s also got a VOICE PRINT, but they don’t mention that here. You will do everything… you’ll LIVE through that card. Of course they’ll give you your own web page, as I read earlier, your own personalized, government-issued web page so’s they can talk directly down to you. Isn’t that wonderful? Do you realize they really care? That’s what government is for, you know, they care. They care so much. That’s how they get to the top in government because caring people flood into it and they work for peanuts.

 

That’s how it all ties together. Broadband is coming in and the government is actually pushing for it. It’s going to be government-owned broadband ONLY; government ID card for all your transactions and everything you do. Your own government web page so’s they can talk and demand straight down to you, Smith number so-and-so; yes, you Smith. See George Orwell’s movie, 1984; it was actually made in commemoration of him, the black and white version from Britain. The author knew that back in 1948, this was all coming. Quite nice isn’t it?

 

Just to make sure that everybody gets the message, and believe you me, the cops everywhere across the world are just… oh, they salivate when they read the stuff from Britain to get the power they are getting there. It’s just amazing. Everything starts off with a little TRIAL version to see how the mice will behave in that little cage there when you do this to them and that to them.

 

Roadside fingerprinting tests (A: Roadside fingerprints. So it’s not enough they’ve got you blowing into things and all the rest of it, now you are going to get fingerprints as well.), which sparked fears of a Big Brother state (A: What do you mean FEARS of a Big Brother state. If you are starting to get afraid of a Big Brother state coming in, where have you been for the rest of your life? Where have you been?) when tested in Yorkshire, are to be rolled out nationwide this year.

yorkshirepost.co.uk / Tuesday, 23rd March 2010

 

Every police force in England and Wales will be given hand-held fingerprint scanners to check the identity of suspects in the street. (A: That’s means every car is going to get stopped as they try their toys out now. Every pedestrian is going to get stopped as well. Isn’t that wonderful? Isn’t it wonderful; YOU pay for your chains! You the public pay for your chains in every kind of alloy they use. You pay and pay and pay and you still go and vote for democracy. [Alan laughing.])

 

Senior officers claimed a pilot project, involving 28 forces including West Yorkshire Police, had shown the devices could speed up criminal inquiries, help catch more criminals and save thousands of hours for police. However, although the National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA) (A: Another one… A National Policing Improvement Agency…) has insisted that scanned fingerprints will not be added to databases, critics fear the scheme could encourage random searches. (A: Oh, no, they’d never do that would they? [Alan laughing.])

 

An NPIA spokesman said the scheme was voluntary and members of the public had the right to refuse. (A: Oh, dear, dear… dear, dear, dear. Can you imagine what… You all know what happens when you refuse anything from a cop, right. I can remember when South Africa was still under the old system and they used to say, you foreigners – meaning the people who would come in from outside talking about apartheid and so on – you don’t understand them; you don’t understand the natives here. They’d say, they are like children. They are children. You treat them like children. In other words, that they are too simple to understand. Well this is how this article is talking to everybody in the UK with the nonsense.) An NPIA spokesman said the scheme was voluntary and members of the public had the right to refuse. (A: That’s exactly what you’d say to a child.)

 

But anyone who refused to take part could be arrested (A: No kidding.) and taken to a police station if an officer had “strong suspicions” about them.

 

Policy director at Liberty Isabella Sankey said: “Convenient technology is all very well but not if it encourages the police to exceed their powers.

 

You can’t take a photograph in Britain now, you know. You get run in for taking a photograph, and the people put up with it too. Why? Because, I’ve said before, you could be in rags, in absolute rags, and as long as they give you some little thing to stick in your hand, or that you stick on your ear, or text into, and get entertained from a very cheap deal – lots and lots and lots of cheap entertainment and distractions – you won’t care if you’re carrying a ball and chain along behind you. Sad. Sad comment to make on humanity but they understand us very, very, very well indeed. It’s a whole science.

 

It’s all science. Why do you think that every government department, even your police, they all have public RELATIONS experts? That’s means PROPAGANDA. It used to be called propaganda but it got a bad name during World War I and II so they changed it to PUBLIC RELATIONS. That’s so they can talk down to the children. That’s what goes on and that’s what’s happening and the folk accept it. You know something too? The folk will accept anything, anything at all… just to get by. Don’t stop me, I’m on my way to so-and-so. I’ve got to take your fingerprints; I don’t trust you, says the officer. What are you going to do? Get run into the police station to verify who you are, or they might find something else to charge you with; after all, they can draw out a thousand things. Do you realize you are breaking laws every single day from the minute you get up till you go out and walk around the street? You are breaking law after law; that’s how it was in the Soviet Union. That way when they wanted a particular person, they would grab you under those laws. If they didn’t want you they didn’t care; they could always get you if they did want you. And people still think they are free.

 

I was thinking the other day, it was far, far better when we were serfs, when we were slaves. We KNEW we were slaves. Everyone knew it. Everybody talked to everybody else and talked about how miserable life was. They all knew they were slaves. The most perfect slave is the one that doesn’t think he is one. That’s perfect. Perfect. It’s like Animal Farm, again another Orwell classic. The pigs at the end, the ones that are in charge of the animals and the revolution, are all siding – because now they are living the high life, they are living the high hog you might say – and they go into the house to meet with the humans that used to be their enemies. They are partying it up and all the other animals, the workers, are outside looking through the window. The human says to the pigs, how did you get them to do this; they are all working for nothing; they are working for an IDEA – just like the Soviet Union. We’ve been trying to get them to do that forever, to work for nothing without any trouble. You’ve done it. You have succeeded.

 

Eventually, everything will come through government. Public/private, big corporation, big bank, big government combined. Your credits will be given to you. If you are bad you won’t get your credits. If you are bad they will cut you off the Cloud, because the Cloud is going to be THE place that all of your data is stored and you won’t need a hard drive anymore. They knew that before they gave you the first old computer, where they were taking you step by step, the cheese all the way up to the mouse trap. And you adapt and you adapt and you adapt until you can’t do without it. Then eventually it’s impossible to without it… and they’ve got you. They make sure, as they make it impossible to live without it, they take away all the old system that you could use, so you have no alternative. The day that the government does something to benefit the people will be the day of the second coming.

 

There is an article in the Huffington Post.

 

Central Figure in CDC Vaccine Cover-Up Absconds With $2M

Robert F. Kennedy Jr / Huffington Post / Posted: March 11, 2010

 

A central figure behind the Center for Disease Control’s (CDC) claims disputing the link between vaccines and autism and other neurological disorders has disappeared after officials discovered massive fraud involving the theft of millions in taxpayer dollars. Danish police are investigating Dr. Poul Thorsen, who has vanished along with almost $2 million that he had supposedly spent on research. (A: This is the CDC’s man to push all the vaccines through and it was good for us and all the rest of it. This is the one that the World Health Organization and everyone was quoting. He’s run off with the loot. [Alan laughing.])

 

Thorsen was a leading member of a Danish research group that wrote several key studies supporting CDC’s claims that the MMR vaccine and mercury-laden vaccines were safe for children. Thorsen’s 2003 Danish study reported a 20-fold increase in autism in Denmark after that country banned mercury based preservatives in its vaccines. His study concluded that mercury could therefore not be the culprit behind the autism epidemic. (A: So here is a CRIMINAL who’s run off with the loot that was advising them all to take it. Believe you me, he’d be getting loot for giving all these lies out too, from the big pharma companies.)

 

All these links I’ll put up on my site at the end of the show, IF XplorNet obliges me with enough speed to put it up there, even though I’m paying for high speed. Now I’ll go to the phones and there is Dave from Arizona. Are you there Dave?

 

Dave: Hey, Alan. How are ya?

 

Alan: Not bad.

 

Dave: I thought I would just talk a little bit about the cashless society with you. It’s kind of funny, I work with 2 guys from the Philippines and I brought up the cashless society. All the Americans were like, who, what, what. And the guys from the Philippines were like, oh, yeah, we already have it. They knew what it was and they described it. It really would be the ultimate form of control.

 

Alan: Absolutely.

 

Dave: Because, as everybody knows, they could turn it off and you’d have no wealth. When do you think it will come to a point where we won’t have cash, we won’t have currency?

 

Alan: I’ve got articles here where the major banks have said within 8 years they are phasing out all cash all together,as they are phasing this in. You see, most folk are already using plastic cards wherever they go. They’ve already been trained to do that and how convenient it is and all the rest of it. Remember, the real purpose of money is to CONTROL people and to get you to work for money. You see, the big boys HAVE all that. They own the resources of the planet. It’s only important that you believe that money works and it does work as long as everyone else accepts that it works and you can get a penny caramel for a dollar or something like that. Basically, it’s to be used as a form of control. That’s what Lord Bertrand Russell said back in the 1930s. He says, eventually government will issue credits to every individual, the SAME amount of credits, although there will be a tiered system of how important you are to the system and that will determine how much your level of credits will be. But, you will be unable to save them up; it will start at the same figure every week. AND it will be used to punish you if you are anti-social. This is an interesting word that is getting bandied around in the UK and the British Commonwealth countries. You are ANTI-SOCIAL. So they will cut you off. You can’t pay your rent. You can’t pay for this. You can’t pay for that… until you behave. So it will be used as a punishment tool as well.

 

Dave: Yeah. That’s the ultimate controlling factor. When do you think it will come to a point in time, or do you think it will, when the state just basically decides, you don’t need land, you don’t need gold, you don’t need anything and they are going to have it all?

 

Alan: Oh, they’ve already done that and they are using the environmentalist for it too. Back in the 1980s for instance – I’ll give you an example – they started to phase out country hospitals in agricultural areas across the whole western world, at the same time in the US, Canada, and everywhere else. That was to encourage people to get IN to the cities, even then. In the rural areas now, I’ve got 5 different taxes here for the PRIVILEGE of living here. One tax alone was the Ontario tax; that went up from a few dollars to $600 by itself. The other one gets paid directly to the school board; that’s about $2,000, twice a year. Then I’ve got a separate road tax for the privilege of this dirt road that’s full of potholes; I pay that every year, twice a year as well. The gasoline, everything you need in the country is more expensive. So they are already forcing folk out gradually. Now in comes the eco-boys with the inspectors. They go around to your place and say, oh, you can’t live here, you’ve broken 10 different codes; your place is obsolete; you can’t insulate it properly, it’s too much carbon, too much heat loss; your septic tank isn’t up to the latest standard with the titanium tank and all that kind of stuff and ya-da, ya-da, ya. On it goes until you are OUT. This is already happening across the whole of the western world.

 

Dave: And this is just… this is all those NGOs, correct?

 

Alan: NGOs, but it’s all done THROUGH the United Nations. Every law to do with the land, your property, everything, your building codes, septic, everything, your drilling well… IS ALL FROM THE United Nations. That’s where they come from. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I almost let that wailing guitar go because it’s appropriate when you shake your head and you want to wail sometimes. There is Dan from California. Is Dan there?

 

Dan: Hello. Hi Alan. It’s good to talk to you again. Have you heard of a movie called Order of Chaos?

 

Alan: Yes. It’s just been released and I’ve got voiceovers on it.

 

Dan: Yeah. Okay. Alright. I watched it last night and I was so surprised because it was kind of going along and kind of in line with a lot of what you’ve mentioned about psychology in the media and then right in the middle of the movie, I’m hearing Alan Watt… and I just thought what… I didn’t know what was going on. I was so surprised.

 

Alan: That’s right. I think I was the inspiration for it and they got in touch with me a while ago and asked if they could use the voiceovers.

 

Dan: Yeah. You could tell he was a fan. He must have been listening to your stuff for years because the whole script was based essentially on your work. Okay. I wasn’t sure if you knew about it or not. I just wanted to make sure.

 

Alan: I haven’t seen it myself. Did you enjoy it?

 

Dan: I did. It was very independent. It had Mimi Rogers, which is Tom Cruise’s ex-wife. It had kind of a couple of unknowns but… interesting, a very interesting plot line. I encourage… If you sanctioned that, yeah, I encourage other people to take a look at that because it really… it’s interesting.

 

Alan: It only came out I think 2 weeks ago. That’s what I heard.

 

Dan: Yeah. I saw it just last night. I was just so shocked. It was like, oh, my God, is that Alan Watt in the middle of a movie? I was like, great; that is so great.

 

Alan: It just shows you that you can influence people. You can get them to think. And you can get them to do something about it.

 

Dan: Hey, I’m here… I’ve been living and working in Hollywood for I don’t know how long and listening to your show. I always mention your show and all of your work. So from the belly of the beast, congratulations to you.

 

Alan: That’s right. That’s the impossible coming true.

 

Dan: Yeah. You know there is hope. Like you said, there are forces of good. There ARE forces of good.

 

Alan: I think too, you also have people who will, somehow or another, get the cash up and do the right thing. That’s a hard thing in this day and age is to get people to put their cash forward even to make a movie that might be politically incorrect or whatever. It just shows you that people with enough intention and guts to do it can actually do it.

 

Dan: I agree. I agree. Anyway, God bless and thank you.

 

Alan: Thanks for calling.

 

Dan: Take care.

 

Alan: You too.

 

I was going to close with an article here to show you how up and up things are in this world of ours and how things are always out in the open, eh? And you are informed. You are very informed. This is from the Times.

 

Lord Oxburgh, the climate science peer, ‘has a conflict of interest’

Ben Webster, Environment Editor / From The Times / March 23, 2010

 

A member of the House of Lords (A: That’s the British Senate basically.) appointed to investigate the veracity of climate science has close links to businesses that stand to make billions of pounds from low-carbon technology. (A: This is Britain’s Al Gore.)

 

Lord Oxburgh is to chair a scientific assessment panel that will examine the published science of the Climatic Research Unit at the University of East Anglia. (A: Because of all of the scandal that was exposed about their conology.)

 

The CRU has been accused of manipulating and suppressing data to overstate the dangers from climate change. (A: Changes in the weather, that’s what I call it. I don’t go by their terminology that brainwashes us.) Professor Phil Jones, its director, has stood down from his post while a separate inquiry, chaired by Sir Muir Russell, takes place into the leaking of e-mails sent by him and his colleagues. (A: So this independent inquiry, by the way, is headed up by Sir Muir Russell who is a member of the Royal Society who voted FOR the belief in climate change. They are all behind climate change. So that’s the INDEPENDENT inquiry, right.)

 

Climate sceptics questioned whether Lord Oxburgh, chairman of the Carbon Capture and Storage Association and the wind energy company Falck Renewables, was truly independent because he led organisations that depended on climate change being seen as an urgent problem. (A: So the foxes are doing their own inquiries here and they’ve got everything counting on it. The whole agenda counts on this conology going on to enslave us even further.)

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 23, 2010. For the newcomers that are always coming into the show, I advise you to go into cuttingthroughthematrix.com, scroll down the front page and bookmark all the other sites I have up there because when the big ones go down, as they sometimes do, you’ll find the alternate sites are available and you can download the latest shows for free. [Official sites listed above.] Remember too, that you are the audience that brings me to you because unlike most hosts out there I depend upon the audience to support me, not the advertisers. The advertisers you hear on this show pay RBN directly for the broadcast time and they pay them for their staff and equipment and their bills. So you help me with mine by getting the books I’ve written and the CDs and DVD on my web sites. They are different kinds of books than you’ve ever seen before because I show you the basic cons that are straight in front of your face and you miss them all the time. Everything is hidden in plain sight but you need someone to explain them to you because we truly are mushrooms kept in the dark and fed a lot of bovine fecal matter. So help me out by buying the stuff I have for sale or you can donate to me. Some of the CDs have 50 shows per disk. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Lots of people hear the talks I give on CD players, they don’t use computers themselves, and you can get in touch with me at [address above]. And that’s my tin can moment for the day but it’s up to you to support me otherwise no one else will and I’ll just go off and do other things. Believe you me, I’d get a better living doing other things.

 

The reason I’m doing this is because I have a lot of information, I’ve got a life of experience of observation, of watching and learning and studying… investigating the reality of life and that’s what I’m trying to impart here. We are going through the greatest changes really, since the Industrial Revolution moved all the people off of agriculture and pushed them into the cities and the factories. We are going through the same transformation now but it’s much, much worse because we are managed like cattle basically. That’s population reduction, sterilization and a whole host of other things including not just birth control but death control. That’s the term that the big players used, at the Council on Foreign Relations, an awful long time ago. The Council on Foreign Relations is part of the world governing structure, the ones we DON’T vote for and the ones who truly run the world. I’ll be back with more on this topic after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. As I say, we are really mushrooms kept in the dark and fed bovine fecal matter because we’re governed, we’re managed. We are really shaped in a sense and there is an ART to governing. It’s ancient isn’t it? Civilizations have been around for many thousands of years and they’ve all figured out different ways of managing the public because the public are the only ones who produce anything for those at the top.

 

We tend to think, when we swallow this nonsense of democracy, that we have a say in things but I’ve yet to ever see the public ever have a say in anything. It doesn’t work that way. It was never intended to work that way. Sometimes they will throw you a little bone here and there of something that doesn’t really matter to them but the things that really do matter to them, you generally never even hear about until after laws are passed and it becomes the norm. We adapt to new normals all the time… without knowing it.

 

You cannot understand what’s happening today unless you go into the past. You’ve got to read the big players that were far more open about what was coming up, that we are NOW living through, the guys who helped plan it all, like the Lord Bertrand Russell and Julian Huxley. Julian Huxley was the first CEO of UNESCO, the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, to bring in a common culture for children. Guys like this literally worked in big organizations with the United Nations. They also, by they way, were attached to intelligence services. Lord Bertrand Russell was quite the character. He literally belonged to the Royal Society, the Royal Institute of International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations. He LED and was the CEO of the anti-war establishment. He also, according to the book that was recently released and I’ve read some parts of it before, The CIA’s Cultural Cold War. He also worked for MI-5. So that’s how they do things. They are all-arounders and the run ALL sides of things. But they came up with the system that we are living through today, including the end of marriage and all these kind of things to make it far easier to have population control.

 

Julian Huxley and Russell both mentioned not just birth control but death control, the need to take mankind off their pedestal of being a supreme creature on the planet and bring them down to the level of animals and GET the public to accept it. We’ll that’s happened. That’s already happened, you see. Of course they want to start killing off people throughout their lives as well. Increase the death rate, that’s what they meant by death control. That’s why you have all these incredible cancers breaking out in youngsters and people before they are middle aged even. Cancers of all kinds now are COMMON. It’s the new normal, once again, and once again we have adapted to the new normal. There is no crisis in health care because every year doctors are churned out with a NEW reality for THEM too. They are now taught that cancers are normal and I guess they’ve always been normal. They are taught that even diabetes is a normal thing… and it was very rare when I was young. VERY RARE was a person ever on insulin when they were a youngster. So rare, in fact, that when they found one they would have all the guys from the medical establishments down to study them. Now it’s as common as can be; but no one ever says, what’s causing this? Because THEY KNOW what’s causing it. There are many ways to attack the human system and guys like Russell and others mentioned using ‘the needle’ to do so and to make people compliant.

 

Professor Carroll Quigley also belonged to this world society, this parallel government, as he termed it. He wrote the book Tragedy and Hope and the other great book, The Anglo-American Establishment where being the historian – they actually have their own historians for the Council on Foreign Relations/Royal Institute of International Affairs. He said that there is a parallel government and it has been running the United States, for instance, for 60 years and he wrote the book in the 1960s. Every President had been PICKED for 60 years back then, had already been a member. He said they have members for BOTH parties, or ALL parties and IT’S ALWAYS BEEN THAT WAY. That ties in with the Club of Rome, remember, because they are the premiere think tank for the United Nations and the United Nations was a creature of the Royal Institute of International Affairs. It was set up by them to be another front for world government run by the big bankers. The big bankers set up the Royal Institute of International Affairs. It’s a PRIVATE organization, but it does have a Royal Charter to exist. In other words, the elite who already ruled Britain made sure that they kept ruling Britain when they gave us the front called democracy.

 

The Club of Rome said that democracy was just too untidy, you couldn’t get things done, there were too many conflicting and competing parties and individuals whereas they had a plan to fulfill and they’d have to just sidestep everything and get ahead and do it. That’s what technocrats are for. That’s the Kissinger’s, Brzezinski’s and the Maurice Strong’s and many, many more. Every country has got their guys picked who work behind the scenes as technocrats. They get the REAL work done. Quigley said himself they are all members of the Council on Foreign Relations… all of them, in every country. They are not answerable to the general public. They don’t get voted in. They wield more power then Presidents, Quigley said, because they had the real power to get things done AND the authority.

 

You have to go into their site, the Council on Foreign Relations. Yesterday and the day before, and last week, I talked about broadband. It’s a vague term to the public. They think it’s going to be great fun for internet and stuff like that. They have no idea what it’s really all about. The internet was given the public, not for your fun, although that’s a side effect of it. That’s the cheese in the trap to get you into it. It was to MONITOR every individual on the planet from birth to death and to tax you for everything. You are going to pay for EVERYthing you do or eat, through carbon and so on. Eventually, it will be deducted straight from YOU at home because everything in the next 6 years, supposedly, according to the bankers, is to go cashless. You’ll do everything through computers. Also government can talk DIRECTLY TO YOU via the computer. You’re going to have your own personalized, government-issued web page; I read that article the other day from the British newspapers. The United States is right on step, right on board with the same agenda at the same time.

 

I’m going to put up a whole bunch of links up on my web site at the end of the show and you can access them and go through these particular articles for yourself. I don’t dream this stuff up. I don’t use conspiracy sites either; you don’t need to when the big boys are telling you themselves what they are doing. What you’ve got to have is a brain to think with. Conditioned people, it doesn’t matter what you give them, they cannot see. I remember someone who was a greenie looked through Agenda 21 from the United Nations and they asked me what was wrong with it. I didn’t bother answering them. I don’t answer fools who can’t think. You can’t. You cannot waste you energy on people who are, as the communists used to call it, contaminated with their indoctrination. You can’t do it. You will have all the energy drained out of you trying to get through to them. People are truly, completely conditioned. You can only try and attempt, attempt to DEcondition the person who is ASKING QUESTIONS.

 

This article is about the broadband. You have to find out what’s really happening in the world from the guys who have think tanks and UNLIMITED FUNDING and they advise all governments as to WHAT to do. Actually, they TELL them what to do and many of their members are put in government, remember, and all through the bureaucracies of EVERY country on the planet.

 

National Broadband Plan, March 2010

Published March 16, 2010 / cfr.org

 

The FCC released this report on a plan for national broadband access to Congress on March 16, 2010. The press release states,

 

“Today, the Federal Communications Commission delivered to Congress a National Broadband Plan setting an ambitious agenda for connecting all corners of the nation while transforming the economy and society with the communications network of the future — robust, affordable Internet. (Alan: That’s how they are selling it to the public. Remember, this is for public consumption, this particular one, what they give to the public, at the CFR. They also have their SECRET ones that you can’t get access to. They admit they DO have secret ones too.)

 

…the Plan found that while broadband access and use have increased over the past decade, the nation must do much more to connect all individuals and the economy to broadband’s transformative benefits. (A: The government is really so worried that they want to get everybody on broadband because they want to keep you happy and entertained, right. That’s for the dumb ones out there.) Nearly 100 million Americans lack broadband at home today, and 14 million Americans do not have access to broadband even if they want it. Only 42 percent of people with disabilities use broadband at home, while as few as 5 percent of people living on Tribal lands have access. Meanwhile, the cost of digital exclusion for the student unable to access the Internet to complete a homework assignment, or for the unemployed worker who can’t search for a job online, continues to grow. (A: They always give you at the start of these articles the BS, basically. That’s what they give you at the start of all the articles. Whenever you see that, that’s the BS.)

 

Other gaps threaten America’s global competitiveness. A looming shortage of wireless spectrum could impede U.S. innovation and leadership in popular wireless mobile broadband services. More useful applications, devices, and content are needed to create value for consumers. (A: Right…) And the nation has failed to harness broadband’s power to transform delivery of government services (A: So there again, there’s the BS again. That’s the Bothersome Stuff, by the way, bothersome stuff – BS.), health care, education, public safety, energy conservation, economic development, and other national priorities. (A: It’s the OTHER NATIONAL PRIORITIES you have to really look into. They are the real priorities.)

 

…The Plan was mandated by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act in February 2009 and produced by an FCC task force that set new precedents for government openness, transparency, and rigor.” (A: [Alan laughing.] and so on and so on.)

 

What’s it really about? …the broadband and the digital economy bill and so on that they are putting through and already put through in other countries like Britain? Well, I’ll tell you what’s going to happen to your home and how this links to your home when I come back from this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the smart grid and broadband and all the laws that have been passed and the reasons for them, not to keep us all happy or to get jobs or compete with China, as we type away there on computers. I don’t understand how we can compete with China, but anyway… That’s what the nonsense they are pushing through the Council on Foreign Relations. Governments have been giving out BILLIONS and BILLIONS of dollars in Britain, the United States and Canada to different private corporations to bring all this into being. Believe you me, they are not starting off with an idea. Whatever is happening today was planned many years ago because it takes government an awful long time to unroll anything and get it on the go.

 

This article is from Echelon. It’s about home solutions, they call it. Home solutions and home automation. This is a part of it; they got grants as well for this. I’m going to put a lot of links up to the different companies that are in on this and getting corporate welfare. Billions of dollars of corporate welfare to make all this happen, to ‘make it so’ as they say, ‘make it be.’

 

Home Control

The smart home. Powered by Echelon.

echelon.com

 

The smart home market is finally upon us, (A: Smart home market, right…) driven by energy scarcity, (A: It’s suddenly scarce, you know.) advanced utility services, and consumers’ awareness (A: We are very aware… Have you met any ‘aware’ anybody today? …on anything?) that they, too, can play a significant role in global climate change. (A: So here’s all the pabulum that all the marketers are in on as they grab the dollars from government and run with it, right, climate change… meaning changes in the weather.) And it’s powered by Echelon.

 

Echelon is building a smart home ecosystem around the Digital Home Alliance, (A: You’d better look into that; I’ll put these links up so you can look it all up for yourself. You’ll see all the money they are having thrown at these characters to come up with the pabulum here.) a like-minded group of companies intent on bringing the promised value of home control to a worldwide market. We started this process by equipping millions of homes around the world with some type of Echelon-based control device, and new home products are being introduced every month. Typical energy awareness applications include:

 

Appliances

Air conditioning, humidity control, and heating equipment

Lights

Home theater systems

Security, gas detection, and life/safety devices

Pool and spa controls

Irrigation equipment

Energy measurement and load control devices

 

While the Digital Home Alliance is all about value to consumers, the fundamental technology makes it possible. We offer a wide range of hardware, software, and reference designs to help cost-effectively and reliably add control networking to a variety of home devices. Here are some of our recent advancements that are enabling the home control market:

 

Power Line Signaling: (A: This is what your broadband is all about, folks.) Networking Everything that Uses Electricity (A: From your Smart Meter right through your whole home.)

If a device has a line cord or is otherwise connected to an electric power source, then it’s a candidate for our power line signaling technology.

 

The same wires that carry electric power to a device can also be used to send control networking information. Now in its fifth generation, our power line products provide a highly reliable, low-cost way to communicate over virtually any existing AC and DC power circuit. In fact, our technology is so reliable that it’s an international standard for power line signaling. Millions of devices that use our power line technology are in operation today.

 

Interoperable Self-Installation: The Devices Do All the Work

Developed by Echelon in concert with appliance manufacturers, (A: See, they’re all in on it together, by the way. If you wonder why the big push is to get energy efficient, get energy efficient, they are all CHIPPED to work with THIS networking broadband system, right through your Smart Meter TO the power company that will then be fining you on every kilowatt of extra juice that you use… and turning you OFF if they consider you are using too much.) Interoperable Self-Installation (ISI) lets home devices automatically self-organize (A: They actually integrate all your system so your toaster is communicating with your microwave and all the rest of it. What you’re going to find eventually, maybe 2 years from then, once this is all working – which it already is where I am and other places because we’ve got Smart Meters – then your microwave will cut off when your toaster is on and stuff like that. People will get used to the frustration. Eventually it won’t be frustrating anymore, you’ll just adapt and adapt and adapt.) into a fully functioning control network — without the use of any specialized tools.

 

Consumers simply turn on a device — and in some cases, press a button — and the device starts working with other home devices. (A: Isn’t that wonderful?) This means consumers with no technical skills can buy ISI-based products from different manufacturers and easily get them to work together. ISI, for the first time, makes it feasible for manufacturers to build mass-market home control products that consumers can install themselves. (A: So we install them ourselves, then we’re going to get hammered when the things switch themselves off. [Alan laughing.] We are such fools. We really are such fools… And our tax money is funding all of this too. That’s the beauty of it, eh? No wonder the guys at the top laugh; they laugh their heads off.)

 

Gateways to the World

Many consumers want to use their home computer, especially their MediaCenter PCs and Macintoshes, as a user interface to control their homes. (A: I know hundreds that want to control their homes that way; I talk to them every day… don’t you?) Many utilities and telecommunication companies want to let their customers monitor and control their homes over the Internet, using a home gateway as a portal to the home.

 

We have solutions for both. Our LonBridge software leverages over 15 years of creating interoperability standards and our ISI protocol. The result is that homeowners will soon be able to use their favorite screens — TVs, PCs, even iPods w/WiFi capabilities — to manage their homes.

 

No folks, the government will be managing it all for you. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I love demolishing public relations, which is just propaganda. That’s how they put things over to the public, like we’re children. Most folk ARE because they have no reason to believe they are being LIED to. That’s how it works so easily on the public. All media knows this too, and marketing certainly does know it. We’re run by deception. You don’t want to spook the creatures as you lead them into the sheep pen. You’ve got to let them kind of wander and amble and look around and have a chomp of grass and don’t spook them, just lead them in there gently. There’s the familiar faces, there’s the familiar sheep dogs and there’s the familiar shepherd and we just amble along; it’s just wonderful. We adapt don’t we? Then we wonder how we got there once we’re in it. That’s when people start to wake up, when it’s too late.

 

I’m going to put up these links too, to show you what’s going on. Smart Grid and Electronic Interface Companies get Cash Gifts from Government… that’s from Bloomberg.com. He names them.

 

Obama’s Power-Grid Grants May Revive Industry in ‘Paralysis’

By Daniel Whitten, Nicholas Johnston and Mark Chediak / bloomberg.com

 

Now who are they and how much do they get? Here’s from the players, the actual KEY players ASSOCIATIONS. There is a Key Players Association. They actually have CABALS all working together called Key Players Associations.

 

smartgridnews.com

Key Players : Associations

 

I’ll put that up there too for you to look through to see the big corporations that are getting billions of dollars thrown at them by YOU, your tax money. Then it’s got…

 

Who’s Who Enterprise Systems Vendors and Service Providers

Enterprise Systems Vendors and Service Providers

 

Who’s Who in Smart Grid Technology… that’s a PDF you can download it as well, very interesting to see.

 

There are other things happening, the Council on Foreign Relations broadband plan that I just read as well. So much is happening. SO MUCH I could read on this particular topic, we can’t just stay on the one topic though. But it’s all to do with the government eventually running your entire life and what you do in your home and what you use. You are going pay through the nose for every bit of juice that you use… until, in fact you can’t go back to candles because they burn and give off carbon, right.

 

You know, there are – and I didn’t know this – there are actually devices that the greenies buy that they plug into their AC outlets in the wall and it tells them how much kilowatts they are using and how much they’ve used for the month. They put it up on their MySpace and their Facebook to show how green they are…. Aaahhhh. Do you realize they’re goners? These are contaminated goners. They are totally brainwashed. They have no idea what’s happening in the world; none at all. They try to outdo each other by being greener than they guy next door. When I was growing up, if you went green it meant you were going to throw up, going to be sick. They have no idea of anything on anything; they’re just here. They exist, they think, kind of.

 

I’ve mentioned before about the sting operations that are set up to ENTRAP people, especially youngsters, by all those multifarious nefarious organizations that work for governments. Since the big thing is to be the reign of terror for God knows how long, until this whole new world order is complete and up and running and we’ve all adapted to it and most folk have adapted so far already to pretty well everything, then it’s going to be ongoing. They have to keep showing you that there ARE terrorists out there by CREATING THEM. Remember, the stings in England; there have been so many very good videos done on various Muslims being harassed and imprisoned falsely because they had some cherries – no kidding – cherries in their house and they claimed they could make bombs if they knew how to take the seeds from these cherries and work them chemically and so on and stuff like this. But the worst thing of all is of course the provocateurs because especially Britain – that taught the United States how to create provocateurs – they have been sending them in for hundreds of years, provocateurs, into countries to stir up and foment riots and dissention. I’ve mentioned before the movie, it’s called Burn, and Marlon Brando is in it. It’s a good portrayal, simplistically, but a good portrayal of how the British sent out these provocateurs into different islands to foment unrest amongst the slaves who were trying to get their freedom… and lead them up the garden path back in a circle into a new slavery. These are all SCIENCES that have been learned over thousands of years.

 

We had the same thing happen in Toronto a couple of years ago when some fellas fell for an undercover CSIS operative who was a Muslim himself. They hire them all folks; it doesn’t matter how you dress and how you look and what you say you are, you’ve got to be the real thing to deceive people. He went on the internet and roped in some youngsters who were all gung-ho; all talk, you see, all gas, more or less as youngsters tend to be. Of course, being a good psychopath – and that’s who they recruit – their GIFT is to manipulate others. That’s what psychopaths do. He convinced them that he could get real bomb material and stuff. He set them up and framed them; sent some stuff in and then the RCMP came in and arrested them. That would never have happened unless this guy had been sent out by CSIS to get a group started. That’s how they do it. I’ve warned youngsters from all persuasions, DON’T FALL FOR IT. DON’T FALL FOR IT! …even if you meet them in person, which you will eventually after the internet. They will look like the real thing. Whatever religion you are, they will know all of it; they will understand the whole lot and seem like some kind of high priest to you. Then they will give you the gear so that you get caught with it and then you’re arrested.

 

The same thing happened with the first World Trade Center bombing, remember. It came out in court, all over the major mainstream media, that one of the guys who, again, was a Muslim had an FBI handler. He thought he was going to put in a dummy bomb and luckily enough when the FBI guy says, oh, no, it’s going to be the real thing, this Muslim was smart enough to tape record the subsequent talks. That was played in the court case. They did supply him with real explosives and the bombs really went off the first time. This is a continuous thing. If you want to say, oh, there is terror, you’ve got to CREATE the terrorism, right. Here is an article from the Observer to give you an idea how it works. It’s quite an interesting article, but not unusual… because they hire psychopathic types to do it. I’ve read article where psychologists have studied these guys and claimed that they are psychopathic in their personalities. They are able to manipulate and be VERY convincing… to lie easily and know how to manipulate people.

 

Undercover policeman reveals how he infiltrated UK’s violent activists

(A: This is only one of many, of course.)

For four years, Officer A lived a secret life among anti-racist activists (A: They were the Marxist groups.) as they fought brutal battles with the police and the BNP (A: British National Party.). Here he tells of the terrifying life he led, (A: He probably enjoyed it.) the psychological burden it placed on him and his growing fears that the work of his unit could threaten legitimate protest. (A: That’s his spiel, but he manages to stick to it for 4 years so he pretty well enjoyed it.)

Tony Thompson The Observer, Sunday 14 March 2010 / guardian.co.uk

 

An officer from a secretive unit of the Metropolitan police has given a chilling account of how he spent years working undercover among anti-racist groups in Britain, during which he routinely engaged in violence against members of the public (A: Well, shouldn’t they arrest him for that? How many heads did he bash in? Hmm?) and uniformed police officers to maintain his cover.

 

During his tour of duty, the man – known only as Officer A – also had sexual relations with at least two of his female targets as a way of obtaining intelligence. (A: He’d have sex with the pet dogs as well if he could get any evidence from them.) So convincing was he in his covert role that he quickly rose to become branch secretary of a leading anti-racist organisation that was believed to be a front for Labour’s Militant tendency. (A: Because the Labour groups have the militant groups out there in front too, and so do the other groups.)

 

“My role was to provide intelligence about protests and demonstrations, particularly those that had the potential to become violent,” he said. “In doing so, the campaigns I was associated with lost much of their effectiveness, a factor that ultimately hastened their demise.” (A: That’s what he claims anyway.)

 

His deployment, which lasted from 1993 to 1997, (A: Of course, they’d have other ones in that were already there before he’d left, to take over.)

 

This is an example. I don’t know if people know, Lord Bertrand Russell, LORD Bertrand Russell was the guy who led the anti-war establishment through the 1960s. He led the RADICAL wing of the anti-war movement as well. That was called The Committee of One Hundred, in the book written about Bertrand Russell. So here he is, leading the violent activists to smash down the fences of the American air bases in the UK. Then when the book came out with the declassified information on America’s / The CIA’s Cultural Cold War, where they RAN the culture industry during the Cold War, all that porno and stuff you saw coming out in the movies and the nihilistic ideas and so on, that was all run by the CIA. But guess what? Every famous author you can imagine was involved in it as well. Every single one of them. Anybody who could sway public opinion through novels, anything at all was hired by them. Guess who else was on it? The guy who was leading the radical wing, protesting against nuclear weaponry, Lord Bertrand Russell, was also a member of MI-5, it came out and is now declassified, running both sides. The people never wisen up, you know. They never wisen up to anything.

 

The big boys know 50 YEARS before they implement any plan what all the outcomes will be. Will grass roots movement start up? Yes, in all likelihood they will. Okay, we’ll have to make sure that we put our man in to start it up. They do this with everything and in every area, every single area; they always have… always have. This ties in with the exact same thing; here’s from NBC New York.

 

Synagogue Bomb Suspects: The Feds Put Us Up to It!

(A: That’s what they claim, right.)

By JONATHAN DIENST and HASANI GITTENS / Mar 19, 2010 / nbcnewyork.com / AP

 

Defense attorneys say an alleged plot to bomb New York synagogues was hatched and directed by a federal informant.

 

Lawyers for four men from Newburgh have filed a motion to dismiss the terror indictment against them.

 

They said the informant badgered the defendants until they got involved in the plot.

 

They said the informant chose the targets, supplied fake bombs for the synagogues and a fake missile to shoot down planes. (A: This guy was not just an informant, right. This guy was FBI or FEMA or many of the other ones.) The motion said he also offered to pay the defendants, who attorneys alleged weren’t inclined toward any crime until the informant began recruiting them.

 

“The government well knew that their case had been a government-inspired creation from day one and that the defendants had not been independently seeking weapons or targets,” the motion said.

 

Federal court spokesman Herb Hadad said the government would file its response next month.

 

The four men, who were arrested last May, face up to life in prison if convicted. They have been previously identified as James Cromitie, 55, David Williams, 28, Onta Williams, 32, and Laguerre Payen, 27, all of Newburgh in upstate New York, where authorities were conducting raids at their homes, sources said.

 

Authorities have said they had the plotters under surveillance since June of 2008 and there was “no chance” the alleged scheme could succeed. (A: So they KNEW, all the agencies and the cops knew that it was a con to set them up from the beginning, right.) They credited the work of a long time informant with keeping tabs on the group. (A: Now this guy was not just an informant, he’d be an FBI guy.)

 

The FBI has said the Muslim suspects were angry and full of hate for America. (A: Oh, bring in that, oh sure.)

 

According to the criminal complaint, Cromitie said “I hate those f-ing Jewish bastards.” He bragged (A: This is the guy who got them IN to it. This is the FBI guy.) that it would be a “piece of cake” to bomb a Jewish Center in Riverdale, according to the complaint.

 

He said his father lives in Afghanistan and he was upset about U.S. military presence there. (A: See, the FBI and CSIS and the CIA and all these guys, they hire the people from all over the world to do their dirty work. That’s what they hired for the set up in Toronto and the guy first worked for CSIS. He was on CBC television boasting how he did it, wearing his flowing robes and everything… a member of CSIS.)

 

“The fact that this type of hatred exists means that we all have to be vigilant all of the time,” city councilman Jeffrey Dinowitz said Thursday.

 

So these guys would never have gotten involved in this unless they had been manipulated by an expert and that’s what it boils down to. Interesting, eh? This is for all you young guys out there that are prattling away on the internet and you are texting away to people you have never met before in you lives, setting yourselves up. You’ll be approached with some guy who looks… Whatever group, ethnic group you want to put yourself in, he’ll look just like you. He’ll be even MORE of what you think you are than you are yourself to prove it. And you’ll fall for it because these are MASTER CON MEN, great psychopathic leaders, great psychopathic persuaders.

 

Now this broadband and all the rest of it coming in and the digital economy, which all means we’re all going to be taxed for every thing that we do and the government is going to be popping up on your web site all the time. When you are looking at whatever you looking at, there is the face of Big Brother with a demand, another demand on YOU. We’ve noticed that you had 2 slices of toast today; you burnt one, that’s carbon credits right there. Poomft, you’re hit again, deducted straight from your account. I’m not kidding either. I’m not kidding. You’re going to read about things like this in the near future; I’m not kidding. Once you’re in the computer’s file and they’ve made a mistake somewhere, you know you can’t get off it. They used to write sci-fi stories about this 50 years ago because they knew what they were bringing in, 50 years ago, because all the big sci-fi writers were funded through MI-5 and the CIA for running the cultural cold war. They were allowed in on what was coming up in the future, the big think tanks. They wrote about this kind of article here.

 

Computer snafu is behind at least 50 ‘raids’ on Brooklyn couple’s home

BY Kate Nocera and John Lauinger / nydailynews.com / Friday, March 19th 2010

 

(A: 50 raids on your home. Can you imagine being an elderly couple in your 70s and 80s going through this?)

 

Police come to Rose and Walter Martin’s home on Thursday – this time to explain reason for years of faulty raids.

 

Should an elderly Marine Park couple be compensated in some way because their home has been swarmed by cops more than 50 times?

 

Blame it on a computer.

 

Embarrassed cops on Thursday cited a “computer glitch” as the reason police targeted the home of an elderly, law-abiding couple more than 50 times in futile hunts for bad guys.

 

Apparently, the address of Walter and Rose Martin’s Brooklyn home was used to test a department-wide computer system in 2002. (A: So they just randomly picked a house, you see, for a test… and never scrubbed it. So you get 50 RAIDS. These people should have been dead and could have been dead… if they’d shown any anger at all, after the umpteenth raid… they’d have been dead.)

 

What followed was years of cops appearing at the Martins’ door looking for murderers, robbers and rapists – as often as three times a week. (A: Amazing, eh. That’s just the computer… we’re all going to have a wonderful future, folks. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. It’s amazing how we’re so broke, apparently. We’re really, really so incredibly broke because we’ve been plundered and raped and pillaged by the bankers and investors and then they got paid off for doing so by your tax money, so you got doubly raped there. The governments are throwing out billions as they have never done before, which shows you that money is a joke in the first place isn’t it. Isn’t it… it’s a CONTROL MECHANISM for us, really. This article is, again, from the parallel government, the Council on Foreign Relations, the guys who have all their men through all the top bureaucracies in every government on the planet. They have deputy prime ministers, ex-prime ministers on board with them. Guys who are SWORN TO SERVE the world global agenda; they become Prime Ministers and all that kind of stuff. Here is an article on the…

 

Implementation of the Global Health Initiative

(A: By the US that is just throwing more money at it than ever before.)

Document, February 2010 / Published February 1, 2010 / cfr.org

 

The President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) (A: This is how they start off the PR for the public again. PEPFAR… sounds like something about a gastric ulcer doesn’t it, and the gas that comes out.) program released this consultation document on February 1, 2010; it describes a strategy for U.S. efforts towards a global health program. (A: So not only is Obama putting out billions supposedly to get the restricted socialized, minimalistic health care program that Britain and other countries have got, but he’s also trying to do it to the world and the US is going to pay for it all.)

 

PEPFAR states, (A: I can’t believe this word, PEPFAR… you want to laugh.) “Through the Global Health Initiative (GHI) the United States will invest $63 billion over six years to help partner countries (A: Do you know you’ve got PARTNERS? That means you’ve got deals with them; that means legal. Did you know they signed them all?) improve health outcomes through strengthened health systems (A: Now here is the real kicker… So health, health, health, poor countries, blah, blah, blah…) – with a particular focus on improving the health of women, newborns and children (A: That’s the abortion plans. That’s the inoculation of the youngsters so they will be just as sick as we all are here in the West with all the injections, and sterile because that’s what they want, sterility and death control as well. That means having death come out all through life as well, with people developing tumors and cancers like the West. That’s what it is.) through programs including infectious disease, nutrition, maternal and child health, and safe water. The GHI aims to maximize the sustainable health impact the United States achieves for every dollar invested. (A: $63 BILLION.) The GHI will deliver on that commitment through a business model based on: implementing a woman- and girl-centered approach (A: That’s always the case. What was it Kissinger said, they could never allow the third world countries to go into production and manufacturing and become like the United States with their population growth and all the rest of it. So it would not happen, right.); increasing impact and efficiency through strategic coordination and integration; strengthening and leveraging key partnerships, multilateral organizations, and private contributions; encouraging country ownership and investing in country-led plans; improving metrics, monitoring and evaluation; and promoting research and innovation. Through this model the GHI will build on the Bush Administration’s successful record in global health

 

See, every government is the same as the last one and you schmucks out there keep voting thinking they’re all different. They’re all the same; the bankers put them in. They never have come in and say, we’ve got to look at this money system and how it works. They never ever say that because the bankers put them in.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, where we’re getting dosed with heavy chemtrail spraying, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 24, 2010. For the newcomers to the show, I suggest you go to cuttingthroughthematrix.com. You can look at the hundreds of audio talks I’ve given in the past and you can download them for free. Bookmark all the other sites I have up there because once in a while the .com site will somehow get jammed with the new uploads and they don’t increase the bandwidth although they are supposed to do it automatically. This way, if you have the other ones listed you can always download the latest shows. [Official sites listed above.] Remember, I keep telling people this but they don’t seem to listen much at all. I get the same people donating all the time. But, you bring me to you. I don’t take money from advertisers or companies to push products and that kind of stuff. That’s how people make their money on talk radio. It’s up to YOU the audience to keep me going. The ads you hear on this show are paid directly by the advertisers to RBN for the broadcast of the show and to pay for their staff, equipment and the transmission and all the bills, and we all know about that. So it’s up to you to keep me going and you can do so by purchasing the things I have for sale there. I’d do a lot more if I had time, believe you me. There are disks of 50 shows you can purchase pretty cheaply. There are books I have written and there are DVDs and I hope to put out a lot more DVDs up this year in fact. But it’s up to you to keep me going and you can purchase these items on any of my web sites or you can donate to me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get disks burned and passed to them of the shows I’ve given in the past, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

 

You know, there are so many topics I could choose from about the world we’re are going IN to, we’re actually merging into this new system and adapting very well to it actually. Most folk are oblivious that they are even adapting. They just take everything for granted and they learn by osmosis; everything that is around them is FED to them and they don’t consciously think through things. It’s by a form of osmosis; it just sinks into their subconscious and it’s normal. And because they are all doing it at the same time, they do truly think it’s normal, so much so that they are in their own Plato’s cave. They’re all sharing the same predesigned, preplanned cave for them to BE IN where they’re very familiar with it, even when it’s changing, because they all acknowledge it’s changing at the same time. That’s how it happens. It works very easily. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, perceptions that really can distort our view of things, how we perceive things, how we are TAUGHT to perceive things. Most folk don’t even realize they are actually taught how to see things, how to view things and how to even understand the language as it’s presented to them.

 

LANGUAGE ITSELF IS THE SIMPLEST WAY TO CON PEOPLE INTO DOING ANYTHING, anything you want if you connect the words properly, you choose the words properly, connect them properly because we work like computers. We have a logic. Our logic is well understood, just like a computer. By sequencing certain sentences together and words you can make the person COME to the desired conclusion by using their logic and the language, just like a computer. We are run very simply this way. What’s even amazing is that it really works so easily on the general public who are also trained, mind you, to see the people with the suits and ties on, who claim to be politicians promising them things and they want, they really want to believe it, that it’s true, even though their experience should tell them once they’ve voted a couple of times that the guys are all liars. You would really hope that would happen but it doesn’t to a lot of people. They are fixed from the time they’re about 18 into a mode of I’m right-wing, I’m left-wing, or whatever it is, I vote this, just like Daddy and they’re like that their whole lives long. It’s astonishing.

 

THE POLITICIANS HAVE NEVER REPRESENTED THE PUBLIC. THEY ARE PUT IN THERE BY SPECIAL INTEREST GROUPS AND FINANCED WITH INCREDIBLE MONEY INTO THOSE POSITIONS TO RUN. Do you really, really think that massive corporations, CEOs of corporations give them sometimes half a million, to close to a million dollars to run without any strings attached to it? Do you think? Countries do it too. There are different lobbies from different countries; the Israel lobby is a huge one. There is a video out there, it’s inside Britain’s Israel lobby and you see politicians including Cameron, for the Conservatives, saying I’m with Israel. In other words, if you get me in it doesn’t matter what you do. That’s what they are saying really. And the Labour party, in that same video, have all done the same speeches in front of the Israeli congress for the UK. It’s the same in every single country but other countries as well, do the same thing with them. I can remember when Clinton got through and there was money funneled from China through some big Buddhist organization to him. That was all over the media at the time. What do you think they want for this kind of cash? We just like you, we like how you look and how you talk, so please accept this little gift and best of luck. Do you think that’s the end of it?

 

We are run by money. Money makes the world go around, THIS world, I should say, THIS system that we live in. There is not one politician on the planet going to ever buck the system and say, well, why don’t we just create our own money and stop borrowing money and lets write of all the debts, since it’s all bogus anyway. It’s all really bogus. What are they passing around?

 

There is another video I watched a while ago, when I used to have some speed on XplorNet and they were pretending, before I signed on for 2 years, that I was going to keep getting this speed; that was a big lie there too. I watched a video; it was very interesting. They showed you shots of Germany just before World War II. World War II was looming and the German delegation wanted their gold, which was in the Bank of England, taken out and transported to Germany. You actually saw these German soldiers marching to the Bank of England under escort with British troops to collect the gold. The astonishing thing was that the Bank of England had gold piles for every country. When a country wanted paper money issued over something, they didn’t transport the gold to Germany, prior to this, they just used to keep it in the Bank of England. Czechoslovakia is another country, if they wanted a loan or whatever, or some money sent over to Czechoslovakia, they would get a check sent to them under the condition that their gold was moved from this part of the bank, over the floor, to that part of the bank… a sort of credit and debt stuff. This is incredible.

 

This is how they ran the whole system, like that. Really, the gold was never physically, or seldom physically, transported out except when the Germans wanted theirs, they got it out. They would just issue you paper money, or the right to go and print it, which happens today by the way. That’s really what you get is the right to print. Then you have to pay back the lenders with something tangible, something real, not paper. No politician on this planet is going to stand up, once they are in, certainly not any leader as a President or Prime Minister, and say we’ve got to drop this system and cancel each other’s debt and start from some new way all together. That’s not on the cards because the whole system is built on debt, the necessity of debt to keep the same bankers in rulership over the countries and over the nations.

 

The same bankers, remember, CREATED, CREATED the Royal Institute of International Affairs from the Milner Society that was COMPRISED of bankers. They are also called the Council on Foreign Relations, the real parallel government that have think tanks working on every possible subject that they are bringing in, in the future, worldwide. They are the guys that set up the United Nations with all its International Monetary Fund and all the other associations under the umbrella of the UN. There is no way under this sprayed-sky sun – or used to be sunny skies and now it’s all sprayed I should say – there is no way that they are going to give up that kind of power. It’s all done through money. So that will never change. It’s incredible as they plundered the planet over and over again because, you see, we are all depended on it to live. Not to hunt for food and stuff, no, we depend on MONEY to go and buy food and to pay rent or pay mortgages or pay whatever. It’s a beautiful system of control. You rule the world through it. You rule… every government in the world is ruled by it.

 

Of course they want now to make sure that their cattle – that’s all of us of course – are being watched and monitored through all the different computer systems that they’ve put out there and that are increasing all the time, with their interconnectivity because we must be completely predictable. Every single one of us is predictable and they are going to make sure we stay that way. That makes them feel safe at the top.

 

Talking about how they use words and media to con us, you have to always remember the stories that you look at from any page on the media. Here is an example; this is from The Mail Online.

 

Heathrow guard ‘used scanner to leer at colleague’s naked body’

By Beth Hale and Paul Bentley / dailymail.co.uk / 24th March 2010

 

(ALAN: I look at the headline and then I look at the right-hand side of the page – I’ll put this link up and you can see yourself. This is your tabloid reporting. It’s a strange technique. It’s very good. It works very well. It creates a SURREALISTIC IMPRESSION of any topic. Surrealism, the kaleidoscopic circus surrealism, so nothing is really REAL anymore. For instance, I’ve read so many HORROR stories on one side in the past and I’ve got the blond bimbos down the right side, of the same page. That makes everything surrealistic and unreal. So here’s an important topic and it’s about these airport scanners and right down the right-hand side of it, what have you got? And this is about scanning through a woman’s clothing and the guy snickering and talking about her breasts. Down the right-hand side, Female today: Hold the sauce, Sophie is trying to dethrone Nigilla but she can’t even slice the bread, or something. Then the next: Models TV show hard to swallow. Then: Melby dines at restaurant in a see-through caftan. What does that say about the main story? It puts the main story and this woman’s trauma in to the same category as it’s all fun, you see. It’s all fun and sexy fun and naughty fun. This is not by accident. The article says…)

 

An airport security guard who made lude comments about a female colleague’s breasts after taking a naked body scan of her is facing the sack.

 

John Laker, 25, took the image at Heathrow airport after Jo Margetson walked into the machine by accident. He then said, “I love those gigantic (A: bleep.) tits”.

 

Ms Margetson found the remarks offensive and immediately complained to managers at the BAA which runs Heathrow and the police.

 

“I can’t bear to think about the body scanner thing,” she said. “I’m totally traumatized by it. I’ve spoken to the police about it. I’m in too much of a state to go to work.”

 

Mr Laker is the first airport worker to be investigated for using the device (A: No he’s not actually.) was given a police warning for harassment. (A: A warning… for harassment.)

 

The body scanners have been introduced at Manchester and Heathrow after last years unsuccessful Christmas day bombing on a flight to Detroit. They are expected to be rolled out in Birmingham and Gatwick later this year.

 

I’ve got articles from 2007 where they were testing these out in England without the public even knowing it, from mainstream media. By the way, the cops will get these portable ones. They can go around and scan the public as they are passing you by and have a good laugh at you there too. You know something? Everyone will accept it. Who’s paying for all this? Well, YOU are folks, with your tax money. Who benefits? The big corporations that used to be completely in just the WAR industry but the war industry has changed into the OBSERVATION INDUSTRY. Big bucks! …paid by your tax money. We always pay for our chains.

 

Here is an article from, it’s a good newspaper actually, the Sovereign Independent. It’s about scanners as well, one of the articles is. It’s got a lot of good topics in it but this says here.

 

Transparency is ‘Skin Deep’, as Scanners Miscarriage Evidence Appears

April/May Issue 2010 / soveriegnindependent.ie

 

If you are one of those people who believe that every thing that government tells you is true, stop reading here. I’m sure many of you have read the article on this page regarding the farce of the ‘underwear bomber’. If not, then I suggest you do it before reading this.

 

We are now told that because of one person, allegedly trying to blow up a plane with what amounted to nothing more than a firework, then all of us, the approximately 6.8 billion people on this planet, have to give up our rights to our health and privacy, by being naked body scanned at every major airport… (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading from the Sovereign Independent April/May issue, an article by Mary McNeil who is talking about the scanners and it’s a very good way of putting it. Because of this farce of one guy supposedly going through with something that amounted to something like a firework strapped to his thigh or whatever. It says…

 

…6.8 billion people on this planet, have to give up our rights to our health and privacy, by being naked body scanned at every major airport and I’m sure in time, minor airport, ferry port, train station, shopping centre, library etc, the list is endless. (A: That’s bang on because this is going to expand to everywhere you go.)

 

I for one will never voluntarily go through one of these machines. That doesn’t mean I won’t be forced to against my will.

 

What are my health concerns? Well, reports from Heathrow Airport in the UK, where these scanners were introduced, the Transport and General Workers Union are investigating claims, that 5 female security operators, involved in running the machines, have suffered miscarriages as a direct result of exposure to radiation emanating from the scanners.

 

Now these things are radioactive. It’s an x-ray. You get an x-ray. This nonsense of it only goes skin deep, no, it goes beyond your skin folks. It’s just what they can pick up on this particular scanner. It goes right through your body. Rays don’t stop at your body, they go right through them. All x-rays are accumulative. There is no safe level… but it’s accumulative. Why do you think in hospitals when they give you the x-ray, the type that’s a little bit more powerful that CAN be seen with their particular scanner right through your body… why do you think they wear those lead aprons? Hmm? Why do you think they stand behind the lead glass shields and all the rest of it? But you’re supposed to walk through this, without any lead shielding… over and over and over again.

 

It reminds me of the prisoners of war they’ve had in different wars but World War II is the example we’re always given. The first thing they do is, when they take prisoners in or they take in – like Germany did with the ethnic groups AND Russia did the same thing with groups – they strip you naked to dehumanize you basically, to humiliate you and dehumanize you. It’s the same thing here folks. You are all being trained that you are NOTHING. YOU ARE BEING DEHUMANIZED, YOU ARE BEING HUMILIATED, and the very fact that you don’t yell about it makes the jailers, you might say, hate you even more in disgust. That’s what happens. It’s a form or sadism that creeps in with these characters. I don’t know if you ever saw the movie V for Vendetta? In one scene there is a doctor experimenting on prisoners and she says, they’d line up very apathetic… Every day they were brought in by the guards, the guards were all armed of course and the prisoners were either naked, semi-naked, or whatever. They’d all be dejected, looking at the floor and then each one of them would get a jab as they went through with these experimental injections they were giving them. She says, I eventually became to hate them and their apathy and the fact that they didn’t say anything or rebel. That’s what does really happen under tyrannical systems. I hope you get what I’m saying. I don’t think most of you really do. Intellectually you will understand it but you can’t really envisage it happening to YOU and yet it IS happening to most of you out there… already.

 

There are cops with all kinds of stuff that can see through your walls. They’ve had them and been using them since the 70s. There are helicopters, these helicopters that can see through your walls too and they play their little games. The old movie Blue Thunder, you should watch it again. It said at the very beginning of the movie, it was made in the 80s, all the equipment and technology you see on this movie is actually IN use… LONG BEFORE 9/11 came along. When folk, again, still thought they were free.

 

It says here that 5 women are under investigation claiming that they’ve all had miscarriages because of these machines and they’ve been working on them. There are a lot of passengers making flights every other week, you know, back and forth to different places, getting the same bombardment of radiation. It says here…

 

The technology used in these machines is such (A: This is what they tell you…) that the radiation wave actually penetrates beneath your skin.

 

I see many women get onto flights who are clearly pregnant and who you would assume would not be scanned with radiation, but wrong. As of this month it was announced that NOBODY could refuse to go through the scanners at Heathrow airport regardless of pregnancy or a medical condition. If you are trying for a child and if you want to risk losing it without even realizing you were pregnant, go through one of these machines.

 

Okay, so you are not allowed to refuse the radioactive scan, whether you are pregnant or you suffer from a medical condition, regardless of the severity of such a condition which may well cause you to miscarry in the case of pregnancy, or indeed, further exacerbate any medical health problems you may have, I must also assume this would include cancer patients or people with any other health conditions, it appears that there will be no exceptions and that these rules will be applied internationally. (A: What about the guys, folks, you’ll become even more sterile than you already are. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. That last article was from the Sovereign Independent and this paper covers Ireland and Great Britain so it’s a good paper to look into when you’re across the pond there. They have a lot of good articles about the real facts, not the usual political nonsense but the real facts that are going on in that country. So people should look into it and I’ll put the link up to their web site at the end of the show on my site.

 

I’ve mentioned before that long before NAFTA was signed, the think tanks worked out all the repercussions of NAFTA and then GATT – the General Agreement of Trade and Tariffs – for worldwide investment and transfer of technology and factories and all the rest of it. They KNEW what the repercussions would be on the US, Canada and countries in the Western world. They knew perfectly well, and I’ve no doubt too they were very accurate on their unemployment statistics and so on before we even went through it, BEFORE we went through it. They also knew that the American dollar would no longer be the prime currency of international exchange across the world… LONG AGO, years ago. And they don’t wait for things to happen, they plan it all WAY AHEAD, all the repercussions are planned. Here is an article about the dollar, as though it was just happening now. But where is it from? From the Wall Street Journal. Now, this ties in. These guys obviously are Council on Foreign Relations because the Council on Foreign Relations put an article out today as well, or March 18th I should say, 2010.

 

After the Dollar

The world needs a new monetary architecture.

(A: A new monetary ARCHITECTURE, right. I wonder who the Grand Architect will be. The same guy as the last one? Of course it will.)

BY DEANNE JULIUS AND PAOLA SUBACCHI / wsj.com / MARCH 18, 2010

 

Are the current problems of Greece the link between the global financial crisis of 2007-09 and an international monetary crisis to come? The monetary system was reshaped in the mid-1940s in the aftermath of World War II (A: That was the Bretton Woods Agreement.) and again in the early 1970s after the first oil price shock. In both cases, global disruption caused the monetary system to buckle. The question now is whether the current system of floating currency blocs with dollar-based trade and reserves can withstand the strains of the global adjustment ahead. We think it is time to consider alternatives.

 

(A: They are getting this, obviously. It actually says it right here…)

In a report released by Chatham House…

 

Now, I’ll go to the Chatham House one, the web page. I’ll put these links all up for you to look at. So really, the Wall Street Journal is doing a mouthpiece article for Chatham House. Again,

 

Beyond the Dollar: Rethinking the International Monetary System

Chatham House Report

Edited by Paola Subacchi and John Driffill, March 2010 / chathamhouse.org.uk

 

(A: They give you the papers to download. I’ll put this up, again, at the end of the show.)

Download Paper here

Download Executive Summary

 

This report maps out proposals for a new international monetary order and looks at ways in which monetary authorities and political leaders can help prepare the ground for a new system and facilitate the transition. (A: Remember, Chatham House is the headquarters for the Royal Institute of International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations. They are the guys that TELL governments what to do.)

 

Key recommendations include:

 

*A multicurrency reserve system for a multipolar world economy.

*Promote dialogue and policy coordination to provide stability, confidence and balanced adjustment.

*Strengthen the role and legitimacy of international institutions, (A: That’s the United Nations folks.) including how the surveillance role of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) (A: That’s the United Nations again.) can be reinforced to address more effectively the problem of exchange rates and payments disequilibrium.

*Consideration of how the shape of the international monetary system in the 21st century will be significantly influenced by the interests and the requirements of the emerging powers, including how the dollar-based monetary system is no longer adequate for a larger and more integrated world economy. (A: Then they give you further resources, the links to other articles they’ve done on this too.)

 

You see, they have think tanks working on EVERY aspect of human existence, especially the system that they are bringing in right now. THEY ALREADY RUN THIS SYSTEM. EVERY MAJOR REPORTER OUT THERE IS A MEMBER OF THE COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS. EVERY NEWSPAPER OWNER AND EDITOR IS A MEMBER OF THE COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS. THE TOP LEADERS OF ALL PARTIES OF POLITICIANS IN EVERY COUNTRY ARE MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS. I’ve mentioned over and over Carroll Quigley’s book, Tragedy and Hope, and his other book, The Anglo-American Establishment. Remember, he was the historian for the Council on Foreign Relations. He had access to all their records. He put the books out thinking it was time the public knew. He thought they would all be for it. It sold for about a year, the first edition, and then the plates for printing were bought over by MacMillan I think it was, and then they smashed the plates. They weren’t too happy that he’d put the secrets out for the public to view.

 

You’ve got to get a hold of them because you won’t understand what even the history was all about unless you read the reasons FOR the wars we’ve had for 100-odd years. These guys admit they’ve been behind it… to bring in a global system with a socialistic flair to it for better control over the general population and the bankers prefer international socialism. They prefer to deal with the governments to get debts back, rather than go door to door getting debts off of you. They can also get the governments to put in policies and laws that tax more money off you that ends up in their hands as well. They love lending money to governments; they are guaranteed to get it back, from the generations to come, by government laws.

 

We never get away from it eh? You know people really will keep voting… we are inside, we are already inside a figurative, metaphorical barbed-wire camp. We really, really are… and the folk don’t get it, and they won’t. Even when they are really, completely in it they still won’t get it. If they can go and shop and travel from A to B within a certain area and go to the bars or whatever they do to pass the time, or go home and sit in front of that darn screen and watch porn or whatever the heck it is they’re into, or play their little video games, they won’t care. Most won’t care. So I only speak to the ones who do care. I don’t waste my time on the ones who don’t; they are gone. They’ve never been HERE to get lost.

 

Politicians are utterly crooked. I’ve gone through the book Political Ponerology before, about the politicians and HOW THEY ARE PSYCHOPATHIC. Well established studies have been done on them, on their personalities. Ordinary folk don’t really go into politics. They wouldn’t stand a chance if they did get in because if they didn’t join the gang and fill their pockets and do all the corrupt stuff, they’d be set up. There was a politician in Ontario and he wrote a book about that; he tried that. They tried to bring him into all the little cons and skims off the top that they’re all doing and he wouldn’t play along and so they tried to set him up. So he came out. He got so disgusted he came out and wrote a book about it. But this is so typical. Politicians are crooked psychopaths who can lie their teeth off to you… and never blush. You HAVE to be a psychopath to run for politics because any skeletons in your cupboard are going to be laid bare and these guys can take it all without a blush. Any normal person would run for cover, ashamed of something. Not these guys.

 

This article shows you what they’re like. The Economic Union Parliament that was foisted on all of the British and the French, German, Scandinavian peoples and so on, this forced union that was a secret deal, really, going onwards since 1948. The public were not to be told it was to end up with an actual authoritarian parliament until it was all set up and done and working. Here are the politicians…

 

EU money spent on skiing trips and ‘TV propaganda’

The European Parliament has come under fire (A: AGAIN!) for spending millions of pounds of taxpayers’ money on a “propaganda” television service, ski trips and language lessons for staff.

By Martin Banks in Brussels / telegraph.co.uk / 16 Mar 2010

 

In a report, MEPs (A: Member of European Parliament.) raised questions about the assembly budget, including concerns about a £72,000 fund for parliament staff which was used to pay for a trip to the Italian Alps for the children of MEPs and officials.

 

It also attacked the annual £8 million budget for EuroparlTV, Parliament’s own dedicated online TV channel. It broadcasts live Parliamentary events, including plenary and committee meetings but has been condemned by some MEPs as “glorified propaganda.”

 

All these politicians are useless anyway because they have no voting rights on anything. They can’t put forward laws or amend laws; it’s all done up in secret. They admit this and I read the articles from the mainstream; a secret committee, an executive committee at the top make up the laws and pass them. These guys can only comment. WHY HAVE THEM? They are there because they want to give the people the APPEARANCE, some kind, however thin it might be, of democracy and a say in things. They’re all corrupt. They’re all absolutely corrupt. And the public never, ever, ever get this. Here is another article form the Mail Online. Labour turns on stupid, the stupid act.

 

Labour turns on Stupid (A: The stupid act.) Ex-Ministers (A: That’s politicians.) caught in Cash-for-Lobbying Sting but they still won’t order inquiry.

(A: The government still won’t order an inquiry.)

By Jason Groves / mail.co.uk/ 23th March 2010

 

The Labour government’s ex-ministers were suckered into a sting. (A: That’s what they claim.)

 

This stupidity has brought Labour into disrepute (A: I don’t know how you could bring it into any further disrepute.) grumbling that blayrights [?] had been hung out to dry.

 

(A: Then Cameron, who plays the right wing puppet, demands a brief but comprehensive inquiry.)

 

Downing Street insists the matter has been dealt with.

 

David Cameron today warned that the cash-for-lobbying row (A: Everything is like this. All these politicians are for hire. It actually says it in the article here that they are for hire… to corporations. The politicians are FOR HIRE, for CASH. One of them actually said, he says…)

 

“I’m a taxi waiting for hire.”

 

(A: So what happened? Channel 4 actually did this.)

 

Politicians for Hire

channel4.com

 

8PM Monday 22 Mar 2010 Channel 4

Following the scandal surrounding MPs’ expenses, Dispatches delves into the mostly unregulated world of political lobbying. The programme reveals how politicians are offering to help companies and lobby the government for salaries of up to £5,000 a day.

 

(A: I’ll put the video link up for you to see these politicians getting approached and what they said and the article too, from the Mail Online. It says…)

 

A comprehensive probe was vital as he said of his own measures to clamp down on lobbying if he wins power at the next election.

 

Outflanking Gordon Brown just as he did during the expenses scandal, he insisted the case for investigation was incredibly strong and that “the Prime Minister must think again.”

 

But Labour remained unbowed insisting that their own internal investigations into the lobbying claims had found “not a scintilla of evidence of impropriety.”

 

Business Secretary Lord Mandelson (A: He’s a real trustworthy character, this character.) Deputy Prime Minister in all but name, (A: And he runs the country.) proclaimed, “People in glass houses should not throw stones.” (A: So they do all this backstabbing.)

 

Former Labour Cabinet Ministers Patricia Hewitt, Geoff Hoon, and Stephen Byers and back bencher Margaret Moran were suspended from the party last night. (A: Well, they were suspended for obvious reasons. If they found no impropriety, right, they wouldn’t suspend them. It was for impropriety alright.)

 

Just days before an election set to be called, they had the whip removed after a TV documentary showed them offering to influence government policy in return for cash.

 

Labour peer Baroness Morgan and Tory MP Sir John Butterfill, also featured in the programme, but unlike the three blayrights [?], they are not household names.

 

The Labour government is furious at the scandal and is desperately trying to distance itself from the ex-Ministers who not long ago were the leading lights in the party.

 

Justice Secretary Jack Straw (A: He’s the straw man.) said they brought Labour into disrepute and condemned their stupidity while Lord Mandelson said their behavior was ghastly and grubby. (A: Lord Mandelson is the guy who said he ran Britain from Lord Rothschild’s swimming pool in France. There is nobody grubbier than Mandelson; you should see his history.)

 

They are all corrupt psychopaths. They are all bought-and-paid for… all of them… in all parties. They’ve been around every special interest group when they’re campaigning for cash and they promise they will be their boys. They will be their boys: Whatever you do, we’ll be with you. That’s what you vote in. You know, the United States and Canada and every other country is EXACTLY THE SAME… EXACTLY THE SAME.

 

Read the book, Political Ponerology. It’s a real good eye-opener. There was study that was actually done IN the Soviet Union by guys, psychologists and psychiatrists keeping very, very quiet because they were running an investigation on their own leaders. They found out they were exactly the same personalities as those of the West because psychopaths always climb up to where the power is, in every country. They have no qualms with taking money or doing whatever they are told to, to the people, on behalf of the banksters that control them and own them.

 

They’re always talking about equality and stuff like that, in BANKING when they’re after your cash. They have lovely ads and the ads show the tellers always smiling – everybody always smiles in ads, you notice that? Again, it’s always a fantasy. Here is an article; this is from This is Money: Financial Web Site of the Year.

 

‘Apartheid’ Barclays filters out poor clients

13 March 2010 / thismoney.co.uk

 

(A: Here’s how it’s going. This is from the Daily Mail actually.)

 

Thousands of struggling bank customers will be connected to Indian call centres (A: Call centers in India… so if you’re a struggling bank customer, you don’t have a lot in the bank and you’ve got a problem and you phone up, you will be connected to an INDIAN call center…) while more affluent account holders will get one in Britain. A new banking phone system will identify those with low credit approvals and put them through to India. Those who have considerable savings or a credit limit that allows them to borrow around £500 from the bank or buy its products will be connected to a British operator. Bosses hope the new line will filter out their customers who do not have the money to buy the bank’s products so their British staff will potentially be able to sell to every caller. Barclays is testing the system and call centre staff have been briefed that it will start on April 1. (A: That’s April Fool’s Day, eh. That’s when you phone up and [Alan speaking with an Indian accent] Hello, I am speaking from India. And you’ll say what, excuse me. And you’ll be on the phone for about 3 hours trying to figure out what’s going on.) One Barclays sales executive said: ‘Before we’ve had people ringing up who have been overdrawn, so we haven’t been able to sell them anything.’ Critics say the bank is only interested in people with cash (A: Of course it is, that’s what banks are there for.) and not the genuine concerns of millions who have queries about the state of their finances.

 

This is obviously a trial that other banks will be following at the same time. When one comes out with it, the rest go the same way. We already have it in Canada, when you’re trying to get through Bell Systems, for instance, and for your internet systems. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I talked before about the corridors, the human habitat corridors that were being pushed out from the 70s onwards through the various proclamations from the United Nations. That really is the big boss; all governments do what they are told by them and they sign treaties every year furthering the agenda for the United Nations. Here is a report from it.

 

UN report: World’s biggest cities merging into ‘mega-regions’

(A: This ties in with, of course, the military’s future vision as well, for the next 40-50 years that they have released too.)

Trend towards ‘endless cities’ could significantly affect population and wealth in the next 50 years

John Vidal, environment editor guardian.co.uk, Monday 22 March 2010

 

The world’s first mega-city, comprised of Hong Kong, Shenhzen and Guangzhou, home to about 120 million people. Photograph: Nasa (A: It shows you the pictures of that. This is where they are, all CRAMMED together. This is what they want us all to be crammed into.)

 

The world’s mega-cities are merging to form vast “mega-regions” which may stretch hundreds of kilometres across countries and be home to more than 100 million people, according to a major new UN report.

 

The phenomenon of the so-called “endless city” could be one of the most significant developments – and problems – in the way people live and economies grow in the next 50 years, says UN-Habitat, the agency for human settlements, (A: Did you know you had an agency for human settlement that your government doesn’t run but they signs agreements from the United Nations that they must implement all of these agreements?) which identifies the trend of developing mega-regions in its biannual State of World Cities report. (A: I’ll put all these links up for you.)

 

The largest of these, says the report – launched today at the World Urban Forum (A: They’ve got forums going on all time through the United Nations and the public are oblivious of it and it affects us all.) in Rio de Janeiro – is the Hong Kong-Shenhzen-Guangzhou region in China, home to about 120 million people. Other mega-regions have formed in Japan and Brazil and are developing in India, west Africa and elsewhere.

 

The trend helped the world pass a tipping point in the last year, with more than half the world’s people now living in cities.

 

The UN said that urbanisation is now “unstoppable”.

 

These long, continuous cities, that’s where they want us ALL to live. Then they go into the statistics of the folk that used to live on the rural areas and how they are dwindling and by 2050 there will be very few except the VERY RICH PEOPLE. That’s what they want. The women who is the spokesperson for this UN organization says, this is a positive thing. Getting folk out of the rural areas is a POSITIVE THING, she says. Why? Because you will all be under massive control, with your tiny little chip and your little card and you can’t move outside that area and you are going to be monitored EVERY where you go with everything you do. That’s why. So I’ll put this link up for you as well and the one from the United Nations.

 

State of the World’s Cities 2008/2009 – Harmonious Cities

Unhabitat.org

 

Half of humanity now lives in cities, and within two decades, nearly 60 per cent of the world’s people will be urban dwellers. Urban growth is most rapid in the developing world, where cities gain an average of 5 million residents every month. As cities grow in size and population, harmony among the spatial, social and environmental aspects of a city and between their inhabitants becomes of paramount importance. This harmony hinges on two key pillars: equity and sustainability.

 

You should really go through this stuff. It’s long. It’s tedious. It’s boring, but that’s where the facts are, folks. That’s how you’re run, by long, tedious, boring articles and treaties that are put out by the United Nations. Amazing. It continues on and says…

 

“Research shows that the world’s largest 40 mega-regions cover only a tiny fraction of the habitable surface of our planet and are home to fewer than 18% of the world’s population [but] account for 66% of all economic activity and about 85% of technological and scientific innovation,” said Moreno.

 

It’s a rah-rah thing as we all get crammed into the cities and they make it impossible to live in the rural areas. OLD AGENDA, HG Wells talked about it in the 20s… and guys down the path since then. And we are given politics to play with instead.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 25, 2010. For the newcomers out there, you should look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. I always advise you to bookmark all the other sites you see up there, these are the official sites, because once in a while the .com goes down. [Official sites listed above.] I always say, this is the tin can moment. It’s very brief; I don’t pester you. I depend upon you the audience to finance me and keep me going. I don’t accept cash from organizations or companies that sell products. The ads on this show that you hear are paid directly by the advertisers straight to RBN for the air time and for their staff, equipment, bills and the broadcast of the show. So you have to help me out by donating to me or purchasing the books I have for sale on my sites. There are DVDs as well, and CDs with lots of talks I’ve given in the past; sometimes 50 shows per disk at very good prices. That keeps me going. You can donate as well. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Cash does get through. For those that get the disks burned and passed to them of the shows and don’t like using computers – guys with computers obviously burn them for them and they hand them out at meetings and they play them on CD players – you can get in touch with me at [address above].

 

Over the years I’ve tried to give you, the audience, not just some ancient history but also to show you how the techniques of managing whole nations and even empires of people was a well known science back then, with the use of religion to give you a form of reality, to give you the rules and laws, to make you obey the ruling elite, and also to give a social order because we have social orders within these totalitarian societies that we live under. The sham of democracy has been nothing more or less than a sham to be honest with you. The elite who ran the British system, for instance in the British Empire they owned about ¾ of the globe at one point; the ordinary folk got nothing out of it. They just supplied the troops and the tax money to build the railways to take the loot and the raw materials out of the country so that the big boys and corporations could own it. Nothing has changed, by the way. The United States is doing the same thing. You find that these are structures that are well understood, very old techniques. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning how reality is always very different from the way that those at the bottom, the majority, what they call the masses, how they see it. Reality is always very different.

 

A long, long time ago, in fact, back in the 1800s you had CARTELS of like-minded business owners who got together in clubs. They called them clubs at the time too. They’d meet there so often and all they decided all their fortunes were dependent upon each other and the policy of the government. Therefore they ruled the government by different means. They put their own politicians in. It’s been this way for an awful long time. That way they could make sure that their business enterprises would be backed up by tax money and British troops, etc, when it was the British Empire, when required, when they went into their foreign escapades to loot other countries. Nothing really has changed. It’s always under the guise to help those savages, that’s how it used to be at one time, or bring civilization to them, and now it’s called peacekeeping. We go into make peace, you see, bring peace with guns and bombs and stuff like that. So nothing really changes as they loot the country on behalf of a global elite.

 

This elite have not problem accepting that the ARE the natural elite. They talk about it amongst themselves. They ask the obvious questions, even when they are young. Why, Daddy, are we so stinking rich? And Daddy will say, well son, you see it’s because we marry the right type, we have the right stock of breeding, your mother came from a long and successful and wealthy family and so do we and we take opportunities where we see them, meaning they plunder, and that’s why we are the elite, and that’s why the masses down there are really the workers that work for us. That’s how it’s explained to them. There’s nothing really strange about that but of course they put it through a public media spin, a PR relationship organization comprising of the general media which the elite also own and television and government stations like the BBC, that the government runs, to make sure they REINFORCE THE FAKE REALITY FOR THOSE AT THE BOTTOM.

 

In the US it’s a bit different there. They really did a great job on making them think they were free for a long time. Because the US had so many more radio stations than the whole world combined and television stations, it kind of gave them more of the feeling that they must be free because these were all these independent, thousands of stations. They didn’t realize that these thousands of stations, again, are cartels that got together at annual meetings and discussed the formulas and agendas for the next year. They didn’t realize that the big moguls that own these chains of radio stations and television stations go over and get knighted by the Queen, for some strange reason, for doing a good job.

 

Again, we have to go back into the Royal Institute of International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations to see why this is so important. The Royalty a long time ago had no intention of giving democracy to the general public. At the same time, they thought it was also a good idea to give the APPEARANCE of democracy because it would stop the public from having revolutions every few years. They would just vote someone else in when they got sick of the last bunch. People live in hope, you see. You have this strange thing called hope and even though you get the same spiels from the same politicians, that we are going to give this to you, and give that to you, and give you more back for your tax dollar, and all that stuff, nothing really changes except you keep getting screwed further and further into the ground, but we never learn.

 

We are now in an age where we ARE post-democratic. That is taught now in universities, that democracy was a phase we went through. Some of them in the higher Ivy League universities will admit to their classes that there never really was a democracy anyway. The brick building ones, the red bricks as they call them for the general classes going into universities, they are not taught that. There are just taught that yeah, there was democracy and some actually still think they have it, even though the higher ones are teaching already that we are POST democratic. Democracy doesn’t work, it’s too much of a time-consuming thing, very expensive and those with plans to rule the world and push it off into other formats cannot get it done with conflicting parties. That’s basically what the Club of Rome said in their own book, The First Global Revolution and they advise the United Nations.

 

The Royal Institute of International Affairs got a Royal Charter to exist, you see, as a sort of form of parallel government that puts its own people IN government. In fact, every Prime Minister as well as belonging to the Fabian Society, belongs to the Royal Institute of International Affairs. Every President of the United States since the late 1800s, when they first called it… it was the Cecil Rhodes/Lord Milner Group and THEN they called it the Council on Foreign Relations later on. Every President of the United States has been a member of the Council on Foreign Relations AND the opposition members too, at the top. You don’t need the ones at the bottom; they get their chances later if they’re any good. But the ones at the top are always picked… and screened… to make sure this global agenda that runs via this other organization, set up by the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Milner Group – all bankers, by the way, the Milner Group. They set up the United Nations to be the body that would bring this all into being. They would be the coordinators for all the thousands of NGO groups, all the thousands of departments that now work public-privately with governments to guide it all together, down this path we are on today.

 

We’ve seen, for instance, that the flagship is Britain for all the techno-surveillance. For instance, China is the flagship for the world as a model society where they don’t have a democracy; they don’t pretend they have one. They still have communism and everyone must belong to the PARTY in business. If you go into business you must be a party member and you must go by the party in this tiered structure of the pyramid to the top. And you don’t buck the system; they are very, very rigid there. They are the model for the way it should be, one child per family policy, which is to be promoted across the rest of the world, with an obedient population. Britain is the flagship for total surveillance, Big Brother, very harsh when they come down on you like a ton of bricks to make sure that every citizen… It’s a big experiment too, by the way, to see how the citizens ACCEPT every stage of surveillance. There are ongoing studies going on all the time with money from the defence department, going through universities to study all of this.

 

They came out last week with the proposal that their government is launching a personal web page. Each citizen will get their personalized, governmental web page under the guise that it’s going to make it so much easier for you. We will fall for ANYTHING if they say it’s going to be so much easier, don’t we. We will. Most folk will; they will rush right into it. You will deal directly with the government for everything including doctor’s appointments via the internet. But the real purpose is so that Big Brother, like George Orwell’s 1984, can talk directly to YOU. Now, when you are surfing away and playing yourself there, Big Brother’s face is going to come up on that screen there. Big brother is going to say that you have been using too much kilowatt hours for this week and you’re going to get cut back, because you’ve been a bad boy or girl. Big Brother is going to demand that you DO things and scare the bejesus out of you.

 

You see, in the old days, they’d have to come to your door and at least neighbors would get around you or relatives or something. This is what a totalitarian government always wanted to get to and this is what George Orwell said himself and HG Wells long before that. Government will not be in charge until THEY can talk to you DIRECTLY with no relatives, no wife, no husband around to stand up for you. YOU ARE ON YOUR OWN. It increases the fear and compliance… all written about a long time ago. They say it’s for your convenience. Oh, yeah, you’ll see.

 

It’s the same thing with the airport, the securities at airport and all the rest of it. The Century of Change, the 21st Century was kicked off really by the twin towers coming down. They could never have done it without it and everyone knows it definitely wasn’t what they told us about. WE DARN WELL KNOW THIS: this was an intentional to kick off this whole totalitarian WAR OF TERROR across the public, on the general public while all our rights are stripped away from us. They’ve already been stripped away, but they’re not stopping with ID cards and all the rest of it and airport scanners. They’re going beyond that. You see, in the new SOVIETIZED world – and they are using the Soviet system remember, that’s what the Club of Rome said – they preferred the COLLECTIVIST system for managing the general public. There’s no back-talking in this system. It’s compliance or you’re cut off from something, cut off from your bank account, cut off from what you need, just simply cut off.

 

Not content with seeing through you and dehumanizing you, and that’s what you always do with prisoners. You’ll dehumanize them, strip them naked, laugh away, just do it at an airport scanner, you see. It’s true enough, the 6.8 billion people across the planet are supposed to have their whole lives turned upside-down because ONE guy had a firework, supposedly, a dud at that, strapped to his thigh. That’s the EXCUSE we are given for this. Can you believe it? Can you believe it…

 

People use to really fight back, you know, for much, much less than this. They’d fight back. Now we get nonsense answers and excuses to strip us of all rights and get us all naked… and get x-rayed to boot, which does go along with the whole theme because x-rays are accumulative and they will sterilize you even more then you already are sterilized. So that does go along with the agenda of depopulation… never mind the cancers that break out too. They also wanted not just birth control but DEATH control, stepping up the amount of diseases and illnesses folk can die of BEFORE they get to a pensionable age. That was also part of it, discussed at the Department of Population at the United Nations a long time ago. This is REALITY I’m giving you here folks… beyond the suits and ties and PR shows. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the encroachment of government right into your home in many different ways, physical and through the internet. That’s what’s to be worldwide fairly shortly, for everybody on planet earth.

 

We’ve got to remember too, that the GATT treaty and all this free trade negotiation stuff is about the free flow of goods but ONLY for AUTHORIZED international corporations. It’s really to keep everyone else OUT. There is also the free flow of labor. Once again, it sounds wonderful and people think well, we can take off to this country if there is work. No, folks. It’s to RESTRICT the flow of labor. They want the labor that corporations have ASKED TO HAVE BROUGHT IN ONLY. That’s what it’s about. So the new world order is to have you all basically roped in to your own authorized area of your home. Your home could be a few miles wide or even less, in fact, because this is the sovietized idea. If you’ve ever seen the talks by Bezmenov on YouTube… He was an ex-KGB defector. He showed you his card. He had a card to travel. All citizens had a card to travel just within their own little local area. If you were found outside that area they could arrest you and ask you why you were outside of it without permission. You had to get permission to go outside of it, to travel, even to visit relatives and so on. THAT’S the kind of totalitarian world structure we are coming into.

 

The United Nations wants to have a nice, tidy planet as we are sterilized and quietly die off over 50 years. We are already doing it; we are dying off NOW. They’ve been at this for an awful long time with the death control, as they say. But they want the world to be nice and tidy, less problems for them, where mass fluxes of people will be trying to get out of one country and go to another, where they are setting up employment and factories or work of some kind or another. That’s what it’s all about. That’s what your ID card is all about as well. The ID card ties in with what I’m going to read here. Here is the next step with it.

 

They get the pilots to come forward now. The airport pilots come forward with THEIR suggestion, which of course they told them to say. This is how they do it: Joe, you’re in charge of the pilot’s association. Yeah, I am. We want you to do this favor, come out and make this statement to the press on our behalf. Okay boss, what’s in it for me? and he gets a few, you know, you know what it’s like. This is from the Independent. It says…

 

Pilots criticize security as Britain makes body scanners mandatory

By Relax News – INDEPENDENT.CO.UK / February 2, 2010

 

(Alan: So that sounds like they may be on the side of the public, but no…)

 

A leading association of airline pilots has called for a rethink of passenger screening, claiming that “passenger trustworthiness” should be prioritized ahead of intensive physical screening measures.

 

The call came on January 28, three days ahead of new restrictions in Britain that force passengers to submit to controversial “body scanner” screening in order to fly. From February 1, any passengers flying from London Heathrow, the world’s busiest airport, who decline scanning will not be permitted on board an aircraft. Similar restrictions are soon to be implemented at Amstedam’s Schiphol airport and are currently under review in the US. (A: Actually, they are going in, in the United States. They have for quite some time, some airports, and Canada as well.)

 

Despite the new rules, US and Canadian pilots’ association ALPA has branded changes to the security system an “inadequate response.” (A: So here’s where it goes next, you see.) The group believes that today’s screening systems have been reactively modified since the 1970s to respond to a changing threat, leaving the current system effectively a “patchwork of band-aids.”

 

“Our layered aviation security system is in dire need of major reform,” said Capt. Robb Powers, ALPA’s National Security Committee Chairman. “Our proposal focuses on identifying people who pose no threat to aviation and quickly moving them through a screening process that is commensurate with the level of trust they have earned. (A: You’ve got to earn trust now, by being a goody-two-shoes. This is combined with your interactive government Big Brother web page, who’s going to tell you if you’ve been a good boy or not and getting little black points that will eventually bar you from leaving the country. This is what this is all about.) This approach to aviation security is more sophisticated, more efficient, and significantly more effective than the current methodology.” (A: In other words, POLITICAL REASONS will censor you from getting a good screening. You’re a plus-plus-plus so’s you can go out of the country. This is what it’s ALL really, really about behind the pabulum here.)

 

ALPA believes that a new, data-rich screening system, (A: That’s all your information, again.) akin to the modern “credit check” used by banks, should be introduced. (A: They’ve actually been using a type of it for quite some time, but this is to go the whole way now.) Each passengers identity would be verified and then scored, (A: You get score points.) allowing them to be marked as “no or negligible threat,” “unknown threat” or “known threat”. Security officers would then adapt their actions according to each passenger’s threat level, from a quick x-ray/metal detector scan to an in-person threat-assessment or flight ban. Much of the work would be done before the passenger even arrives at the airport. (A: Because it will be done behind you back, you see.)

 

According to ALPA, the new screening methods would allay privacy concerns surrounding the introduction of body scanners, speed up the boarding process and increase public confidence in aviation. (A: I love how they always bring that up. Oh, we’ll be happy with that won’t we.) However, the proposal may meet with opposition from civil rights groups such as the ACLU, which has already voiced concerns over the privacy implications of techniques such as terrorist watch lists and the use of racial profiling. (A: Well, it isn’t going to be just racial, folks, it’s to do with every thing that you believe in and every word that comes out of your mouth that’s been on record is going to go into it. Are you good or are you not good. Are you on you knees or are you standing. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. There is an article here from EE Times. It ties in with the talk I gave the other night about the total integration of the electronic systems within your home via your Smart Meter, back to government agencies and so on and how they can cut you off and regulate you. That’s what it’s really all about. This is about something that ties right into it.

 

Google, Microchip develop energy monitor software

Reference API is a step towards Google home energy monitor sensor networks

Peter Clarke / EE Times / (03/24/2010)

 

LONDON — Microcontroller company Microchip Technology Inc. (Chandler, Ariz.) has announced the result of a partnership with software giant Google Inc. to produce a reference implementation of the Google PowerMeter application programming interface.

 

PowerMeter is free software that displays details of home energy consumption received from either a smartmeter or another electricity monitoring device.

 

(A: That’s what the greenies are using. It’s interesting, the greenies boast about it on their Facebook and MySpace. They are so green and here’s what I used this month. Aren’t I good? It’s like the Soviet system where the newspapers used to have the worker of the month, the guy who broke his back getting so much coal out, to be goody-two-shoes. It didn’t tell you what happened to his back afterwards mind you. Anyway, it’s the same technique that’s being used here. Who is goody-two-shoes, who can out-do the next goody-two-shoes, as they compete actually to be goody-two-shoes. It’s an amazing thing with the public. It’s just astonishing but it’s worked down through the many centuries in other ways too. So PowerMeter is going to go a step further.)

 

Microchip has produced the first reference implementation of the Google PowerMeter API, which is key to producing compatible electricity-monitor circuits for inclusion in energy-consuming devices. (A: Everything you buy has got this stuff in it.)

 

Google PowerMeter allows consumers to view their energy consumption from their iGoogle personalized homepage. (A: I can’t believe who would want that. Really, I don’t. Well, they are out there. They’re out there. You shake your heads folks, but they are out there. They are gone, totally indoctrinated.) However, to be effective it needs to be fed with data collected from energy-consuming devices. The more fine-grained the data that is collected the more detailed the picture that PowerMeter provides. (A: It provides it for government too.) The open-source, standards-based Google PowerMeter API allows device manufacturers to build energy-monitoring products that work with Google PowerMeter.

 

By developing the reference implementation of the API Microchip now supports designers trying to create Google-compatible products for the measurement and monitoring of energy usage with 16- and 32-bit PIC microcontrollers, energy-measurement ICs (A: integrated circuits.), Ethernet controller ICs, and radios for ZigBee and embedded Wi-Fi wireless networking. (A: Remember, your SmartMeter also uses Wi-Fi as well to monitor you. It can transmit signals back to the company. It also uses the broadband too through the electrical line supply.)

 

Microchip’s reference implementation of the API demonstrates an energy-monitoring device’s activation, wired or wireless data transmission and status messages, providing a template for developers’ own designs. Additionally, Microchip offers one-stop-shopping for all of the semiconductors and development tools needed to build a Google PowerMeter device.

 

(A: They are also working with the big corporations…) “Google is helping to foster an ecosystem of devices (A: There ya go.) and utilities that will provide consumers with access to their energy information.

 

Obviously they are working with the companies too, that provide you with the POWER so that they will all know when to cut you off and give you little MINUS CREDITS. Minus credits for when they issue you with credits instead of money. Minus credits for using too much of this or too much of that. That’s what it’s all about folks. But you will jump for it… oh, it’s free, it’s free, oh, wow, we’ve got to get it. It’s like the flu shot, God, it’s free, it’s free, ha-ha, I’ll get 5, oh-ho. That’s how stupid people are, who really believe they are in a free society. And they really do believe they’ve got rights and everything and democracy is there. No kidding.

 

I mentioned not so long ago about an article, again, where Britain tests out all these psychological experiments on the children in school. One was where they come in one day, the young children and saw their teacher lying on the floor with fake blood around her and they told them that, I think, she had been raped or something and mugged and left. It was all an act to observe them and to put the fear of death into them to show them that really nasty things are there and really happen. However, to the children it would obviously mean that the teacher was acting, so ALL that kind of stuff MUST be acting and so when they see the real thing they won’t know if it was acting or not, right. Governments are taking studies on all of this stuff. Here is the latest con they’ve done here. It’s just incredible. From The Mail Online.

 

Children left traumatized after their teacher is gunned down in a playground in a hoax lesson.

(A: This is a hoax lesson, they are calling them now. Very Pavlovian.)

By Fay Schlesinger / dailymail.co.uk / 25th March 2010

 

Children were left in tears after their teacher was gunned down by a crazed hoodie in the playground in a sick role-playing stunt.

 

Terrified children aged from 10-13 years old watched as the supposed gunman strolled into the playground, took aim and shot the teacher before running into the school science lab.

 

Other staff in on the stunt rushed to the popular teacher’s aid and appeared to give CPR in an attempt to save his life.

 

It was 10 minutes before the shocked pupils of Blackminster Middle School, in Evesham, Worcestershire, were rounded up and taken into the school hall where teachers explained that the scenario had been mocked up as part of a forthcoming science lesson. (A: This is how they teach science lessons now. What a con, eh. They traumatize the children. These are all Pavlovian techniques they are using now, you see, and psychology.)

 

While pupils were left traumatized with one having a panic attack and others being sick, the shooting happened on Tuesday after pupils were originally told there was a gun somewhere in the school. (A: So first they let it out there to get them all hyper, you see, and children believe everything they are told you know, by these characters, these creeps. The same type that that other article I read that gave them lap dancing lessons, you know, by 2 teachers in Canada.)

 

Five minutes later the alarm bell went off and over 300 pupils were sent to the playground where 3 teachers could be seen running across the field before a loud sound like gunfire was heard and science teacher Mr Kent fell to the ground and played dead.

 

Parents said their children were then sent back to their form rooms and called to the assembly hall 10 minutes later where the truth and a fit and healthy teacher was revealed.

 

However, the damage has already been done to a selection of the pupils, and apparently included one girl whose father had been shot dead a few years ago.

 

Parents with children at the school reacted angrily to the stunt and branded it “inappropriate and beyond belief.”

 

Some said their children were still traumatized hours later.

 

Mother, Vikki Woosey, whose son is in year six, said: ‘When I heard about it I just thought “Oh my God, that is so inappropriate”.’ (A: I think they should be getting a bit more upset than that and finding new uses for the trees around there, you know.)

 

They were standing in a playground and then a man appeared in the distance holding a gun. Then the teacher dropped to the ground and the teacher’s assistants ran over. They started doing CPR (A: blah, blah, blah. Ya-da, ya.)

 

Another angry parent of an 11 year old daughter at the school added, “There were children in tears. They thought their teacher had been shot.” (A: Well, of course, that was the whole point of it, hey. That was the whole point of it. And what did they say about it at the school…)

 

Head Teacher Terry Holland said the role play was part of a science lesson where a selection of students and teachers acted out the scenario.” (A: A science lesson.) “The problem with a small minority of pupils was that there was a slight delay in getting them back into the hall to explain what happened.” (A: So it was the delay that was wrong, NOT the incident that was wrong.)

 

So there you go. This is the kind of terror nonsense they do to your children now under the socialist system. Pavlov, you know, created the whole system for schooling over in the Soviet system. It was Eleanor Roosevelt that went over to see them. She wanted to see her FAVORITE person first, just like HG Wells did, and meet Dr. Pavlov, the guy that loved to shock animals into hysteria and breakdowns and that’s how he made his living. A pure sadist, of course, but he also used techniques in schools to make the children CONFORM through FEAR, PUNISHMENT and REWARD and all that kind of stuff. Eleanor Roosevelt said, comparing the Soviet children on the way to school she said she was SO impressed with the Soviet children because they were so uniform, walking quietly and orderly towards the school, completely unlike the American school children who would laugh and play and jump up and down and that kind of stuff. She says, the Soviet children were so ORDERLY. That really impressed her, the ORDER of it all. Yep, that’s your control freaks alright. HG Wells was so impressed by Pavlov that he left his son there to be taught under him directly. Here they go, eh, school, where you go to learn how to deal with the world. Ha, what nonsense. What nonsense.

 

There’s also from Philadelphia News a new video. It’s the new battle against Philadelphian FLASH MOBS. They call them flash mobs. That all came out with the government saying there would be flash mobs during the Department of Defence’s briefings that I read on the air a long time ago, where folk get in touch with each other through their phones and just turn up there and do whatever they’re told to do. There is a video on this site as well where they show you a flash mob in action.

 

New video, new battle against Philly flash mobs

South Street flash mob caught on tape.

Police Commissioner Charles Ramsey says flash mob suspects leaving court.

Thursday, March 25, 2010 / abclocal.go.com / By VERNON ODOM

 

PHILADELPHIA – March 24, 2010 (WPVI) — Philadelphia Mayor Michael Nutter (A: Strange name.) and Police Commissioner Charles Ramsey are revealing new all-out efforts to prevent more flash mob melees.

 

At a Wednesday news conference, they said the incidents have to stop, and any future flash mobs will be met with organized and relentless crackdowns by police.

 

“This is an issue of citywide significance and importance. It’s affects all Philadelphians regardless of neighborhood, regardless of community,” Mayor Nutter said.

 

To that end, city officials outlined a plan to fight back against the flash mobs:

 

*There will be tougher curfew enforcement for those under 18 years old on Friday and Saturday nights.

(A: They’re going to bring in a curfew. There you go, because they’re giving them i-Phones and turn up at so-and-so and it flashes around all their text messaging and so on. They turn up there and they’re told to bring their little MP3 phones and they dance in silence and then they’ll chase off… or whatever else they do. Now they’re going to have curfews for them.)

*There will be more hard line prosecution by the district attorney.

*There will be more uniformed and undercover police during high-risk hours in known hotspots.

*There will be non-stop monitoring of social networks.

 

(A: Again, now they can go even further into it and more cash and more people to lay on to monitor their social networks, which was the real aim of it all. [Alan laughing.] That’s the real aim of it all. That’s what the real point of it is. More monitoring of the public, you see, and the children. Ah, it’s quite something. What a world we live in, eh. What a world… what a world… and the folks still think they’re free.)

 

This article is from CNN.com. I’ve talked before about vaccines were mentioned by Lord Bertrand Russell to bring down the populations, sterilize them and make them dumber, by the way. He said that we should use the needle to make them more compliant. I’ve read the article from his own book many times on the air and others mentioned it too. Julian Huxley, the first CEO of UNESCO, who was the brother of Aldous Huxley, also talked about using different means of dumbing down the public, sterilizing them and increasing the death rate of the public, introducing cancers and stuff like that. This says…

 

Rotarix rotavirus vaccine contaminated, officials say

By Tom Watkins, CNN / March 22, 2010

 

About 1 million children in the United States and about 30 million worldwide have gotten Rotarix vaccine, the FDA says.

 

(CNN) — Federal health authorities recommended Monday that doctors suspend using Rotarix, one of two vaccines licensed in the United States against rotavirus, saying the vaccine is contaminated with material from a pig virus. (A: This is a fairly recent thing; they’ve been using these anti-diarrhea inoculations against ONE of the many things that can cause diarrhea, rotavirus. To me that’s a personal con, that in itself, that all babies must get this injection to start with. We survived fine without it. Absolutely fine without it and if a baby has a bout of diarrhea it gets over it; that’s generally what happens.)

 

“There is no evidence at this time that this material poses a safety risk,” Food and Drug Administration Commissioner Dr. Margaret Hamburg told reporters in a conference call.

 

Rotarix, made by GlaxoSmithKline, (A: The big boys again.) was approved by (A: …their boys in the FDA because that’s what the FDA is comprised of is their boys and all the other big boys, Merck and the rest of it.) the FDA in 2008. The contaminant material is DNA from porcine circovirus 1, a virus from pigs that is not known to cause disease in humans or animals, Hamburg said. (A: Which is nonsense actually because it causes cancer.)

 

About 1 million children in the United States and about 30 million worldwide have gotten Rotarix vaccine, she said.

 

Rotavirus disease kills more than (A: This is their excuse. It’s like the flu where they always give you the same statistics of flu every year, even though when you go into the real ones, there are thousands over what it really is.) 500,000 infants around the world each year, primarily in low- and middle-income countries, she said. Before rotavirus vaccine became available, the disease was blamed for more than 50,000 hospitalizations and several dozen deaths per year in the United States, she said. (A: Of course, you go into the studies and look for yourself and you won’t find anything near that.)

 

The FDA learned about the contamination after an academic research team using a novel technique to look for viruses in a range of vaccines found the material in GlaxoSmithKline’s product and told the company, Hamburg said. The drug maker confirmed its presence (A: So they knew about it already.) in both the cell bank and the seed from which the vaccine is derived, suggesting its presence from the early stages of vaccine development, she said. The FDA then confirmed the drug maker’s findings.

 

GlaxoSmithKline emphasized Monday that the pig virus is not known to cause illness in humans, saying “it is found in everyday meat products and is frequently eaten with no resulting disease or illness.” (A: Well, the difference being, of course, is you COOK the meat and it kills off the viruses. You don’t just stick the raw stuff live straight into your veins, folks.)

 

So that’s another way they get it into you. Just like the polio vaccine with about 100 monkey viruses contained in it, with the simian 40 virus being one of them that had only one function and they admit that it CAUSES CANCERS IN HUMANS. But they are there to help you. They are THERE to help you folks. That’s what they are there for. Hey, it’s free! Ha. Run and get it. Run and get yours now, while stocks last.

 

Here’s another big con of the day… by the World Wildlife Fund. This is from the Telegraph.

 

WWF hopes to find $60 billion growing on trees

The carbon credits scheme would make WWF and its partners much richer, but with no lowering of overall CO2 emissions, writes Christopher Booker.

By Christopher Booker / telegraph.co.uk / 20 Mar 2010

 

Tumucumaque in northern Brazil has been designated a ‘carbon sink.’ (A: This is the greatest beauty… the United Nations scandal nonsense to do with carbon sinks. So certain areas where trees are, carbon sinks… Canada was told that we’d have great carbon sinks with all these trees everywhere; you can’t move for trees. But then the UN turned around and said you’ve got bad trees, they are the wrong kind of trees. So you’ve got to pay carbon taxes. Ha-ah, oh. [Alan laughing.] And what did our government say, okay then, okay… Mr Pachauri okay, uh-huh. Anyway…)

 

If the world’s largest, richest environmental campaigning group, the WWF (A: That’s the one that Prince Phillip heads. The guy who said if he came back in another life he’d like to come back as a virus and kill off all the public… in his own book. They are going to make BILLIONS off this, this WWF. That’s why they’re all for it. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just finishing off this article and I’ll try and take a phone call. This article shows you the WWF, they bought this chunk of the Amazon jungle, for peanuts of course, and they are going to be able to sell off carbon credits worth $60 BILLION to firms that are polluting, so they can get the cash from polluters. What a great deal. They are all in the know, these guys, eh. $60 billion they get back every year or two to companies for carbon credits. We own the land, you just pay us the money, our trees will sink the carbon – that’s the con about it. Fantastic. The rich get richer and the rich get richer through these SCAMS and the public just go along and go MOOO and BAAA. Well, that’s the world we live in.

 

There is Grace from Oklahoma on the phone. Are you there Grace?

 

Grace: Nice to call in. I’ve been listening to you show for quite a while so, I just got to say that every day it’s like I’m living your show in my life.

 

Alan: You are seeing it.

 

Grace: Yeah. I’m a student at a university here and it’s just insane what we are learning in these classes. I just wanted to bring up this example. Recently in my human physiology class we were learning about the endocrine system. My professor was giving this example of how dangerous exogenous hormones are and her example was androgenic steroids that men take. She was saying how that will destroy your testicles forever. So I asked, what about the exogenous steroidal hormones that girls are supposed to take from adolescence on; if it destroys men wouldn’t it also have the same affect on women because we are talking about exogenous hormones in both cases. She was like, no.

 

Alan: [Alan laughing.]

 

Grace: The whole class was just like, okay let’s move on to the next thing. I’m just like, it’s constant with that sort of double think.

 

Alan: Yes. It’s a double speak, a double think and no logic to it, especially in the explanations that you’re given. But you know there is an awful lot of political agendas going through all this stuff because they are REALLY tampering with the hormonal structures of men and women. I’ve read all the articles about the bisphenol-As and the various other contaminants that go into women’s bodies through make-ups and soaps and various other things, even shampoos and how literally it will effect especially a male fetus between 8-12 weeks and he’s liable to grow up sterile and be very narrow-shouldered and so on and he might want to take up knitting later on. That’s literally what’s happening. They know it. They’ve known it since the late 1800s that this could do this to the male. Of course the female has been attacked tremendously as well, through all the plastics. In fact many of them now have taken on male characteristics because too much estrogen, especially the synthetics types, can actually bring on a form of male characteristics in them. They lose their femininity and that’s been noticed and well documented too, in the higher universities.

 

Grace: But, of course, we don’t learn about that in our human physiology class because we are supposed to go off to become…

 

Alan: Everything you are getting through your courses at university, as you well know I’m sure, is politically correct for the agenda including the greening, the environment, all tied in together with every lecture on every topic.

 

Grace: There is new, whole departments popping up about it. Recently there is the new interdisciplinary perspective on the environment and one of the classes after that is environmental psychology and it’s all just this fluffy…

 

Alan: It’s propaganda. But thanks for calling; that’s the end of the show coming in, Grace. Call again though.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 26, 2010. For the newcomers out there, you should look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, bookmark all the other sites you’ll see I have up on the front page because once in while the .com goes down – there are too many folk going into it at one time – and this way you’ll be able to get the latest shows for download for free from these alternate sites. [Official sites listed above.] If you want to order the books, CDs and DVD I have for sale on these sites… [ordering and donation options listed above.] Cash does get through, by the way, so I’ve heard. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them who don’t like to use computers – they play them on CD players – you can get in touch with me at [address above]. That’s that out of the way.

 

I really do need you to help me because most folk listen all the time and never think about sending a couple of pennies this way, even though they are paying for other people’s archives, to get into the archives – all my stuff if free – and they will expect everyone else to do the paying for it. That’s the unfortunate statement about humanity today, when they think that everything is free. Most things that are free out there, believe you me, are not for your own benefit. It’s to put a spin on something or to monitor you or something like that. That’s how things really DO work in this day and age. We should know that by now. We’ve all supposedly grown up, although some people never, ever do.

 

I’ve talked before about cause and effect in society… and our lives too. For everything we do, every action that we do, there is an equal and opposite reaction. That’s an old dictum which is very, very, very true. We have spent so long creating cultures. Cultures take an awful long time to create, organize, and work themselves out with conflicts until you have a fairly standardized culture. But in this day and age, of course, the Western cultures are supposed to simply bow down and eventually fall down in front of the world’s cultures because that’s the intention. We are supposed to all blend in with the New World Order as the Far East and other countries are brought up to be the more dominant as industrialists. The United Nations has said that we cannot allow ourselves to be offended anymore. So in other words, anything that used to offend you through culture is not allowed. You are not allowed to be offended by other cultures no matter what else they do. They, on the other hand, can be offended by whatever YOU do and they’ve found that out in Britain. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning about how the big United Nations plan – that was literally hatched in London by the bankers who set it up and run it through the Milner Group that became the Royal Institute of International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations – how they knew they’d have to destroy the Western cultures and their values over a period of time.

 

So they got together and got set on a cultural war that really started during World War II and really escalated afterwards, down to debasement. They said themselves they would use communists and various other groups; they didn’t care in fact, according to Professor Carroll Quigley who they recruited. They could use all the causes. The more causes the better because you’ve got radical groups that will then take cash from YOU and YOU can direct them. All of the groups that wanted a sort of world society, a socialist society, were promoted but they also wanted to use Karl Marx ideas too and destroy the family units, religion of course, and even separate the generations from each other. That’s been very well accomplished.

 

Then, with the Royal Institute of International Affairs annual meetings, if you go into their old books from the 30s for instance, you’ll find that they talked about setting up a sort of free trade zone, but not just a free trade zone, free flow of workers that were needed, that is, in the countries that signed on to the British Commonwealth that became the nucleus for the world order that we’re in today. That’s what they used as a basis for it and the United Nations agrees with that, that the British Commonwealth was the nucleus and the ideal model to base it on.

 

At that time they didn’t want so many coming in from India, for instance, into Britain. The Ambassadors from India were complaining about that, how can you have this free flow of goods and trade and people but exclude India? But they were told THEIR time would come and it certainly did in the 70s, 80s, and 90s. Margaret Thatcher even admitted the reason they had opened the floodgates of immigration, to a country that was massively underemployed, was that they didn’t have enough children getting born from the native Britons to pay off the national debt. So we exist, really… See, we exist really, as ECONOMIC UNITS to serve the big banking boys and their systems.

 

It went further and further and further as it was known to do, until you have many mayors of big cities in England who were not born there and often Christmas is banned, things like that are all banned. Anything to do with the old culture is simple verboten and you get fined for putting up Christmas things in stores and so on at Christmas time. That’s how ridiculous it all becomes and what’s even more so is the propaganda campaign that goes on at the people back home to bow down, just keep bowing down and get on your knees and show off your behind and just take it. That’s basically what you are told to do over and over again because, in a New World Order, it’s supposed to be multicultural BUT preference is given to those who come in from the other countries. Preference is definitely given to them because they want those countries on board with the new world order and therefore their cultures must be allowed to expand as yours declines. Eventually theirs gets knocked on the head as well because corruption sets in and the lure of money is so great that all values, even their own religious values, go down the tubes eventually. That’s really the New World Order’s idea of a new culture, it’s a dog-eat-dog system really.

 

When you start up a national health service, and I’ve mentioned this before, Karl Marx talked about this kind of idea and it was brought into a more concretized form by Lenin who said in the West SERVICES would be offered to the public, health services, police services, and so on that one day would become AUTHORITIES and they’d manage the people. Well, you see, a health service managed through government obviously is run by political reasons. It’s also true that whenever the IMF comes in, as it has already in Britain, they always slash and burn the easiest things, which are pension plans and your health service. What they DO mandate as a priority is abortion, fast abortion, fast vasectomies, fast tubal ligations for women. They want a depopulation agenda to go underway. That’s really what they are using it for now. If you have something seriously wrong with you, good luck to you; you might wait for months, maybe a year and possibly you will be dead by that time.

 

It got so bad over there and I mentioned about a video before that was put up by I think it was Channel 4, about how bad the National Health Service had become with its slash and burn policies where the government was dictating they get more beds open. So the CEOs of the hospitals got very ingenious and simply put trolleys in the corridors, took off the wheels, now they were stationary and they called them beds. They also sent out flyers to all those awaiting surgeries, important surgeries, and they asked them on the flyer questionnaires, when will you be taking your holidays? Of course folk thought, well, they want to know so they don’t send it then, when we are on holiday. Well, the idea was yes, that’s when they WOULD send it and that’s when they DID send them to thousands of people who were on holiday at the time, so they went back to the bottom of the waiting list. That’s how they got round all this kind of stuff. These are the games that go on, no kidding, with governments in charge of health.

 

They did admit that the priority was still going on for vasectomies, abortions and tubal ligations to do with infertility because it’s a UN mandate that every country’s signed on to. However, here is an article to show you how lucrative it is for the system too, and how they are getting under the EU; now they are all under this super parliament. They were conned into a super parliament and they take dictates from that. Now people from all over Europe can go to Britain for their abortions, paid for by the British taxpayer. This is from the Mail Online.

 

Get a free abortion on the NHS:

Polish women advised to travel to Britain for treatment

By Sophie Borland / dailymail.co.uk / 16th March 2010

 

Polish women are being told to come to Britain for free NHS abortions to avoid strict laws at home.

 

They are being urged to take advantage of cheap flights and hotels as part of a poster campaign which features a semi-naked woman with the words ‘my choice’ written across her stomach.

 

The flyers, which are being distributed by proabortion campaigners in Poland, mimic the Mastercard series of ‘priceless’ adverts. The lender’s campaign features different scenarios such as a first date or trip to the World Cup with various prices alongside. (Alan: You get a whole package deal here and the taxpayer is picking up the tab.)

 

In the Polish advert, the woman has various slogans around her which translate as: ‘Plane ticket to England at special offer: 300 zloty (£70). Accommodation: 240 zloty (£56). Abortion in a public clinic: 0 zloty. (A: Was paid for by the British taxpayer, thank you very much. Just keep bending over, bending over and bending over. It’s all done through government and with the approval of government as the country is supposedly broke. Supposedly broke. As I say, if you really want something important, forget it, you’ll be dead. You will be dead.)

 

Cause and effect. Cause and effect. Well, you see, since the 40s and 50s speeding up through the 60s with the whole push on to create pre-pubertal sex and then massive teenage sex through the music industry and the movie industry and promoted from the top DOWN, there was naturally a lot of fallout. The idea, according to Wells and Huxley and Bertrand Russell who tried experimental schools along this subject of pre-pubertal sexual intercourse, was to ensure that the children wouldn’t bond with any one person. That would put the end to marriage. Remember, that was a priority, an absolute priority. With the side effects come the effects. For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction. So people got pregnant. Well, they put all their money into finding the pill, contraception pills and putting up the money to make sure they got abortions until the abortions become normal. Apparently, I’ve heard women actually say that it’s just like getting a wart removed and that’s the value of human life. That’s what it sinks down to.

 

I said years ago, eventually they will go for the elderly. I’ve read the articles here even recently, even more of them where they are wanting to open clinics up for the elderly. If you are just too tired of life, not physically sick but just too tired of life, you can go into a clinic and get bumped off for free. Well, do you realize where all this goes? …this DEHUMANIZATION of life? Do you understand what it’s all about and where it ends up? You see, if you can’t respect life, you can’t respect each other either. Also, when government wants to kill you off, you’ll say well, why shouldn’t they, they’ve got the right to do it, what are we anyway. You are DEVALUATING yourself… as you accept all these things piece by piece by piece. Psychology, it’s understood.

 

For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction. And what do you hear today? Well, really it’s not my fault. That’s what you’ll hear when a boy or a girl ends up in trouble… it’s not my fault. Like they had nothing to do with it and the government is only too happy, through their educations, to say yeah, it’s true, you had nothing to do with it. So you take all responsibility out of their hands. And who takes on the responsibility? The STATE does. The state takes responsibility over life and death, who gets born and who doesn’t. Do you understand what that’s all about? This is bigger than someone’s right to decide. It’s putting POWER into the hands of people who want to euthanize a good portion of the public. There are far bigger consequences to everything that we do than most folk even realize.

 

Remember, the government wanted to take away the community that used to help each other out and give you government agencies that have now become authorities. All that kind of stuff comes when you allow government to take over. The Nanny State they call it. But then the nanny becomes rather nasty in her old age and she tells you who can be born and who can’t be born… but don’t you worry, it wasn’t your fault, you had nothing to do with it. I’ll be back with more on this topic after this break.

 

I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about the dehumanization of society and how it’s planed that way. The whole idea, remember, Julian Huxley said we have to dethrone man from his pedestal where he thinks that he is the most supreme being on the planet, the highest creature in the world. They’d have to get it through our thick skulls that we are now down to the level of animals, and even below in fact, according to Maurice Strong. He actually said we would wish we had the rights of a tree or animals at the Rio Earth Summit Meeting. And they are not kidding.

 

As I say, you’re supposed to keep bowing and bowing to the different cultures. Remember, China for instance, is the model state for the United Nations, for the world to copy for this one child per family policy, which isn’t quite true because I read an article not too long ago where the Chinese government will allow you to pay a slight kind of penalty if you are wealthy enough to have a second child. They do believe in eugenics so the wealthier ones must be the most successful therefore they can have more than one child and they can afford to pay the little penalties that go along with it. But for the rest, NO. Social disapproval says, well, you’re taking food away from children to come if you have a second child, so we’re going to abort it.

 

The BBC did a documentary a while back where they showed you, they were buying fetuses outside the back doors of the abortion clinics FOR FOOD, a health food. China, they are crazy on health foods and foods that give ‘virility.’ They are fanatical about anything that gives them virility. I can remember years ago, a documentary where they showed you about the ivory trade coming out of Africa. At that time a lot of rhinoceroses were being destroyed just for the horn which is scraped into a powder because the Chinese believed it was very potent. They like to eat their food when it’s still jumping around on the table. If you watched the documentary, the Largest Chinese Restaurant in the World, you’ll see how they prepare the food and the fish are still mouthing away on your plate. It’s the same thing with other animals as well.

 

Different culture, you see, a different culture all together but we are supposed to just sit back and say, well, you know, different strokes for different folks. However, it goes worse than that. Remember, China IS the model state for the world. But what happens too, is the dehumanization process when life becomes so cheap and they DO have mandatory abortion and they DO have a history of killing off especially the females in the families. That was actually promoted. The UN looked at that part of the Chinese tradition and didn’t stop it; they encouraged it because they wanted to drastically bring down the populations. Now there are far too many males in China compared to women, big shortage.

 

Here is an article from the Seoul Times in Korea. It’s quite gruesome and by the way, don’t look at this article if you are really very squeamish or you have a conscience at all because there are GRAPHIC photographs in this one. It’s in the letters to the editor, from some one in the field obviously, and they show you human fetuses being boiled and prepared for the kitchen, for health food and sexual potency.

 

Chinese Eat Baby Soup for Sex

One Baby Policy Blamed for Killing Babies in China

Wednesday, March 31, 2010 / seoultimes.com

 

A human baby is being made into soup for sexual power in China.

 

Some of the Chinese people are known to be eating babies and the news circulated through the internet or via Email communication is shocking the world.

 

An Email report received by The Seoul Times confirmed that news with several vivid and appalling pictures of human embryos fetuses being made into a soup for human consumption.

 

The report went on. A town in the southern province of Canton (Guangdong) is now on trend taking baby herbal soup to increase overall health and stamina and the power of sexual performance in particular. (A: They really believe in this stuff.)

 

The cost in China currency approximately $ 4000 (it is about Rs2000).

 

A factory manager was interviewed and he testified that it is effective because he is a frequent customer.

 

It is a delicacy whereby expensive herbs are added to boil the baby with chicken meat for eight hours of boiling and steaming.

 

He pointed to his second wife next to him. She is 19 years old. The 62-year-old man testified that they have sex everyday.

 

After waiting for a couple of weeks he took this reporter to the restaurant when he was informed by restaurant manager that the spare rib soup (local code for baby soup) was now available. (A: Then they go on and on and on about it. There are lots of photographs there and it’s not for the squeamish.)

 

You know, we’re supposed to just accept all this kind of stuff in our stride I suppose. But what I’m mentioning this for, you’ve got to understand that we are being dehumanized in the same way, a DELIBERATE WAY by the way, because we think nothing of it and the feminist groups were incredibly funded by the big foundations by whom? Guys like Rockefeller, who’s up there on Google and many other videos talking about the need to drastically reduce the world’s population. So he’s all for this stuff. All these groups are used, you see, and they always get the most RADICAL spokespeople to come out to advocate it.

 

Where does it end up? Cause and effect, remember, cause and effect… cause and effect. For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction and we are being dehumanized at one INCREDIBLE SPEED… incredible speed. And it will come because the Optimum Population Trust and all the branches across the world, the guys who advise Prince Charles and all the other biggies, the guys like Sir Crispin Tickle who’s talked about the need to drastically depopulate. You have also Mr. Holdren on Obama’s staff right now that co-authored the book, EcoScience, with the other fanatics talking about mandatory sterilization and so on. One day you might see that on the tables here as well… for you to eat… and you probably won’t mind. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning cause and effects and how when you promote nothing but sex, sex, sex, sex, sex, sex and you create a culture where if you are over 25 you are over the hill because no one else really matters in this culture according to the media and entertainment. You’re promoting nothing but sex and there’s consequences to all that and we don’t like to think of that.

 

Meanwhile, you already have women in the western world having injections into their skin and there are stem cells from fetuses and creams with aborted fetuses and they think nothing of it. Well, what’s the next step? What’s the next step? Is it going to be like China? Well, yes, it will become that way, absolutely. I’ll bet you, by the way, it’s already happening in the western world; guarantee you… already happening. You’ve got to get the life force out of the very, very young eh. The old ancient witchcraft stuff, so animistic magic will be transferred from the object to you. Paganism in its extreme all the way back. Climb up the ladder and then fall down so fast, eh. Happily so, as we gorge our self on entertainment and the children see nothing but sex, sex, sex. That’s all they see in Much-Music. That’s all it ABOUT, sex. Don’t ever get a partner for life whatever you do; just have as many as you want. So every one is disposable, the partners are disposable and so is the outcome, the child. Cause and effect. Dehumanization. Huxley, remember what he said? CEO of UNESCO. We’ll dethrone man from his pedestal. Well, it’s happened folks.

 

Another article that’s interesting, people have heard of the Common Purpose organization in Britain. I personally think it’s an offshoot, authorized by the Royal Institute of International Affairs because they go by the same rules as that organization. They have infiltrated every part of government and local authorities and even the military, even though that’s illegal. You cannot have a so-called private, charitable organization WITH an agenda encroaching on people who are presently involved in the military. But they’ve done it, which tells me it’s been authorized from the top. They also look for young children. They are very interested in young children, VERY, VERY INTERESTED to get future leaders for the post-democratic society, to train them from youth to rule over us, you see. Here is one of them. Here is one of the characters from this organization. I’ll put all these links up at the end of the show on my web sites if XplorNet gives me, graces me with the speed to get it up there instead of the twice-the-dial-up, which is supposed to be high speed.

 

Children’s charity boss admits string of sadistic sex attacks on prostitutes in ‘torture chamber bedroom’

By Daily Mail Reporter / dailymail.co.uk / 23rd March 2010

 

Matthew Byrne, 38, made his victims dress up as young schoolgirls before carrying out horrific sex assaults on them at his Wirral home.

 

Liverpool Crown Court heard the senior charity worker (A: Charity worker, see, foundations and charities…) tied up, gagged and strangled his victims for his own sexual pleasure.

 

He then used a cane to repeatedly beat the women, who were tied to his bed while he carried out the obscene acts.

 

In another attack he repeatedly whipped his victim until her blood sprayed over his bedroom walls.

 

He then used a plastic bag to suffocate the women until she saw black spots in front of her eyes and thought she was going to die.

 

After being released the woman discovered she had 40 whip marks to her body and legs.

 

When police raided Byrne’s home in New Brighton they discovered he had turned a bedroom into a torture chamber.

 

Officers discovered a double bed with shackles attached to each bed post, a leather collar, a cane, rope, tape and girl’s clothing.

 

They also found a collection of violent pornography, while his computer revealed he had accessed a string of sadistic websites.

 

DNA and blood from Byrne’s victims was also uncovered.

 

Byrne, who ran the Young Person’s Advisory Service, previously worked with children as young as 10. (A: He also worked with Common Purpose.)

 

The charity worker changed some of his pleas shortly before he was due to stand trial on a total of 24 charges at Liverpool Crown Court yesterday. (A: And so on and so on and so on.)

 

That’s the society we now have. To be honest with you, when you see some of the movies that they are churning out, it’s almost acceptable. What I’m reading here is acceptable, you understand that… as we are degraded and degraded and degraded and degraded. Sado-masochism, the cheapness of life. Pain, punishment, death… and it’s called entertainment. Quite something.

 

The North American amalgamation is still going on. The last signatory is to be done this year, 2010, supposedly for the complete integration of the Americas. They hushed it up last year but they still went through and signed it. This year is the final one because in 2005 on Canadian television, they did show the President and two Prime Ministers signing the first open agreement – I say OPEN agreement – and they said that the last one would be done in 2010. They are copying Europe and that was brought up at the 2005 meeting on television where a reporter says this sounds awful like the European Union. Then Bush jumped in and said, well, what’s wrong with that; free trade is good for us and he skipped over all the other stuff that comes with free trade, like total amalgamation and massive immigration and all the rest of it.

 

Here is where this new totalitarian regime… Remember, these organizations that come out, when they amalgamate countries, are NOT democratic by any means at all. They are a DICTATORIAL power and even ex-communists have come out and said the same thing.

 

NEW Economic Union GESTAPO TO SPY ON EVERYONE

by Simon Murphy on Mar 26th, 2010 / sovereignindependent.com

 

A new European intelligence agency Europol has been handed frightening powers to pry into everyone lives. (A: This will come to the States too. We’ve already amalgamated CSIS and the FBI in Canada.) The agency of the EU can access information on everyone and anyone including their political opinions and sexual preferences if it suspects, rightly or wrongly, that they may be involved in any “preparatory act” which could lead to criminal activity. (A: That covers ANYTHING folks because everyone is a possible criminal given the right circumstances, like starvation.)

 

I’m sure some will say that calling Europol the Gestapo is unrealistic and over the top but if you consider that during the reign of the Nazi’s they would have to infiltrate Social Democratic and Communist opposition where as today the powers that be can sit in an office performing information gathering using phone tapping, email and internet usage, are Europol not a worse threat to our freedoms?

 

The vagueness of the Hague-based force’s (A: That’s the UN again.) remit sparked furious protests in the UK yesterday with critics warning that the EU snoopers threaten our right to free speech. It is understood the agency will concentrate on anyone thought “xenophobic” (A: That’s like fear of other people, other nations, other nationalities.) or likely to commit a crime involving the environment, computers or motor vehicles.

 

Europol Spying

 

This could include covert monitoring of people who deny the existence of climate change (A: No kidding, they will.) or speak out on controversial issues. (A: That’s what they did in the Soviet Union. They locked you up in psychiatric hospitals if you didn’t go along with any mandate, when reality would change and you suddenly had to adapt to the new new-speak. They’d say that you had INFLEXIBILITY OF OPINION; that was considered a mental disorder.)

 

Paul Nuttall, chairman of the UK Independence Party, said: “I am horrified. We thought Gordon Brown’s Big Brother state was bad enough but at least we are going to kick him out in May. (A: That won’t make and difference; who ever comes in will be the same.) These guys we cannot sack until we leave the EU.”

 

James Welch, legal director of campaign group Liberty, said: “We have huge concerns that Europol appears to have been given powers to hold very sensitive information and to investigate matters that aren’t even crimes in this country. Any extension of police powers at any level needs to be properly debated and scrutinised.” (A: Well, fat chance because there is no debating going on at the EU parliament; even the politicians cannot make laws or adjust them or knock them out. It’s done by a secretive group at the top and that’s a fact folks, I’ve read the articles before. Oh, it’s going to be so wonderful, this free trade stuff. That’s all it is, just free trade; boom, you’re amalgamated with a super parliament.)

 

Also under the National Health Service which is getting rammed through in the United States to bring in the MINIMALIST care, minimal care under the United Nations agenda. That’s what they said at the World Health Organization, that every country will have MINIMAL care available to all people… but they will also have a tiered system for the very, very rich and wealthy and those who are very important to society… your status in society.

 

In Britain, the National Health Service bureaucrats, the number of them…

 

Number of NHS bureaucrats increases SIX TIMES as fast

as number of nurses (A: Too many chiefs.)

By Daniel Martin / dailymail.co.uk / 26th March 2010

 

The workforce of bureaucrats in the NHS is growing six times as quickly as the number of nurses, according to official figures.

 

While the number of health service managers went up 12 per cent in one year, the number of nurses increased by less than 2 per cent – and the number of health visitors plummeted.

 

Since Labour came to power, the number of managers has almost doubled, partly as a result of the need to monitor stringent Whitehall targets on waiting times. (A: So they have all these guys employed to monitor the waiting times. Ha, like about 5 years. What’s your problem? Oh, I’ve got cancer. Okay, you’re five years, five years, come back in five years, son. Then the one next to you, what’s wrong with you? Well, I want an abortion. No problem, come into the clinic tomorrow, half past 2. I’m not kidding. That’s what’s going on there. It’s not health care at all; it’s a POLITICAL AGENDA. That’s what government does. Everything government does is political. You can’t mix it with health care. You can’t mix it.)

 

I read from Jacques Attali’s book a while back. The first one that he put out was called Millennium: Winners and Losers in the Coming New World Order. He works at the United Nations remember and he said the next boat people would be Americans leaving their country, leaving their shores for work overseas and the crème-de-la-crème would be recruited by the leading countries in commerce. They would travel off to other countries, a kind of new nomadic people that would go from budding countries to budding countries according to the economies. Here is an article about the US and it’s already happening there. It’s already been happening in Europe for a long time; in fact, they had the European paper and it’s full of ads for the crème-de-la-crème and everyone else is left behind, of course. This is from BusinessWeek.com.

 

Business school grads flocking to Asia for jobs

Exodus of talent from U.S. may be part of structural shift in corporate world

Rodney Evans / BusinessWeek / By Michelle Conlin / March. 19, 2010

 

James Crawford says he hopes he can capitalize on his Columbia MBA in Shanghai.

 

For decades the United States manufacturing jobs have been slipping away even as the American factories churn out billions of dollars worth of goods.

 

James Tsai is the sort of MBA corporate recruiters covet. He went to a good prep school, earned a degree with honors from Middlebury College, and made vice-president in Bank of America’s international wealth management group at the age of 26. Today, Tsai is about to graduate, straight A’s in hand, from Northwestern’s Kellogg School of Management, a top-rated program in America. And he’s hustling to land his first post-MBA job — in China.

 

Executive Class strivers like Tsai used to have just one post-grad career destination, the U.S. Not anymore. “I am doing everything I think I can to get over there,” he says.

 

Every era has its version of the MBA dream. In the 1980s, it was about conquering Wall Street and choppering off to the Hamptons. The late 1990s saw a stampede to Silicon Valley. In the mid-aughts, the gilded, clubby preserve of private equity beckoned.

 

Now, the emerging narrative is about steroidal Asia and its promise of growth. At premiere institutions such as the University of Chicago’s Booth School, the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School, and Northwestern’s Kellogg, the percentage of MBAs taking jobs in Asia — including U.S. students like Tsai as well as international students — has more than doubled in the past five years, from roughly 5 percent of the graduating class to more than 10 percent.

 

“There is a sense that the center of gravity is shifting,” says Julie Morton, Booth’s associate dean for career services.

 

The number of students taking international jobs usually swells in a recession, says Kellogg Assistant Dean Roxanne Hori. But Hori and others believe that the refrain of “Go East, Young Man” is not a short-term response to the U.S. economic downturn but a structural shift toward an internationalized, mobile talent market. (A: That’s exactly what Attali called it, years ago. A new nomadic class of professionals who will move from up and coming countries to up and coming countries across the world but they will only take the crème-de-le-crème and all those with Bs and so on will all be stuck inside their vastly armed and guarded countries. So that’s what’s coming. It’s already here.)

 

We’ve all heard about nano technology. They’ve kept it very quiet. I’ve had articles FROM the nano technology associations to do with food where they actually disguised it and said that they didn’t want the public to know; that they weren’t too happy about it so they were going to go about is surreptitiously. Anyway, it’s already in the food. This is from AOLNews.com.

 

Regulated or Not, Nano-Foods Coming to a Store Near

Andrew Schneider / Senior Public Health Correspondent / AOL News Second in a Three-Part Series

 

(March 24) — For centuries, it was the cook and the heat of the fire that cajoled taste, texture, flavor and aroma from the pot. Today, that culinary voodoo is being crafted by white-coated scientists toiling in pristine labs, rearranging atoms into chemical particles never before seen.

 

At last year’s Institute of Food Technologists international conference, nanotechnology was the topic that generated the most buzz among the 14,000 food-scientists, chefs and manufacturers crammed into an Anaheim, Calif., hall. Though it’s a word that has probably never been printed on any menu, and probably never will, there was so much interest in the potential uses of nanotechnology for food that a separate daylong session focused just on that subject was packed to overflowing.

 

In one corner of the convention center, a chemist, a flavorist and two food-marketing specialists clustered around a large chart of the Periodic Table of Elements (think back to high school science class). The food chemist, from China (A: Hmm…), ran her hands over the chart, pausing at different chemicals just long enough to say how a nano-ized version of each would improve existing flavors or create new ones.

 

One of the marketing guys questioned what would happen if the consumer found out.

 

The flavorist asked whether the Food and Drug Administration would even allow nanoingredients.

 

Posed a variation of the latter question, Dr. Jesse Goodman, the agency’s chief scientist and deputy commissioner for science and public health, gave a revealing answer. He said he wasn’t involved enough with how the FDA was handling nanomaterials in food to discuss that issue. (A: Actually, I’ll put another link up too to show you that the FDA isn’t even looking into it. They are way behind and the stuff is already being put in your foods. So there are 2 articles I have on that to come up.) And the agency wouldn’t provide anyone else to talk about it.

 

Obsession With Nanotech Growth Stymies Regulators

Andrew Schneider Senior Public Health Correspondent / aolnews.com / March 24, 2010

 

Then I’m going to mention Mr. Pachauri, the wonderful guy from India after this break.

 

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and we’ve all heard of Mr Pachauri, the guy who writes porno novels at the IPCC; I’ve read the articles from the mainstream. Well, he’s involved in a company, Tata, it’s called. They own Jaguar, Land Rover and Tetley Tea…

 

Giant coal-fired power plant gets green subsidies

Robert Watts / From The Sunday Times June 15, 2008

 

A giant Indian company that has bought up famous British firms such as Jaguar, Land Rover and Tetley Tea is to get hundreds of millions of pounds in “green” subsidies to build one of the world’s biggest coal-fired power stations. (A: They are shutting them down in Britain and elsewhere but they are building them in India. So they are getting subsidies to do this.)

 

Tata will receive huge sums from the West for building the power station in India, thanks to the carbon trading system (A: Haha.) established by the Kyoto treaty. Critics say the system makes a mockery of attempts to combat climate change.

 

When the plant near the port of Mundra, in Gujarat, becomes operational in 2011 it will emit 25.7m tonnes of carbon dioxide a year – more CO2 than any power station in Britain.

 

Yet it will be classed by the United Nations as a source of “clean power”. That means Tata will be able to sell surplus “carbon credits”, established under the Kyoto treaty, to firms in the West. Energy groups will be able to buy the credits as an alternative to reducing CO2 emissions. (A: But you have to go into Mr Pachauri because he’s also involved as a CEO of a subsidiary of Tata. They’re all in it together. They’re all filling their pockets with the laws that they themselves pushed through. All these psychopaths are doing very well for themselves, mind you, under this con game of carbon credits.)

 

Now, briefly I’ll go to, is it Kevin in North Bay?

 

Kevin: Yep, that’s me.

 

Alan: How are you doing?

 

Kevin: I’m doing all right. Just about graduating radio school; I’m almost done here. One thing I want to ask you Alan, what do you think is probably one of the best solutions to really fight off this New World Order system?

 

Alan: Well, that’s a question we should have been asking 50 years ago… because it’s taken years of secret negotiations between governments, ever since the United Nations was set up in fact, with many departments attached to it all to bring in this New World Order. The overseas economic departments for investment, all these companies were working together, private organizations working with government to bring all this in, working with your immigration policies, all of this stuff. To be honest with you, whenever we start talking about something, it’s almost 50 years too late.

 

Kevin: Yeah. What do you think of Max Egan’s idea of non-compliance on a mass scale? Very quickly before the show ends, this whole New World Order system, it thrives on people paying the price for their own slavery through the tax system and the money system and I think that if you stop feeding the beast you kill it.

 

Alan: The problem is, we’ve never, ever had enough of the public getting together and going along. You will always find the majority of them don’t want to stand above the trenches and get their heads seen. They’d rather go along. Mind you, they will take the benefits of a small minority who do it and suffer and win but the majority will still go along. Again, you have a class system where the more well-to-do will not join in. They’re okay with their jobs. They’ll go along to their jobs and everyone else will stay off work. But I know the idea. Technically, we have the ability, absolutely, to stop things in their track by noncompliance.

 

Kevin: Yeah, and I think… I do think that a massive boycott, while the internet is still running strong, I think that would be the best means to do it and I think it CAN be done. You’d be surprised how many people really are awake out there.

 

Alan: They are awake but what they need is a philosophy, a common philosophy and where they would take it AFTER they’d won. There is none of that that exists right now, you see. That’s the problem.

 

Kevin: I hear the music and just to let you know Gandhi did it and I think it can be done again.

 

Alan: It certainly can be done but it’s up to us and generally when our backs are against the wall unfortunately.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

 

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix on March 29th 2010.

 

I always advise the newcomers to go into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website. Bookmark all the other sites you see on that front page for future use because sometimes the ‘com’ site gets bombarded with people downloading and it kind of hesitates on you when you’re downloading. This way you’ve always got the other sites to pull from if the ‘com’ site goes down which it does once in a while. You can always get the latest shows from these other sites.

Remember too there’re all whole bunch to chose from including the European site which is www.alanwattsentientsentinel.eu where you can get the addition of transcripts of alot of the talks I’ve given as well as the audios. They all have the audios but only the ‘eu’ has the transcripts and also too you can also chose from the various languages of Europe. Remember too I have books and discs for sale on my website. That’s what makes me just ‘tick over’, sometimes ‘tick over’, sometimes it’s a sort of grinding sound but it’s up to you to keep me going by purchasing the books I have for sale. Look into the website www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com and see what’s available and remember too, form the US to Canada, you can always purchase via personal cheque or an International Postal Money Order from your post office, Moneygram, cash – some people just send cash or you can also donate or use the donate button to purchase. Just send a separate email along with the donation as well and I’ll get them out to you. Lots of people get discs burned and passed to them and they don’t use the internet at all. Other people burn them for them the talks I give. So you can get in touch with me [listed above].

 

Now, there’s so much of a bombardment of news. Much of it is trivia. Some of it is kind of vaguely interesting and sometimes you’ll see patterns in the media when even trivia is released across the whole planet, the same kind of trivia, little personal stories of things going wrong with people, dealing with bureaucracies and that kind of stuff. It’s almost like an ‘imagine that’ type article. You get lots of these getting bombarded out right now from Britain, the US and Canada. ‘Who’d imagine? Who’d imagine that?’ You can’t help a child out of a tree kind of idea now without getting charged with a trespassing offence. Better let the child fall because you’re not ‘qualified’ number 1 to deal with that.

It’s the same idea as FEMA with the New Orleans idea. When people were trying to help their neighbours from drowning they were forbidden to do so by FEMA because you weren’t trained to do it. That’s the kind of world we’re all being trained into. To simply obey and to accept laws and rules which are meant to alter our behaviour and our natural responses because you see, people naturally help each other in times of trouble. That’s how we get through real disasters, not by government intervention, but by people helping people. That’s how it’s always been but not anymore apparently because we’re under this kind of governance. It takes experts to manage everything and we’re being trained everyday via the media and movies and all the entertainment industry, that ‘experts’ deal with all the big problems and your job is to allow them to do so and stand back and get out of the way – or else.

This is all Pavlovian techniques we’ve been given and the media of course is helping it along.

 

Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

 

I’m talking about how the media present stories to us and how there are patterns in the media. This has also been verified of course by various studies in universities and all the rest of it with data collection and we see these patterns.

 

The media is an essential arm of government, or they call it ‘governance’ now. Everything’s changed to ‘governance’. We’re ruled by ‘experts’. That’s what it really means and the media is an essential part because we get most of what we think of as our reality, and what we should be concerned about, from the media. That’s what we think its job is. That’s what we think it is and yet, last year I think I read an article from a team who worked…who were hired by Fox News; a bunch of journalists to do documentaries. They did one and they (Fox News) didn’t allow it to be published so these journalists took Fox to court. I think it was Fox. The judge ruled in favour of Fox and said that the media doesn’t have to tell the truth to the public. There’s nothing written anywhere that says the media is there to tell you the truth.

That’s verified too by people like Zbigniew Brzezinski who talked about the media becoming almost an appendage to everyone’s brain where we expect it to do our reasoning for us, and we do. Most folk are trained that it’s some kind of altruistic thing.

 

At one time you see when people lived in a world of magic and they didn’t know the sciences, the sciences were always kept by the sacred few because knowledge is power. Everything was put down to an ‘act of God’ or whatever. Storms, everything was put down to this kind of thing, a bad harvest, whatever and they didn’t have the media at the time to tell them what to do. At that time priests would tell them what their answer was and that was good enough for them. What else could you do? This is the high guy here. There’s no higher guy than that, except God himself, so it must be true. Whatever you were told, it must be true. You’ve sinned or the people have sinned whatever and of course that was used for a long time.

 

As we became so-called ‘enlightened’, we think we’re enlightened unfortunately, we think that, the media took over. The media came out and it still is owned by private corporations. They make their money off of advertising, massive, massive advertising, incredible amounts of money they rake in for ads on television and they are under no obligation to tell you the truth and they will never print something that conflicts with their advertisers.

Big companies, big organisations, big corporations, they’re never going to print something to their own disadvantage.

There have been cases in the past where some have tried that and been put under and been put out of business because it only takes one corporation to notify the rest and say ‘you can’t trust these guys, look what they’ve done to us, they’ve given us bad press’, and everyone pulls their ads and you do down and you’re sunk.

 

So you can never truly have a free press on any national level at all and have it tell you the truth. Again, getting back to what it is, most folk do believe that the media’s there to tell you what’s important that you should know.

Meanwhile, half the rags they put out there today are devoted to the trash in Hollywood. You know, the divorces, the bimbos and I think they most of that stuff up to be honest with you. It’s just like soap operas ongoing and the public have been trained to be addicted to it and they are addicted to it because they’re really psychologically fascinated by the rich and famous, never understanding that anyone can be made rich and famous if the right people get behind them. That’s how the world really works.

 

As I say, we’re getting bombarded with trivia and in amongst the trivia there’s important stuff but even then you have to go beyond the media in this day and age to find out what’s really, really going on and I try to put links up to the big organisations, the parallel government, the real government, run by CEO’s and ‘charitable’ organisations as fronts that have international meetings and your governments all send delegates off to be involved with them and to take their so-called ‘suggestions’ and mandates to heart and write them into law, which they do. It’s been like that for an awful long time and the media, you’re lucky if the media will even mention a one-liner as to the meeting even taking place, but they’ll never explain actually what it’s all about.

It’s not their job to tell you that because it’s against their bosses’ interests to have you realise that you’ve been conned for years by the same media who should have been telling you this stuff all along. So they’re not going to start now.

Once in a blue moon you’ll see a form of almost predictive programming. You wonder at times if the exposes on television are simply predictive programming, which most of it is of course. The idea of predictive programming is an old idea. Tavistock used it and worked on this idea for the BBC many, many, many moons ago where they found that if they could implant an idea in someone’s head, either through fiction or novels that they used to read even on the radio, or plays or movies or even presented in a kind of laughing form as a kind of documentary, semi-comical, it would prepare your mind for the real thing coming down the road, because you don’t take alot of stuff seriously but you’re implanted with the idea of probability and inevitability. That’s the real key, inevitability, so that when it is introduced you think ‘well, I guess that’s normal, it’s vaguely familiar that idea’ and you don’t really rationalise and reason your way through it. You think ‘well, I guess it must be so’. You can’t remember where you got all that from so it must be so.

 

Now, Wendy Mesley had a show on Canadian television. She did one on the HAARP in fact, one of the first ones on HAARP technology with Nick Begich as a guest, but she also did one on a national ID card, an international ID card back in the 1990’s about 1998 I think it was, in Canada.

It started off with one of her employees, or workers, going into facilities we’d never even heard of and being ID’d by special security police for a photograph for the ID card, biometric scan, fingerprints all that stuff back in the 1990’s.

I did tape it at the time. I’ve unfortunately taped over the last part of it but I’ve got most of it, but towards the ends she talked to one of the big CEO’s of the manufacturers of the ID card.

Now it’s the same ID company or card company that’s making them for the whole of the world it seems, based in Canada here. She talked to the CEO and she said ‘people might be kind of wary of this, at all this information being available by governments, maybe even hackers. What makes you think that the public will go for this?’ and he turned round and he said, “The public will be given no option”.

 

You see, that’s how the world really works. The guy wasn’t giving his personal opinion. This man had been at international meetings and national meetings and it was in the works long ago and decided long ago.

The only way they have to do things now, is to gradually introduce the ideas more and more until we just cave in basically and say ‘well, it had to happen’.

But did it? Did it really have to happen when the same governments admit that nothing can be made secure as far as information goes? What’s so important about it?

Well, the owners all down through the ages, always make sure their cattle are branded you see. If you’re the owners of cattle, you’ll even find that in the Old Testament, they examine their beasts you see. Now of course they weigh them and all the rest of it and make sure that they’re healthy enough to produce for you because that’s their function, to produce for you.

We don’t realise that that’s what we are. We’re human cattle.

 

I was reading an article from the United Nations recently, one of their big organisations, I think it’s Unitar it’s called, which is like ‘one rat’ if you pop it around a bit. They called people human capital. We’re producers.

Remember, the UN is the organisation that’s fronting for world government and they’re like a hub that all the NGO’s, funded by the private foundations, the big rich private foundations, it’s a hub where all those groups work through. Then they work out the details for laws and changes at the United Nations and they present it to your own governments that then sign it into law. It’s just an automatic process. It’s been like that my whole life when you follow it; an automatic process.

 

Well getting back to the ID card, here’s an article here from www.Wired.com and it’s from March 23rd.

 

It says:

 

“Lawmakers Eyeing National ID Card” for the US.

 

Now we already know they put ‘Mark I’ into operation and it didn’t take off across the country as it was supposed to, but I don’t think it was really supposed to. They knew they’d get some resistance and the whole idea is to keep coming at you. It’s the same thing when they were trying to amalgamate Europe. If you voted ‘NO’ the first time they just kept coming back at you, ‘do it again, do it again and get it right this time’. That’s how it’s done.

You train animals. I hope you understand that. So it says;

 

“Lawmakers Eyeing National ID Card” March 23rd 2010.

 

“Lawmakers are proposing a national identification card — what they’re calling “high-tech, fraud-proof Social Security cards” — that would be required for all employees in the United States.”

 

(Alan: All employees in the entire country.)

 

“The proposal by Sen. Charles Schumer (D-New York) and Sen. Lindsay Graham (R-South Carolina) comes as the states are grappling to produce another national identification card at the behest of the Department of Homeland Security.”

 

(A: So they’re fronting for Homeland Security.)

 

“Virtually none of the states are in compliance with this Real ID program — adopted in 2005 — requiring state motor vehicle bureaus to obtain and internally scan and store personal information like Social Security cards and birth certificates for a national database.”

 

(A: That’s how they tried to get it through under a national vehicle license, operating license and I’ll go on with more of this when I come back after these messages.)

 

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

 

I’m talking about the ID card ‘Mark II’ for the US and it says here;

 

“Homeland Security officials pointed to the Sept. 11 hijackers’ ability to get driver’s licenses in Virginia using false information as justification for the proposed $24 billion Real ID program. Schumer and Graham point to illegal immigration as cause for their plan.”

(A: So it’s illegal immigration now. For as long as I can remember the US was being flooded with illegal immigrants and every government and every change of government knew that and didn’t stop it. They can send armies across the planet and police the whole planet. People don’t realise that US troops are all over the planet. There’re bases everywhere. I remember reading one article from a military magazine. There were hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of bases across the whole world. So they can send tanks, weaponry and men and all the rest of it over but they can’t patrol their own border in the south apparently and this is the rubbish we’re supposed to accept. Most people do unfortunately. So now they’re using the immigrants as the excuse for the plan, which is going to stir up more anger against immigrants, right. They don’t care because they get everyone fighting everyone else. That’s the standard technique. Divide and conquer and then they rule them. Anyway, it says here)

““We would require all U.S. citizens and legal immigrants who want jobs to obtain a high-tech, fraud-proof Social Security card. Each card’s unique biometric identifier would be stored only on the card; no government database would house everyone’s information,” they said.”

(A: I guess they spoke like twins these two. ‘They’ said this.)

“The cards would not contain any private information, medical information or tracking devices.”

(A: Well that’s what they told Canada too but then one of the articles that came out afterwards told us, from Britain actually because they’d already bought the card from Canada, that they have all the room in it for all your personal banking, all your health records and everything else and government as you know never lies to you. They don’t deceive you. You know that don’t you? Anyhow, it says)

“The card would be a high-tech version of the Social Security card that citizens already have.”

(A: That’s what they use. It’s like saying ‘we’re going to put a chip in everybody’s brain because after all some people use artificial legs and artificial arms. We’ve been using prostheses for years so what’s wrong with a chip in your brain?’ I mean that’s the sort of argument they make, isn’t it? It’s the same idea. So you’ve been using your ID card, your national security card for years so this new one with all your data can do all of your records for all departments, including your banking by the way. It’s just an extension of your social security card, that’s all it is.

We’re talked to like children. You talk down to children, don’t you? When you’re asked something really grave about something like death, you don’t really just charge into it and give them the clinical definition. You talk down to them. You come down to their level. That’s how you think; ‘I’ll come down to their level and explain it in a non-scary way.’)

“Jim Harper, director of information policy studies at the Cato Institute, suggests the plan would undoubtedly lead to a national database.”

(A: Well of course it would. They’ve already got it set up.)

“He added that “there is no practical way of making a national identity document fraud-proof.””

(A: And that’s true as well. So since they all know that, why are they pushing it all across the world hmm?

“Because of the ID card’s proposed universality, it will likely be requested and required by airlines, insurance agencies, health care providers, mortgage lenders, credit card companies, and so forth,” he said.”

That ties in with the article I read last week where they talked about doing away with paper altogether, including paper cash. It’s supposed to be about 8 years and there’ll be no more paper money and it’ll be all electronic transfers and electronic business.

 

So that’s the US one and then voila! of course you find the same thing happening in Canada and you know, when Canada first started the fingerprinting of people on welfare quite a few years back, in preparation for trying to get the whole country fingerprinted, and then of course some of the wonder tech guys at some of the computer companies thought ‘oh we’ll make it safe for children we can use fingerprints. Everyone’s getting their fingerprints and their data collected all the time. There’re different ways to do it. They all work together I hope you realize.

 

“Alberta ponders biometric ID card for homeless”

 

Aw, it’s for the homeless. I guess it’s to let the homeless know where they are. Maybe that’s the idea right?

 

This is from the Calgary Herald, March 28th

 

In a meeting with the Herald editorial board, Housing Minister Jonathan Denis said his department is in discussions with Service Alberta about creating an Alberta ID card for the homeless. The province is working on ways to provide ID cards to homeless people that could include biometric samples of fingerprints or facial scans.

 

(A: Well, it means all of it. You know, and, and, and, and…)

“In a meeting with the Herald editorial board, Housing Minister Jonathan Denis said his department is in discussions…”

(A: blah, blah, blah)

“We are going to be discussing a biometric type of system,”…

(A: It’s already here, as Wendy Mesley showed in 1998 on Canadian television with all the capacity for all that stuff.)

“…”Identification does have value on the street and we have to make sure we have those adequate controls in place.

“But it would make someone feel like more of a person, help them get on their feet with a bank account — things you can’t get without identification.”

(A: It’s to help the poor guys as more and more folk go unemployed because of NAFTA and GATT and, you know, the globalism. It’s to help you get a job and stuff. You might forget who you are and here they are with a big database ready to tell you.)

“Service Alberta Minister Heather Klimchuk said the card would allow homeless people to more easily obtain government ID by making it possible for a social worker to vouch for their identities in the absence of other documentation.

(A: Ohhh, it’s like they ARE talking to children! I’ll be back with more after this break.)

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

 

I’m talking about ID cards and here’s India from The Telegraph.

 

“India to issue all 1.2 billion citizens with biometric ID cards.”

 

India’s easy. You can buy off the politicians. It’s a way of life there. We think it’s corruption, they don’t see it as corruption. That’s how things work and these ID companies are passing out the cash and getting incredible sales; 1.2 billion people. Then you’ve got all your data banks and computerised equipment and specialists to hire and all that stuff to buy. That’s great business for the big corporations.

You know, the big corporations used to put all their big money into nuclear warfare missiles and stuff. That was the greatest thing because it’s like computers. You’d have a missile out for a month and then it was obsolete and the taxpayer just kept funding and funding and funding. It was great business and so many exposes came out of Britain that the House of Lords especially that get the tip-offs on what corporations are getting the deals. They’d all have shares involved in it and it’s the same thing going on today.

They all started changing into ‘security is the big thing’. After the Cold War they had to find another enemy. ‘Oh the people are the enemy.’ Everything’s a panic. Everything’s in disarray. You can’t trust anybody anywhere anytime and security would be the big, big business and it is you see; massive security.

A great business. A fantastic business and again they’re all in on it. All the big boys are in on it. They get tipped off, all the big politicians, and in they go with their investments and stuff. ‘We’re giving the contract to so and so’.

 

That’s how things really work. For instance, I was reading an article, just as an offside thing here, about the Rothschilds and how they’d weathered this financial crash time. They’d weathered it very well thanks to their astute business handling. They mentioned too that they’d kind of bailed out their cousins the Lehman Brothers international banking group, and now that the two groups of the Rothschild’s, the French ones and the British ones are working more closely together, because they’re managing all the European affairs for the European Parliament, all the cash and the upcoming carbon world stuff that’s going to go through their bank in Switzerland, in their private bank, they also said that they’d also managed to escape this financial storm by working with, Rio Tinto it was called. Rio Tinto is a group they own most of the shares in it and in another article it mentioned that Rio Tinto was up because its Australian branch, they’re into mining and stuff and buying mines all over the planet, rich ores and minerals and stuff, since the 1800’s. They were in trouble – Rio Tinto, in China and some of their executives were caught and imprisoned there for bribing the Chinese officials to take contracts from Australia at that time, from mines in Australia.

Everything works on this principle. We at the bottom are living in a fairyland. Honestly, we’re in a fairyland where it’s ‘do as we say, not as we do’. Really.

 

Getting back to the article on India though, this says, from The Telegraph, it’s from 15th July 2009. I mentioned it before but I’ll say it again. It ties in with these other articles here.

 

Crowds of people in Delhi, India: India to issue all 1.2 billion citizens with biometric ID cards.

“The operation will be run by the Unique Identification Authority, a new government department created specifically for the task of assigning every living Indian an exclusive number and gathering and electronically storing their personal details.”

Do you understand? India never really worked on taxation as they did in the rest of the world and now that they’re going global and the big corporations are putting in factories and businesses in there like China, then they’ve got to make sure that the slaves have got to pay up their share because that’s what slaves are for you know, and that’s nothing new to India or Britain for that matter.

When you go into the history of Britain when they went into India, what they were so impressed about was the way all the local ‘high men’, the Brahmans, in each area had their taxation set up; a system of payback really. You paid to live. You paid to exist. You paid for eating. You paid for everything. You had to give a kickback on everything to the high boys.

So they had a form of taxation and the British governors that were sent into different areas cashed in on it. They took most of their pay out of a cut of that as well; as well as getting paid by the British taxpayer for being in the military.

So this stuff is nothing new. Again, a different training for the ones above and a different training of the world view for those below and India is going to be a great boom for these characters with all the cash to come in the future once they start taxing all those people and to the government.

It’s a win/win situation for those in government now. They can start cutting out all the middle men you see; lots of them, lots of middle men.

 

When we go into the Security and Prosperity Partnership; and I’ll put these links up on my site remember, www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com at the end of the show and you can check them out for yourself, but there’s a good article from VoltaireNet which is to do with NAFTA and GATT and so on and it’s to do with The Security and Prosperity Partnership. It talks about;

“The second 2009 Censored Project selection unmasks the hard-core militarization agenda behind the secretive Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America (SPP) agreement,…

(A: Which has been in the works since 2005. That’s when they signed the first. They signed the first, they’re not calling it an agreement, not like a …I don’t know what it’s called. A club’s agreement? I don’t know, who knows, but they’re denying it’s a treaty even though we’re already working towards it. We’re already blending together. In other words, it’s legal. It’s factual reality as opposed to anything legal. Legal will come afterwards when they figure some way to make it legal. But they’ll do it all first and make it so. It says;)

“Its aim is to create a seamless North American Union under U.S. control to maximize the profits for US corporate giants…”

(A: Ha ha, who never get taxed. I just read in fact there that they’d postpone all tax for all corporations in the US and Canada for about 10 years. That’s added to the last 20 or 30 years they haven’t paid taxes. So it’s nothing to do with that. That’s just the excuse we’re getting anyway so they say they’ll tax the big boys and we’ll say ‘good, they’re going to sock it to them’.)

“…and to insure free and unlimited access to Canadian and Mexican resources, mainly oil and water, is framed by a hard core security strategy which envisions the invasion of member countries in the event of economic chaos.”

(A: And that by the way, that Security and Prosperity Partnership, was presented on Canadian television in 2005 when they were at Waco, Texas signing the agreement. The two prime ministers of Canada and Mexico and the US president and the CFR came on the same night and said that they were the ones who drafted it up and presented it to the guys to sign.

Well, did you vote in the Council on Foreign Relations? No. You’ll never hear that at election time. They have members all through government; the bosses at the top of government are all their members. Carroll Quigley said that too. It says)

“Leaders of Canada, the US, and Mexico have been meeting to secretly expand the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) with “deep integration”…”

(A: That’s the same as ‘closer ties’ as they used for the European Union.)

“…of a more militarized tri-national Homeland Security force. Taking shape under the radar of the respective governments and without public knowledge or consideration, the Security and Prosperity Partnership (SPP)—headquartered in Washington—aims to integrate the three nations into a single political, economic, and security bloc.”

(A: It’s already been happening since 2005.)

“The SPP was launched at a meeting of Presidents George W. Bush and Vicente Fox, and Prime Minister Paul Martin, in Waco, Texas, on March 31, 2005.”

(A: I taped it all on video tape and I played the audio over the air in 2005 to the US citizens because they’d never heard about it on any of their TV stations. So I played the Canadian broadcast of what they said about it from the Canadian news. That’s how you have to get the real truth through and the average American has no clue. They think that they’re the most informed people on the planet because they’ve got so many different radio and TV stations. They don’t realise that all the news is funnelled through two corporations. It says)

“The official US web page describes the SPP as “. . . a White House-led initiative among the United States and Canada and Mexico to increase security and to enhance prosperity . . .”

(A: Well, it is enhancing prosperity but it’s for those who are in the security business and sell all the gadgetry and hire armies and stuff like that.)

“The SPP is not a law, or a treaty, or even a signed agreement.”

(A: Actually it is signed because they said in one of the interviews that they’d all signed it.)

“All these would require public debate and participation of Congress.”

(A: No they don’t.)

“The SPP was born in the “war on terror” era and reflects an inordinate emphasis on US security as interpreted by the Department of Homeland Security. Its accords mandate border actions, military and police training, modernization of equipment, and adoption of new technologies, all under the logic of the US counter-terrorism campaign. Head of Homeland Security Michael Chertoff,…”

(A: At the time)

“…along with Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice and Secretary of Finance Carlos Gutierrez, are the three officials charged with attending SPP ministerial conferences.”

(A: Well they had one to sign every year up to 2010 of this non-agreement which they signed and then it’s to be total integration and we’re going through that phase right now. I’m just waiting for them to announce it on Canadian television when they sign the last one.)

But I’ll put these links up as I say and you can go through them for yourself and see what you think.

Now, most of the top members of journalism in television, radio and the news industry are members on the Council on Foreign Relations. You don’t apply to join the Council on Foreign Relations. They will invite you after scrutinising you to see if you’re a person who’ll go along with the agenda and if you like gifts and stuff like that and this article here’s from March 25th, 2010 and I’m sure these guys wrote it you see.

 

“How can we Americans move forward together?”

 

(A: It ties in with that Security and Prosperity Partnership or NAFTA. It’s all part of the same system; by Jeremy Kinsman. Interesting name, special to the CBC News.)

“In a changing world that is witnessing the end of America’s global dominance, what is North America’s future?

What, in fact, does North America mean, besides its obvious geographic location?

Is it really a common home for the citizens of our three countries — Canada, the U.S. and Mexico?”

(A: Do you understand where it’s going; how it’s presented? This is how they did the stuff with masses of immigration into Britain too. ‘Well what’s a citizen anyway? What’s British anyway? We’ve had the same thing in Canada for 20 years here. That’s how they get you all thinking ‘Well yeah, we came here, remember we were Vikings at one time, who knows.’ All this stuff you see?)

“How can that be, you might ask, when the largest has bulked up its border defenses to such an extent and seems to like playing footsie with economic protectionism?

North America is clearly at a strategic crossroad and the question we ought to be asking is how do we move forward together?”

(A: Isn’t it nice. You can picture us all moving like some kind of war movie at the end when the heroes are all marching into the sunset, you know, together. Do you understand the techniques that are used in everything you read?)

“Canada’s Stephen Harper, Mexico’s Felipe Calderon and U.S. President Barack Obama at an impromptu North American summit…”

 

(A: Impromptu eh?)

 

“…to deal with swine flu and cross-border trade in August 2009.”

 

(A: And they give you the links for where that was and the discussion at the North American Summit to do with cross-border trade and so on.)

“At a recent conference on North America’s future at Berkeley, experts from the University of California and the University of British Columbia presented a host of material showing there are fewer differences between Canadians and Americans than are commonly believed.

As usual, the data shows Canadians are more apt to favour government services because they are seen to have worked.”

(A: Well I don’t know who said that.)

“Americans, on the other hand, have a stronger commitment to religion, especially evangelical, as part of their collective identity.

But there are no big cleavages that could block closer integration on vital issues such as the environment, energy or a common security.

So, what stands in the way of our moving forward?”

The brooders

(A: The Brooders, people who brood it says here)

“The Berkeley conference was not lacking for eminent Canadian (and American) doers.

The participants included former ministers Joe Clark, Ann McLellan, Pierre-Marc Johnson, and David Emerson as well as a bi-national group of savvy scholars and former ambassadors such as Canadian Allan Gotlieb and the American Thomas Pickering.”

(A: Do you understand that Maggie Thatcher talked about a parallel government that gets the real work done. These guys are all ex-top politicians and they all know each other as Maggie Thatcher said and Carroll Quigley said the same thing about the CFR and they get things done. They’re ‘technocrats’ they call them now. They work for the ones who really run the world. They don’t get into political bickering. They’re given agendas. They will tell you that they are non-political. Every book put out by the Council on Foreign Relations, to the average person, you will think they are discussing nothing but politics, but it’s not. It’s discussing agendas; only agendas. There’s no bickering with them and that’s how they run the parallel government. They get things done and they’re not answerable to the public and they’re incredibly well financed by the big foundations.)

“For his part, Gotlieb, who championed Brian Mulroney’s free-trade deal during his period in Washington in the 1980s, despaired that the combined effects of 9/11 and the U.S. financial meltdown has turned America inward and defensive.”

(A: I guess it was supposed to make us all be one big happy family. Is that why they had 9/11?)

“The recent, so-called thickening of the Canada-U.S. border, he said, has smothered the gains of the 1988 free trade agreement and its 1994 North American (NAFTA) successor.

What’s more, he went on, Canada has lost strategic significance for Washington, despite the importance of our energy exports. All in all, “we don’t see where we are going.”

Oh really? I’ll put this link up too and you can read the pablum as they go through this kind of stuff here and then they give you all the solutions to it, of course, at the end and the different links they generally put on them as well.

You would not believe how many people have emailed me about the US losing all their rights, from US citizens, especially to do with the federal government literally running over all state laws. The constitution in the US hasn’t supposedly been changed all that much; it has been quite a bit with amendments over the years, but its basic system was set up so that the different states could, if they wanted to, secede from the whole, if promises and agreements were broken. The federal government was not supposed to interfere in certain areas to do with the states.

Everyone’s noticed that since 9/11 happened and especially now with all the left wing devotees being shoved into Obama’s regime, by the same guys who own both sides, dedicated internationalists and socialists, that really they’re trying to create a ‘Britain’ you might say, in the US. The US has to adopt the whole British system where everyone’s dependent on the government because you can’t get anything done without it and you’ve got layers of bureaucracies and so on and they’re adopting the so-called ‘healthcare’ system which is a disaster now in the UK.

The first thing the IMF does when it comes into countries is slash the healthcare budget and I’m going to go into that and show the US what you’re heading for plus the insurance companies that are backing this plan. They want it in.

Back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

Rather than read the whole article, I’m just going to mention that this is from Mail Online. It says here;

“Twenty five hospital trusts…”

(A: This is the UK. This is to show the US what you’re in for.)

“…‘should be urgently investigated over fears that thousands of patients may have died unnecessarily’” March 25th, 2010.

That ties in with another article and I’ll put all these links up remember on my site www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com at the end of the show.

It ties in with an article where the National Health Service for the whole of Britain is paying the Ambulance Service not to bring patients to the hospitals. I’m not kidding you, they’re paying them now. It’s to divert them off in a roundabout phone call from one place to the next and ‘stay at home, take an aspirin’. You know; ‘You what? You’ve cut your leg? Oh dear, your leg’s fallen off? Just stay at home and get someone to run to the pharmacy and get some bandages and wrap it well and see your doctor in the morning’.

I’m not kidding you folks. This is the farce that you go into with the National Health Service. That’s if you even get an appointment. That’s why folk go in an ambulance, because you can’t get appointments with anybody. That’s the real deal.

I’ve got articles here on the big, biggest insurance companies in the US are the ones who are all for this national health system in the US. It’s a beautiful, beautiful technique eh? They’re all behind it because they’re going to make an awful lot of money for less and less and less that they give out to the public.

Now there’re callers there and I’ll try and get to a couple of quick callers.

There’s Chad from Washington. Are you there Chad? Hello? Is Chad there?

 

Chad – Hi, I just wanted to say thank you for all your work. I’ve been listening to you for a while now and have been trying to pick up the torch as best I can.

 

Alan – It kind of burns the fingers right?

 

Chad – Yeah it does, you’re right. I was reading a bit about the National ID card or the ID card they want to push here and of course already here in Washington State they really pushed enhanced ID cards to cross over the border into Canada but I’ve been reading, this is a little off topic but not quite, I’ve been reading America’s Cultural Cold War and it’s been very revealing but I just want to assure people that most of your ideas don’t come from you because there’re alot of very agitated people that want to promote these ideas all over the place. So that’s how they come at you with all these foundations.

 

Alan – That’s right.

 

Chad – It makes alot of sense. I don’t really have a question I just wanted to call in. I’ve never called in before.

 

Alan – Well thanks for calling and call again.

 

Chad – Alright, thank you.

 

Alan – Bye now.

 

There’s also Ron from Texas. Are you there Ron?

 

Ron – Hey Alan. First I want to thank you for the great work you do. I’m a huge fan and have been for quite a while. I want to make a comment on your talking about the dumbed down public or the ‘sheeple’. I quit watching television a number of years ago and I noticed maybe a few days later that I actually started living a totally different reality than most of my friends and family and what I find is that they’ll believe and do anything their TV’s or their newspapers are telling them. It’s just really unbelievable the mind control the TV’s have on the American public.

 

Alan – It truly is. When they’re all watching TV at the same time, even in different homes, it doesn’t matter. You’re right. They’re in a different world and you’re in there with them and it really is like night and day when you get away from it and start thinking.

 

Ron – My discussions involve the weather or some kind of family member or something like that. I can’t even discuss politics with any, almost any of my friends now because they believe what the newspapers or the TV tells them and that’s it. It’s just unbelievable.

 

Alan – I’ll be talking about that tomorrow in fact and what Mr. Holdren said about the dumbed down, stupid public; no kidding you, at a world meeting. So I’ll read about that tomorrow.

Thanks for calling.

 

So from Hamish and myself, in Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.

 

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix on March 30th 2010.

 

For newcomers, look into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website where you’ll find hundreds and hundreds of audio talks I’ve given over the years and you can download them for free and you can also go into the purchase section hopefully and buy the books I have for sale, the ‘Cutting Through’ series which shows you a kind of ‘deprogramming’ technique as you read through them that actually works on you where things you’ve passed or seen every single day without seeing what’s really behind it suddenly stand out and you see it for the first time because really we’re run by symbology all around us and conology.

The art of conology is the art of managing vast amounts of people and it’s an ancient art that even the Pharaohs were taught by the high priests.

 

You can also scroll down and see all the other websites I have listed there. Bookmark them. You should always bookmark these for future use in case the ‘com’ goes down. Sometimes it does or too many folk go on at one time. This way you can always download the latest shows for free.

Remember too, if you want transcripts as well you can go into www.alanwattsentientsentinel.eu. That’s the European site. It has all the same audios, and you’ll find the books and the DVDs and CDs for sale as well, but you’ll also find transcripts for print up and you can chose from the various languages of Europe.

Remember too that I do depend on you, who are the audience, to support me because I don’t take money from advertising. That’s how everyone gets by when they’re hosting these shows. The advertisers on this show pay directly to RBN for the airtime and they pay their bills at RBN and pay their staff and equipment.

It’s very expensive too to try and put these things out on satellite so that pays for all of that. I have nothing to do with it at all. You’re the audience that keeps me going and just ticking over but this way I’m free as well to go into other areas as no-one tells me what to do. I don’t feel obligated to go easy on anybody. So therefore it’s up to you to keep me going. You can do so by going into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com or any of my listed sites there and you can purchase the books. You can also donate to me or you can purchase through the donation button as well.

Don’t forget Paypal. You can also purchase too but send a separate email along with the donation for your order and I’ll get it out to you.

From the US to Canada you can purchase or donate through personal cheque, Paypal, you can use Moneygram, Western Union or cash. You can also use an International Postal Money Order from your post office. You’ve got to say ‘International’ one; outside the Americas, same idea, Moneygram, Western Union cash, Paypal to donate or also to order and just send a separate email to order those things I have for sale.

Remember too I also have discs there with sometimes 50 shows on them and it’s a good thing to have when everything goes down. You’ll have copies and as I say that ticks me over. Thousands and thousands and thousands of people listen and only a few people tend to donate at any one particular time.

 

Now, we’re going into, we are living through the greatest change in history, modern history. It’s the greatest change since the industrial revolution began and that’s how it’s referred to at the Council on Foreign Relations. Before they even put us through it they were talking about this greatest change since that era. Now the industrial revolution displaced 97% of the people who lived on the land and put them into the cities. In the US that was followed and hastened by the great depression in the 20’s and I’ll be going into some of that tonight. I’ll talk to you after this break.

 

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix, just talking about the conology that rules the world. If you want to rule a world, and it was the same in ancient times, once you had basically a bigger family you could take over neighbouring families and eventually dominate them or kill them and the survivors simply became your soldiers and you went off and plundered other peoples and that’s how kings and queens eventually arose down through the ages; they were mass slaughterers and very aggressive and psychopathic basically. Then the leaders and those kings and queens would marry other leaders and kings and queens and make sure the psychopathic traits were kept within the family. That was what they called ‘Royal Blood’ you see.

They eventually hired courtiers around them. Courtiers would gravitate towards them; those other psychopaths with other skills and manipulations would become hired as advisors. It was their job really to find ways of controlling the public and the courtiers had spies, lots and lots of spies which they employed and they went throughout the public and listened at the bazaars and different places for gossip and how the public felt about different things. So they kept the pulse of the public and therefore could always divert them off if they were getting a bit restless. They’d divert them off with threats of war and stuff like that.

Nothing really has changed especially when you looked back and you found out that currency, currency is something that flows supposedly. It’s something that flows. If you are in charge of the currency then you’re in charge of everything because you decide how much is going to be out there. Is the flow of currency going to flood the banks or is it going to be a trickle down through a stream in drought season?

 

That’s what the Phoenicians were all about. Wherever the Phoenicians went in ancient times they tried to introduce their silver standard, initially it was silver, not gold, wherever they went with weights and measures. They didn’t do much fighting themselves. They weren’t into fighting. They were more into merchandising, controlling the money system of different countries by lending and also in new territories, they would advise countries that owed them money to go off and fight the countries that owed them money and they get their money back and also demand a percentage of the slaves. With these slaves they used to send them off to their different mines, owned by the Phoenicians. They had basically mining camps all over the ancient world, even right into the Urals in Russia. They valued the silver and then later on when they ran the gold system they valued the slave’s life at about 3 ounces of gold. That’s how much the average slave would get out before he was killed in these mines or worked to death. So labour was very, very cheap in those days especially as I say, when you got the excess of the losers in battles as part of the deal.

 

This went down through the ages and became more clever in the way they ran things through kings and queens and governments. The first things the kings and queens must do eventually is to pacify the people they’ve conquered and be beneficent to them, give them a few holidays and feasts and stuff like that and maybe 2 or 3 years of little taxation. Then they come in with the heavier taxes, generally for war to protect the public they’d start taxing you because ‘there’re invaders over that water there and they’re coming this way and we’ve got to protect you.’

So the fearful would give up everything they had, their pigs, their cattle, their chickens, whatever, their men as well, their sons to go off and fight these wars. Sometimes they never happened. Sometimes they were ruses and sometimes it was really so your king could go off and invade someone else and conquer them too. That generally was the real reason.

 

The kings also, through their courtiers who managed everything for them, would get royal historians and the historians were called ‘authors’ because you see, they were authorised by the king to write the authorised version and such historians always wrote glowing reports about the kings or the queens because you see, the penalty was quite severe if you didn’t. Therefore it was always a glowing report and many, many a tyrant across the world had glowing reports. It’s not much different than today.

You always find that the authorised historians are called ‘authorised’ and these are the ones that are quoted to people who talk about ‘conspiracies’, or you’re called a ‘conspiracy theorist’ if you go by a different version of history even with recent events; “Well you’re not authorised. How silly! We have so-and-so to write this and he went to Cambridge or Oxford” and you see that overrides any other version of history. Nothing changes. Nothing ever changes. It’s astonishing.

 

Sometimes kings and queens and even prime ministers are involved in the writing of their own histories because even with their own biographies in fact, they’re all ghost-written for them. They casually go over bits and pieces and say if they agree or disagree or ‘take this part out there’ and take out a few scandals and stuff and make sure everything is a glowing report. Therefore the next generation grows up and all they have to turn to are these authorised histories to go by. This is an ancient, ancient art you understand.

 

Now part of the technique of ruling the public was to give them religions which make them very docile and obedient because even a bad thought, a wicked thought such as: “Gee, these people are tyrants, should we do something about it, maybe do them physical harm?” That became a sort of Pavlovian response as soon as you thought it because right into your mind immediately would come the thought of sin; “that was a sin”. So that was your Pavlovian block you see? A very good technique that’s used today because they’re using that and other techniques post-religious, the same techniques.

Once the thought comes into you, boom! The idea of sin comes in and somebody’s watching you and you can’t see him because he’s invisible but he knows your every thought and that’s wicked.

 

Kings and queens never believed in the religions which they gave the general public. They never, never really believed in them. Across the world they did not believe in them because you see they were part of the educated class. However, religion was essential, essential to rule over the public. That doesn’t negate the validity of any religion or its basics or its basis. When anybody really came up to stand up for the people and said basic truths, they’d usually kill them and then use what they were saying against the people to keep them pacified. So it wouldn’t matter if God himself came down again and got killed, they’d still get crucified and then they’d use that and add a few other things onto it too like; ‘Thou shalt take the brain chip and be a good citizen and be very green.’ I’m not kidding you. This is the sort of stuff they did in ancient times and yet the kings and queens always got off with beheading people, slaughtering people. The churches always stood up on behalf of the kings and queens because that little passage that was inserted in the Bible that says you always obey your government because it was given by God, meant that any tyrant was validated by God, including Adolf Hitler, Lenin, Stalin and all these guys, including Caligula in ancient times too and Nero.

So you see, that’s why you find these dichotomies, these paradoxes in religion of opposing statements made in the same book.

 

Other religions go on a more pragmatic course to do with basic laws. If you don’t understand what God is don’t try and understand it. You just accept the fact that you can find out what God is not from the evidence around you. That’s how Judaism is based on laws basically and you don’t look for redemption by works and means and all that kind of stuff. And the survival of the people is of the utmost importance. Therefore, you know, technically Judaism is a survival, a complete survival religion with no apologies for anything. Christianity because it was enforced for obedient people, obedient for those who ruled, told them to be meek and mild and just bend over and obey all the time, even though the founder of it, the person it’s founded after, got in trouble with the authorities because he stood up to the bankers. He stood up to the Pharisees in league with the Roman rulers and all getting their pay cuts from the cash cuts from the taxations they all mustered and this guy was killed for it.

So as I say, you can still be killed for doing all the right things, then they’ll use the other things you did and said to pacify the public.

We’re not dealing with stupid people here or recent developments in psychology. They had other terms for psychology in ancient times, and for those who have studied Machiavelli, you’ll soon catch on that he was obviously taught his art from somewhere else long before he was born; ongoing techniques.

Because if you want to rule the public, and really at the top there, it’s like Albert Pike. Albert Pike of Freemasonry, he said some interesting things. He said “we make no apologies, no apologies for the God of Nature.” This is the same man who said that “if you’re not willing to use your own intellect then you are no more than meat on the table and beasts of burden by choice and consent.” In other words, by the laws of nature those who were smart enough and wise enough and cunning enough to rule over others and profit off them should do so.

This is an ancient belief system and it’s been taught to every elite class all down through the generations in every single country on the planet and nothing has changed today. But to get to live very well off the public you must brainwash them. Brainwashing is a simple thing. You have to brainwash one generation, that’s all, just one generation, and make them believe it and make sure they teach their children and that’s it done. The second generation will take it as a normal thing, the third for sure and no-one will question it. They’ll know no previous time when this didn’t exist.

 

Now we have much better techniques. Children are actually brainwashed, not just from their mums and dads talking, but from cartoons from a very early age. They’re all ‘greening’ in there, people are bad, their parents are bad, too many people destroying the planet, all that stuff. All propaganda’s put into cartoons by selected authors and novelists and all the rest of it, selected by those who rule us to ensure that the next generation is further brainwashed to fit the agenda they will live through.

 

So I’ll be back with more on this after these messages.

 

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through the Matrix, talking about the art of manipulation and manipulating millions and billions of people and now that we’re becoming global you see, we’re getting fantastic propaganda on a global scale, the same propaganda. It used to be just through UNESCO at the United Nations Educational Society which made sure they standardised educations across the planet so that all children would have the same brainwashing to fit the agenda, you see, the planned agenda.

They didn’t have to know what the agenda was. They just had to have the beginnings of the brainwashing to get them to adapt to the agenda.

But it’s more perfected than that. They use neuroscience and all kinds of techniques now to manipulate us. Your media is one of the biggest manipulators of all. It’s always been private organisations remember. The media are private organisations. They have barons of media who generally go over at a certain age to England and get knighted by the queen, regardless of the country they live in and no-one ever asks why. Their job really is to ensure that you’re kept in a kind of dizzy state, a dizzy state with partial truths, big spins, big spins. I’ve actually got articles from mainstream admitting that Pachauri, who’s in the IPCC, on the climate change nonsense that’s been so blown out the water with their lies, is hiring lots and lots of new spin doctors. That’s what the media’s actually calling them, spin doctors to try and get us back on believing them again.

That’s what all media really is about, a spin on things on behalf of their masters. There’re so many topics the media will ever, ever touch. They’ll never touch anything to do with a big corporate scandal where they get advertisers from, the company that’s involved in the scandal or else a subsidiary of them because they advertise with them.

 

I can remember too when one of the Rothschilds was found hung in a bathroom and there was a big scandal over it and it was the old grandma Rothschild that went down Fleet Street in London, all the newspaper places. She went to each and every one of them and said that if you print any of this you’ll be bankrupt tomorrow.

That’s how it’s really done. That’s how it’s really done folks.

You see, once you treat the people and you’ve trained the people into a fake reality, the fake reality being that everybody above you is somehow more mature, honest and altruistic than you are and that’s how they got there. That’s the basic premise of conology. So if they’re up there wearing more expensive clothing, suits and ties, and in charge of businesses and they go into politics then somehow, somehow they’re more altruistic and they cannot lie like George Washington. He could not tell a lie and nonsense like that and we’re taught to believe this stuff. It’s drummed into us.

 

We believe through all the cop shows. Remember Jacques Ellul talked about in his book on propaganda and how the public are brainwashed by fiction and drama and movies. Every cop show he said and every hospital show with all the doctors, dramas you see, fiction where they run around all knowing what they’re doing, all concerned about the patients. They can’t sleep at night until it comes to them what’s wrong with that patient you see and the same with the cops. They go through all hell and blown up cars and jumping off roofs to get the bad guys and that gives you the impression of what they’re all about and it’s nothing to do with it. It’s all propaganda to give you a fake version.

Police have always been there to make sure the establishment stayed the establishment. That’s their primary function. They’re a military force, a paramilitary force, an internal one to ensure the survival of the prevailing system on behalf of those who own it.

 

Now, as I say, they’ve gone so much further than simply giving us fairy stories for histories with dates and places and famous people. They’re using neuroscience techniques. All teachers now when they’re taught the greening and all that, they get what they call, they give them a ‘toolkit’ for teachers on how to put a lesson across on this topic. ‘You must start here.’ That prepares the mind of the child because you know how the mind of the child is going to work and where they’re going to go with it. So you present things in a fashion to ensure their mind goes along this path, just like a computer running a program, until they come to the conclusion you want. It’s all scientifically designed, ‘scientific indoctrination’ was what Bertrand Russell called it, the one who helped design it and the children don’t know because they all come to the same conclusions about the same topics at the same time with the same techniques and they all talk to each other and all they can parrot is what their conclusions are; which are all the same.

 

Now, there are meetings going on now with science because this is the rise of the scientific tyranny which Bertrand Russell and others talked about many years ago because they planned to bring it in. With the death of religion they’d replace it with a form of secular humanism that would still serve those who were called the ‘dominant minority’ as Huxley called them; the ‘dominant minority’.

Scientific techniques would continue throughout the person’s lives to indoctrinate the people, a sort of continuing education. That was another little term they used, to hide what it was. Continuing education must mean nightschool right?

No, they were talking about brainwashing you from birth to death so you’d never know a true reality outside of your conditioning and everyone you’d meet in your level, in your class, in your area wouldn’t know either. So you’d all think you were sane and you’d all truly believe you were well up on every topic.

I’ll continue with this and go into some of these topics after I come back from this break.

 

Welcome back to Cutting Through the Matrix and I’m Alan Watt.

 

We’re talking about control basically, very briefly just skimming over the surface of the details because it’s so deep a subject and so long a history to go over that you can only just touch on it in an hour.

 

Really I’m showing you we’ve always been conned. The public have always been conned and people are taught to believe they’re free. That was the great thing about democracy; you’re free. It really worked for quite a while. People thought they could vote people in and things would change for the better but they knew before they gave you democracy where they’d take you in the 20th and the 21st century. They knew exactly where they were heading because you see, even then, big corporations planned investments and where they wanted to be as corporations in a hundred years time. So did foundations, the private, so-called ‘charitable’ philanthropies, the big foundations because they would rule the world through their non-governmental organisations while democracy was running and controlling and conning the public. That’s how it really works.

We’re ‘post democratic’ according to the Club of Rome and I’ve gone over that before too from their own writings, and how they favoured ‘collectivism’. It’s the easiest way to get us all standardised, brainwashed into the same level of misunderstanding and we’ll be more compliant with everything and that’s also what the ‘century of change’ was.

It was to be kicked off in the 21st century which we got in the year 2001. It’s happened. It kicked off with the twin towers and away we went into a 100 years of terrorism and obeying the authorities basically and paying through the nose for everything.

 

We’re going back to ‘serfdom’, the way they think it should be done. The authorities at the top have discussed this, that ‘feudalism’ was a better system for them. In a new feudalism with all the technology, where you can monitor every single individual, would be a far more effective technique of feudalism and the new feudal overlords are the CEOs of international corporations and the foundations all working together.

The fronts are your governments. That’s already happened. We’re here with that. We’ve been here for a while with that. The world must be standardised into one system; the eradication of all the existing religions as you’ve know them over a period of time, bring in secular humanism, bring in a more debased society with the culture creation industry and then you literally have ignorant serfs.

 

Now here’s an article that ties in with this. John Holdren of course is the science ‘tsar’ as they’re calling them. The media would call them the ‘tsar’ because you’re under the Sovietised system you see which was meant to take over after the Bush era. They give you the Nazi system first then the Soviet system for collectivism.

I always said that Bush would set up the military organisations internally and the internal spy mechanisms to monitor everybody and enforce their laws through force and Obama would be brought in to use it and that’s how it’s happening.

 

This is from a meeting of the AAAS. I think it’s the American Association and Academy of Science meeting and that was held in February 2010. Now John Holdren’s the big boy remember who’s written about the necessity to eradicate a good part of the population by every means possible, including forced sterilisation, secret sterilisation through water food and so on, diseases in other countries, mandatory sterilisation in countries like India. He said in the book he wrote with Paul Ehrlich. He wrote in that, ‘Ecoscience’ was the name of the book, he said that India and Third World countries would be easier because people are kept ignorant and we can say we’re going to help them through medicine and really sterilise them. In the West he said and America, where the folk have more education, we’ll have to be more cautious or surreptitious or devious, meaning that they’d put it in your water, your food and your injections and you’d be taught to believe that medicine was good for you and that you were going to die without it.

 

Anyway, here’s this article here and it’s:

Friday, February 19th, 2010. Room 7B, San Diego Convention Centre

 

These are the top scientists now that have been presented with a role to play for the scientific dictatorship, how to get us over from democracy into allowing ourselves to be ruled by a scientific elite of experts; a world of experts, exactly what Bertrand Russell said. It says;

 

“The Administration is committed to solving society’s grand challenges, with energy,…”

 

(A: You see? That’s to be the big stick.)

 

“…health,…”

 

(A: They also mean depopulation and sterilisation when they say ‘health’. I hope you understand that.)

 

“…and education policy…”

 

(A: That’s indoctrination.)

“…topping the list.”

(A: You understand that they have double meanings when they speak amongst themselves? And they all know it; those who are present.)

 

“President Obama wants science to have a key role in a new, more pragmatic approach to governance.”

 

(A: Not government, but governance.)

 

“In our constitutional democracy an informed public must be able to judge the performance of those they elect. This requires a triangle comprised of political institutions, the community of experts,…”

 

(A: Did you vote in a community of experts? No!)

 

“…and a responsible public, all of whom are well informed. How will the public become informed about energy policy,…

 

(A: Which means that you’re going to pay through the nose to light a candle to heat yourself. I’m not joking here. It’s to control you. So how are the public going to be informed, they mean brainwashed, about ‘energy policy’?)

 

“…for example? Studies tell us…”

 

(A: Because they’re monitoring all your mails, all your chit chats, all the time so they know what’s going on.)

 

“Studies tell us the public strongly supports energy independence, new sustainable sources, and incentives for energy efficiency. But fewer than half of those interviewed could name a renewable energy source or a fossil fuel, raising the question of how firm the public’s views are.”

 

(A: Now listen carefully how this is worded. This is for the public release. You can imagine how their internal ones are.)

 

“ Studies show, however, that people make judgments based primarily on their values,…”

 

(A: See, your values are not the same as their values. Do you understand?)

 

“ (and their) belief systems, (their religions) world views, and emotions. Facts play a much more minor role. This gap…”

 

(A: Now listen to this.)

 

“This gap cannot be bridged by loading the public with facts,…”

 

(A: So here they’ve already made the decisions. You can’t give the public facts because the public run on what? On separate, different values, belief systems, world views and emotions. That’s the same terminology they used in South Africa in Apartheid when they talked about the Blacks. They said, ‘you can’t talk to them and explain. They don’t understand. They’re like children.’ Well, they’re saying the same thing here but it’s geared for the West you see to read and they miss all over that and never really get the points. So the people have values, a different set of values from those at the top naturally because you’re not psychopaths. You’ve got belief systems. You’ve got world views and emotions. So you run primarily on emotions, value systems and religions.)

 

“Facts play a much more minor role. This gap cannot be bridged by loading the public with facts or trying to make the public more science literate.”

 

(A: So they’ve already agreed that they’re not going to make you more science literate or give you the facts. Do you understand that? But they do know how you tick through your emotions and beliefs. They’re going to use your emotions and belief systems as they have been for an awful long time through videos and all that kind of stuff of dying seals or an ant somewhere that’s dying of thirst or something like that.)

 

“How should scientists deal with this awkward reality? How can science help create a more rational, pragmatic, and far-sighted society capable of addressing the challenges we face?”

 

(A: We face. Now they’re talking about the science community.)

 

“Are new innovative methods required to engage the voters in supporting more rational public policies?”

 

So the whole topic of their meeting was finding

 

“innovative methods required to engage the voters”.

 

Now the voters remember have different sets of values, belief systems, world views and emotions.

 

“Facts play a much more minor role”.

 

“This gap cannot be bridged by loading the public with facts.”

 

So in other words, they’re going to use your emotions, your belief systems, your world view to make you go along and vote for what they call the ‘pragmatic’ way to go. You understand? And their organiser goes through all the attendants and organisations, University of California, Rice University and on and on and on it goes. They got all the list at the bottom.

 

And put these links on my website at the end of the show just right under the audio from tonight so you can link to them and look them up yourself. There are alot of links come off here as well.

 

‘How to advance the public’s energy learning curve’ for instance.

 

‘Redefining what an informed public means on science and technology issues.’ Etc etc.

 

So I hope you understand what it’s actually saying and that I’ve made it at least fairly clear as I decipher it for you. That’s how they run us. You’re going to be treated like children. They’ll give you scary scenarios to play on your emotions so that you go along with what they want you to go along with. Do you understand?

 

Now what else are they using too? They’re using many techniques and Mark Baard on his site, I’ll put this up too tonight, he put up a…he got in touch with me yesterday about ‘moral judgements’ and how they’re being affected because they can use little electromagnetic currents from outside your skull to literally alter your moral judgements and he went into it and he caught on right away because the centre they’ve located is behind the right ear and that’s where you hold your cell phone by the way but it’s not mentioned in the other mainstream articles that that’s where you hold your cell phone.

I’ll put Mark’s one up tonight and here’s one of the links he sent me and it’s from the Massachusetts, where else, Institute of Technology, that big CIA funded organisation, by Jennifer Hirsch, 29th March, 2010.

 

“Moral judgements can be altered”

 

(A: Now this is old stuff really because I’ve gone through Persinger before at Laurentian University in Canada, who’s been there for years. He’s worked with the CIA. He worked at NSA. He worked for the Pentagon and found ways of electromagnetic stimulation of the brain to even use it on warfare projects, and it says here:)

 

“MIT neuroscientists have shown they can influence people’s moral judgments by disrupting a specific brain region — a finding that helps reveal how the brain constructs morality.

To make moral judgments about other people, we often need to infer their intentions — an ability known as “theory of mind.” For example, if a hunter shoots his friend while on a hunting trip, we need to know what the hunter was thinking: Was he secretly jealous, or did he mistake his friend for a duck?”

 

(A: Or was he just short sighted?)

 

“Previous studies have shown that a brain region known as the right temporo-parietal junction (TPJ) is highly active when we think about other people’s intentions, thoughts and beliefs. In the new study, the researchers disrupted activity in the right TPJ by inducing a current in the brain using a magnetic field applied to the scalp. They found that the subjects’ ability to make moral judgments that require an understanding of other people’s intentions — for example, a failed murder attempt — was impaired.

 

The researchers, led by Rebecca Saxe, MIT assistant professor of brain and cognitive sciences, report their findings in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences the week of March 29.

 

The study offers “striking evidence” that the right TPJ, located at the brain’s surface above and behind the right ear, is critical for making moral judgments, says Liane Young, lead author of the paper. It’s also startling, since under normal circumstances people are very confident and consistent in these kinds of moral judgments, says Young, a postdoctoral associate in MIT’s Department of Brain and Cognitive Sciences.”

 

These guys all work for the Pentagon, I hope you all understand that. It’s an old science. As I say, Persinger, if I can find that old link, you’ll see a video of him giving a lecture to some of his students, years ago and as I say, long before that he worked and had links working with the Pentagon as well for ways of altering behaviour by using electromagnetic stimulation by pulse beam weaponry and he’s a big player in all of this and then they bunged him in his own little quiet place at Laurentian to carry on his work. This is all for the military-industrial complex obviously. They had the ‘Koren Helmet’ where they could simulate the effects of LSD with this helmet on or give you the same effects of marijuana for instance and you would experience exactly the same symptoms but by very low frequency electromagnetic pulsation and fields.

 

It’s also another link to do with this too and I’ll put them all on my site, www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com, is:

 

“Morality study narrows gap between mind and brain” and that’s from NPR. I’ll put this one up as well and also another link I think from, I think it was the Sci-Tech Heretic. It says…This is Mark Baard:

 

“EM field behind right ear suspends morality” It says:

“MIT neuroscientists believe they have isolated the brain region — just behind the right ear — where moral judgements take place.

And they can suspend someone’s ability to judge right from wrong, simply by generating a magnetic field near the same spot where many of us hold our cellular phones and wireless, Bluetooth, headsets.

The researchers’ findings, announced today:

“In both experiments, the researchers found that when the right TPJ (right temporo-parietal junction) was disrupted, subjects were more likely to judge failed attempts to harm as morally permissible.”

The technique used by the MIT scientists, transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), has been described as one that creates “virtual lesions” on the brain.

And although TMS’s long term effects on health are not well understood…”

(A: Well they really are. They’ve been doing this for about 30 years by the way.)

“…(similar amounts of electromagnetic radiation have been linked to increased cancer risk), the treatment is becoming increasingly popular for everything from tinnitus…”

(A: That’s ringing in the ears.)

“…to depression.”

Now it’s so amazing too because you’ll notice that all the big boys in computer technology are coming out with the helmets to interact and interface with the computer. Microsoft was already working a year ago. They announced they were working already and probably had been for quite some years on making this kind of effect happen by using wiring round your screen to project an electromagnetic field to you sitting in front of the screen and you wouldn’t even need the helmet.

They’re way ahead with this stuff and I’ve read articles too where some of the games they have can interface with your brain by stimulating, with these electromagnetic currents, those parts of your brain.

 

Now if you’re working, or playing I should say, on some war, some massive war game that kills, kills, kills, that’s the only technique, and you’re also suspending moral judgements, what kind of person are you training for the future black uniformed goon squad? You better think about that because these guys at the top know. They know this stuff. They’ve known for years what they’re doing; years and years and years.

That’s how you rule the public; covertly and stealthily. You never tell them what’s really going on about anything, anything at all…anything at all.

 

There’s even an article about a new game that’s out, I’ll put this link up too, where a video game for the children and so on, where you get to rape women and choose how you’re going to rape them and how your friends can join in at raping them as well.

 

And I’ll put that up just to show you how they’re using all this stuff I’ve just been talking about, altering your brainwaves. These children are all on their little telephones hitting that temporo-parietal lobe there and no moral responsibility.

 

Back after this break.

 

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix, just giving you a little taste of reality rather than just dosing you with terror and fear in a thousand nasty articles. These are the articles you have to take note of because they’re more in line with the true reality that’s being used on the public and has been for an awful long time to show you how techniques work on us all and how we’re brainwashed and how the scientific dictatorship truly is here.

It’s all the scientists now who want to inject every baby, every person all your life until you die. It’s scientists who talk about the overpopulation and the need to cull off people. It’s the scientists who talk about the greening effect and all the rest of it.

Scientists rule you see, all on behalf of their masters who still stay the same masters to ensure that the old dynasties carry on at the top and profit vastly from everything the scientists tell us we must do.

They profit from the shares in pharma and the pharma companies they control. They profit off all the carbon taxes they’re going to take off you. They profit from all the money that’s swagged off your pensions when you die before you get the darned thing because you’ve had inoculations and various things.

 

This is the real world folks. Remember we’re dealing with what they call themselves ‘pragmatists’. They’re very pragmatic in their decisions. There’s no emotion involved. They’re not emotional, they’re pragmatic.

 

And to finish off the last article, the Sci-Tech Heretic by Mark Baard, he says here that:

 

“The US military also hopes to use TMS…”

 

(A: This technique of stimulating the temporo-parietal lobe at the junction.)

 

“…to keep soldiers fighting, without the need to stop for sleep.”

 

So, moral judgements can be altered. That’s exactly what you want in soldiers especially if they’ve been training with this stuff for 20 years through games and all the rest of it, that are getting better and better all the time at making sure that you have no emotions at all and you’ll kill who you’re told to kill and I mean whomever you’re told to kill. That’s also been the dream of those who rule for ages; a robotic type human army that’ll do exactly what they’re told immediately and a public that’ll also kneel down to be shot when they’re told to immediately. How wonderful it will be for them at the top. That’s the world we’re living in folks.

 

I’ll try and take a call and there’s Jane from California. Are you there Jane? Hello Jane.

 

Jane – Well hello, hi Alan.

 

Alan – Hello.

 

Jane – I would agree that people are brainwashed and I’m a mother of teenagers and it’s terribly worrying. Well there is something going on, this phenomenon going on and it’s a true story that’s really happening now in this country and I’m calling because three of my friends have burned themselves and got better immediately. What they did was call…

 

Alan – No No Bye now bye. No more ads thank you very much ok.

 

There’s always cons going on you know and every con seems to come from California. Isn’t that amazing eh? California, the culture creators where there are no morals, only lots of money to be made. That’s often why I don’t take calls because I can’t screen them. I can’t tell who they are you know or what they’re going to come out with. But that’s the opportunists, the psychopathic types that take advantage of all situations, regardless of the gravity of the situation, to profit for themselves and they might go far if they’re a bit brighter than this one.

 

From Hamish and myself, from Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods, and your mind, your own mind, go with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on March 31, 2010. For the newcomers to the show, you should look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, scroll down that front page and bookmark all the other official sites I have listed there for future use in case the .com site goes down. [Official sites listed above.] Remember too, that you are the audience that brings me to you. I really trickle by here most of the time and it’s through buying the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale on the web sites. You can get 40-50 shows per disk on the CDs. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] The books that I’ve written are different; they bypass the usual linear thinking logic that we are trained to think in. It shows you through symbology and various other means how basically you are used by those with the arts to use you. Very old skills, very ancient techniques and I’m sure it’s as early as writing itself and probably even the spoken word. Most folk are oblivious to it. We are taught to be LINEAR THINKERS so that we come to conclusions that are predetermined that we come to when we are offered information written in a particular style, represented in a particular style. We always come to the conclusions we are expected to come to; that way we are very predictable and easily managed. Some people just get disks burned to play on their CD players. They have given up the internet or they never started with it and folk burn disks and pass them to them of the shows that I do. You can get in touch with me at [address above].

 

The ads you hear on this show are paid by the advertisers directly to the station. I have nothing to do with them whatsoever. In fact I’ve never spoken to any of them; most hosts get their money by payments from advertisers for pushing their products and so on like that. That’s what commerce is all about but I don’t do that. The ads on the show pay for the air time, for RBN broadcasting this show, it pays for their staff and their equipment and it helps with their bills as well. So it’s up to you to keep ME going. Go into any of the web sites, purchase the books, purchase the disks, and donate to me as well because I really, really, really could be doing many more things than doing what I’m doing. It’s not even a full-time job. It’s not a job. It’s beyond a job. It is 7 days a week morning till night, till the early morning every night. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. The matrix is an interesting term because it’s kind of an analogy or an allegory for where EVERYTHING COMES FROM, including all ideas but it also involves all the conologies that go on as well.

 

As I say, we are TAUGHT to think linearly. It’s very, very good. You get people thinking in a linear direction like a computer. I’ve mentioned this analogy many times before, a computer has a language, a computer language, it has a logic designed into it, and it has a program. It also has a programmer who designs this kind of stuff. The programmer technically can be fed a question and if he understands that computer perfectly, he will know the answer, by the logic of the computer that it must arrive at. We are the same way. We are taught to think linearly. A = etc, etc, etc and we come to a conclusion that’s predetermined for us, by the way it’s presented. The bits of information, the bits and bytes of information you might say, is presented to us and leads us in a step by step format where we don’t have to do any thinking at all to a predesigned conclusion.

 

That’s what makes it possible for those who don’t think linearly to fool you. You know, the ones at the top who know all these arts. We go into a sort of clicking phase where our brains don’t function properly when we’re trying to follow the scams of bankers, for instance, and how they can see something that you would never have thought of and how they literally will come from an opposite direction of thinking, using a different kind of logic to get what they want. That’s non-linear thinking. As I say, that only works for a long time with a society who are taught LINEAR thinking only.

 

Logic used to be taught school; logic and reasoning. They were arts. They were taught in school how to take any particular topic and analyze it and use your reason to come to conclusions. But that isn’t taught anymore. Much of the thinking that we are taught today is really SOCIAL ENGINEERING for a particular type of society, under a particular type of rulership. Much of it is used by using EMOTION. I’ve mentioned articles and read them recently about how they use emotion to really imprint ideas or agendas into our minds so we’ll go along with them. It’s very, very effective.

 

Tonight I was going to go into, really, how the projections that many big thinkers in the past who were planning what they called the New Society, like the Bertrand Russell’s, like the Huxley’s – Julian and Aldous – and all the other big, big players and the Council on Foreign Relations, the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the socialist founders and leaders. They all talked about a new society with new values, but part of it would be the TRANSITION that they would come into between the old and the new systems. Part of it, remember, was the destruction of the family unit because they couldn’t be in charge at the very top, the pinnacle of power, you couldn’t be in charge if you had a clan, for instance, like an extended family going to stand up for the person you are after, on whatever pretext. So once you destroy the family unit and you create what Bertrand Russell said, an egosyntonic and egocentric society, narcissistic where you only care about me, me, me. They called it the ‘me’ generation for a good purpose. That was part of the agenda. Then you won’t stand up for anybody around you.

 

They tested this out to some extents in other countries, even in the Soviet Union, a great laboratory for experimentation with populaces BEHIND an iron curtain and they had nowhere else to talk to. Who are they going to complain to when their whole government was behind these massive experiments? They tried that when they’d come for neighbors in the middle of the night. They’d turn everybody out in the street to make sure you saw the neighbors being carted off. The idea was to really impress upon YOU that no matter how good you are, you could be guilty of something and it made the people very, very suspicious and more and more obedient to whatever ridiculous law was passed down the pike that they had to follow.

 

You train the public by Pavlov’s techniques basically. Solzhenitsyn talked about that technique and he says, you cannot let these things start in tyranny, in tyrannical societies. You cannot let them start; it’s too late to go backwards and change it. That’s how it’s always been. You have to nip it in the bud at the start. What he said was, when tyranny begins and two guys or four guys are sent to pick up your neighbor, he said, we could have – he wrote this in his own book, I think it was the Gulag Archipelago – he said, the neighbors could have grabbed pick handles, axes, whatever and done away with those two guys, the brutes, rather than allowing it to happen. Because once you allow it, you witness it and you do nothing, it kind of reinforces that to happen the next time until it’s a normal occurrence and you cower like a frightened animal each time you see it; they’re all training exercises.

 

This has all been used across the Western world now. It’s been done through Hollywood’s promotion of movies. Remember, back in the 90s out came the movie, it was called The Siege, I think. I’ve never seen it. I didn’t watch it because I knew what it would be about; I knew what was coming up. That was the takeover of a US city by the authorities under martial law. That gave you a clue that this was what was coming ahead, that this was on the cards. THEY TRAIN YOU IN ADVANCE FOR WHAT’S TO COME and they knew through studying peoples and nations like Britain, for instance, especially with long-running series like Coronation Street.

 

Coronation Street literally was predictive programming for the public where the characters would all be familiar to the people. They’d have those characters in every street in Britain and you could identify with some of them. They had psychiatrists; they still have psychiatrists, social workers, lawyers, social engineers working on the staff full time, on the series. They even showed you the massive immigration that hadn’t happened in Britain and what would happen, through drama, through fiction, how the families would work it out when different groups mixed and their daughters got married and all this kind of stuff. It was all portrayed on television to set the example of what YOU would do as a parent when it was your daughter and this happened. Quite a few years later, THEN the immigration came in and all those things actually cropped up. You’d follow what happened as it played out on screen. You are preprogrammed on how to act and copy the actor’s role.

 

This is the same as a siege mentality, the movies that they put out before 9/11 happened in 2001 and much, much more. The Hill Street Blues series was nothing more or less then to get the public in the United States, and the rest of the world but mainly the United States, used to SWAT teams coming along. With every call that went out there for the regular police, in would come the SWAT teams with them. Through dramatizing events with, and humanizing the police… Remember, ALL DRAMA IS PROPAGANDA when it’s about police or authorities of the government. Jacques Ellul went into a lot of detail about how that kind of drama is ALWAYS propaganda to give you a false impression and it’s also used to program you for things to come, how to behave with things to come. I don’t think many people are shocked now when SWAT teams turn up for anything, at all. We are all programmed.

 

Getting back to the new society, this is all to be part of the new society. The transition, where everything that held the fabric of society together such as the religious values that people shared, even if they weren’t religious themselves they had common cultural values. They would have to be shattered because minorities, certain specific pre-chosen minorities, would be elevated up to special status. They would use these minorities and create big movements and well-fund them, which works through the foundations and philanthropies, to CAUSE the rifts that they wanted to cause in what was called normal society at that time until it was no longer normal. In other words, there would be a transition from a normal, stable society where everyone knew the rules, the basic rules, and there was very little crime, and you would get this transition where the things that GAVE you the values, held the values, were thrown out the window as they promoted a more violent society – mainly through fiction – and that was to be the time when they’d have to turn loose an army of special, new militarized police ON the public. They knew this back in the 1930s! …because they wrote about it.

 

The danger time was the transition between religious values – even if you weren’t religious you followed those values because it was COHESIVE to society so you’d all get along with each other and you wouldn’t rob and steal and kill each other; that’s really what it was about – into a new HUMANISTIC society, SECULAR HUMANISM where the State would then GIVE you the NEW values, which are really laws. That’s what they are, they are LAWS and you have to obey them whether you agree or not. But this in-between phase was to be the dysfunctional phase. Even Lenin talked about it. He said, eventually the societies and agencies that government will set up, the services would become authorities and the authorities would govern the people and eventually there would be SO many government authorities that they would be stepping on each other’s toes, different departments all stepping on each other’s toes. That’s what we have today as well. They are battling for turf. Different agencies get called, go out to each house-call type of an idea; they are all arriving at the same time, fighting for turf.

 

So we are in a dysfunctional phase and the more dysfunctional that they create it, the more upset we get and anxious we get, and we are fearful, and we are kept in fear by the war OF terror. It’s a reign OF terror on the public by the governments and we comply through fear. Part of it is the DEHUMANIZATION. Remember what Julian Huxley said and I read that on the air from his own book. He was the first CEO of UNESCO remember, a complete eugenicist and elitist. He talked about dethroning the human being from his superior status above all other creatures. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, mentioning this system, this transition phase. Remember, the 21st century is called the Century of CHANGE. That’s why they had the slogans, change is good, it was for the century of change, discussed by all the big academies, the professors that were all on board in organizations working with government towards this new society. They called it the century of change where literally everything and all values were to change to suit the state and to suit the intelligentsia and those who ruled, with eugenics as a very high part of it.

 

Getting back to Julian Huxley, he said that they’d have to knock humans off the pedestal of superiority as the most advanced creature on the planet and get us used to death, because he said a big part of it would be bring in massive abortion and eventually, possibly mandated abortion. He also was the man who said they’d have to stop thinking just about the birth rate and start thinking about the death rate, ways to kill off the people so they wouldn’t live too long, by injections and so on, of things to help you. Methods like that which work with people who are linear, you see, by those who are non-linear.

 

Here is an article for an example. They get released in the newspapers and remember that the BBC is owned by the British government. It’s a political tool and it always has been a political tool. When they put these articles out they also have ulterior motives, which also take the spin off the problems at home and point them elsewhere. However, they do put out some truth but they could have put this kind of stuff out for years in fact if they wanted to, about China. Remember, China is to be the model state for the whole world to be modeled upon. We’ve to follow their example. According to the United Nations, China is the model state for the world with their family planning and so on.

 

Two held after dead babies dumped in China river

bbc.co.uk / 31 March 2010

 

Two hospital workers have been arrested in eastern China after the bodies of 21 babies and foetuses were found dumped on a river bank, (Alan: Now, it will be a lot more than that; that’s just one day they were caught, right.) state media reports. (A: So it’s the official Chinese media.)

 

Officials said the babies’ families had paid Zhu Zhenyu and Wang Zhijun to dispose of the bodies but instead they had dumped them by the Guangfu river.

 

Three hospital officials have also been suspended or dismissed, reports said.

 

The action comes as the authorities try to contain growing public anger over the discovery in Shandong province.

 

Television footage showed several bodies lying on the ground by the river, covered in mud, while emergency workers searched the area.

 

A local resident who spotted the bodies said at first he thought they were dolls.

 

“Then I found it was real. When I walked further, I found more bodies,” he told reporters.

 

Eight of the bodies were said to be wearing identification bands showing they had come from the Affiliated Hospital of Jining Medical University.

 

‘Improper’

 

A Jining government spokesman said the mortuary workers, who were arrested on Tuesday, had “reached verbal agreements privately with relatives of the dead babies to dispose [of] the bodies and charged fees”.

 

“They subsequently transported the bodies secretly to the Guangfu River, but they had failed to bury the bodies completely,” the Xinhua news agency quoted Gong Zhenhua as saying. (A: And so on and so on.)

 

They are showing you dehumanization. What’s worse, the fact that these babies were dead, or maybe killed, or aborted as well. They have a variety here that are being dumped on a river bank. You understand? You are left with this little… and a lot of folk will take one or the other actually, they will miss the main point of it. It’s dehumanization. It’s exactly what Huxley wanted us to think about. Well, what’s special about us anyway, we’re not an endangered species, blah, blah, blah, you see.

 

Then you go on to this article and it’s from The Economist. It makes me wonder why they are all going after this at the same time.

 

Gendercide: The worldwide war on baby girls

Technology, declining fertility and ancient prejudice are combining to unbalance societies

Mar 4th 2010 / From The Economist

 

XINRAN XUE, a Chinese writer, describes visiting a peasant family in the Yimeng area of Shandong province. The wife was giving birth. “We had scarcely sat down in the kitchen”, she writes (see article), “when we heard a moan of pain from the bedroom next door…The cries from the inner room grew louder—and abruptly stopped. There was a low sob, and then a man’s gruff voice said accusingly: ‘Useless thing!’

 

“Suddenly, I thought I heard a slight movement in the slops pail behind me,” Miss Xinran remembers. “To my absolute horror, I saw a tiny foot poking out of the pail. The midwife must have dropped that tiny baby alive into the slops pail! I nearly threw myself at it, but the two policemen [who had accompanied me] held my shoulders in a firm grip. ‘Don’t move, you can’t save it, it’s too late.’

 

“‘But that’s…murder…and you’re the police!’ The little foot was still now. The policemen held on to me for a few more minutes. ‘Doing a baby girl is not a big thing around here,’ [an] older woman said comfortingly. ‘That’s a living child,’ I said in a shaking voice, pointing at the slops pail. ‘It’s not a child,’ she corrected me. ‘It’s a girl baby, and we can’t keep it. Around these parts, you can’t get by without a son. Girl babies don’t count.’”

 

Remember, China has got a real problem now because they’ve got WAY more men than women but that’s to fit in with the depopulation program that really is part of the communist/socialist/capitalist agenda. It’s all one and the same thing at the top. China did not create itself out of nothing. It was guided by and funded by the WEST. All of its industry was done through the GATT Treaty that every government in the West dreamed up and signed. China didn’t dream it up. So remember these things as you read all these articles. You must always think through articles, of ulterior motives. I’m talking about how we are being dehumanized here on purpose and we are being taught to accept it and you know something, most do. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I just let that music go on there because it’s a wailing guitar and that’s how you feel like sometimes when you read this kind of stuff. It’s like wailing to the people. You’re voice in the wilderness just wailing away because most people are already conditioned mainly through entertainment into the dehumanization that we’re IN.

 

It’s programmed and scheduled to get a lot worse, step by step by step until nothing excites us anymore except more blood and guts and whatever else is out there. Plus a whole generation has been raised FOR this particular era on video games, very VIOLENT video games which were designed, remember, for the military boys and by the military boys to get people just to kill on instinct without thinking about who they are killing. That’s how they train soldiers. Well, they’ve trained a whole generation to grow up to be the soldiers and as far as those youngsters see it, in a world where it’s all about power, they want to be one of these guys in the black uniforms with the big gun and the power. That’s how children are. They want to go with the winner. So we have them all dressed up ready to get set on us.

 

We’re talking about dehumanization as we go through this process, transforming into the NEW society. The secular humanistic society where scientists have to rule us because they are experts on everything and we are dumb and stupid, like that article I read from last night’s show. Remember, I put all these articles that I read up on my web site at the end of the show when XplorNet satellite upload allows me and graces me with enough speed to put it up there, sometimes with an extra hoist I think, but anyway.

 

This is another example of how they go for the youngsters. Everything that happens to youngsters is created this way. If they wanted a good society, believe you me, they will give you a good society. If they want dysfunctionalism and massive crime until we go my God, what’s happening, we need more cops, more authorities, we can’t have people being free anymore, blah, blah, blah, then you do THIS kind of thing, this thing I’m going to read now. This is from CNN.com.

 

‘RapeLay’ video game goes viral amid outrage

By Kyung Lah, CNN.com

 

Tokyo, Japan (CNN) — The game begins with a teenage girl on a subway platform. She notices you are looking at her and asks, “Can I help you with something?”

 

That is when you, the player, can choose your method of assault.

 

With the click of your mouse, you can grope her and lift her skirt. Then you can follow her aboard the train, assaulting her sister and her mother.

 

As you continue to play, “friends” join in and in a series of graphic, interactive scenes, you can corner the women, rape them again and again.

 

The game allows you to even impregnate a girl and urge her to have an abortion. (A: Did you hear that? I wonder if that even bothers anybody anymore.) The reason behind your assault, explains the game, is that the teenage girl has accused you of molesting her on the train. The motive is revenge. (A: This is what’s getting pushed out there for the youngsters and you wonder, you wonder when things happen in society and the government really plays on it, oh, no one can be trusted, we’ve got to monitor you all, chip you all, watch you all. It was all designed this way, folks, every jot and tittle of it. It’s DESIGNED this way… EVERY BIT OF IT.)

 

Then, when you are in a linear way of thinking, you understand, by those who designed your linear thinking and your logic and making sure you are educated in the same format, and those who are NOT linear themselves, the cunning ones, they take you around in different loops and you are in this click mode, when you can’t understand why crazy things are happening. That’s intentional… because your program can’t compute. Simple. Here’s an example of what comes out in the media and it’s INTENDED to come out like this.

 

Man who raped his daughter, 4 (A: 4 years of age.), walks free after claiming he suffered from ‘sexsomnia’

By Mail Foreign Service / dailymail.co.uk / 31st March 2010

 

(A: So you can rape your daughter now and walk free from the court, just claim you’ve got sexsomnia.)

 

Belgium was rocked by a new paedophile scandal yesterday after a court acquitted a man of raping his four-year-old daughter because he claimed he was asleep at the time.

 

In a judgment condemned as ‘the summit of perversity’ and ‘an open door for paedophiles’, an appeal court decided there was no proof the 30-year-old father was awake and that therefore he should have the benefit of the doubt.

 

The man, identified only as Frederic L, admitted the assault, but he told the court in Mons, West Belgium, that he suffered from a very rare condition called ‘sexomania’ which led him to have sex while asleep.

 

He was accused of raping the girl when she woke him up to open the door to the toilet.

 

He said that he came to his senses when his daughter began to scream: ‘Papa it’s me. It’s me.’

 

The man told a court in Mons: ‘This is a sexual version of sleepwalking. I was deeply ashamed when I found out what was happening.’

 

The divorced man, 30, had been drinking with his friends before going to bed in the same room as his daughter. (A: Normally that’s called an alcoholic blackout, folks. You see. But no, no, you’ve got a new term for it, sexsomnia.)

 

There ya go. Get you off the hook and you can just walk out of there and that’s now a message to everybody across there because they are all in the European Union and it will go like wildfire amongst the pedophiles, mainly from the government that set it down to get them off the hook. Not that they are ever touchable in the government sector. And there are lots of them up there, lots of them… lots of them up there. But that article is put out there to put you into my God, what’s happening because you are linear thinkers. You don’t understand this is all programmed to happen. Somebody gave the nod at a very high level for the judge to accept this, A VERY HIGH level. It was TIME, you see.

 

Here is another article that’s meant to really get you, to make you upset and what on earth is going wrong. You are using your logic, your linear logic and your linear thinking. But it’s all designed to make you say, society is just so dysfunctional now. No, society is exactly as it’s programmed to be at this particular time.

 

Rapist who dumped victim on rubbish tip (A: That’s a garbage dump.) escapes deportation after judge says he ‘has right to stay and marry in United Kingdom’

By Michael Seamark and Colin Fernandez / dailymail.co.uk / 31st March 2010

 

A government blunder (A: A blunder, oh, it was a blunder, yeah.) allowed a convicted rapist to win the right to get married in Britain – and avoid deportation by just two hours.

 

Alphonse Semo was granted asylum when he arrived from the Democratic Republic of Congo but brutally raped a woman, dumping his victim on a rubbish tip after he had ‘finished with her’.

 

He was ordered to be deported at the end of his eight-year prison sentence and was two hours from being put on a plane back to Africa earlier this week.

 

But a ‘very reluctant’ High Court judge (A: ‘very reluctant’… oh, I’m sure he was. I wonder what he’s into.) ruled Semo be allowed to marry his girlfriend – another refugee from the Congo who became a German national – because of a Home Office mistake.

 

Officials had initially agreed to give the 53-year-old rapist a ‘ certificate of approval’ to wed, then changed their mind.

 

Mr Justice Collins said the Home Office ‘really cannot be allowed to play hot and cold’ so decided Semo could stay for the ceremony. (A: So now he can stay permanently.)

 

And that’s the mode it gets you into, this clicking mode, when you are linear thinkers. You don’t understand there are big plans for you all. It’s done in this way and these judges get the nods, it’s the right time. They say, it’s an idea whose time has come – that’s what they say amongst themselves – to FURTHER put you into a disconnected, disassociated state of mind where you can’t trust your own senses and it makes you fearful in society. So the same governments come down and say, to keep society working in this crazy, mad, violent state, ALL of you have to be totally monitored 24 hours per day and treated like children forever. You understand? That’s how it’s done.

 

Sciences are at use right now. Sciences. And they use minorities when they want to clobber the majority.

 

Mothers and fathers disappear from birth certificate to allow homosexual couples to be named as parents

By Steve Doughty / dailymail.co.uk / 29th March 2010

 

The words ‘mother’ and ‘father’ are to disappear from birth certificates to allow homosexual couples to be named as ‘parents’ of surrogate children.

 

The switch means the biological parents will no longer necessarily be identified on the certificates that provide a legal record of a child’s birth.

 

Birth certificates have recorded mothers and fathers since registration of babies was introduced more than 170 years ago. (A: And for centuries before that when it was done in the churches.)

 

So mum and dad are BAD, BAD words nowadays because you are not supposed to be breeding, you see. That’s the whole thing. That’s part of it as well. It makes it easier too, to bring in the transgender types that will come in through cloning and so on and so on. Do you understand, you are under massive assault and you don’t even know it? You try to use your limited logic because you are only fed SO much information but it’s linear and you go into your click mode: society is dysfunctional, everything is scary out there. You cannot mature even to a human being anymore. You are kept as a perpetually frightened child… so that the experts can rule you and guide you… for your betterment, of course.

 

There is a caller from England. I think it’s Steve. Are you there Steve?

 

Steve: Hi mate. Just another ad, I’m going to sing the advert and it’s for you, alright? Please, all you fine folk out there in America and all over the world, just put a dollar or a pound or 5 pounds in an envelope and just mail it to him. If you are worried about Big Brother, don’t even put your return address on there. Just wrap it in some silver foil and send it to the man, okay. Alan, hang in there, alright. There are people that you don’t know about trying to help with all this. Just hang in there.

 

Alan: I will do. That’s appreciated.

 

Steve: All the best.

 

Alan: Thanks for calling.

 

That’s the world we live in and people don’t understand why the things are happening but it’s all planned that way. IF the government had to go off and fight some major war that they never foresaw, they’d bring you back to a 50s generation, just like that. You’d have Madonna wanting to… she’d start singing virgin songs and how great it was to be a virgin. I’m not kidding you. The whole industry would go into action and all the through the media and Oprah would be promoting it. The people follow suit. They follow the stars. That’s why we’re in the dysfunctional stage we are in today. It’s true, I do need your help or I can’t keep going.

 

There is also Glen in Pennsylvania. Are you there Glen?

 

Glen: Yes. Hello Alan. Good evening. I was listening to what you were saying about all this outrageous stuff that’s being promoted and I would suggest that one possible motivation for that is, I suspect that if these guys want to implement martial law and draconian laws, measures, they may well do this stuff deliberately to reach, create a crisis to goad the masses into vigilantism. Once they start to get some vigilantism going, then they can use that as terrorism and justify martial law.

 

Alan: Well, they already have the groups that will be the designated vigilantes set up. These characters don’t wait for anything to happen. They set up everything in advance. They will trigger them at the right time, which further, again, causes people to think, my god, there really are people out there who want to disrupt everything and it gives the government incentive and they put out laws to control EVERYBODY, everybody in the world. That’s called COLLECTIVE PUNISHMENT. The Soviets used the same thing, collective punishment. If one bad parent did one thing in one end of the Russia, laws came down affecting every single person and took more rights away. It was the same thing. That’s the technique they are using on the US citizenry right now, and Britain and elsewhere.

 

Glen: Right. I just at this point don’t see enough. It just seems to me like I don’t think enough grass roots action is going to occur to turn this thing. I think we are basically going in to it. I think it’s good that people should try but I myself am weary of protests. Like this Tax Free 15 thing coming up, they can do a boycott, but virtually any protest will be infiltrated by provocation agents. So I refuse to participate in protests.

 

Alan: Governments also have other ways of dealing with this too. Technically everybody does have the right, that’s the only right, supposedly – I don’t believe we have any rights at all – but supposedly, under the systems that we have, the right to protest is the only thing that’s left to us. Most of the time, they set out different ways for US to protest. It’s like the philanthropies, they actually OWNED a lot of the big global meetings they had for the NGOs. They own the NGOs that turned up at the protests for the G20 and so on. Not all of them but quite a lot of them. They also own the radical ones that start off the fights, to label everybody as a radical that’s trying to boycott these meetings. So they’ve got everything set up way in advance. You’ve got to understand, they have a WAR situation. They are always at war with the public. The use military strategy and think tanks to work out what will happen in the public if they move forward, from the government, with a new law on this, that or whatever and what reactions there will be. They then set up opposing groups before they even start the law or bring it in; you’ve never even heard of it. They set up the embryos to start off the protest groups with the leaders who are trained before they’ve even made the move. This has happened for the last 40-50 years in fact. I’ve watched this happening. They are too closely coordinated and so well done. Even the Soviet Union had authorized dissidents… AUTHORIZED DISSIDENTS to make it seem to the West that within the Soviet Union there was the right to dissent and they were left alone and so on, but they were actually employed by the KGB.

 

Glen: So one can either elect to do absolutely nothing because everything is contaminated or one can simply say, I must do what I feel I must do according to my conscience knowing that there can be corruption.

 

Alan: Absolutely. We have been brought to a stage now of incredible scientific manipulation on our minds. A whole culture has been reared without even knowing that pretty well everything that they bought fashion wise, the music they’ve sung, the games they played, the movies they watched, all worked together to create a particular type of human for this particular era. We are willing to accept violence and more violence done upon the general public by the authorities all the time. More and more movies come out, there is hardly a movie getting churned out now without the SWAT teams and some government agencies. They all look the same now. They are like the guys in Star Wars with the faceless outfits. That’s why they gave you Star Wars. The helmets they wore in Star Wars were like the German helmets that the new US military copies. They are actually German helmets. People, they never associate things but what they are showing you is a FACELESS ARMY OF CLONES out there. That’s how you sort of see these troops where you can’t see their faces that are ready to come in and slaughter you on command. That’s to make you very, very afraid. That’s all intentional, but I know what you’re saying though. You have to go by your own conscience. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Just to finish up with Glen who was talking about what do you actually do and the fact that you do have provocateurs and all the rest of it. But the fact is, it’s true, we are slaves. See, it isn’t until you understand, we are slaves; we are living under an authorized slavery system. I’ve talked to government officials from the feds that have told me personally that EVERYONE WORKS FOR THE GOVERNMENT. That’s where your cash goes. It’s the way your money system works through the Federal Reserve or your Central Bank. It’s all the same system across the world. They borrow money and we pay off their debt; they borrow money, we pay off their debt and keep them in a high life and lifestyle as well, at the top. That’s what we are. We never really came out of the feudal system; we just changed the way it looked, that’s all.

 

We can all understand extortion. You see the old mafia movies as they go around the localities, the shops and stores and they come in and say, Joe sent me for the cash this week. And you say, well, why should I pay Joe? He says, because it’s protection. Protection against what? Protection against Joe. And if you didn’t pay up, they’d beat you up, maybe killed you or one of your relatives in front of you or burned your place down if you kept refusing, or stole your place. The government does the same thing. They say you can have a house. You pay it all up; you pay their pals the bankers. You’ve paid off the mortgage perhaps but you can’t afford the taxes, so they steal your house… the government steals your house. They steal your house, for taxes. It’s the same darn thing. Protection money is just paying your taxes. If you don’t pay your taxes, the big boys, the heavies are sent down to make you destitute and put you in prison. It also is a lesson to everyone else that can’t pay their taxes either.

 

A cop stops you on the street, hands you a ticket. He’s armed. That used to be called a highwayman, a highway robber. If he demanded your money, you either paid up or you paid for it in other ways. And the cop collects cash for his bosses. That’s what it’s about folks. IT’S THE WAY YOU’VE BEEN TAUGHT TO PERCEIVE IT AND TRAINED TO PERCEIVE IT… that’s all. Distortion, simple distortion. So, extortion by other means in the movies and the old mafia is bad, but this distortion is good, you see. Same thing. Stealing is stealing. Extortion is extortion. It doesn’t matter how you flower it up with legal terminology, it’s all the same thing.

 

We’ll go to Tom in BC, Canada. Are you there Tom?

 

Tom: Alan, just one other thing out here in BC. The police have scanners in their car that if they scan your license plate, it automatically hooks up to your T4 – so that if you car happens to be worth more than the average car and your T4 doesn’t correspond – they can pull you over on grounds of say, maybe like a drug dealer or gangster type thing. So it’s another form of, as you said, extortion.

 

Alan: They can’t dream up enough of them. I mean you’ve got to understand that the police force, apart from keeping you in fear and keeping sure that the gangster are in power, regardless of the party that it’s called, their job is also to bring in money for their bosses, all the time, and dream up new ways to do it.

 

Tom: Exactly. I just want to encourage your listeners to purchase your book. I’ve read it several times and every time I pick up something new. As you drive through town you see the signs, Masonic symbols, and so on. So it’s really kind of an eye opener, to say the least.

 

Alan: It’s true. Thanks for calling and call again too.

 

Tom: I will. Thanks Alan.

 

Alan: It’s true. You’ve got to understand symbols. You’ve got to understand how you’ve been trained and how to understand the enemy, those who are non-linear, those who have trained you to be linear and more simple. And simple is the word, that’s why they call us children.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Leave a Comment